FortiOS-6 2 0-Cookbook
FortiOS-6 2 0-Cookbook
FortiOS-6 2 0-Cookbook
Version 6.2.0
FORTINET DOCUMENT LIBRARY
https://docs.fortinet.com
FORTINET BLOG
https://blog.fortinet.com
NSE INSTITUTE
https://training.fortinet.com
FORTIGUARD CENTER
https://fortiguard.com/
FEEDBACK
Email: [email protected]
Change Log 12
What's New 14
Getting Started 15
Differences between models 15
Using the GUI 15
Connecting using a web browser 15
Menus 16
Dashboard 17
Feature Visibility 19
Tables 20
Text strings 21
Using the CLI 22
Connecting to the CLI 22
CLI-only features 26
Command syntax 26
Sub-commands 30
Permissions 33
Tips 33
FortiExplorer for iOS 39
Getting started with FortiExplorer 40
Running a Security Fabric Rating 42
Connecting FortiExplorer to a FortiGate via WiFi 43
Upgrading to FortiExplorer Pro 43
LED specifications 44
Basic administration 46
Registration 46
System settings 46
Passwords 50
Configuration backups 51
Firmware 54
Downloading 55
Testing 55
Upgrading firmware 57
Reverting 58
Installation from system reboot 59
Restoring from a USB key 60
Controlled upgrade 60
FortiGuard 61
FortiCloud 68
Troubleshooting your installation 70
Security Fabric 73
Components 73
Security Fabric device configuration 75
FortiGate 76
FortiAnalyzer 80
FortiSandbox 81
FortiManager 83
FortiClient EMS 84
FortiAP and FortiSwitch 85
Additional devices 86
Using the Security Fabric 86
Dashboard widgets 86
Topology 89
Security rating 93
Automation stitches 96
Fabric connectors 105
Deploy Security Fabric 112
Security Fabric over IPsec VPN 119
Viewing and controlling network risks via topology view 125
FortiView 130
Introduction 130
FortiView from disk 131
Prerequisites 131
Restrictions 131
Configuration 131
Source View 132
Troubleshooting 134
FortiView from FortiAnalyzer 134
Network Configurations 137
DNS 137
Introduction 137
DNS local domain list 140
Using FortiGate as a DNS server 141
FortiGuard DDNS 144
SD-WAN 147
Basic SD-WAN setup 147
Creating the SD-WAN interface 147
Using DHCP interface 150
Implicit rule 152
WAN path control 156
Performace SLA - link monitoring 156
Performace SLA - SLA targets 157
SD-WAN rules - best quality 158
SD-WAN rules - lowest cost (SLA) 161
SD-WAN rules - maximize bandwidth (SLA) 163
MPLS (SIP and backup) + DIA (cloud apps) 166
SD-WAN traffic shaping and QoS with SD-WAN 168
Advanced configuration 173
Per packet distribution and tunnel aggregation 173
Forward error correction on VPN overlay networks 178
Using BGP tags with SD-WAN rules 180
Troubleshooting 184
Tracking SD-WAN sessions 184
Understanding SD-WAN related logs 184
SD-WAN related diagnose commands 187
System Configurations 192
System management introduction 192
Administrators 193
Administrator profiles 193
Add a local administrator 195
Remote authentication for administrators 195
Password policy 197
Update FortiGate firmware 199
Interface 200
Interface settings 200
Aggregation and redundancy 202
VLANs 204
Enhanced MAC VLANs 210
Inter-VDOM routing 212
Software switch 217
Zone 219
Virtual Wire Pair 221
Virtual Domains 222
Split-task VDOM mode 223
Multi VDOM mode 227
Configure VDOM-A 229
Configure VDOM-B 231
Configure the VDOM link 234
Configure VDOM-A 239
Configure VDOM-B 241
Advanced configurations 242
VDOM 243
SNMP 245
DHCP server 250
Use Custom Images for Replacement Messages 252
High Availability 254
Cluster setup 254
HA active-passive cluster setup 254
HA active-active cluster setup 255
HA virtual cluster setup 257
Fail protection 260
FGSP (session-sync) peer setup 261
Troubleshoot an HA formation 262
Check HA sync status 263
Policies and Objects 266
Policies 266
Policy introduction 266
Profile-based NGFW vs policy-based NGFW 267
ADVPN 511
ADVPN with BGP as the routing protocol 511
ADVPN with OSPF as the routing protocol 520
ADVPN with RIP as the routing protocol 529
Overlay Controller VPN (OCVPN) 538
Full mesh OCVPN 538
Hub-spoke OCVPN with ADVPN shortcut 543
Hub-Spoke OCVPN with inter-overlay source NAT 548
OCVPN portal 552
OCVPN troubleshooting 554
Authentication in VPN 566
IPsec VPN authenticating a remote FortiGate peer with a pre-shared key 566
IPsec VPN authenticating a remote FortiGate peer with a certificate 572
VXLAN over IPsec 579
VXLAN over IPsec tunnel 579
VXLAN over IPsec using a VTEP 582
Troubleshooting 587
Understanding VPN related logs 587
IPsec related diagnose command 589
Other VPN topics 595
Tunneled Internet Browsing 595
VPN and ASIC offload 601
GRE over IPsec 610
LT2P over IPsec 615
Encryption algorithms 619
Policy-based IPsec tunnel 626
SSL VPN 634
SSL VPN web mode for remote user 634
Sample network topology 634
Sample configuration 634
SSL VPN tunnel mode 637
SSL VPN full tunnel for remote user 637
SSL VPN split tunnel for remote user 640
SSL VPN tunnel mode host check 643
SSL VPN multi-realm 646
Sample network topology 647
Sample configuration 647
SSL VPN authentication 651
SSL VPN with certificate authentication 651
SSL VPN with LDAP-integrated certificate authentication 656
SSL VPN with FortiToken Mobile Push authentication 661
SSL VPN with RADIUS on FortiAuthenticator 666
SSL VPN with RADIUS and FortiToken mobile push on FortiAuthenticator 670
SSL VPN with local user password policy 675
SSL VPN with RADIUS password renew on FortiAuthenticator 680
SSL VPN with LDAP user password renew 686
SSL VPN troubleshooting 690
Diagnose commands 691
Multiple FortiSwitches in tiers via aggregate interface with MCLAG enabled on all tiers 763
Authentication and security 768
MAC-based 802.1X authentication 768
Port-based 802.1X authentication 772
MAC layer control - Sticky MAC and MAC Learning-limit 775
Quarantine 776
Flow and Device Detection 777
Data statistic 778
Security Fabric showing 779
Log and report 780
Configure multiple FortiAnalyzers on a multi-VDOM FortiGate 780
Diagnose command to check FortiAnalyzer connectivity 781
Supported log types to FortiAnalyzer, Syslog, and FortiAnalyzer Cloud 783
Sample logs by log type 784
Troubleshooting 802
Log-related diagnose commands 802
Back up log files or dump log messages 808
VoIP solutions 810
General use cases 810
VIP 810
NAT 811
HNT 812
SIP message inspection and filtering 813
SIP message syntax inspection 814
SIP message blocking 814
SIP message rate limiting 815
SIP pinholes 815
SIP pinhole restriction 815
RTP/RTCP pinhole restriction 816
SIP over TLS 816
Explicit and transparent proxies 818
Explicit web proxy 818
Transparent proxy 821
FTP proxy 824
Proxy policy addresses 826
Fast policy match 826
Host regex match 827
URL pattern 827
URL category 828
HTTP method 829
HTTP header 830
User agent 831
Advanced (source) 832
Advanced (destination) 833
Proxy policy security profiles 834
Explicit web proxy policy 834
Transparent proxy 837
Change Log
2019-04-03 Added Supported log types to FortiAnalyzer, Syslog, and FortiAnalyzer Cloud and
Multiple FortiSwitches in tiers via aggregate interface with MCLAG enabled only on
distribution.
2019-04-05 Updated introduction SD-WAN on page 147.
Updated License subsections in Overlay Controller VPN (OCVPN) on page 538.
For details about new features, see the FortiOS 6.2.0 New Features Guide. New features are organized into the
following sections:
l Expanding fabric family
l Fabric connectors
l SD-WAN
l Multi-Cloud
l Automation and dev-ops
l Advanced threats
l IOT & OT
l SOC adoption
l Compliance
l UX / Usability
l Other
This section explains how to get started with a FortiGate and examines basic configuration tasks and best practices.
Not all FortiGates have the same features, particularly entry-level models (models 30 to 90). A number of features on
this models are only available in the CLI.
Consult your model's QuickStart Guide, hardware manual, or the Feature / Platform Matrix
for further information about features that vary by model.
FortiGate models differ principally by the names used and the features available:
l Naming conventions may vary between FortiGate models. For example, on some models the hardware switch
interface used for the local area network is called lan, while on other units it is called internal.
l Certain features are not available on all models. Additionally, a particular feature may be available only through the
CLI on some models, while that same feature may be viewed in the GUI on other models.
If you believe your FortiGate model supports a feature that does not appear in the GUI, go to System > Feature
Visibility and confirm that the feature is enabled. For more information, see Feature Visibility on page 19.
This section presents an introduction to the graphical user interface (GUI) on your FortiGate, also called the GUI.
The following topics are included in this section:
l Connecting using a web browser
l Menus
l Dashboard
l Feature Visibility
l Tables
l Text strings
The graphical user interface is best displayed using a 1280 x 1024 resolution. Check the
FortiOS Release Notes for information about browser compatibility.
In order to connect to the GUI using a web browser, an interface must be configured to allow administrative access over
HTTPS or over both HTTPS and HTTP. By default, an interface has already been set up that allows HTTPS access, with
the IP address 192.168.1.99.
Browse to https://192.168.1.99 and enter your username and password. If you have not changed the admin account’s
password, use the default user name, admin, and leave the password field blank.
Menus
If you believe your FortiGate model supports a menu that does not appear in the GUI as
expected, go to System > Feature Visibility and ensure the feature is enabled. For more
information, see Feature Visibility on page 19.
The GUI contains the following main menus, which provide access to configuration options for most FortiOS features:
Dashboard The dashboard displays various widgets that display important system
information and allow you to configure some system options.
For more information, see Dashboard on page 17.
Security Fabric Access the physical topology, logical topology, audit, and settings features of the
Fortinet Security Fabric.
For more information, see Security Fabric on page 73.
FortiView A collection of dashboards and logs that give insight into network traffic, showing
which users are creating the most traffic, what sort of traffic it is, when the traffic
occurs, and what kind of threat the traffic may pose to the network.
Network Options for networking, including configuring system interfaces and routing
options.
For more information, see Network Configurations on page 137.
Policy & Objects Configure firewall policies, protocol options, and supporting content for policies,
including schedules, firewall addresses, and traffic shapers.
For more information, see Policies and Objects on page 266.
Security Profiles Configure your FortiGate's security features, including AntiVirus, Web Filter, and
Application Control.
For more information, see Security Profiles on page 322.
VPN Configure options for IPsec and SSL virtual private networks (VPNs).
For more information, see IPsec VPNs on page 473 and SSL VPN on page 634.
User & Device Configure user accounts, groups, and authentication methods, including external
authentication and single sign-on (SSO).
WiFi & Switch Controller Configure the unit to act as a wireless network controller, managing the wireless
Access Point (AP) functionality of FortiWiFi and FortiAP units.
On certain FortiGate models, this menu has additional features allowing for
FortiSwitch units to be managed by the FortiGate.
For more information, see WiFi on page 698.
Monitor View a variety of monitors, including the Routing Monitor, VPN monitors for both
IPsec and SSL, monitors relating to wireless networking, and more.
Dashboard
The FortiOS Dashboard consists of a Network Operations Center (NOC) view with a focus on alerts. Widgets are
interactive. By clicking or hovering over most widgets, the user can see additional information or follow links to other
pages.
The dashboard and its widgets include:
l Multiple dashboard support
l VDOM and global dashboards
l Widget resize control
l Notifications on the top header bar
The following widgets are displayed by default:
Widget Description
System Information The System Information widget lists information relevant to the FortiGate system,
including hostname, serial number, and firmware.
Security Fabric The Security Fabric widget displays a visual summary of many of the devices in the
Fortinet Security Fabric.
CPU The real-time CPU usage is displayed for different time frames.
Widget Description
Licenses Hovering over the Licenses widget results in the display of status information (and,
where applicable, database information) on the licenses for FortiCare Support,
Firmware & General Updates, AntiVirus, Web Filter, Security Rating, FortiClient,
and FortiToken. Note that Mobile Malware is not a separate service in FortiOS 6.0.0.
The Mobile Malware subscription is included with the AntiVirus subscription. Clicking in
the Licenses widget provides you with links to other pages, such as System
> FortiGuard or contract renewal pages.
FortiCloud This widget displays FortiCloud status and provides a link to activate FortiCloud.
Memory Real-time memory usage is displayed for different time frames. Hovering over any point
on the graph displays percentage of memory used along with a timestamp.
Sessions Hovering over the Sessions widget allows you to view memory usage data over time.
Click on the down arrow to change the timeframe displayed.
Security processing unit, or SPU , percentage is displayed if your FortiGate includes an
SPU. Likewise, nTurbo percentage is displayed if supported by your FortiGate.
Bandwidth Hover over the Bandwidth widget to display bandwidth usage data over time. Click on
the down arrow to change the timeframe displayed. Bandwidth is displayed for both
incoming and outgoing traffic.
Virtual Machine The VM widget (shown by default in the dashboard of a FortiOS VM device) includes:
l License status and type
l CPU allocation usage
l License RAM usage
l VMX license information (if the VM supports VMX)
If the VM license specifies 'unlimited' the progress bar is blank. If the VM is in evaluation
mode, it is yellow (warning style) and the dashboard shows the number of evaluation days
used.
Dashboard widget titles can be modified so that widgets with different filters applied can be easily differentiated. The
widget has a default title unless you set a new title.
Syntax
Feature Visibility
Feature Visibility is used to control which features are visible in the GUI. This allows you to hide features that are not
being used. Some features are also disabled by default and must be enabled in order to configure them through the
GUI.
Feature Visibility only alters the visibility of these features, rather than their functionality. For example, disabling Web
Filter on the Feature Visibility page does not remove web filtering from the FortiGate, but removes the option of
configuring web filtering from the GUI. Configuration options will still be available using the CLI.
Enabling/disabling features
Feature Visibility can be found at System > Feature Visibility. Ensure that all features you wish to configure in the
GUI are turned on, and that features you wish to hide are turned off. When you have finished, select Apply.
The main security features can be toggled individually, however six system presets (or Feature Sets) are available:
l NGFW should be chosen for networks that require application control and protection from external attacks.
l ATP should be chosen for networks that require protection from viruses and other external threats.
l WF should be chosen for networks that require web filtering.
l NGFW + ATP should be chosen for networks that require protection from external threats and attacks.
l UTM should be chosen for networks that require protection from external threats and wish to use security features
that control network usage. This is the default setting.
l Custom should be chosen for networks that require customization of available features (including the ability to
select all features).
Tables
Many of the GUI pages contain tables of information that you can filter to display specific information. Administrators
with read and write access can define the filters.
Navigation
Some tables contain information and lists that span multiple pages. Navigation controls appear at the bottom of the
page.
Filters
Filters are used to locate a specific set of information or content within multiple pages. These are especially useful in
locating specific log entries. The specific filtering options vary, depending on the type of information in the log.
To create a filter, select Add Filter at the top of the page. A list of the available fields for filtering will be shown.
Column settings
Column settings are used to select the types of information displayed on a certain page. Some pages have large
amounts of information available and not all content can be displayed on a single screen. Some pages may even
contain content that is irrelevant to you. Using column settings, you can choose to display only relevant content.
To view configure column settings, right-click the header of a column and select the columns you wish to view and
deselect any you wish to hide. After you have finished making your selections, click Apply (you may need to scroll down
the list to do so).
Any changes that you make to the column settings are stored in the unit’s configuration. To return columns to the
default state for any given page, right-click any header and select Reset Table.
Copying objects
In tables containing configuration objects, such as the policy table found at Policy & Objects > IPv4 Policy, you have
the option to copy an object. This allows you to create a copy of that object, which you can then configure as needed.
You can also reverse copy a policy to change the direction of the traffic impacted by that policy.
To copy an object:
1. Select that object, then right-click to make a menu appear and select the Copy option.
2. Right-click the row in the table that is either above or below where you want the copied object to be placed, select
the Paste option and indicate Above or Below.
Reverse cloning works much the same way. Instead of selecting Copy, select Clone Reverse.
Once the policy is copied, you must give it a name, configure as needed, and enable it.
Editing objects
Some tables allow you to edit parts of the configuration directly on the table itself. For example, security features can be
added to an existing firewall policy from the policy list by clicking on the plus sign in the Security Profiles column and
selecting the desired profiles.
If this option is not immediately available, check to see that the column is not hidden (see Column settings). Otherwise,
you must select the object and open the policy by selecting the Edit option found at the top of the page.
Text strings
The configuration of a FortiGate is stored in the FortiOS configuration database. To change the configuration, you can
use the GUI or CLI to add, delete, or change configuration settings. These changes are stored in the database as you
make them. Individual settings in the configuration database can be text strings, numeric values, selections from a list
of allowed options, or on/off (enable/disable) settings.
Text strings are used to name entities in the configuration. For example, the name of a firewall address, the name of an
administrative user, and so on. You can enter any character in a FortiGate configuration text string, except the following
characters that present cross-site scripting (XSS) vulnerabilities:
l “ (double quote)
l & (ampersand)
l ' (single quote)
l < (less than)
l > (greater than)
Most GUI text string fields make it easy to add an acceptable number of characters and prevent you from adding the
XSS vulnerability characters.
There is a different character limitation for VDOM names and hostnames. The only valid
characters are numbers (0-9), letters (a-z, A-Z), and special characters - (dash) and _
(underscore).
You can also use the tree command in the CLI to view the number of characters allowed in a name field. For example,
firewall address names can contain up to 64 characters. When you add a firewall address to the GUI, you are limited to
entering 64 characters in the firewall address name field. From the CLI you can enter the following tree command to
confirm that the firewall address name field allows 64 characters.
config firewall address
tree
-- [address] --*name (64)
|- uuid
|- subnet
|- type
|- start-ip
|- end-ip
|- fqdn (256)
|- country (3)
|- cache-ttl (0,86400)
|- wildcard
|- comment
|- visibility
|- associated-interface (36)
|- color (0,32)
|- [tags] --*name (65)
+- allow-routing
The tree command output also shows the number of characters allowed for other firewall address name settings. For
example, the fully qualified domain name (fqdn) field can contain up to 256 characters.
Numeric values set various sizes, rates, addresses, and other numeric values (e.g. a static routing priority of 10, a port
number of 8080, an IP address of 10.10.10.1). Numeric values can be entered as a series of digits without spaces or
commas (for example, 10 or 64400), in dotted decimal format (for example the IP address 10.10.10.1) or, as in the case
of MAC or IPv6 addresses, separated by colons (e.g. the MAC address 00:09:0F:B7:37:00). Most numeric values are
standard base 10 numbers, but some fields, such as MAC addresses, require hexadecimal numbers.
Most GUI numeric value fields make it easy to add the acceptable number of digits within the allowed range. CLI help
text includes information about allowed numeric value ranges. Both the GUI and the CLI prevent you from entering
invalid numbers.
The command line interface (CLI) is an alternative configuration tool to the GUI or GUI. While the configuration of the
GUI uses a point-and-click method, the CLI requires typing commands or uploading batches of commands from a text
file, like a configuration script.
This section explains common CLI tasks that an administrator performs on a regular basis and includes the topics:
l Connecting to the CLI on page 22
l CLI-only features on page 26
l Command syntax on page 26
l Sub-commands on page 30
l Permissions on page 33
l Tips on page 33
l Restoring the firmware utilizes a boot interrupt. Network access to the CLI is not available until after the boot
process has completed, making local CLI access the only viable option.
l SSH or Telnet access — Connect your computer through any network interface attached to one of the network
ports on your FortiGate. The network interface must have enabled Telnet or SSH administrative access if you
connect using an SSH/Telnet client, or HTTP/HTTPS administrative access if you connect by accessing the CLI
Console in the GUI. The CLI console can be accessed from the upper-right hand corner of the screen and appears
as a slide-out window.
l — Use the FortiExplorer app on your iOS device to configure, manage, and monitor your FortiGate.
Local console
Local console connections to the CLI are formed by directly connecting your management computer or console to the
FortiGate unit, using its DB-9 or RJ-45 console port. To connect to the local console you need:
l A computer with an available serial communications (COM) port.
l The RJ-45-to-DB-9 or null modem cable included in your FortiGate package.
l Terminal emulation software such as HyperTerminal for Microsoft Windows.
The following procedure describes the connection using Microsoft HyperTerminal software; steps may vary with other
terminal emulators.
1. Using the null modem or RJ-45-to-DB-9 cable, connect the FortiGate unit’s console port to the serial
communications (COM) port on your management computer.
2. On your management computer, start HyperTerminal.
3. For the Connection Description, enter a Name for the connection, and select OK.
4. On the Connect using drop-down, select the communications (COM) port on your management computer you are
using to connect to the FortiGate unit.
5. Select OK.
6. Select the following Port settings and select OK.
Data bits 8
Parity None
Stop bits 1
SSH or Telnet access to the CLI is accomplished by connecting your computer to the FortiGate unit using one of its
RJ-45 network ports. You can either connect directly, using a peer connection between the two, or through any
intermediary network.
If you do not want to use an SSH/Telnet client and you have access to the GUI, you can
alternatively access the CLI through the network using the CLI Console widget in the GUI.
You must enable SSH and/or Telnet on the network interface associated with that physical network port. If your
computer is not connected directly or through a switch, you must also configure the FortiGate unit with a static route to a
router that can forward packets from the FortiGate unit to your computer. You can do this using either a local console
connection or the GUI.
Requirements
l A computer with an available serial communications (COM) port and RJ-45 port
l Terminal emulation software such as HyperTerminal for Microsoft Windows
l The RJ-45-to-DB-9 or null modem cable included in your FortiGate package
l A network cable
l Prior configuration of the operating mode, network interface, and static route.
To enable SSH or Telnet access to the CLI using a local console connection
1. Using the network cable, connect the FortiGate unit’s network port either directly to your computer’s network port,
or to a network through which your computer can reach the FortiGate unit.
2. Note the number of the physical network port.
3. Using a local console connection, connect and log into the CLI.
4. Enter the following command:
config system interface
edit <interface_str>
set allowaccess <protocols_list>
end
where:
l <interface_str> is the name of the network interface associated with the physical network port and
containing its number, such as port1.
l <protocols_list> is the complete, space-delimited list of permitted administrative access protocols, such
as https ssh telnet.
5. To confirm the configuration, enter the command to display the network interface’s settings:
show system interface <interface_str>
6. The CLI displays the settings, including the allowed administrative access protocols, for the network interfaces.
Once the FortiGate unit is configured to accept SSH connections, you can use an SSH client on your management
computer to connect to the CLI.
Secure Shell (SSH) provides both secure authentication and secure communications to the CLI. FortiGate units support
3DES and Blowfish encryption algorithms for SSH.
Before you can connect to the CLI using SSH, you must first configure a network interface to accept SSH connections.
The following procedure uses PuTTY. Steps may vary with other SSH clients.
If three incorrect log in or password attempts occur in a row, you will be disconnected. If this
occurs, wait one minute, then reconnect to attempt the log in again.
Once the FortiGate unit is configured to accept Telnet connections, you can use a Telnet client on your management
computer to connect to the CLI.
Telnet is not a secure access method. SSH should be used to access the CLI from the
Internet or any other untrusted network.
Before you can connect to the CLI using Telnet, you must first configure a network interface to accept Telnet
connections.
If three incorrect login or password attempts occur in a row, you will be disconnected. If this
occurs, wait one minute, then reconnect to attempt the login again.
CLI-only features
As you can see in the Feature / Platform Matrix, the entry level models have a number of features that are only
available using the CLI, rather than appearing in the GUI.
You can open the CLI console so that it automatically opens to the object you wish to configure. For example, to edit a
firewall policy, right-click on the policy in the policy list (Policy & Objects > IPv4 Policy) and select Edit in CLI. The
CLI console will appear, with the commands to access this part of the configuration added automatically.
Once you have access to the CLI, you can enter instructions for specific tasks that can be found throughout the FortiOS
Handbook. Options are also available at the top of the CLI Console to Clear console, Download, and Copy to
clipboard.
Refer to the CLI Reference for a list of the available commands.
Command syntax
When entering a command, the CLI console requires that you use valid syntax and conform to expected input
constraints. It will reject invalid commands.
Fortinet documentation uses the conventions below to describe valid command syntax.
Terminology
Each command line consists of a command word that is usually followed by configuration data or other specific item that
the command uses or affects.
To describe the function of each word in the command line, especially if that nature has changed between firmware
versions, Fortinet uses terms with the following definitions:
l Command — A word that begins the command line and indicates an action that the FortiGate should perform on a
part of the configuration or host on the network, such as config or execute. Together with other words, such as
fields or values, that end when you press the Enter key, it forms a command line. Exceptions include multiline
command lines, which can be entered using an escape sequence. Valid command lines must be unambiguous if
abbreviated. Optional words or other command line permutations are indicated by syntax notation.
l Sub-command — A config sub-command that is available only when nested within the scope of another
command. After entering a command, its applicable sub-commands are available to you until you exit the scope of
the command, or until you descend an additional level into another sub-command. Indentation is used to indicate
levels of nested commands.Not all top-level commands have sub-commands. Available sub-commands vary by
their containing scope.
l Object — A part of the configuration that contains tables and /or fields. Valid command lines must be specific
enough to indicate an individual object.
l Table — A set of fields that is one of possibly multiple similar sets which each have a name or number, such as an
administrator account, policy, or network interface. These named or numbered sets are sometimes referenced by
other parts of the configuration that use them.
l Field — The name of a setting, such as ip or hostname. Fields in some tables must be configured with values.
Failure to configure a required field will result in an invalid object configuration error message, and the FortiGate
will discard the invalid table.
l Value — A number, letter, IP address, or other type of input that is usually your configuration setting held by a
field. Some commands, however, require multiple input values which may not be named but are simply entered in
sequential order in the same command line. Valid input types are indicated by constraint notation.
l Option — A kind of value that must be one or more words from of a fixed set of options.
Indentation
Indentation indicates levels of nested commands, which indicate what other sub-commands are available from within
the scope. The “next” and “end” lines are used to maintain a hierarchy and flow to CLI commands, especially helping
to distinguish those commands with extensive sub-commands.
The "next" line is entered at the same indentation-level as the previous “edit”, to mark where you would like to finish
that table entry and move on to the next table entry; doing so will not mean that you have “left” that sub-command.
next
After entering settings for <2> and entering next, the <2> table entry has been saved, and you be set back one level of
indentation so you can continue to create more entries (if you wish).
This hierarchy is best indicated in the CLI console, as the example below is what displays in the console after entering
next:
To go-back up an indentation-level from this point on (i.e. to finish configuring the entries
sub-command), you cannot enter next; you must enter end.
end
Below is the same command and sub-command, except end has been entered instead of next after the sub-
command:
Entering end will save the <2> table entry, but bring you out of the sub-command entirely; in this example, you would
enter this when you don’t wish to continue creating new entries.
Again, your hierarchy is best indicated by the CLI console. Below is what displays in the console after entering end:
Notation
Brackets, braces, and pipes are used to denote valid permutations of the syntax. Constraint notations, such as
<address_ipv4>, indicate which data types or string patterns are acceptable value input.
All syntax uses the following conventions:
Convention Description
Curly braces { } A word or series of words that is constrained to a set of options delimited by either
vertical bars or spaces. You must enter at least one of the options, unless the set
of options is surrounded by square brackets [ ].
Mutually exclusive options - Both mutually and non-mutually exclusive commands will use curly braces, as
delimited by vertical bars | they provide multiple options, however mutually exclusive commands will divide
each option with a pipe. This indicates that you are permitted to enter one option
or the other:
{enable | disable}
Non-mutually exclusive Non-mutually exclusive commands do not use pipes to divide their options. In
options - delimited by spaces those circumstances, multiple options can be entered at once, as long as they are
entered with a space separating each option:
{http https ping snmp ssh telnet}
Convention Description
Angle brackets < > A word constrained by data type. The angled brackets contain a descriptive name
followed by an underscore ( _ ) and suffix that indicates the valid data type. For
example, <retries_int>, indicates that you should enter a number of retries
as an integer.
Data types include:
l <xxx_name>: A name referring to another part of the configuration, such as
policy_A.
l <xxx_index>: An index number referring to another part of the
configuration, such as 0 for the first static route.
l <xxx_pattern>: A regular expression or word with wild cards that
matches possible variations, such as *@example.com to match all email
addresses ending in @example.com.
l <xxx_fqdn>: A fully qualified domain name (FQDN), such as
mail.example.com.
l <xxx_email>: An email address, such as [email protected].
l <xxx_ipv4>: An IPv4 address, such as 192.168.1.99.
l <xxx_v4mask>: A dotted decimal IPv4 netmask, such as
255.255.255.0.
l <xxx_ipv4mask>: A dotted decimal IPv4 address and netmask separated
by a space, such as 192.168.1.99 255.255.255.0.
l <xxx_ipv4/mask>: A dotted decimal IPv4 address and CIDR-notation
netmask separated by a slash, such as 192.168.1.1/24
l <xxx_ipv4range> : A hyphen ( - )-delimited inclusive range of IPv4
addresses, such as 192.168.1.1-192.168.1.255.
l <xxx_ipv6>: A colon( : )-delimited hexadecimal IPv6 address, such as
3f2e:6a8b:78a3:0d82:1725:6a2f:0370:6234.
l <xxx_v6mask>: An IPv6 netmask, such as /96.
l <xxx_ipv6mask>: A dotted decimal IPv6 address and netmask separated
by a space.
l <xxx_str>: A string of characters that is not another data type, such as
P@ssw0rd. Strings containing spaces or special characters must be
surrounded in quotes or use escape sequences.
l <xxx_int>: An integer number that represents a metric, minutes_int
for the number of minutes.
Any field that is optional will use square-brackets, such as set comment. This is because it doesn’t matter whether it’s
set or not. The overall config command will still successfully be taken.
Another example of where square-brackets would be used is to show that multiple options can be set, even intermixed
with ranges. The example below shows a field that can be set to either a specific value or range, or multiple instances:
config firewall service custom
set iprange <range1> [<range2> <range3> ...]
end
Sub-commands
Each command line consists of a command word that is usually followed by configuration data or other specific item that
the command uses or affects:
get system admin
Sub-commands are available from within the scope of some commands. When you enter a sub-command level, the
command prompt changes to indicate the name of the current command scope. For example, after entering:
config system admin
Applicable sub-commands are available to you until you exit the scope of the command, or until you descend an
additional level into another sub-command.
For example, the edit sub-command is available only within a command that affects tables; the next sub-command
is available only from within the edit sub-command:
config system interface
edit port1
set status up
next
end
clone <table> Clone (or make a copy of) a table from the current object.
For example, in config firewall policy, you could enter the following
command to clone security policy 27 to create security policy 30:
clone 27 to 30
In config antivirus profile, you could enter the following command to
clone an antivirus profile named av_pro_1 to create a new antivirus profile
named av_pro_2:
clone av_pro_1 to av_pro_2
clone may not be available for all tables.
delete <table> Remove a table from the current object.
For example, in config system admin, you could delete an administrator
account named newadmin by typing delete newadmin and pressing Enter.
This deletes newadmin and all its fields, such as newadmin’s first-name
and email-address.
delete is only available within objects containing tables.
edit <table> Create or edit a table in the current object.
end Save the changes to the current object and exit the config command. This
returns you to the top-level command prompt.
get List the configuration of the current object or table.• In objects, get lists the
table names (if present), or fields and their values.• In a table, get lists the
fields and their values.For more information on get commands, see the CLI
Reference.
purge Remove all tables in the current object.
For example, in config user local, you could type get to see the list of
user names, then type purge and then y to confirm that you want to delete all
users. purge is only available for objects containing tables.
Caution: Back up the FortiGate before performing a purge. purge cannot be
undone. To restore purged tables, the configuration must be restored from a
backup.
Caution: Do not purge system interface or system admin tables.
purge does not provide default tables. This can result in being unable to connect
or log in, requiring the FortiGate to be formatted and restored.
show Display changes to the default configuration. Changes are listed in the form of
configuration commands.
The CLI acknowledges the new table, and changes the command prompt to show that you are now within the admin_1
table:
new entry 'admin_1' added
(admin_1)#
abort Exit both the edit and/or config commands without saving the fields.
end Save the changes made to the current table or object fields, and exit the config
command (to exit without saving, use abort instead).
move Move an object within a list, when list order is important. For example,
rearranging security policies within the policy list.
next Save the changes you have made in the current table’s fields, and exit the edit
command to the object prompt (to save and exit completely to the root prompt,
use end instead).
next is useful when you want to create or edit several tables in the same object,
without leaving and re-entering the config command each time.
next is only available from a table prompt; it is not available from an object
prompt.
show Display changes to the default configuration. Changes are listed in the form of
configuration commands.
To assign the value my1stExamplePassword to the password field, enter the following command from within the
admin_1 table:
set password my1stExamplePassword
Next, to save the changes and edit the next administrator's table, enter the next command.
Permissions
Access profiles control which CLI commands an administrator account can access. Access profiles assign either read,
write, or no access to each area of FortiOS. To view configurations, you must have read access. To make changes, you
must have write access. So, depending on the account used to log in to the FortiGate, you may not have complete
access to all CLI commands. For complete access to all commands, you must log in with an administrator account that
has the super_admin access profile. By default the admin administrator account has the super_admin access
profile.
Administrator accounts, with the super_admin access profile are similar to a root administrator account that always
has full permission to view and change all FortiGate configuration options, including viewing and changing all other
administrator accounts and including changing other administrator account passwords.
Set strong passwords for all administrator accounts (including the admin account) and change passwords regularly.
Tips
Basic features and characteristics of the CLI environment provide support and ease of use for many CLI tasks.
Help
To display brief help during command entry, press the question mark (?) key.
l Press the question mark (?) key at the command prompt to display a list of the commands available and a
description of each command.
l Type a word or part of a word, then press the question mark (?) key to display a list of valid word completions or
subsequent words, and to display a description of each.
Keys Action
Left or Right arrow Move the cursor left or right within the command line.
Keys Action
Ctrl + C Abort current interactive commands, such as when entering multiple lines.
If you are not currently within an interactive command such as config or edit,
this closes the CLI connection.
\ then Enter Continue typing a command on the next line for a multiline command.
For each line that you want to continue, terminate it with a backslash ( \ ). To
complete the command line, terminate it by pressing the spacebar and then the
Enter key, without an immediately preceding backslash.
Command abbreviation
You can abbreviate words in the command line to their smallest number of non-ambiguous characters.
For example, the command get system status could be abbreviated to g sy stat.
When adding options to a list, such as a user group, using the set command will remove the previous configuration.
For example, if you wish to add user D to a user group that already contains members A, B, and C, the command would
need to be set member A B C D. If only set member D was used, then all former members would be removed
from the group.
However, there are additional commands which can be used instead of set for changing options in a list.
Environment variables
The CLI supports the following environment variables. Variable names are case-sensitive.
Environment variables
$USERFROM The management access type (ssh, telnet, jsconsole for the CLI
Console widget in the GUI, and so on) and the IP address of the administrator
that configured the item.
$USERNAME The account name of the administrator that configured the item.
For example, the FortiGate unit’s host name can be set to its serial number:
config system global
set hostname $SerialNum
end
Special characters
The following special characters, also known as reserved characters, are not permitted in most CLI fields: <, >, (, ), #,
', and ". You may be able to enter special characters as part of a string’s value by using a special command, enclosing
it in quotes, or preceding it with an escape sequence — in this case, a backslash ( \ ) character.
In other cases, different keystrokes are required to input a special character. If you need to enter ? as part of config, you
first need to input CTRL-V. If you enter ? without first using CTRL-V, the question mark has a different meaning in the
CLI; it will show available command options in that section.
For example, if you enter ? without CTRL-V:
edit "*.xe
token line: Unmatched double quote.
Character Keys
? Ctrl + V then ?
" \"
Character Keys
\ \\
In many cases, the get and show (and diagnose) commands may produce a large amount of output. If you are
looking for specific information in a large get or show command output, you can use the grep command to filter the
output to only display what you are looking for. The grep command is based on the standard UNIX grep, used for
searching text output based on regular expressions.
Use the following command to display the MAC address of the FortiGate unit internal interface:
get hardware nic internal | grep Current_HWaddr
Current_HWaddr 00:09:0f:cb:c2:75
Use the following command to display all TCP sessions in the session list and include the session list line number in the
output:
get system session list | grep -n tcp
Use the following command to display all lines in HTTP replacement message commands that contain URL (upper or
lower case):
show system replacemsg http | grep -i url
The option -f is also available to support contextual output, in order to show the complete configuration. The following
example shows the difference in output when -f option is used versus when it is not.
Using -f:
Characters such as ñ, é, symbols, and ideographs are sometimes acceptable input. Support varies by the nature of the
item being configured. CLI commands, objects, field names, and options must use their exact ASCII characters, but
some items with arbitrary names or values may be input using your language of choice. To use other languages in those
cases, you must use the correct encoding.
Input is stored using Unicode UTF-8 encoding but is not normalized from other encodings into UTF-8 before it is stored.
If your input method encodes some characters differently than in UTF-8, your configured items may not display or
operate as expected.
Regular expressions are especially impacted. Matching uses the UTF-8 character values. If you enter a regular
expression using another encoding, or if an HTTP client sends a request in an encoding other than UTF-8, matches may
not be what you expect.
For example, with Shift-JIS, backslashes ( \ ) could be inadvertently interpreted as the symbol for the Japanese yen ( ¥ )
and vice versa. A regular expression intended to match HTTP requests containing money values with a yen symbol
therefore may not work it if the symbol is entered using the wrong encoding.
For best results, you should:
l use UTF-8 encoding, or
l use only the characters whose numerically encoded values are the same in UTF-8, such as the US-ASCII
characters that are also encoded using the same values in ISO 8859-1, Windows code page 1252, Shift-JIS and
other encodings, or
l for regular expressions that must match HTTP requests, use the same encoding as your HTTP clients.
HTTP clients may send requests in encodings other than UTF-8. Encodings usually vary by
the client’s operating system or input language. If you cannot predict the client’s encoding,
you may only be able to match any parts of the request that are in English, because
regardless of the encoding, the values for English characters tend to be encoded identically.
For example, English words may be legible regardless of interpreting a web page as either
ISO 8859-1 or as GB2312, whereas simplified Chinese characters might only be legible if the
page is interpreted as GB2312.
If you configure your FortiGate unit using other encodings, you may need to switch language settings on your
management computer, including for your web browser or Telnet/SSH client. For instructions on how to configure your
management computer’s operating system language, locale, or input method, see its documentation.
If you choose to configure parts of the FortiGate unit using non-ASCII characters, verify that all systems interacting with
the FortiGate unit also support the same encodings. You should also use the same encoding throughout the
configuration if possible in order to avoid needing to switch the language settings of the GUI and your web browser or
Telnet/SSH client while you work.
Similarly to input, your web browser or CLI client should normally interpret display output as encoded using UTF-8. If it
does not, your configured items may not display correctly in the GUI or CLI. Exceptions include items such as regular
expressions that you may have configured using other encodings in order to match the encoding of HTTP requests that
the FortiGate unit receives.
1. On your management computer, start your web browser and go to the URL for the FortiGate unit’s GUI.
2. Configure your web browser to interpret the page as UTF-8 encoded.
3. Log in to the FortiGate unit.
4. Open the CLI Console from the upper right-hand corner.
5. In the title bar of the CLI Console widget, click Edit (the pencil icon).
6. Enable Use external command input box and select OK.
7. The Command field appears below the usual input and display area of the CLI Console .
8. Type a command in this field and press Enter.
In the display area, the CLI Console widget displays your previous command interpreted into its character code
equivalent, such as:
edit \743\601\613\743\601\652
and the command’s output.
Screen paging
You can configure the CLI to pause after displaying each page’s worth of text when displaying multiple pages of output.
When the display pauses, the last line displays --More--. You can then either:
l press the spacebar to display the next page.
l type Q to truncate the output and return to the command prompt.
This may be useful when displaying lengthy output, such as the list of possible matching commands for command
completion, or a long list of settings. Rather than scrolling through or possibly exceeding the buffer of your terminal
emulator, you can simply display one page at a time.
To configure the CLI Console to pause display when the screen is full:
config system console
set output more
end
Baud rate
You can change the default baud rate of the local console connection.
To change the baud rate enter the following commands:
config system console
set baudrate {9600 | 19200 | 38400 | 57600 | 115200}
end
You can edit the FortiGate configuration on an external host by first backing up the configuration file to a TFTP server.
Then edit the configuration file and restore it to the FortiGate unit.
Editing the configuration on an external host can be timesaving if you have many changes to make, especially if your
plain text editor provides advanced features such as batch changes.
1. Use execute backup to download the configuration file to a TFTP server, such as your management computer.
2. Edit the configuration file using a plain text editor that supports Unix-style line endings.
Do not edit the first line. The first line(s) of the configuration file (preceded by a #
character) contains information about the firmware version and FortiGate model. If you
change the model number, the FortiGate unit will reject the configuration file when you
attempt to restore it.
3. Use execute restore to upload the modified configuration file back to your FortiGate.
The FortiGate downloads the configuration file and checks that the model information is correct. If it is correct, the
FortiGate unit loads the configuration file and checks each command for errors. If a command is invalid, the
FortiGate unit ignores the command. If the configuration file is valid, the FortiGate unit restarts and loads the new
configuration.
FortiExplorer for iOS is a user-friendly application that helps you to quickly and easily configure, manage, and monitor
FortiGate appliances using an iOS device. FortiExplorer lets you rapidly provision, deploy, and monitor Security Fabric
components including FortiGate, FortiWiFi, and FortiAP devices.
FortiExplorer for iOS requires iOS 9.3 or later and is compatible with iPhone, iPad, and iPod Touch. It is supported by
FortiOS 5.6+ and is only available on the App Store for iOS devices.
Advanced features are available with the purchase of FortiExplorer Pro. Paid features include the ability to add more
than two devices and the ability to download firmware images from FortiCare.
Up to six members can use this app with 'Family Sharing' enabled in the App Store.
If your FortiGate is accessible on the wireless network, you can connect to it using FortiExplorer provided that your
iOS device is on the same network (see Connecting FortiExplorer to a FortiGate via WiFi). Otherwise, you will need to
physically connect your iOS device to the FortiGate using a USB cable.
For the purpose of this document, we assume that you are just getting started; you do not have access to the FortiGate
over the wireless network, and the FortiGate is in its factory configuration.
1. Connect your iOS device to your FortiGate’s USB management port.If prompted on your iOS device, Trust this
'computer'.
2. Open the FortiExplorer app and select your FortiGate from the list under USB Attached Device.
3. On the Login screen, select USB.
4. Enter the default Username (admin) and leave the Password field blank.
5. You can opt to Remember Password. Tap Done when you are ready.
6. FortiExplorer opens the FortiGate management interface to the Device Status page:
7. Go to Network > Interfaces and configure the WAN interface(s).In the example, the wan1 interface Address
mode is set to DHCP by default. Set it to Manual and enter its Address, Netmask, and Default Gateway, and
then Apply your changes.
8. (Optional) Configure Administrative Access to allow HTTP and HTTPS access.This will allow administrators to
access the FortiGate GUI using a web browser.
9. Go to Network > Interfaces and configure the local network (internal) interface.Set the Address mode as before
and configure Administrative Access if desired.
10. Configure a DHCP Server for the internal network subnet.
11. Return to the internal interface using the < button at the top of the screen.
12. Go to Network > Static Routes and configure the static route to the gateway.
13. Go to Policy & Objects > IPv4 Policy and edit the Internet access policy. As a best practice, provide a Name for
the policy, enable the desired Security Profiles, and configure Logging Options. Select OK to finalize.
The FortiGate is now configured in a very basic state. Once you've configured the other potential elements of your
network, such as other Interfaces, Schedules, or Managed FortiAPs, it is recommended that you run a Security
Fabric Rating to identify potential vulnerabilities and highlight best practices that could be used to improve your
network’s overall security and performance.
Go to Security Fabric > Security Rating and follow the steps to determine a Security Score for the selected device
(s). The results should identify issues ranging from Medium to Critical importance, and may provide recommended
actions where possible.
If your FortiGate is accessible on the wireless network, you can connect to it using FortiExplorer provided that your
iOS device is on the same network. Assuming this is the case:
1. Open the FortiExplorer app and select Add from the Devices page.
2. Enter the Host information and appropriate Username and Password credentials. If necessary, change the
default Port number, and opt to Remember Password.
3. If the FortiGate device identity cannot be verified, click Connect at the prompt. FortiExplorer opens the FortiGate
management interface to the Device Status page.
Paid features provided with the purchase of FortiExplorer Pro include the ability to add more than two devices and the
ability to download firmware images from FortiCare.
To upgrade to FortiExplorer Pro, open the FortiExplorer app, go to Settings and select Upgrade to FortiExplorer
Pro. Follow the on-screen prompts.
LED specifications
The following section includes information regarding FortiGate LED status indicators.
l Sample FortiGate faceplates on page 44
l LED status codes on page 44
l About alarm levels on page 45
l LED status codes for ports on page 45
The faceplates indicate where the LEDs are typically found on desktop and mid-range FortiGate models.
FortiGate 100D
FortiGate 30E
Flashing Green Booting up. If the FortiGate has a reset button, this could also means that
the reset button was used.
Red The FortiGate has a critical alarm. The status LED will also be red.
Red A failover has occurred. The failover operation feature is not available in all
models.
Minor, major, and critical alarms are defined based on IPMI, ATCA, and Telco standards for naming alarms.
l A minor alarm (also called an IPMI non-critical (NC) alarm) indicates a temperature or a power level outside of the
normal operating range that is not considered a problem. In the case of a minor temperature alarm, the system
could respond by increasing fan speed. A non-critical threshold can be an upper non-critical (UNC) threshold (for
example, a high temperature or a high power level) or a lower non-critical (LNC) threshold (for example, a low
power level). The LEDs do not indicate minor alarms since user intervention is not required.
l A major alarm (also called an IPMI critical or critical recoverable (CR) alarm) indicates that the system itself cannot
correct the cause for the alarm and that intervention is required. For example, the cooling system cannot provide
enough cooling to reduce the temperature. It could also mean that conditions (e.g. temperature) are approaching
the outside limit of the allowed operating range. A critical threshold can also be an upper critical (UC) threshold
(e.g. a high temperature or a high power level) or a lower critical (LC) threshold (e.g. a low power level).
l A critical alarm (also called an IPMI non-recoverable (NR) alarm) indicates detection of a temperature or power
level that is outside of the allowed operating range and could potentially cause physical damage.
Basic administration
This section contains information about basic FortiGate administration that you can do after you installing the unit in
your network.
Registration
In order to have full access to Fortinet Support and FortiGuard Services, you must register your FortiGate.
System settings
There are several system settings that should be configured once your FortiGate is installed:
l Default administrator password on page 47
l Settings on page 47
l Changing the host name on page 47
By default, your FortiGate has an administrator account set up with the username admin and no password. In order to
prevent unauthorized access to the FortiGate, it is highly recommended that you add a password to this account.
Settings
Settings can be accessed by going to System > Settings. On this page, you can change the Host name, set the
system time and identify time zone in System Time, configure HTTP, HTTPS, SSH, and Telnet ports as well as idle
timeout in Administration Settings, designate the Password Policy, and manage display options and designate
inspection mode in View Settings.
The host name of your FortiGate appears in the Hostname row in the System Information widget on the
Dashboard. The host name also appears at the CLI prompt when you are logged in to the CLI, and as the SNMP
system name.
Go to System > Settings and type in the new name in the Host name row. The only administrators that can change a
FortiGate’s host name are administrators whose admin profiles permit system configuration write access. If the
FortiGate is part of an HA cluster, you should use a unique host name to distinguish the FortiGate from others in the
cluster.
System time
For effective scheduling and logging, the FortiGate system time and date should be accurate. You can either manually
set the system time and date or configure the FortiGate to automatically synchronize with a Network Time Protocol
(NTP) server.
NTP enables you to keep the FortiGate time synchronized with other network systems. By enabling NTP on the
FortiGate, FortiOS will check with the NTP server you select at the configured intervals. This will also ensure that logs
and other time-sensitive settings on the FortiGate are correct.
The FortiGate maintains its internal clock using a built-in battery. At start up, the time reported by the FortiGate will
indicate the hardware clock time, which may not be accurate. When using NTP, the system time might change after the
FortiGate has successfully obtained the time from a configured NTP server.
By default, FortiOS has the daylight savings time configuration enabled. The system time
must be manually adjusted after daylight saving time ends. To disable DST, enter the
following commands in the CLI:
config system global
set dst disable
end
Administration settings
In order to improve security, you can change the default port configurations for administrative connections to the
FortiGate. When connecting to the FortiGate when the port has changed, the port must be included, such as
https://<ip_address>:<port>. For example, if you are connecting to the FortiGate using port 99, the URL
would be https://192.168.1.99:99.
1. Go to System > Settings.
2. Under Administration Settings, change the port numbers for HTTP, HTTPS, SSH, and/or Telnet as needed. You
can also select Redirect to HTTPS in order to avoid HTTP being used for the administrators.
3. Select Apply.
When you change the default port number for HTTP, HTTPS, SSH, or Telnet, ensure that the port number is unique. If
a conflict exists with a particular port, a warning message will appear.
By default, the GUI disconnects administrative sessions if no activity occurs for five minutes. This prevents someone
from using the GUI if the management PC is left unattended.
1. Go to System > Settings.
2. In the Administration Settings section, enter the time in minutes in the Idle timeout field.
3. Select Apply.
Password policy
The FortiGate includes the ability to create a password policy for administrators and IPsec pre-shared keys. With this
policy, you can enforce regular changes and specific criteria for a password including:
l minimum length between 8 and 64 characters.
l if the password must contain uppercase (A, B, C) and/or lowercase (a, b, c) characters.
l if the password must contain numbers (1, 2, 3).
l if the password must contain special or non-alphanumeric characters (!, @, #, $, %, ^, &, *, (, and )).
l where the password applies (admin or IPsec or both).
l the duration of the password before a new one must be specified.
1. Go to System > Settings.
2. Configure Password Policy settings as required.
3. Click Apply.
If you add a password policy or change the requirements on an existing policy, the next time that administrator logs into
the FortiGate, they are prompted to update their password to meet the new requirements before proceeding to log in.
View settings
Three settings can change the presentation of information in the GUI: Language, Lines per page, and Theme.
To change the language, go to System > Settings. Select the language you want from the Language drop-down list:
English (the default), French, Spanish, Portuguese, Japanese, Traditional Chinese, Simplified Chinese, or Korean. For
best results, you should select the language that is used by the management computer.
To change the number of lines per page displayed in the GUI tables, set Lines per page to a value between 20 and
1,000. The default is 50 lines per page.
Five color themes are currently available: Green (the default), Red, Blue, Melongene, and Mariner. To change your
theme, select the color from the Theme drop-down list.
This is also where you select either Flow-based or Proxy Inspection Mode . If you select Flow-based mode, then you
need to specify if it is NGFW Profile-based or NGFW Policy-based inspection.
By default, the FortiGate sets the number of password retries at three, allowing the administrator a maximum of three
attempts to log into their account before locking the account for a set amount of time.
Both the number of attempts (admin-lockout-threshold) and the wait time before the administrator can try to
enter a password again (admin-lockout-duration) can be configured within the CLI.
The default value of admin-lockout-threshold is 3 and the range of values is between 1 and 10. The admin-
lockout-duration is set to 60 seconds by default and the range of values is between 1 and 4294967295 seconds.
Keep in mind that the higher the lockout threshold, the higher the risk that someone may be able to break into the
FortiGate.
Example:
To set the admin-lockout-threshold to one attempt and the admin-lockout-duration to a five minute
duration before the administrator can try to log in again, enter the commands:
config system global
set admin-lockout-threshold 1
set admin-lockout-duration 300
end
If the time span between the first failed login attempt and the admin-lockout-
threshold failed login attempt is less than admin-lockout-duration, the lockout will
be triggered.
Passwords
Using secure passwords are vital for preventing unauthorized access to your FortiGate. When changing the password,
consider the following to ensure better security:
l Do not make passwords that are obvious, such as the company name, administrator names, or other obvious words
or phrases.
l Use numbers in place of letters, for example, passw0rd.
l Administrator passwords can be up to 64 characters.
l Include a mixture of letters, numbers, and upper and lower case.
l Use multiple words together, or possibly even a sentence, for example keytothehighway.
l Use a password generator.
l Change the password regularly and always make the new password unique and not a variation of the existing
password, such as changing from password to password1.
l Make note of the password and store it in a safe place away from the management computer, in case you forget it
or ensure that at least two people know the password in the event that one person becomes ill, is away on vacation,
or leaves the company. Alternatively, have two different admin logins.
Downgrades will typically maintain the administrator password. If you need to downgrade to FortiOS 4.3, remove the
password before the downgrade, then log in after the downgrade and re-configure the password.
Password policy
The FortiGate includes the ability to create a password policy for administrators and IPsec pre-shared keys. With this
policy, you can enforce regular changes and specific criteria for a password including:
l minimum length between 8 and 64 characters.
l if the password must contain uppercase (A, B, C) and/or lowercase (a, b, c) characters.
l if the password must contain numbers (1, 2, 3).
l if the password must contain special or non-alphanumeric characters (!, @, #, $, %, ^, &, *, (, and )).
1. Go to System > Settings.
2. Configure Password Policy settings as required.
3. Click Apply.
If you add a password policy or change the requirements on an existing policy, the next time that administrator logs into
the FortiGate, they are prompted to update their password to meet the new requirements before proceeding to log in.
Configuration backups
Once you successfully configure the FortiGate, it is extremely important that you backup the configuration. In some
cases, you may need to reset the FortiGate to factory defaults or perform a TFTP upload of the firmware, which will
erase the existing configuration. In these instances, the configuration on the device will have to be recreated, unless a
backup can be used to restore it. You should also backup the local certificates, as the unique SSL inspection CA and
server certificates that are generated by your FortiGate by default are not saved in a system backup.
We also recommend that you backup the configuration after any changes are made, to ensure you have the most
current configuration available. Also, backup the configuration before any upgrades of the FortiGate’s firmware. Should
anything happen to the configuration during the upgrade, you can easily restore the saved configuration.
Always backup the configuration and store it on the management computer or off-site. You have the option to save the
configuration file to various locations including the local PC, USB key, FTP, and TFTP server. The last two are
configurable through the CLI only.
If you have VDOMs, you can back up the configuration of the entire FortiGate or only a specific VDOM. Note that if you
are using FortiManager or FortiCloud, full backups are performed and the option to backup individual VDOMs will not
appear.
You can also backup and restore your configuration using Secure File Copy (SCP). See How
to download/upload a FortiGate configuration file using secure file copy (SCP).
You enable SCP support using the following command:
config system global
set admin-scp enable
end
For more information about this command and about SCP support, see config system global.
1. Click on the user name in the upper right-hand corner of the screen and select Configuration > Backup.
2. Direct the backup to your Local PCor to a USB Disk.
The USB Disk option will not be available if no USB drive is inserted in the USB port. You can also backup to the
FortiManager using the CLI.
3. If VDOMs are enabled, indicate whether the scope of the backup is the entire FortiGate configuration (Global) or
only a specific VDOM configuration (VDOM).
If backing up a VDOM configuration, select the VDOM name from the list.
4. Enable Encryption. Encryption must be enabled on the backup file to back up VPN certificates.
5. Enter a password, and enter it again to confirm it. This password will be required to restore the configuration.
6. Click OK.
7. When prompted, select a location on the PC or USB disk to save the configuration file. The configuration file will
have a .conf extension.
or:
execute backup config usb <backup_filename> [<backup_password>]
or for FTP, note that port number, username are optional depending on the FTP site:
execute backup config ftp <backup_filename> <ftp_server> [<port>] [<user_name>] [<password>]
or for TFTP:
execute backup config tftp <backup_filename> <tftp_servers> <password>
Use the same commands to backup a VDOM configuration by first entering the commands:
config vdom
edit <vdom_name>
Restoring a configuration
1. Click on the user name in the upper right-hand corner of the screen and select Configuration > Restore.
2. Identify the source of the configuration file to be restored: your Local PCor a USB Disk.
The USB Disk option will not be available if no USB drive is inserted in the USB port. You can restore from the
FortiManager using the CLI.
3. Click Upload, locate the configuration file, and click Open.
4. Enter the password if required.
5. Click OK.
or:
execute restore config usb <filename> [<password>]
or for FTP, note that port number, username are optional depending on the FTP site:
execute restore config ftp <backup_filename> <ftp_server> [<port>] [<user_name>]
[<password>]
or for TFTP:
execute restore config tftp <backup_filename> <tftp_server> <password>
The FortiGate will load the configuration file and restart. Once the restart has completed, verify that the configuration
has been restored.
Troubleshooting
When restoring a configuration, errors may occur, but the solutions are usually straightforward.
Configuration file error This error occurs when attempting to upload a configuration file that is
incompatible with the device. This may be due to the configuration file being for a
different model or being saved from a different version of firmware.
Solution: Upload a configuration file that is for the correct model of FortiGate
device and the correct version of the firmware.
Invalid password When the configuration file is saved, it can be protected by a password. The
password entered during the upload process is not matching the one associated
with the configuration file.
Solution: Use the correct password if the file is password protected.
Configuration revision
You can manage multiple versions of configuration files on models that have a 512MB flash memory and higher.
Revision control requires either a configured central management server or the local hard drive, if your FortiGate has
this feature. Typically, configuration backup to local drive is not available on lower-end models.
The central management server can either be a FortiManager unit or FortiCloud.
If central management is not configured on your FortiGate unit, a message appears instructing you to either
l Enable central management, or
l Obtain a valid license.
When revision control is enabled on your FortiGate unit, and configuration backups have been made, a list of saved
revisions of those backed-up configurations appears.
Configuration revisions are viewed by clicking on the user name in the upper right-hand corner of the screen and
selecting Configuration > Revisions.
This procedure exports a server (local) certificate and private key together as a password protected PKCS12 file. The
export file is created through a customer-supplied TFTP server. Ensure that your TFTP server is running and accessible
to the FortiGate before you enter the command.
where:
l <cert_name> is the name of the server certificate.
l <filename> is a name for the output file.
1. Move the output file from the TFTP server location to the management computer.
2. Go to System > Certificates and click Import > Local.
3. Select the certificate type, then click Upload in the Certificate file field.
4. On the management computer, browse to the file location, select it, and click Open.
5. If the Type is Certificate, upload the Key file as well.
6. If required, enter the Password that is required to upload the file or files.
7. Click OK.
There may be a need to reset the FortiGate to its original defaults; for example, to begin with a fresh configuration.
There are two options when restoring factory defaults. The first resets the entire device to the original out-of-the-box
configuration.
You can reset the device with the following CLI command:
execute factoryreset
Alternatively, in the CLI you can reset the factory defaults but retain the interface and VDOM configuration with the
following command:
execute factoryreset2
Firmware
Fortinet periodically updates the FortiGate firmware to include new features and resolve important issues. After you
have registered your FortiGate unit, you can download firmware updates from the Fortinet Support web site,
Before you install any new firmware, be sure to follow the steps below:
l Review the Release Notes for a new firmware release.
l Review the Supported Upgrade Paths to prepare for the upgrade of FortiOS on your FortiGate.
l Backup the current configuration, including local certificates.
l Test the new firmware until you are satisfied that it applies to your configuration.
Installing new firmware without reviewing release notes or testing the firmware may result in changes to settings or
unexpected issues.
Only FortiGate admin users and administrators whose access profiles contain system read
and write privileges can change the FortiGate firmware.
You should always back up the configuration before installing new firmware, in case you need to restore your FortiGate
configuration.
For more information and instructions on backing up and restoring your configuration, see Configuration backups on
page 51.
Downloading
Firmware images for all FortiGate units are available on the Fortinet Support website.
To download firmware:
1. Log into the site using your user name and password.
2. Go to Download > Firmware Images.
3. A list of Release Notes is shown. If you have not already done so, download and review the Release Notes for the
firmware you wish to upgrade your FortiGate unit to.
4. Select Download.
Firmware can also be downloaded using FTP; however, as FTP is not an encrypted file
transferring protocol, HTTPS downloading is recommended.
5. Navigate to the folder for the firmware version you wish to use.
6. Select your FortiGate model from the list. If your unit is a FortiWiFi, the firmware will have a filename starting with
'FWF'.
7. Save the firmware image to your computer.
Testing
The integrity of firmware images downloaded from Fortinet's support portal can be verified using a file checksum. A file
checksum that does not match the expected value indicates a corrupt file. The corruption could be caused by errors in
transfer or by file modification. A list of expected checksum values for each build of released code is available on
Fortinet’s support portal.
Image integrity is also verified when the FortiGate is booting up. This integrity check is done through a cyclic
redundancy check (CRC). If the CRC fails, the FortiGate unit will encounter an error during the boot process.
Lastly, firmware images are signed and the signature is attached to the code as it is built. When upgrading an image,
the running OS will generate a signature and compare it with the signature attached to the image. If the signatures do
not match, the new OS will not load.
FortiOS lets you test a new firmware image by installing the firmware image from a system reboot and saving it to
system memory. After completing this procedure, the FortiGate unit operates using the new firmware image with the
current configuration. This new firmware image is not permanently installed. The next time the FortiGate unit restarts, it
operates with the originally installed firmware image using the current configuration. If the new firmware image
operates successfully, you can install it permanently using the procedure explained in Upgrading firmware.
To use this procedure, you must connect to the CLI using the FortiGate console port and an RJ-45 to DB-9 or null
modem cable. This procedure temporarily installs a new firmware image using your current configuration.
For this procedure, you must install a TFTP server that you can connect to from the FortiGate internal interface. The
TFTP server should be on the same subnet as the internal interface.
You have only three (3) seconds to press any key. If you do not press a key quickly
enough, the FortiGate unit reboots and you must log in and repeat the execute
reboot command.
8. If you successfully interrupt the startup process, the following messages appears:
[G]: Get firmware image from TFTP server.
[F]: Format boot device.
[B]: Boot with backup firmware and set as default
[C]: Configuration and information
[Q]: Quit menu and continue to boot with default firmware.
[H]: Display this list of options.
Enter G, F, Q, or H:
9. Type G to get the new firmware image from the TFTP server. The following message appears: Enter TFTP
server address [192.168.1.168]:
10. Type the address of the TFTP server and press Enter. The following message appears: Enter Local
Address [192.168.1.188]:
11. Type an IP address of the FortiGate unit to connect to the TFTP server. The IP address must be on the same
network as the TFTP server.
Make sure you do not enter the IP address of another device on this network.
13. Enter the firmware image file name and press Enter. The TFTP server uploads the firmware image file to the
FortiGate unit and the following appears: Save as Default firmware/Backup firmware/Run image
without saving: [D/B/R]
14. Type R. The FortiGate image is installed to system memory and the FortiGate unit starts running the new firmware
image, but with its current configuration.
You can test the new firmware image as required. When done testing, you can reboot the FortiGate unit, and the
FortiGate unit will resume using the firmware that was running before you installed the test firmware.
Upgrading firmware
Installing firmware replaces your current antivirus and attack definitions, along with the definitions included with the
firmware release you are installing. After you install new firmware, make sure that antivirus and attack definitions are up
to date. You can also use the CLI command execute update-now to update the antivirus and attack definitions.
Always remember to back up your configuration before making any changes to the firmware.
You can also backup and restore your configuration using Secure File Copy (SCP).
You enable SCP support using the following command:
config system global
set admin-scp enable
end
Before you begin, ensure you have a TFTP server running and accessible to the FortiGate unit.
1. Make sure the TFTP server is running.
2. Copy the new firmware image file to the root directory of the TFTP server.
3. Log into the CLI.
4. Make sure the FortiGate unit can connect to the TFTP server. You can use the following command to ping the
computer running the TFTP server. For example, if the IP address of the TFTP server is 192.168.1.168
execute ping 192.168.1.168
5. Enter the following command to copy the firmware image from the TFTP server to the FortiGate unit:
execute restore image tftp <filename> <tftp_ipv4>
6. The FortiGate unit responds with the message:
This operation will replace the current firmware version!
Reverting
The following procedure reverts the FortiGate unit to its factory default configuration and deletes any configuration
settings. If you are reverting to a previous FortiOS version, you might not be able to restore the previous configuration
from the backup configuration file.
Always remember to back up your configuration before making any changes to the firmware.
following appears:
Get image from tftp server OK.
Check image OK.
This operation will downgrade the current firmware version!
Do you want to continue? (y/n)
8. Type y. The FortiGate unit reverts to the old firmware version, resets the configuration to factory defaults, and
restarts. This process takes a few minutes.
9. Reconnect to the CLI.
10. To restore your previous configuration, if needed, use the command:
execute restore config <name_str> <tftp_ipv4>
11. Update antivirus and attack definitions using the command:
execute update-now
In the event that the firmware upgrade does not load properly and the FortiGate unit will not boot, or continuously
reboots, it is best to perform a fresh install of the firmware from a reboot using the CLI.
This procedure installs a firmware image and resets the FortiGate unit to default settings. You can use this procedure to
upgrade to a new firmware version, revert to an older firmware version, or re-install the current firmware.
To use this procedure, you must connect to the CLI using the FortiGate console port and a RJ-45 to DB-9, or null
modem cable. This procedure reverts the FortiGate unit to its factory default configuration.
For this procedure you install a TFTP server that you can connect to from the FortiGate internal interface. The TFTP
server should be on the same subnet as the internal interface.
Before beginning this procedure, ensure you backup the FortiGate unit configuration.
If you are reverting to a previous FortiOS version, you might not be able to restore the previous configuration from the
backup configuration file.
Installing firmware replaces your current antivirus and attack definitions, along with the definitions included with the
firmware release you are installing. After you install new firmware, make sure that antivirus and attack definitions are up
to date.
1. Connect to the CLI using the RJ-45 to DB-9 or null modem cable.
2. Make sure the TFTP server is running.
3. Copy the new firmware image file to the root directory of the TFTP server.
4. Make sure the internal interface is connected to the same network as the TFTP server.
5. To confirm the FortiGate unit can connect to the TFTP server, use the following command to ping the computer
running the TFTP server. For example, if the IP address of the TFTP server is 192.168.1.168: execute ping
192.168.1.168
6. Enter the following command to restart the FortiGate unit: execute reboot
7. The FortiGate unit responds with the following message:
This operation will reboot the system!
Do you want to continue? (y/n)
8. Type y. As the FortiGate unit starts, a series of system startup messages appears. When the following messages
appears:
Press any key to display configuration menu..........
You have only three (3) seconds to press any key. If you do not press a key quickly
enough, the FortiGate unit reboots and you must log in and repeat the execute
reboot command.
10. If you successfully interrupt the startup process, the following messages appears:
[G]: Get firmware image from TFTP server.
[F]: Format boot device.
[B]: Boot with backup firmware and set as default
[C]: Configuration and information
[Q]: Quit menu and continue to boot with default firmware.
[H]: Display this list of options.
Enter G, F, Q, or H
11. Type G to get to the new firmware image form the TFTP server. The following message appears: Enter TFTP
server address [192.168.1.168]:
12. Type the address of the TFTP server and press Enter. The following message appears: Enter Local
Address [192.168.1.188]:
13. Type an IP address the FortiGate unit can use to connect to the TFTP server. The IP address can be any IP
address that is valid for the network to which the interface is connected.
Make sure you do not enter the IP address of another device on this network.
Controlled upgrade
Using a controlled upgrade, you can upload a new version of the FortiOS firmware to a separate partition in the
FortiGate memory for later upgrade. The FortiGate unit can also be configured so that when it is rebooted, it will
automatically load the new firmware (CLI only). Using this option, you can stage a number of FortiGate units to do an
upgrade simultaneously to all devices using FortiManager or script.
To set the FortiGate unit so that when it reboots, the new firmware is loaded:
FortiGuard
The FortiGuard Distribution Network (FDN) of servers provides updates to antivirus, antispam, and IPS definitions to
your FortiGate. FortiGuard Subscription Services provides comprehensive Unified Threat Management (UTM) security
solutions to enable protection against content and network level threats.
The FortiGuard team can be found around the globe, monitoring virus, spyware and vulnerability activities. As
vulnerabilities are found, signatures are created and pushed to the subscribed FortiGates. The Global Threat Research
Team enables Fortinet to deliver a combination of multi-layered security intelligence and provide true zero-day
protection from new and emerging threats. The FortiGuard Network has data centers around the world located in
secure, high availability locations that automatically deliver updates to the Fortinet security platforms to protect the
network with the latest information.
FortiGuard provides a number of services to monitor world-wide activity and provide the best possible security,
including:
l Intrusion Prevention System (IPS) - IPS uses a customizable database of more than 4000 known threats to
stop attacks that evade conventional firewall defenses. It also provides behavior-based heuristics, enabling the
system to recognize threats when no signature has yet been developed. It also provides more than 1000
application identity signatures for complete application control.
l Application Control- Application Control allows you to identify and control applications on networks and
endpoints regardless of port, protocol, and IP address used. It gives you unmatched visibility and control over
application traffic, even traffic from unknown applications and sources. Application Control is a free FortiGuard
service and the database for Application Control signatures is separate from the IPS database (Botnet Application
signatures are still part of the IPS signature database since these are more closely related with security issues and
less about application detection). Application Control signature database information is displayed under the
System > FortiGuard page in the FortiCare section.
Please note that while the Application Control profile can be used for free, signature
database updates require a valid FortiGuard subscription.
l AntiVirus - The FortiGuard AntiVirus Service provides fully automated updates to ensure protection against the
latest content level threats. It employs advanced virus, spyware, and heuristic detection engines to prevent both
new and evolving threats from gaining access to your network and protects against vulnerabilities.
l Web Filter - Web Filter provides Web URL filtering to block access to harmful, inappropriate, and dangerous web
sites that may contain phishing/pharming attacks, malware such as spyware, or objectionable content that can
expose your organization to legal liability. Based on automatic research tools and targeted research analysis, real-
time updates enable you to apply highly-granular policies that filter web access based on six major categories and
nearly 80 micro-categories, over 45 million rated web sites, and more than two billion web pages - all continuously
updated.
l Email Filtering - The FortiGuard Antispam Service uses both a sender IP reputation database and a spam
signature database, along with sophisticated spam filtering tools on Fortinet appliances and agents, to detect and
block a wide range of spam messages. Updates to the IP reputation and spam signature databases are provided
continuously via the FDN.
l Messaging Services - Messaging Services allow a secure email server to be automatically enabled on your
FortiGate to send alert email or send email authentication tokens. With the SMS gateway, you can enter phone
numbers where the FortiGate will send the SMS messages. Note that depending on your carrier, there may be a
slight time delay on receiving messages.
l DNS and DDNS - The FortiGuard DNS and DDNS services provide an efficient method of DNS lookups once
subscribed to the FortiGuard network. This is the default option. The FortiGate connects automatically to the
FortiGuard DNS server. If you do not register, you need to configure an alternate DNS server.
Configure the DDNS server settings using the CLI command:
config system fortiguard
set ddns-server-ip
set ddns-server-port
end
If you are not getting FortiGuard web filtering or antispam services, there are a few things to verify that communication
to the FDN is working. Before any troubleshooting, ensure that the FortiGate has been registered and subscribed to the
FortiGuard services.
Verification - GUI:
The simplest method to check that the FortiGate is communicating with the FDN, is to check the License Information
dashboard widget. Any subscribed services should have a green check mark beside them indicating that connections are
successful. Any other icon indicates a problem with the connection, or you are not subscribed to the FortiGuard services.
You can also view the FortiGuard connection status by going to System > FortiGuard.
Verification - CLI:
You can also use the CLI to see what FortiGuard servers are available to your FortiGate. Use the following CLI
command to ping the FDN for a connection:
execute ping guard.fortinet.net
You can also use the following diagnose command to find out what FortiGuard servers are available:
diagnose debug rating
From this command, you will see output similar to the following:
Locale : english
License : Contract
Expiration : Sun Jul 24 20:00:00 2011
Hostname : service.fortiguard.net
-=- Server List (Tue Nov 2 11:12:28 2010) -=-
An extensive list of servers are available. Should you see a list of three to five available servers, the FortiGuard servers
are responding to DNS replies to service FortiGuard.net, but the INIT requests are not reaching FDS services on the
servers.
The rating flags indicate the server status:
D Indicates the server was found via the DNS lookup of the hostname. If the hostname returns more than
one IP address, all of them will be flagged with 'D' and will be used first for INIT requests before falling
back to the other servers.
I Indicates the server to which the last INIT request was sent.
F The server has not responded to requests and is considered to have failed.
The server list is sorted first by weight and then the server with the smallest RTT is put at the top of the list, regardless
of weight. When a packet is lost, it will be resent to the next server in the list.
The weight for each server increases with failed packets and decreases with successful packets. To lower the possibility
of using a distant server, the weight is not allowed to dip below a base weight, which is calculated as the difference in
hours between the FortiGate and the server, multiplied by 10. The further away the server, the higher its base weight
and the lower in the list it will appear.
Port assignment
The FortiGate contacts FDN for the latest list of FDN servers by sending UDP packets with typical source ports of 1027
or 1031, and destination port 8888. The FDN reply packets have a destination port of 1027 or 1031.
If your ISP blocks UDP packets in this port range, the FortiGate cannot receive the FDN reply packets. As a result, the
FortiGate will not receive the complete FDN server list.
If your ISP blocks the lower range of UDP ports (around 1024), you can configure your FortiGate to use higher-
numbered ports, using the CLI command:
config system global
set ip-src-port-range <start port>-<end port>
end
where the <start port> and <end port> are numbers ranging of 1024 to 25000.
For example, you could configure the FortiGate to not use ports lower than 2048 or ports higher than the following
range:
config system global
set ip-src-port-range 2048-20000
end
Trial and error may be required to select the best source port range. You can also contact your ISP to determine the best
range to use. Push updates might be unavailable if:
l there is a NAT device installed between the unit and the FDN, and/or
l your unit connects to the Internet using a proxy server.
Go to System > FortiGuard, and scroll down to the AntiVirus & IPS Updates section to configure the antivirus and
IPS options for connecting and downloading definition files.
Accept push updates Select to allow updates to be sent automatically to your FortiGate. New
definitions will be added as soon as they are released by FortiGuard.
Scheduled Updates Enable for updates to be sent to your FortiGate at a specific time. For example,
to minimize traffic lag times, you can schedule the update to occur on weekends
or after work hours.
Note that a schedule of once a week means any urgent updates will not be
pushed until the scheduled time. However, if there is an urgent update required,
select the Update Now button.
Improve IPS quality Enable to help Fortinet maintain and improve IPS signatures. The information
sent to the FortiGuard servers when an attack occurs can be used to keep the
database current as variants of attacks evolve.
Use extended IPS signature Regular IPS database protects against the latest common and in-the-wild
package attacks. Extended IPS database includes protection from legacy attacks.
Manual updates
To manually update the signature definitions file, you need to first go to the Fortinet Support web site. Once logged in,
select Download > FortiGuard Service Updates. The browser will present you the most current IPS and AntiVirus
signature definitions which you can download.
Once downloaded to your computer, log into the FortiGate to load the definition file.
1. Go to System > FortiGuard.
2. In the License Information table, select the Upgrade Database link in either the Application Control
Signature, IPS, or AntiVirus row.
3. In the pop-up window, select Upload and locate the downloaded file and select Open.
The upload may take a few minutes to complete.
Automatic updates
The FortiGate can be configured to request updates from FDN on a scheduled basis, or via push notification.
Scheduling updates
Scheduling updates ensures that the virus and IPS definitions are downloaded to your FortiGate on a regular basis,
ensuring that you do not forget to check for the definition files yourself.
Updating definitions can cause a very short disruption in traffic currently being scanned while the FortiGate unit applies
the new signature database, Ideally, schedule updates during off-peak hours, such as evenings or weekends, when
network usage is minimal, to ensure that the network activity will not suffer from the added traffic of downloading the
definition files.
Push updates
Push updates enable you to get immediate updates when new viruses or intrusions have been discovered and new
signatures created. This ensures that the latest signature will be sent to the FortiGate as soon as possible.
When a push notification occurs, the FortiGuard server sends a notice to the FortiGate that there is a new signature
definition file available. The FortiGate then initiates a download of the definition file, similar to the scheduled update.
To ensure maximum security for your network, you should have a scheduled update as well as enable the push update,
in case an urgent signature is created, and your cycle of the updates only occurs weekly.
Push IP override
If the FortiGate is behind another NAT device (or another FortiGate), to ensure it receives the push update notifications,
you need to use an override IP address for the notifications. To do this, you create a virtual IP to map to the external port
of the NAT device.
Generally speaking, if there are two FortiGate devices, the following steps need to be completed on the FortiGate NAT
device to ensure the FortiGate on the internal network receives the updates:
l Add a port forwarding virtual IP to the FortiGate NAT device that connects to the Internet by going to Policy
& Objects > Virtual IPs.
l Add a security policy to the FortiGate NAT device that connects to the Internet that includes the port forwarding
virtual IP.
l Configure the FortiGate on the internal network with an override push IP and port.
On the FortiGate internal device, the virtual IP is entered as the Use push override IP address.
To support following malware trends and making zero-day discoveries, FortiGate units send encrypted statistics to
FortiGuard about IPS, Application Control, and AntiVirus events detected by the FortiGuard services running on your
FortiGate. FortiGuard uses the statistics collected to achieve a balance between performance and security
effectiveness by moving inactive signatures to an extended signature database.
The statistics include some non-personal information that identifies your FortiGate and its country. The information is
never shared with external parties. You can choose to disable the sharing of this information by entering the following
CLI command:
config system global
set fds-statistics disable
end
Go to System > FortiGuard, and scroll down to Filtering to set the size of the caches and ports.
Web Filter Cache Set the Time To Live (TTL) value. This is the number of seconds the FortiGate
will store a blocked IP or URL locally, saving time and network access traffic,
checking the FortiGuard server. Once the TTL has expired, the FortiGate will
contact an FDN server to verify a web address. The TTL must be between 300
and 86400 seconds.
FortiGuard Filtering Port Select the port assignments for contacting the FortiGuard servers.
Filtering Service Availability Indicates the status of the filtering service. Select Check Again if the filtering
service is not available.
Request re-evaluation of a Select to re-evaluate a URL’s category rating on the FortiGuard Web Filter
URL's category service.
Email filter
The FortiGuard data centers monitor and update email databases of known spam sources. With FortiGuard Anti-Spam
filtering enabled, the FortiGate verifies incoming email sender addresses and IPs against the database, and takes the
necessary actions as defined within the antivirus profiles.
Spam source IP addresses can also be cached locally on the FortiGate, providing a quicker response time, while easing
load on the FortiGuard servers, aiding in a quicker response time for less common email address requests.
By default, the anti-spam cache is enabled. The cache includes a TTL value, which is the amount of time an email
address will stay in the cache before expiring. You can change this value to shorten or extend the time between 5 and
1,440 minutes.
1. Go to System > FortiGuard.
2. Under Filtering, enable Anti-Spam Cache.
3. Enter the TTL value in minutes.
4. Select Apply.
Further antispam filtering options can be configured to block, allow, or quarantine specific email addresses. These
configurations are available through the Security Profiles > Anti-Spam menu.
The FortiGuard online center provides a number of online security tools, including but not limited to:
l URL lookup — By entering a website address, you can see if it has been rated and what category and
classification it is filed as. If you find your website or a site you commonly go to has been wrongly categorized, you
can use this page to request that the site be re-evaluated: https://fortiguard.com/webfilter
l Threat Encyclopedia — Browse the Fortiguard Labs extensive encyclopedia of threats. Search for viruses, botnet
C&C, IPS, endpoint vulnerabilities, and mobile malware: https://www.fortiguard.com/encyclopedia
l Application Control — Browse the Fortiguard Labs extensive encyclopedia of applications:
https://fortiguard.com/appcontrol
FortiCloud
FortiCloud is a hosted security management and log retention service for FortiGate devices. It gives you centralized
reporting, traffic analysis, configuration management, and log retention without the need for additional hardware or
software.
FortiCloud offers a wide range of features:
l Simplified central management — FortiCloud provides a central web-based management console to manage
individual or aggregated FortiGate and FortiWiFi devices. Adding a device to the FortiCloud management
subscription is straightforward. FortiCloud has detailed traffic and application visibility across the whole network.
l Hosted log retention with large default storage allocated — Log retention is an integral part of any security
and compliance program but administering a separate storage system is burdensome. FortiCloud takes care of this
automatically and stores the valuable log information in the cloud. Each device is allowed up to 200GB of log
retention storage. Different types of logs can be stored including Traffic, System Events, Web, Applications, and
Security Events.
l Monitoring and alerting in real time — Network availability is critical to a good end-user experience. FortiCloud
enables you to monitor your FortiGate network in real time with different alerting mechanisms to pinpoint potential
issues. Alerting mechanisms can be delivered via email.
l Customized or pre-configured reporting and analysis tools — Reporting and analysis are your eyes and
ears into your network’s health and security. Pre-configured reports are available, as well as custom reports that
can be tailored to your specific reporting and compliance requirements. For example, you may want to look closely
at application usage or website violations. The reports can be emailed as PDFs and can cover different time
periods.
l Maintain important configuration information uniformly — The correct configuration of the devices within
your network is essential to maintaining an optimum performance and security posture. In addition, maintaining the
correct firmware (operating system) level allows you to take advantage of the latest features.
l Service security — All communication (including log information) between the devices and the clouds is
encrypted. Redundant data centers are always used to give the service high availability. Operational security
measures have been put in place to make sure your data is secure — only you can view or retrieve it.
Before you can activate a FortiCloud account, you must first register your device.
FortiCloud accounts can be registered manually through the FortiCloud website, https://www.forticloud.com, but you
can easily register and activate your account directly from your FortiGate.
1. On your device’s dashboard, in the FortiCloud widget, select the Activate button in the status field.
2. A dialogue asking you to register your FortiCloud account appears. Select Create Account, enter your
information, view and accept the terms and conditions, and select OK.
3. A second dialogue window appears, asking you to enter your information to confirm your account. This sends a
confirmation email to your registered email. The dashboard widget then updates to show that confirmation is
required.
4. Open your email, and follow the confirmation link it contains.
Results
A FortiCloud page will open, stating that your account has been confirmed. The Activation Pending message on the
dashboard will change to state the type of account you have (‘1GB Free’ or ‘200GB Subscription’), and will provide a link
to the FortiCloud portal.
Once logging has been configured and you have registered your account, you can log into the FortiCloud portal and
begin viewing your logging results. There are two methods to reach the FortiCloud portal:
l If you have direct networked access to the FortiGate, you can simply open your Dashboard and check the License
Information widget. Next to the current FortiCloud connection status will be a link to reach the FortiCloud Portal.
l If you do not currently have access to the FortiGate’s interface, you can visit the FortiCloud website
(https://forticloud.com) and log in remotely, using your email and password. It will ask you to confirm the
FortiCloud account you are connecting to and then you will be granted access. Connected devices can be remotely
configured using the Scripts page in the Management Tab, useful if an administrator may be away from the unit for
a long period of time.
Cloud sandboxing
FortiCloud can be used for automated sample tracking, or sandboxing, for files from a FortiGate. This allows suspicious
files to be sent to be inspected without risking network security. If the file exhibits risky behavior, or is found to contain a
virus, a new virus signature is created and added to the FortiGuard antivirus signature database.
Cloud sandboxing is configured by going to Security Fabric > Settings. After enabling Sandbox Inspection, select
the FortiSandbox type.
Sandboxing results are shown in a new tab called AV Submissions in the FortiCloud portal. This tab only appears
after a file has been sent for sandboxing.
For more information about FortiCloud, see the FortiCloud documentation.
If your FortiGate does not function as desired after installation, try the following troubleshooting tips:
1. Check for equipment issues Verify that all network equipment is powered on and operating as expected. Refer
to the QuickStart Guide for information about connecting your FortiGate to the network. You will also find detailed
information about the FortiGate LED indicators.The FortiGate has multiple LED lights on the faceplate. Verify
whether or not the LEDs on your FortiGate indicate a problem. For information on what the LEDs mean, see the
LED specifications on page 44
2. Check the physical network connections Check the cables used for all physical connections to ensure that they
are fully connected and do not appear damaged, and make sure that each cable connects to the correct device and
the correct Ethernet port on that device.
3. Verify that you can connect to the internal IP address of the FortiGate Connect to the GUI from the
FortiGate’s internal interface by browsing to its IP address. From the PC, try to ping the internal interface IP
address; for example, ping 192.168.1.99. If you cannot connect to the internal interface, verify the IP
configuration of the PC. If you can ping the interface but can't connect to the GUI, check the settings for
administrative access on that interface. Alternatively, use SSH to connect to the CLI, and then confirm that HTTPS
has been enabled for Administrative Access on the interface.
4. Check the FortiGate interface configurations Check the configuration of the FortiGate interface connected to
the internal network (under Network > Interfaces) and check that Addressing mode is set to the correct mode.
5. Verify the security policy configuration Go to Policy & Objects > IPv4 Policy and verify that the internal
interface to Internet-facing interface security policy has been added and is located near the top of the policy list.
Check the Active Sessions column to ensure that traffic has been processed (if this column does not appear,
right-click on the table header and select Active Sessions). If you are using NAT mode, check the configuration of
the policy to make sure that NAT is enabled and that Use Outgoing Interface Address is selected.
6. Verify the static routing configuration
Go to Network > Static Routes and verify that the default route is correct. Go to Monitor > Routing Monitor
and verify that the default route appears in the list as a static route. Along with the default route, you should see
two routes shown as Connected, one for each connected FortiGate interface.
7. Verify that you can connect to the Internet-facing interface’s IP address Ping the IP address of the Internet-
facing interface of your FortiGate. If you cannot connect to the interface, the FortiGate is not allowing sessions
from the internal interface to Internet-facing interface. Verify that PING has been enabled for Administrative
Access on the interface.
8. Verify that you can connect to the gateway provided by your ISP
Ping the default gateway IP address from a PC on the internal network. If you cannot reach the gateway, contact
your ISP to verify that you are using the correct gateway.
9. Verify that you can communicate from the FortiGate to the Internet
Access the FortiGate CLI and use the command execute ping 8.8.8.8. You can also use the execute
traceroute 8.8.8.8 command to troubleshoot connectivity to the Internet.
10. Verify the DNS configurations of the FortiGate and the PCs
Check for DNS errors by pinging or using traceroute to connect to a domain name; for example: ping
www.fortinet.com.
If the name cannot be resolved, the FortiGate or PC cannot connect to a DNS server and you should confirm that
the DNS server IP addresses are present and correct.
11. Confirm that the FortiGate can connect to the FortiGuard network Once the FortiGate is on your network,
you should confirm that it can reach the FortiGuard network. First, check the License Information widget to make
sure that the status of all FortiGuard services matches the services that you have purchased. Go to System
> FortiGuard. Scroll down to Filtering Services Availability and select Check Again. After a minute, the GUI
should indicate a successful connection.Verify that your FortiGate can resolve and reach FortiGuard at
service.fortiguard.net by pinging the domain name. If you can reach this service, you can then verify the
connection to FortiGuard servers by running the command diagnose debug rating. This displays a list of
FortiGuard IP gateways you can connect to, as well as the following information:
l Weight: Based on the difference in time zone between the FortiGate and this server
l RTT: Return trip time
l Flags: D (IP returned from DNS), I (Contract server contacted), T (being timed), F (failed)
l TZ: Server time zone
l Curr Lost: Current number of consecutive lost packets
l Total Lost: Total number of lost packets
12. Consider changing the MAC address of your external interface Some ISPs do not want the MAC address of
the device connecting to their network cable to change. If you have added a FortiGate to your network, you may
have to change the MAC address of the Internet-facing interface using the following CLI command:
config system interface
edit <interface>
set macaddr <xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx>
end
end
13. Check the FortiGate bridge table (transparent mode) When a FortiGate is in transparent mode, the unit acts
like a bridge sending all incoming traffic out on the other interfaces. The bridge is between interfaces on the
FortiGate unit. Each bridge listed is a link between interfaces. Where traffic is flowing between interfaces, you
expect to find bridges listed. If you are having connectivity issues and there are no bridges listed, that is a likely
cause. Check for the MAC address of the interface or device in question.To list the existing bridge instances on the
FortiGate, use the following CLI command:
diagnose netlink brctl name host root.b
show bridge control interface root.b host.
fdb: size=2048, used=25, num=25, depth=1
Bridge root.b host table
port no device devname mac addr ttl attributes
3 4 wan1 00:09:0f:cb:c2:77 88
3 4 wan1 00:26:2d:24:b7:d3 0
3 4 wan1 00:13:72:38:72:21 98
4 3 internal 00:1a:a0:2f:bc:c6 6
1 6 dmz 00:09:0f:dc:90:69 0 Local Static
3 4 wan1 c4:2c:03:0d:3a:38 81
3 4 wan1 00:09:0f:15:05:46 89
3 4 wan1 c4:2c:03:1d:1b:10 0
2 5 wan2 00:09:0f:dc:90:68 0 Local Static
14. Use FortiExplorer if you can’t connect to the FortiGate over Ethernet If you can’t connect to the FortiGate
GUI or CLI, you may be able to connect using FortiExplorer. Refer to the QuickStart Guide or see the section on
FortiExplorer for more details.
15. Either reset the FortiGate to factory defaults or contact Fortinet Support for assistance To reset the
FortiGate to factory defaults, use the CLI command execute factoryreset. When prompted, type y to
confirm the reset.
If you require further assistance, visit the Fortinet Support website.
The Fortinet Security Fabric provides an intelligent architecture that interconnects discrete security solutions into an
integrated whole to detect, monitor, block, and remediate attacks across the entire attack surface. It delivers broad
protection and visibility into every network segment and device, be they hardware, virtual, or cloud based.
l The physical topology view shows all connected devices, including access layer devices. The logical topology view
shows information about the interfaces that each device is connected to.
l Security rating checks analyze the Security Fabric deployment to identify potential vulnerabilities and highlight best
practices to improve the network configuration, deploy new hardware and software, and increase visibility and
control of the network.
l Automation pairs an event trigger with one or more actions to monitor the network and take the designated actions
automatically when the Security Fabric detects a threat.
l Fabric connectors provide integration with multiple SDN, cloud, and partner technology platforms to automate the
process of managing dynamic security updates without manual intervention.
Components
The Fortinet Security Fabric consists of different components that work together to secure you network.
The following devices are required to create a Security Fabric:
Device Description
FortiGate FortiGate devices are the core of the Security Fabric and can have one of the following roles:
l Root:
The root FortiGate is the main component in the Security Fabric. It is typically located on
the edge of the network and connects the internal devices and networks to the Internet
through your ISP. From the root FortiGate, you can see information about the entire
Security Fabric on the Physical and Logical Topology pages in the GUI.
l Downstream:
After a root FortiGate is installed, all other FortiGate devices in the Security Fabric act as
Internal Segmentation Firewalls (ISFWs), located at strategic points in your internal
network, rather than on the network edge. This allows extra security measures to be
taken around key network components, such as servers that contain valuable intellectual
property. ISFW FortiGate devices create network visibility by sending traffic and
information about the devices that are connected to them to the root FortiGate.
FortiGate documentation: https://docs.fortinet.com/product/fortigate
FortiAnalyzer FortiAnalyzer gives you increased visibility into your network, centralized monitoring, and
awareness of threats, events, and network activity by collecting and correlating logs from all
Security Fabric devices. This gives you a deeper and more comprehensive view across the
entire Security Fabric.
FortiAnalyzer documentation: https://docs.fortinet.com/product/fortianalyzer
Device Description
FortiADC FortiADC devices optimize the availability, user experience, and scalability of enterprise
application delivery. They enable fast, secure, and intelligent acceleration and distribution of
even the most demanding enterprise applications.
FortiADC documentation: https://docs.fortinet.com/product/fortiadc
FortiAP Add FortiAP devices to extend the Security Fabric to your wireless devices. Devices
connected to a FortiAP appear in the Physical and Logical Topology pages in the Security
Fabric menu.
FortiAP documentation: https://docs.fortinet.com/product/fortiap
FortiClient FortiClient adds endpoint control to devices that are located in the Security Fabric, allowing
only traffic from compliant devices to flow through the FortiGate. FortiClient compliance
profiles are applied by the first FortiGate that a device’s traffic flows through. Device
registration and on-net status information for a device that is running FortiClient appears only
on the FortiGate that applies the FortiClient profile to that device.
FortiClient documentation: https://docs.fortinet.com/product/forticlient
FortiClient EMS FortiClient EMS is used in the Security Fabric to provide visibility across your network,
securely share information, and assign security profiles to endpoints.
FortiClient EMS documentation: https://docs.fortinet.com/product/forticlient
FortiDDoS FortiDDoS is a Network Behavior Anomaly (NBA) prevention system that detects and blocks
attacks that intend to disrupt network service by overutilizing server resources.
FortiDDoS documentation: https://docs.fortinet.com/product/fortiddos
FortiMail FortiMail antispam processing helps offload from other devices in the Security Fabric that
would typically carry out this process.
FortiMail documentation: https://docs.fortinet.com/product/fortimail
FortiManager Add FortiManager to simplify the network management of devices in the Security Fabric by
centralizing management access in a single device. This allows you to easily control the
deployment of security policies, FortiGuard content security updates, firmware revisions, and
individual configurations for devices in the Security Fabric.
FortiManager documentation: https://docs.fortinet.com/product/fortimanager
FortiSandbox Add FortiSandbox to your Security Fabric to improve security with sandbox inspection.
Sandbox integration allows FortiGate devices in the Security Fabric to automatically receive
signature updates from FortiSandbox and add the originating URL of any malicious file to a
blocked URL list.
FortiSandbox documentation: https://docs.fortinet.com/product/fortisandbox
FortiSwitch A FortiSwitch can be added to the Security Fabric when it is managed by a FortiGate that is in
the Security Fabric with the FortiLink protocol, and connected to an interface that uses
FortiTelemetry. FortiSwitch ports to become logical extensions of the FortiGate.
Devices connected to the FortiSwitch appear in the Physical and Logical Topology pages in
the Security Fabric menu, and security features, such as FortiClient compliance profiles, are
applied to them.
FortiSwitch documentation: https://docs.fortinet.com/product/fortiswitch
Device Description
FortiWeb Add FortiWeb to defend the application attack surface from attacks that target application
exploits. You can also configure FortiWeb to apply web application firewall features, virus
scanning, and web filtering to HTTP traffic to help offload from other devices in the Security
Fabric that would typically carry out these processes.
FortiWeb documentation: https://docs.fortinet.com/product/fortiweb
FortiWLC FortiWLC delivers seamless mobility and superior reliability with optimized client distribution
and channel utilization. Both single and multi channel deployment options are supported,
maximizing efficiency to make the most of available wireless spectrum.
FortiWLC documentation: https://docs.fortinet.com/product/wireless-controller
Device Description
Other Fortinet Many other Fortinet products can be added to the Security Fabric, including
products FortiAuthenticator, FortiToken, FortiCache, and FortiSIEM.
Documentation: https://docs.fortinet.com/
Third-party Third-party products that belong to the Fortinet Fabric-Ready Partner Program can be added
products to the Security Fabric.
This section contains information about how to configure the following devices as part of the Fortinet Security Fabric:
l FortiGate
l FortiAnalyzer
l FortiManager
l FortiSandbox
l FortiClient EMS
l FortiAP and FortiSwitch
l Additional devices
System requirements
To set up the Security Fabric in FortiOS 6.2, the devices that you want to include must meet the Product Integration and
Support requirements in the FortiOS Release Notes.
Some features of the Security Fabric are only available in certain firmware versions and models. Not all FortiGate
models can run the FortiGuard Security Rating Service if they are the root FortiGate in a Security Fabric. For more
information, see the Special Notices in the FortiOS Release Notes.
Prerequisites
l If devices are not already installed in your network, complete basic installation and configuration tasks by following
the instructions in the device documentation.
l Either disable VDOMs on all FortiGate devices that you want to add to the Security Fabric or make sure devices are
in split-task VDOM mode. See Virtual Domains on page 222.
l Configure all FortiGate devices to operate in NAT mode.
FortiGate
The following procedures include configuration steps for a typical Security Fabric implementation, where the edge
FortiGate is the root FortiGate, and the downstream FortiGate devices are all devices that are downstream from the
root FortiGate.
The edge FortiGate is typically configured as the root FortiGate, as this allows you to view the full topology of the
Security Fabric from the top down.
3. Enter the Group name and select the FortiTelemetry enabled interfaces.
4. In the FortiAnalyzer Logging section, in the IP address field, enter the IP address of the FortiAnalyzer.
If you select Test Connectivity and this is the first time that you are connecting the FortiGate to the FortiAnalyzer,
you will receive a warning message because the FortiGate has not yet been authorized on the FortiAnalyzer. You
can configure this authorization when you configure the FortiAnalyzer. See FortiAnalyzer on page 80.
5. If you need log transmissions to be encrypted, enable SSL encrypt log transmission.
6. If required, enable Allow access to FortiGate REST API.
The FortiGate will verify the FortiAnalyzer by retrieving its serial number and checking it against the FortiAnalyzer
certificate. For more information, see Simplify FortiAnalyzer Pairing, in the FortiOS 6.2.0 New Features Guide.
7. Click Apply.
Downstream FortiGate devices can be securely added to the Security Fabric without sharing the password of the root
FortiGate. Downstream device serial numbers can be authorized from the root FortiGate, or allowed to join by request.
New authorization requests include the device serial number, IP address, and HA members. HA members can include
up to four serial numbers and is used to ensure that, in the event of a fail over, the secondary FortiGate is still
authorized.
When a downstream Fortinet device's serial number is added to the trusted list on the root FortiGate, the device can join
the Security Fabric as soon as it connects. After the new device is authorized, connected FortiAP and FortiSwitch
devices are automatically included in the topology, where they can be authorized with one click.
To pre-authorize a FortiGate:
9. Click Apply.
10. On the root FortiGate, go to Security Fabric > Settings and verify that the downstream FortiGate that you added
appears in the Security Fabric topology.
Using LLDP
You can automatically prompt downstream FortiGate devices to join the Security Fabric using Link Layer Discovery
Protocol (LLDP) and interface role assignments.
1. On the root FortiGate, assign the LAN role to all interfaces that may connect to downstream FortiGate devices.
When the LAN role is assigned to an interface, LLDP transmission is enabled by default.
2. When a downstream FortiGate is installed, assign the WAN role to the interface that connects to the upstream
FortiGate.
When the WAN role is assigned, LLDP reception is enabled by default. The newly installed FortiGate uses LLDP to
discover the upstream FortiGate, and the administrator is prompted to configure the FortiGate to join the Security
Fabric.
3. On the root FortiGate, the new FortiGate must be authorized before it can join the Security Fabric.
If the network contains switches or routers, LLDP may not function as expected because
some devices do not pass LLDP packets.
Device request
A device can request to join the Security Fabric from another FortiGate, but it must have the IP address of the root
FortiGate. The administrator of the root FortiGate must also authorize the device before it can join the Security Fabric.
The root FortiGate must have FortiTelemetry enabled on the interface that the device connects to.
1. Connect to the unauthorized FortiGate or FortiWiFi device, and go to Security Fabric > Settings.
2. Enable FortiGate Telemetry.
3. To connect, enable Connect to upstream FortiGate.
4. Set FortiGate IP to the IP address of the upstream FortiGate.
5. Connect to the root FortiGate and go to Security Fabric > Settings. The new FortiGate appears in the Topology as
unauthorized.
6. Click on the unauthorized device and select Authorize to authorize the device.
CLI commands
Use the following commands to view, accept, and deny authorization requests, to view upstream and downstream
devices, and to list or test fabric devices:
Command Description
diagnose sys csf authorization View pending authorization requests on the root FortiGate.
pending-list
diagnose sys csf authorization Authorize a device to join the Security Fabric.
accept <serial-number-value>
diagnose sys csf authorization Deny a device from joining the Security Fabric.
deny <serial-number-value>
diagnose sys csf fabric-device list List all known fabric devices.
diagnose sys csf fabric-device Test connections to locally configured fabric devices.
test
Desynchronizing settings
By default, the settings for FortiAnalyzer logging, central management, sandbox inspection, and FortiClient EMS are
synchronized between all FortiGate devices in the Security Fabric. To disable the automatic synchronization of these
settings, use the following CLI command:
config system csf
set configuration-sync local
end
Deauthorizing a device
To deauthorize a device:
FortiAnalyzer
FortiAnalyzer is a required component for the Security Fabric. It allows the Security Fabric to show historical data for the
Security Fabric topology and logs for the entire Security Fabric.
For more information about using FortiAnalyzer, see the FortiAnalyzer Administration Guide.
1. Enable FortiAnalyzer Logging on the root FortiGate. See Configure the root FortiGate on page 76.
2. On the FortiAnalyzer, go to System Settings > Network and click All Interfaces.
3. Edit the port that connects to the root FortiGate.
4. Set the IP Address/Netmask to the IP address that is used for the Security Fabric on the root FortiGate.
5. Click OK.
If the FortiGates have already been configured, it will now be listed as an unauthorized device.
6. Go to Device Manager > Devices Unauthorized. The unauthorized FortiGate devices are listed.
7. Select the root FortiGate and downstream FortiGate devices in the list, then click Authorize. The Authorize Device
page opens.
8. Click OK to authorize the selected devices.
On the FortiGate devices, the FortiAnalyzer Logging section on the Security Fabric > Settings page will now show
the ADOM on the FortiAnalyzer that the FortiGate is in, and the storage, analytics, and archive usage.
FortiSandbox
The Security Fabric supports FortiSandbox appliances and FortiSandbox Cloud. A FortiCloud account is not required
(see Decouple FortiSandbox Cloud from FortiCloud, in the FortiOS 6.2.0 New Features Guide).
To use FortiSandbox in a Security Fabric, connect the FortiSandbox to the Security Fabric, then configure an antivirus
profile to send files to the FortiSandbox. Sandbox inspection can also be used in Web Filter profiles.
FortiSandbox settings are configured on the root FortiGate of the Security Fabric. After configuration, the root FortiGate
pushes the settings to other FortiGate devices in the Security Fabric.
Antivirus profiles
3. Under APT Protection Options, set Send Files to FortiSandbox Appliance for Inspection to All Supported Files.
4. Optionally, configure file exceptions.
5. Enable Use FortiSandbox Database.
6. Click OK.
FortiManager
When a FortiManager device is added to the Security Fabric, it automatically synchronizes with any connected
downstream devices.
To add a FortiManager to the Security Fabric, configure central management on the root FortiGate. The root FortiGate
then pushes this configuration to downstream FortiGate devices. The FortiManager provides remote management of
FortiGate devices over TCP port 541. The FortiManager must have internet access for it to join the Security Fabric.
Once configured, the FortiGate can receive antivirus and IPS updates, and allow remote management through
FortiManager or the FortiCloud service. The FortiGate management option must be enabled so that the FortiGate can
accept management updates to its firmware and FortiGuard services.
FortiClient EMS
You can configure endpoint control for your Security Fabric using FortiClient Endpoint Management System (EMS). Up
to three EMS servers can be added on the global Security Fabric settings page. EMS settings are synchronized between
all fabric members.
If you disable FortiClient Endpoint Management System (EMS) on the Security Fabric >
Settings page, all previously configured EMS server entries will be deleted.
To add a FortiClient EMS server to the Security Fabric using the CLI:
The https-port is the EMS HTTPS access port number, and the source-ip is the REST API call source IP
address.
To add a FortiClient EMS server to the Security Fabric using the GUI:
1. To enable endpoint control, on the root FortiGate, go to System > Feature Visibility and enable Endpoint Control.
2. Go to Security Fabric > Settings.
3. Enable FortiClient Endpoint Management System (EMS).
FortiAP and FortiSwitch devices can be authorized in the Security Fabric with one click. After connecting a FortiAP or
FortiSwitch device to an authorized FortiGate, it will automatically be listed in the topology tree.
Additional devices
The Security Fabric includes multiple features that can improve your network security.
l Dashboard widgets on page 86
l Topology on page 89
l Security rating on page 93
l Automation stitches on page 96
l Fabric connectors on page 105
Dashboard widgets
The Security Fabric Status widget shows a summary of the devices in the Security Fabric.
Hover the cursor over the top icons to view pop-ups showing the statuses of the devices in the fabric.
The device tree shows devices that are connected, or could be connected, to you Security Fabric, according to the
following color scheme:
l Blue: connected to the network
l Gray: not configured or not detected
l Red: no longer connected or not authorized
Hover over a device in the tree to view details about the device, such as it's serial number, operation mode, IP address,
CPU and memory usage, and others, depending on the device type.
Unauthorized FortiAP and FortiSwitch devices are highlighted in the list, and can be authorized by clicking on the device
name.
Security Rating
The Security Rating widget shows the security rating for your Security Fabric. It can show the current rating percentile,
or historical security rating score or percentile charts.
The widget can be configured to show how your organization's security rating compares to the ratings of either all
organizations, or only organizations that are in the same industry and/or geographic region as you (determined from
your FortiCare account settings).
To receive a security rating score, all FortiGate devices that are in the Security Fabric must have a valid Security Rating
License.
Fabric Device
The Fabric Device widget show statistics and system information about the selected fabric device.
For a FortiMail device, the widget can show:
l Mail Statistics: a chart of the total messages and total spam messages over time.
l Statistics Summary: a pie chart summarizes mail statistics.
l System Information: The FortiMail System Information widget
l System Usage: System usage information, such as CPU, memory, and disk usage, as well as the number of active
sessions.
FortiGate Cloud
The FortiGate Cloud widget shows the FortiGate Cloud status and information. If your account is not activated, you can
activate it from the widget.
1. Click on the Not Activated button and select Activate. The FortiCare Registration pane opens.
Topology
The full Security Fabric topology can be viewed on the root FortiGate. Downstream FortiGate devices' topology views
do not include upstream devices.
The Physical Topology shows the physical structure of your network, including all connected devices and the
connections between them. The Logical Topology shows information about the interfaces that connect devices to the
Security Fabric. The size of the bubbles in the topology vary based on traffic volume. Only Fortinet devices are shown in
the topologies.
In both views, filtering and sorting options allow you to control the information that is shown. Hover the cursor over a
device icon, port number, or endpoint to open a tooltip that shows information about that specific device, port, or
endpoint. Right-click on a device to log in to it or to deauthorize it. Right-click on an endpoint to perform various tasks,
including drilling down for more details on sources or compromised hosts, quarantining the host, and banning the
IP address.
The small number that might be shown on the top right corner of a device icon is the number of security ratings
recommendations or warnings for that device. The color of the circle shows the severity of the highest security rating
check that failed. Clicking on it will open the Security Rating page. See Security rating on page 93 for more information.
Servers and server clusters are represented by squares with rounded corners, and are grouped separately from circular
endpoints. Devices are grouped by device type, and colored based on their risk level.
AWS assets are grouped by AWS security groups or subnets, and information about detected Common Vulnerabilities
and Exposures (CVEs) is shown.
WAN cloud
The WAN cloud icon includes a drop-down menu for selecting where the destination data comes from. The available
options are: Internet, Owner, IP Address, and Country/Region. These options are only available when the filtering
based on Device Traffic.
When Owner is selected, the destination hosts are shown as donut charts that show the percentage of internal (with
private IP addresses) and Internet hosts. Hover over either color in the chart to see additional information. To see more
details, right-click on the chart and select Destination Owner Details to go to the FortiView > Destinations page.
Newly discovered FortiAP and FortiSwitch devices are initial shown in the topologies with gray icons to indicate that they
have not been authorized. To authorize a device, click on the device icon or name and select Authorize. Once
authorized, the device icon will turn blue.
Right-click on an authorized FortiAP device to Deauthorize or Restart the device. Right-click on a FortiSwitch device to
Deauthorize, Restart, or Upgrade the device, or to Connect to the CLI.
FortiAP and FortiSwitch links are enhanced to show Link Aggregation Groups for the Inter-switch Link (ISL-LAG). To
differentiate them from physical links, ISL-LAG links are shown with a thicker line. The endpoint circles can also be used
as a reference to identify ISL-LAG groups that have more than two links.
Views
The topology views can be focused using filters and by sorting in different ways to help you locate the information that
you need.
Select one of Access Device or No Access Device to only show access or no access devices in the physical topology.
From the Bubble Option drop-down list, select one of the following views:
l Device Traffic: Organize devices by traffic.
l Device Count: Organize devices by the number of devices connected to it.
l Device Type: Organize devices by the device type.
l Risk: Only include devices that have endpoints with medium, high, or critical risk values of the specified type: All,
Compromised Host, Vulnerability, Threat Score.
l No Devices: Don't show endpoints.
The time period drop-down list filters the view by time. Options include: now (real time), 5 minutes, 1 hour, 24 hours, 7
days.
Critical risks
Click the Critical Risks button to see a list of endpoints that are deemed critical risks, organized by threat severity.
These are the red endpoints in the current topology view.
For each endpoint, the user's photo, name, IP address, email address, and phone number are shown. The number of
vulnerabilities of each severity is shown, and if the IoC verdict is that the endpoint is compromised.
If applicable, the endpoint's host can be quarantined or their IP address banned, by clicking the Quarantine Host on Ban
IP button.
The drop-down menu also provides options to drill down to more information on compromised hosts or endpoint
vulnerabilities.
Clicking Drill Down to Compromised Hosts will open the FortiView > Compromised Hosts page showing a summary
for the selected endpoint.
Compromised host information can also be viewed on the FortiAnalyzer in SOC > FortiView > Threats > Compromised
Hosts.
The FortiAnalyzer must have a FortiGuard Indicators of Compromise service license in order
to see compromised hosts.
Clicking Drill Down to Endpoint Vulnerability will open the vulnerabilities page showing a summary of the vulnerabilities
on the selected endpoint.
FortiAnalyzer
The Security Fabric topology can also be seen on the FortiAnalyzer device. In the Device Manager, FortiGate devices
are shown as part of a Security Fabric group, with an asterisk next to the name of the root FortiGate.
To view the Security Fabric topology, right-click on the fabric group and select Fabric Topology. Only Fortinet devices
are shown in the Security Fabric topology views.
Security rating
The security rating analyzes your Security Fabric deployment, identifies potential vulnerabilities, highlights best
practices that can be used to improve the security and performance of your network, and calculates Security Fabric
scores.
To view the security rating and run a security rating check, go to Security Fabric > Security Rating on the root
FortiGate. Click Run Now to run a security rating check. Checks can also be run automatically every four hours.
The security rating check uses real-time monitoring to analyze the network based on the current network configuration.
When the check is complete, the results table shows a list of the checks that where performed, including:
l The name and a description of the check.
l The device or devices that the check was performed on.
l The impact of the check on the overall security score.
l The check results - whether it passed or failed.
The list can be searched, filtered to show all results or only failed checks, and exported to a CSV or JSON file. Clicking
on a color or legend name in the donut charts will also filter the results.
Hovering the cursor over a check result score will show the breakdown of how that score was calculated.
Selecting a specific check from the list shows details about that check in the Security Control Details pane, including
recommendations and compliance information. For failed checks, this includes a description of what remediation
actions could be taken. For recommendations that support Easy Apply, the device will have an EZ symbol next to its
name, and the remediation action can be taken automatically by clicking Apply under the recommendations.
For more information about security ratings, and details about each of the checks that are performed, go to Security
Best Practices & Security Rating Feature.
Security Rating licenses are required to run security rating checks across all the devices in the
Security Fabric. It also allows ratings scores to be submitted to and received from FortiGuard
for ranking networks by percentile.
See https://www.fortinet.com/support/support-services/fortiguard-security-
subscriptions/security-rating.html for information.
Security rating checks can be scheduled to run automatically every four hours.
Security rating scores can be submitted to FortiGuard for comparison with other organizations' scores, allowing a
percentile score to be calculated. If you opt out of submitting your score, only an absolute score will be available.
The results of past security checks is available in Log & Report > Security Rating Events.
An event filter subtype can be created for the Security Fabric rating so that event logs are created on the root FortiGate
that summarize the results of a check, and show detailed information for the individual tests.
The Security Fabric score is calculated when a security rating check is run, based on the severity level of the checks that
are passed or failed. A higher scores represents a more secure network. Points are added for passed checks, and
removed for failed checks.
Critical 50
High 25
Medium 10
Low 5
To calculate the number of points awarded to a device for a passed check, the following equation is used:
The secure FortiGate multiplier is determined using logarithms and the number of FortiGate devices in the Security
Fabric.
For example, if there are four FortiGate devices in the Security Fabric that all pass the Compatible Firmware check, the
score for each FortiGate device is calculated with the following equation:
50
x 1.292 = 16.15 points
4
All of the FortiGate devices in the Security Fabric must pass the check in order to receive the points. If any one of the
FortiGate devices fails a check, the devices that passed are not awarded any points. For the device that failed the
check, the following equation is used to calculated the number of points that are lost:
For example, if the check finds two critical FortiClient vulnerabilities, the score is calculated with the following equation:
Scores are not affect by checks that do not apply to your network. For example, if there are no FortiAP devices in the
Security Fabric, no points will be added or subtracted for the FortiAP firmware version check.
Automation stitches
Automation stitches automate the activities between the different components in the Security Fabric, decreasing the
response times to security events. Events from any source in the Security Fabric can be monitored, and action
responses can be set up to any destination.
Automation stitches can also be used on FortiGate devices that are not part of a Security
Fabric.
Automation stitches that use cloud-based actions, such as AWS Lambda and Azure Function, have the option to delay
an action after the previous action is completed.
Diagnose commands are available in the CLI to test, log, and display the history and settings of stitches.
Automation stitches can only be created on the root FortiGate in a Security Fabric.
To create an automation stitch, a trigger event and a response action or actions are selected. Automation stitches can
also be tested after they are created.
FortiGate Select the FortiGate device to apply the automation stitch to, or select All
FortiGates to apply it to all of them.
Trigger Select a trigger.
Minimum interval (seconds) Enter a minimum time interval during which notifications for the same trigger
event will not be sent.
After the time interval elapses, an collated alert is sent that includes all the
events that occurred during the interval.
4. Click OK.
The available options will vary depending on the selected event type.
2. Create an automation action:
config system automation-action
edit <name>
set action-type <option>
set email-to <names>
set email-from <string>
set email-subject <string>
set email-body <string>
set minimum-interval <integer>
set delay <integer>
set required {enable | disable}
set aws-api-id <string>
set aws-region <string>
set aws-domain <string>
set aws-api-stage <string>
set aws-api-path <string>
set aws-api-key <string>
set azure-app <string>
set azure-function <string>
set azure-domain <string>
set azure-function-authorization {anonymous | function | admin}
set azure-api-key <string>
set gcp-function-region <string>
set gcp-project <string>
set gcp-function-domain <string>
set gcp-function <string>
set alicloud-account-id <string>
set alicloud-region <string>
set alicloud-function-domain <string>
set alicloud-version <string>
set alicloud-service <string>
set alicloud-function <string>
In the GUI, go to Security Fabric > Automation, right-click on the automation stitch and select Test Automation Stitch.
In the CLI, enter the following command:
diagnose automation test <stitch-name> <log>
Automation stitches that use cloud-based or webhook actions have the option to delay an action after the previous
action is completed. The execution of the actions can be delayed by up to 3600 seconds (one hour).
To configure this option in the GUI, select a cloud-based action, then enter the required value, in seconds, in the action
configuration's Delay field.
To configure a delay in the CLI, use the following command:
config system automation-action
edit <name>
set action-type {aws-lambda | azure-function | google-cloud-function | alicloud-
function | webhook}
set required {enable | disable}
Triggers
Trigger Description
Security Rating Summary A summary is available for a recently run Security Rating.
FortiAnalyzer Event Handler The specified FortiAnalyzer event handler has occurred.
The event handler name must be selected. The event severity and event tag can
also be configured.
Trigger Description
Schedule A scheduled monthly, weekly, daily, or hourly trigger. Set to occur on a specific
minute of an specific hour on a specific day.
Actions
Action Description
Email Send a custom email message to the selected recipients. At least one recipient
and an email subject must be specified.
The email body can use parameters from logs or previous action results.
Wrapping the parameter with %% will replace the expression with the JSON
value for the parameter, for example: %%results.source%% is the source
property from the previous action.
Access Layer Quarantine This option is only available for Compromised Host triggers.
Impose a dynamic quarantine on multiple endpoints based on the access layer.
Quarantine FortiClient via This option is only available for Compromised Host triggers.
EMS Use FortiClient EMS to block all traffic from the source addresses that are
flagged as compromised hosts.
Quarantined devices are flagged on the Security Fabric topology views. Go to
Monitor > Quarantine Monitor to view and manage quarantined IP addresses.
Assign VMware NSX Security This option is only available for Compromised Host triggers.
Tag
Action Description
Diagnostics
Example:
# diagnose automation test HA-failover
automation test is done. stitch:HA-failover
Examples:
# diagnose test application autod 1
autod log dumping is enabled
# diagnose test application autod 1
autod log dumping is disabled
Example:
# diagnose test application autod 2
csf: enabled root:yes
total stitches activated: 3
stitch: Compromised-IP-Banned
destinations: all
trigger: Compromised-IP-Banned
stitch: HA-failover
destinations: HA-failover_ha-cluster_25;
trigger: HA-failover
stitch: rebooot
destinations: all
trigger: reboot
Example:
stitch: Compromised-IP-Banned
local hit: 0 relayed to: 0 relayed from: 0
last trigger:Wed Dec 31 20:00:00 1969
last relay:Wed Dec 31 20:00:00 1969
actions:
Compromised-IP-Banned_ban-ip:
done: 1 relayed to: 0 relayed from: 0
last trigger:Wed Dec 31 20:00:00 1969
last relay:
stitch: HA-failover
local hit: 0 relayed to: 0 relayed from: 0
last trigger:Thu May 24 11:35:22 2018
last relay:Thu May 24 11:35:22 2018
actions:
HA-failover_email:
done: 1 relayed to: 1 relayed from: 1
last trigger:Thu May 24 11:35:22 2018
last relay:Thu May 24 11:35:22 2018
stitch: rebooot
local hit: 2 relayed to: 1 relayed from: 1
last trigger:Fri May 3 13:30:56 2019
last relay:Fri May 3 13:30:23 2019
actions:
action1
done: 1 relayed to: 0 relayed from: 0
last trigger:Fri May 3 13:30:56 2019
last relay:
logid2stitch mapping:
id:20103 local hit: 0 relayed to: 0 relayed from: 0
License Expiry
lambada
ios-notification:
flags:1
stats: total:0 cur:0 done:0 drop:0
alert:
flags:0
stats: total:0 cur:0 done:0 drop:0
disable-ssid:
flags:7
stats: total:0 cur:0 done:0 drop:0
quarantine:
flags:7
stats: total:0 cur:0 done:0 drop:0
quarantine-forticlient:
flags:4
stats: total:0 cur:0 done:0 drop:0
quarantine-nsx:
flags:4
stats: total:0 cur:0 done:0 drop:0
ban-ip:
flags:7
stats: total:0 cur:0 done:0 drop:0
aws-lambda:
flags:11
stats: total:0 cur:0 done:0 drop:0
webhook:
flags:11
stats: total:0 cur:0 done:0 drop:0
cli-script:
flags:10
stats: total:0 cur:0 done:0 drop:0
azure-function:
flags:11
stats: total:1 cur:0 done:0 drop:1
google-cloud-function:
flags:11
stats: total:0 cur:0 done:0 drop:0
alicloud-function:
flags:11
stats: total:0 cur:0 done:0 drop:0
Fabric connectors
Fabric connectors allow you to connect your network to external services. There are four categories of connectors:
Public SDN, Private SDN, SSO/Identity, and Threat Feeds.
If VDOMs are enabled, SDN and Threat Feeds connectors are in the global settings, and
SSO/Identity connectors are per VDOM.
SDN connectors
Fabric connectors to SDNs provide integration and orchestration of Fortinet products with SDN solutions. Fabric
Connectors ensure that any changes in the SDN environment are automatically updated in your network.
There are four steps to creating and using an SDN connector:
1. Gather the required information
2. Create the fabric connector on page 108
3. Create a fabric connector address on page 108
4. Add the address to a firewall policy on page 109
An example of creating a Microsoft Azure SDN connector is available at
https://docs.fortinet.com/vm/azure/fortigate/6.2/azure-cookbook/6.2.0/502895.
Required information
AliCloud l AccessKey ID
l AccessKey Secret
l Region ID
Kubernetes l IP address
l Port
l Secret token
The available CLI commands will vary depending on the selected SDN connector type.
The available CLI commands will vary depending on the selected SDN connector type.
A fabric connector address can be used as either the source or destination address.
next
end
Threat feeds
Threat feeds dynamically import an external block lists from an HTTP server in the form of a text file. Block lists can be
used to enforce special security requirements, such as long term policies to always block access to certain websites, or
short term requirements to block access to known compromised locations. The lists are dynamically imported, so that
any changes are immediately imported by FortiOS.
There are four types of threat feeds:
FortiGuard The file contains one URL per line. It is available as a Remote Category in Web Filter profiles
Category and SSL inspection exemptions.
Example:
http://example/com.url
https://example.com/url
http://example.com:8080/url
IP Address The file contains one IP/IP range/subnet per line. It is available as an External IP Block List
in DNS Filter profiles, and as a Source/Destination in IPv4, IPv6, and proxy policies.
Example:
192.168.2.100
172.200.1.4/16
172.16.1.2/24
172.16.8.1-172.16.8.100
2001:0db8::eade:27ff:fe04:9a01/120
2001:0db8::eade:27ff:fe04:aa01-2001:0db8::eade:27ff:fe04:ab01
Domain Name The file contains one domain per line. Simple wildcards are supported. It is available as a
Remote Category in DNS Filter profiles.
Example:
mail.*.example.com
*-special.example.com
www.*example.com
example.com
Malware Hash The file contains one hash per line in the format <hex hash> [optional hash
description]. Each line supports MD5, SHA1, and SHA256 hex hashes. It is
automatically used for Virus Outbreak Prevention on antivirus profiles with Use External
Malware Block List enabled.
Note: For optimal performance, do not mix different hashes in the list. Only use one of MD5,
SHA1, or SHA26.
Example:
292b2e6bb027cd4ff4d24e338f5c48de
dda37961870ce079defbf185eeeef905 Trojan-Ransom.Win32.Locky.abfl
3fa86717650a17d075d856a41b3874265f8e9eab Trojan-Ransom.Win32.Locky.abfl
c35f705df9e475305c0984b05991d444450809c35dd1d96106bb8e7128b9082f
Trojan-Ransom.Win32.Locky.abfl
See External malware blocklist for Antivirus on page 329 for an example.
URI of external resource Enter the link to the external resource file. The file should be a plain text file
with one entry on each line.
HTTP basic authentication Enable/disable basic HTTP authentication. When enabled, enter the
username and password in the requisite fields.
Refresh Rate The time interval to refresh the external resource, in minutes (1 - 43200,
default = 5).
5. Click OK.
Parameters marked with a * are mandatory and must be filled in. Other parameters either have default values or are
optional.
Update history
To review the update history of a threat feed, go to Security Fabric > Fabric Connectors, select a feed, and click Edit.
The Last Update field shows the date and time that the feed was last updated.
Click View Entries to view the current entries in the list.
This recipe provides an example of deploying Security Fabric with three downstream FortiGates connecting to one root
FortiGate. To deploy Security Fabric, you need a FortiAnalyzer running firmware version 6.2.
The following shows a sample network topology of three downstream FortiGates (Accounting, Marketing, and Sales)
connected to the root FortiGate (Edge).
1. Configure interface:
a. In the root FortiGate (Edge), go to Network > Interfaces.
b. Edit port16:
l Set Role to DMZ.
l For the interface connected to FortiAnalyzer, set the IP/Network Mask to 192.168.65.2/255.255.255.0
c. Edit port10:
l Set Role to LAN.
l For the interface connected to the downstream FortiGate (Accounting), set the IP/Network Mask to
192.168.10.2/255.255.255.0
d. Edit port11:
l Set Role to LAN.
l For the interface connected to the downstream FortiGate (Marketing), set the IP/Network Mask to
192.168.200.2/255.255.255.0
2. Configure Security Fabric:
a. In the root FortiGate (Edge), go to Security Fabric > Settings.
l Enable FortiGate Telemetry.
l Set a Group name, such as Office-Security-Fabric.
l Add port10 and port11 to FortiTelemetry enabled interfaces.
After FortiGate Telemetry is enabled, FortiAnalyzer automatically enables Logging and Upload Option is set
to Real Time.
b. Set IP address to the FortiAnalyzer IP 192.168.65.10.
c. Select Test Connectivity.
A warning message indicates that the FortiGate is not authorized on the FortiAnalyzer. The authorization is
configured in a later step on the FortiAnalyzer.
3. Create a policy to allow the downstream FortiGate (Accounting) to access the FortiAnalyzer:
a. In the root FortiGate (Edge), go to Policy & Objects > Addresses.
l Click Create New.
l Set Name to FAZ-addr.
l Set Type to Subnet.
l Set Subnet/IP Range to 192.168.65.10/32.
l Set Interface to any.
l Click Create New.
l Set Name to Accounting.
l Set Type to Subnet.
l Set Subnet/IP Range to 192.168.10.10/32.
l Set Interface to any.
b. In the root FortiGate (Edge), go to Policy & Objects > IPv4 Policy.
l Set Name to Accounting-to-FAZ.
l Set srcintf to port10.
l Set dstintf to port16.
l Set srcaddr to Accounting-addr.
l Set dstaddr to FAZ-addr.
1. Configure interface:
a. In the downstream FortiGate (Accounting), go to Network > Interfaces.
b. Edit interface wan1:
l Set Role to WAN .
l For the interface connected to root, set the IP/Network Mask to 192.168.10.10/255.255.255.0
2. Configure the default static route to connect to the root FortiGate (Edge):
a. In the downstream FortiGate (Accounting), go to Network > Static Routes:
l Set Destination to 0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0.
l Set Interface to wan1.
l Set Gateway Address to 192.168.10.2.
3. Configure Security Fabric:
a. In the downstream FortiGate (Accounting), go to Security Fabric > Settings.
l Enable FortiGate Telemetry.
l Enable Connect to upstream FortiGate.
l FortiGate IP is filled in automatically with the default static route Gateway Address of 192.168.10.2 set
in the previous step.
l Leave FortiTelemetry enabled interfaces empty since there is no downstream FortiGate connecting to it.
After FortiGate Telemetry is enabled, FortiAnalyzer automatically enables Logging. Settings for the
FortiAnalyzer are retrieved from the root FortiGate (Edge) when FortiGate (Accounting) connects to the root
FortiGate (Edge).
1. Configure interface:
a. In the downstream FortiGate (Marketing), go to Network > Interfaces.
b. Edit port12:
l Set Role to LAN.
l For the interface connected to the downstream FortiGate (Sales), set the IP/Network Mask to
192.168.135.11/255.255.255.0.
c. Edit wan1:
l Set Role to WAN .
l For the interface connected to the root FortiGate (Edge), set the IP/Network Mask to
192.168.200.10/255.255.255.0.
2. Configure the default static route to connect to the root FortiGate (Edge):
a. In the downstream FortiGate (Marketing), go to Network > Static Routes:
l Set Destination to 0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0.
l Set Interface to wan1.
l Set Gateway Address to 192.168.200.2.
3. Configure Security Fabric:
a. In the downstream FortiGate (Marketing), go to Security Fabric > Settings.
l Enable FortiGate Telemetry.
l Enable Connect to upstream FortiGate.
l FortiGate IP is filled in automatically with the default static route Gateway Address of 192.168.200.2 set
in the previous step.
l In FortiTelemetry enabled interfaces, add port12.
After FortiGate Telemetry is enabled, FortiAnalyzer automatically enables Logging. Settings for the
FortiAnalyzer are retrieved from the root FortiGate (Edge) when FortiGate (Marketing) connects to the root
FortiGate (Edge).
4. Create a policy to allow another downstream FortiGate (Sales) going through FortiGate (Marketing) to access the
FortiAnalyzer:
a. In the downstream FortiGate (Marketing), go to Policy & Objects > Addresses and click Create New.
l Set Name to FAZ-addr.
l Set Type to Subnet.
l Set Subnet/IP Range to 192.168.65.10/32.
l Set Interface to any.
b. Click Create New.
l Set Name to Sales-addr.
l Set Type to Subnet.
l Set Subnet/IP Range to 192.168.135.10/32.
l Set Interface to any.
c. In the downstream FortiGate (Marketing), go to Policy & Objects > IPv4 Policy.
l Set Name to Sales-to-FAZ.
l Set srcintf to port12.
l Set dstintf to wan1.
1. Configure interface:
a. In the downstream FortiGate (Accounting), go to Network > Interfaces.
b. Edit interface wan1:
l Set Role to WAN .
l For the interface connected to root, set the IP/Network Mask to 192.168.10.10/255.255.255.0
2. Configure the default static route to connect to the root FortiGate (Edge):
a. In the downstream FortiGate (Accounting), go to Network > Static Routes:
l Set Destination to 0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0.
l Set Interface to wan1.
l Set Gateway Address to 192.168.10.2.
3. Configure Security Fabric:
a. In the downstream FortiGate (Accounting), go to Security Fabric > Settings.
l Enable FortiGate Telemetry.
l Enable Connect to upstream FortiGate.
l FortiGate IP is filled in automatically with the default static route Gateway Address of 192.168.10.2 set
in the previous step.
l Leave FortiTelemetry enabled interfaces empty since there is no downstream FortiGate connecting to it.
After FortiGate Telemetry is enabled, FortiAnalyzer automatically enables Logging. Settings for the
FortiAnalyzer are retrieved from the root FortiGate (Edge) when FortiGate (Accounting) connects to the root
FortiGate (Edge).
1. Configure interface:
a. In the downstream FortiGate (Sales), go to Network > Interfaces.
b. Edit wan2:
l Set Role to WAN .
l For the interface connected to the upstream FortiGate (Marketing), set the IP/Network Mask to
192.168.135.10/255.255.255.0.
2. Configure the default static route to connect to the upstream FortiGate (Marketing):
a. In the downstream FortiGate (Sales), go to Network > Static Routes:
l Set Destination to 0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0.
l Set Interface to wan2.
l Set Gateway Address to 192.168.135.11.
To authorize downstream FortiGates (Accounting, Marketing, and Sales) on the root FortiGate (Edge):
1. Run the diagnose sys csf authorization pending-list command in the root FortiGate to show the
downstream FortiGate pending for root FortiGate authorization:
Edge # diagnose sys csf authorization pending-list
Serial IP Address HA-Members Path
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FG201ETK18902514 0.0.0.0 FG3H1E5818900718:FG201ETK18902514
2. Run the diagnose sys csf downstream command in the root or middle FortiGate to show the downstream
FortiGates after they join Security Fabric:
Edge # diagnose sys csf downstream
1: FG201ETK18902514 (192.168.200.10) Management-IP: 0.0.0.0 Management-port:0 parent:
FG3H1E5818900718
path:FG3H1E5818900718:FG201ETK18902514
data received: Y downstream intf:wan1 upstream intf:port11 admin-port:443
authorizer:FG3H1E5818900718
2: FGT81ETK18002246 (192.168.10.10) Management-IP: 0.0.0.0 Management-port:0 parent:
FG3H1E5818900718
path:FG3H1E5818900718:FGT81ETK18002246
data received: Y downstream intf:wan1 upstream intf:port10 admin-port:443
authorizer:FG3H1E5818900718
3: FG101ETK18002187 (192.168.135.10) Management-IP: 0.0.0.0 Management-port:0 parent:
FG201ETK18902514
path:FG3H1E5818900718:FG201ETK18902514:FG101ETK18002187
data received: Y downstream intf:wan2 upstream intf:port12 admin-port:443
authorizer:FG3H1E5818900718
3. Run the diagnose sys csf upstream command in any downstream FortiGate to show the upstream
FortiGate after downstream FortiGate joins Security Fabric:
Marketing # diagnose sys csf upstream
Upstream Information:
Serial Number:FG3H1E5818900718
IP:192.168.200.2
Connecting interface:wan1
Connection status:Authorized
This recipe provides an example of configuring Security Fabric over IPsec VPN.
The following sample topology shows a downstream FortiGate (HQ2) connected to the root FortiGate (HQ1) over IPsec
VPN to join Security Fabric.
1. Configure interface:
a. In the root FortiGate (HQ1), go to Network > Interfaces.
b. Edit port2:
l Set Role to WAN .
l For the interface connected to the Internet, set the IP/Network Mask to 10.2.200.1/255.255.255.0
c. Edit port6:
l Set Role to DMZ.
l For the interface connected to FortiAnalyzer, set the IP/Network Mask to 192.168.8.250/255.255.255.0
2. Configure the static route to connect to the Internet:
a. Go to Network > Static Routes and click Create New.
l Set Destination to 0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0.
l Set Interface to port2.
l Set Gateway Address to 10.2.200.2.
3. Configure IPsec VPN:
a. Go to VPN > IPsec Wizard.
l Set VPN Name to To-HQ2.
l Set Template Type to Custom.
l Click Next.
l Set Authentication to Method.
l Set Pre-shared Key to 123456.
b. Leave all other fields in their default values and click OK.
4. Configure the IPsec VPN interface IP address which will be used to form Security Fabric:
a. Go to Network > Interfaces.
b. Edit To-HQ2:
l Set Role to LAN.
l Set the IP/Network Mask to 10.10.10.1/255.255.255.255.
l Set Remote IP/Network Mask to 10.10.10.3/255.255.255.0.
5. Configure IPsec VPN local and remote subnet:
a. Go to Policy & Objects > Addresses.
l Click Create New
l Set Name to To-HQ2_local_subnet_1.
l Set Type to Subnet.
l Set IP/Network Mask to 192.168.8.0/24.
l Click OK.
l Click Create New
l Set Name to To-HQ2_remote_subnet_1.
l Set Type to Subnet.
l Set IP/Network Mask to 10.1.100.0/24.
l Click OK.
1. Configure interface:
a. Go to Network > Interfaces.
b. Edit interface wan1:
l Set Role to WAN .
l For the interface connected to the Internet, set the IP/Network Mask to 192.168.7.3/255.255.255.0.
c. Edit interface vlan20:
l Set Role to LAN.
l For the interface connected to local endpoint clients, set the IP/Network Mask to
10.1.100.3/255.255.255.0.
2. Configure the static route to connect to the Internet:
a. Go to Network > Static Routes and click Create New.
l Set Destination to 0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0.
l Set Interface to wan1.
l Set Gateway Address to 192.168.7.2.
3. Configure IPsec VPN:
a. Go to VPN > IPsec Wizard.
l Set VPN Name to To-HQ1.
l Set Template Type to Custom.
l Click Next.
l In the Network IP Address, enter 10.2.200.1.
l Set Interface to wan1.
l Set Authentication to Method.
l Set Pre-shared Key to 123456.
b. Leave all other fields in their default values and click OK.
4. Configure the IPsec VPN interface IP address which will be used to form Security Fabric:
a. Go to Network > Interfaces.
b. Edit To-HQ1:
l Set Role to WAN .
l Set the IP/Network Mask to 10.10.10.3/255.255.255.255.
l Set Remote IP/Network Mask to 10.10.10.1/255.255.255.0.0.
5. Configure IPsec VPN local and remote subnet:
a. Go to Policy & Objects > Addresses.
l Click Create New
l Set Name to To-HQ1_local_subnet_1.
l Set Type to Subnet.
l Set IP/Network Mask to 10.1.100.0/24.
l Click OK.
l Click Create New
l Set Name to To-HQ1_remote_subnet_1.
l Set Type to Subnet.
1. Run the diagnose sys csf authorization pending-list command in the root FortiGate (HQ1) to
show the downstream FortiGate pending for root FortiGate authorization:
HQ1 # diagnose sys csf authorization pending-list
Serial IP Address HA-Members
Path
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FG101ETK18002187 0.0.0.0
FG3H1E5818900718:FG101ETK18002187
2. Run the diagnose sys csf downstream command in the root FortiGate (HQ1) to show the downstream
FortiGate (HQ2) after it joins Security Fabric:
HQ1 # diagnose sys csf downstream
1: FG101ETK18002187 (10.10.10.3) Management-IP: 0.0.0.0 Management-port:0 parent:
FG3H1E5818900718
path:FG3H1E5818900718:FG101ETK18002187
data received: Y downstream intf:To-HQ1 upstream intf:To-HQ2 admin-port:443
authorizer:FG3H1E5818900718
3. Run the diagnose sys csf upstream command in the downstream FortiGate (HQ2) to show the root
FortiGate (HQ1) after the downstream FortiGate joins Security Fabric:
This recipe shows how to view and control compromised hosts via the Security Fabric > Physical Topology or Security
Fabric > Logical Topology view.
In the following topology, the downstream FortiGate (Marketing) is connected to the root FortiGate (Edge) through a
FortiSwitch (Distribution). The Endpoint Host is connected to the downstream FortiGate (Marketing) through another
FortiSwitch (Access).
3. Configure the default static route to connect to the root FortiGate. Go to Network > Static Routes. Set the
Destination to 0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0, select port4 as the Interface, and set the Gateway Address as 192.168.5.254.
4. Configure the Security Fabric:
a. Go to Security Fabric > Settings.
b. Enable FortiGate Telemetry.
c. Configure a group name.
d. In FortiTelemetry enabled interfaces, add vlan70.
e. FortiAnalyzer logging is enabled and the Upload option is set to Real Time after FortiGate Telemetry is
enabled. Set the IP address to the FortiAnalyzer IP address, which in this example is 192.168.8.250.
FortiAnalyzer settings will be retrieved when the downstream FortiGate connects to the root FortiGate.
5. Create a policy to access the Internet. Go to Policy & Objects > IPv4 Policy. Click Create New, and configure the
policy as follows:
a. Set the Name to Access-internet1.
b. Set the Source Interface to vlan70 and the Destination Interface to port4.
c. Set the Source Address to all and the Destination Address to all.
d. Set the Action to ACCEPT.
e. Set the Schedule to Always.
f. Set the Service to ALL.
g. Enable NAT.
h. Set the IP Pool Configuration to Use Outgoing Interface Address.
6. Create an address for the FortiAnalyzer:
a. Go to Policy & Objects > Addresses. Click Create New, then Address.
b. Set the Name to FAZ-addr.
c. Set the Type to Subnet.
d. Set the Subnet/IP Range to 192.168.8.250/32.
e. Set the Interface to Any.
7. Create a policy for the downstream FortiGate to access the FortiAnalyzer. Go to Policy & Objects > IPv4 Policy.
Click Create New, and configure the policy as follows:
a. Set the Name to Access-Resources.
b. Set the Source Interface to vlan70 and the Destination Interface to port6.
c. Set the Source Address to all and the Destination Address to FAZ-addr.
d. Set the Action to ACCEPT.
e. Set the Schedule to Always.
f. Set the Service to ALL.
g. Enable NAT.
h. Set the IP Pool Configuration to Use Outgoing Interface Address.
d. Return to Network > Interfaces and click Create New. For the new interface, set the name to vlan20, Type to
VLAN, Interface to wan2, VLAN ID to 20, Role to LAN, and IP/Network Mask to 10.1.100.3/255.255.255.0.
2. Authorize the Access FortiSwitch:
a. Go to WiFi & Switch Controller > Managed FortiSwitch.
b. Click the FortiGate icon, then click Edit. Set the Name to Access-Switch, enable the Authorized option, then
click OK.
c. Click the FortiSwitch port2 icon. For port2's Native VLAN, select vlan20.
3. Configure the default static route to connect to the root FortiGate. Go to Network > Static Routes. Set the
Destination to 0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0, select wan1 as the Interface, and set the Gateway Address as 192.168.7.2.
4. Configure the Security Fabric:
a. Go to Security Fabric > Settings.
b. Enable FortiGate Telemetry.
c. Under FortiGate Telemetry, enable Connect to upstream FortiGate.
d. Configure the FortiGate IP to 192.168.7.2.
e. In FortiTelemetry enabled interfaces, add vlan20.
f. FortiAnalyzer logging is enabled after FortiGate Telemetry is enabled. FortiAnalyzer settings will be retrieved
when the downstream FortiGate connects to the root FortiGate.
5. Create a policy to access the Internet. Go to Policy & Objects > IPv4 Policy. Click Create New, and configure the
policy as follows:
a. Set the Name to Access-internet2.
b. Set the Source Interface to vlan20 and the Destination Interface to wan1..
c. Set the Source Address to all and the Destination Address to all.
d. Set the Action to ACCEPT.
e. Set the Schedule to Always.
f. Set the Service to ALL.
g. Enable NAT.
h. Set the IP Pool Configuration to Use Outgoing Interface Address.
i. Choose the default Web Filter profile.
1. In FortiOS on the root FortiGate, go to Security Fabric > Settings. In the Topology field, a highlighted FortiGate
with a serial number is connecting to the root FortiGate, and a highlighted warning asks for authorization of the
highlighted device.
2. Click the highlighted FortiGate, then select Authorize. After authorization, the downstream FortiGate appears in
the Topology field in Security Fabric > Settings, meaning that the downstream FortiGate joined the Security
Fabric successfully.
1. Test that FortiGate detects a compromised endpoint host by opening a browser on the endpoint host and entering
a malicious website URL. The browser displays a Web Page Blocked! warning and does not allow access to the
website.
2. In FortiOS on the root FortiGate, go to Security Fabric > Physical Topology. The endpoint host, connected to the
Access FortiSwitch, is highlighted in red. Mouse over the endpoint host to view a tooltip that shows the IoC verdict.
The endpoint host is compromised.
3. Go to Security Fabric > Logical Topology. The endpoint host, connected to the downstream FortiGate, is
highlighted in red. Mouse over the endpoint host to view a tooltip that shows the IoC verdict. The endpoint host is
compromised.
1. To show the downstream FortiGate after it joins the Security Fabric, run the diagnose sys csf downstream
command in the root FortiGate (Edge) CLI. The output should resemble the following:
Edge # diagnose sys csf downstream
1: FG101ETK18002187 (192.168.7.3) Management-IP: 0.0.0.0 Management-port:0 parent:
FG201ETK18902514
path:FG201ETK18902514:FG101ETK18002187
data received: Y downstream intf:wan1 upstream intf:vlan70 admin-port:443
authorizer:FG201ETK18902514
2. To show the upstream FortiGate after the downstream FortiGate joins the Security Fabric, run the diagnose
sys csf upstream command in the downstream FortiGate (Marketing) CLI. The output should resemble the
following:
Marketing # diagnose sys csf upstream
Upstream Information:
Serial Number:FG201ETK18902514
IP:192.168.7.2
Connecting interface:wan1
Connection status:Authorized
3. To show the quarantined endpoint host in the connected FortiGate, run the following commands in the
downstream FortiGate (Marketing) CLI:
Marketing # show user quarantine
config user quarantine
config targets
edit "PC2"
set description "Manually quarantined"
config macs
edit 00:0c:29:3d:89:39
set description "manual-qtn Hostname: PC2"
next
end
next
end
end
Introduction
This topic provides a general guide to FortiView, the FortiOS log view tool, with a brief summary of its layout, features,
and how it works in daily administration scenarios.
FortiView is a comprehensive monitoring system for your network. It integrates real-time and historical data into a single
view on your FortiGate. It can log and monitor network threats, filter data on multiple levels, keep track of administration
activities, and more.
You can use multiple filters in the consoles to narrow your view to a specific time range, by user ID or local IP address,
by application, and many more.
Use FortiView to investigate traffic activity such as user uploads/downloads or videos watched on YouTube. You view
the traffic on the whole network, by user group, or by individual. FortiView displays the information in both text and
visual format, giving you an overall picture of your network traffic activity so that you can quickly decide on actionable
items.
Logging range and depth depends on the FortiGate model.
The following are just some of the FortiView categories:
l Source
l Destination
l Application
l Cloud Application
l Country
l Website
l Threat
l All Sessions
l Failed Authentication Attempt
l System Events
l Admin Login
l VPN Login
l FortiSandbox
l Policy
l Interface
l WiFi Clients
l Threat Map
l Traffic Shaping
l Endpoint Vulnerability
FortiOS has widgets that you can use to further customize these categories. You can place widgets where you want on
dashboards. You can also customize widgets to show information that is most important to you, such as the time range,
source logging device, and other information.
FortiView is integrated with many UTM functions and each release adds more features. For example, you can
quarantine an IP address directly in FortiView or create custom devices and addresses from a FortiView entry.
Prerequisites
Restrictions
l Desktop models (for example: under 100D) with SSD only supports five minutes and one hour view.
l Medium models (for example: 200D, 500D) with SSD supports up to 24 hours view.
l Large models (for example: 1500D and above) with SSD supports up to seven days view.
l Confirm that the setting is enabled:
config log setting
set fortiview-weekly-data enable
end
Configuration
A firewall policy needs to be in place with traffic logging enabled. For best operation with FortiView, internal interface
roles should be clearly defined as LAN; DMZ and internet facing or external interface roles should be defined as WAN.
3. Click Apply.
To include sniffer traffic and local-deny traffic when FortiView from Disk:
Source View
Top Level
Sample entry:
Time l Realtime or Now entries are determined by the FortiGate's system session list.
l Historical or 5 minutes and later entries are determined by traffic logs, with additional
information coming from UTM logs.
Graph l The graph shows the bytes sent/received in the time frame. Realtime does not include a
chart.
l Users can customize the time frame by selecting a time period within the graph.
Bubble Chart l Bubble chart shows the same information as the table, but in a different graphical
manner.
Columns l Source shows the IP address (and user as well as user avatar if configured) of the source
device.
l Device shows the device information as listed in User & Device > Device Inventory.
Device detection should be enabled on the applicable interfaces for best function.
l Threat Score is the threat score of the source based on UTM features such as Web Filter
and antivirus. It shows threat scores allowed and threat scores blocked.
l Bytes is the accumulated bytes sent/received. In realtime, this is calculated from the
session list, and in historical it is from logs.
l Sessions is the total sessions blocked/allowed. In realtime, this is calculated from the
session list, and in historical it is from logs.
l Source is a simplified version of the first column, including only the IP address without
extra information.
l Source Interface is the interface from which the traffic originates. In realtime, this is
calculated from the session list, and in historical it is from the logs.
l More information can be shown in a tooltip while hovering over these entries.
l For realtime, two more columns are available, Bandwidth and Packets, both of which
come from the session list.
Drilldown Level
Sample entry:
Graph l The graph shows the bytes sent/received in the time frame. Realtime does not include a
chart.
l Users can customize the time frame by selecting a time period within the graph.
Summary l Shows information such as the user/avatar, avatar/source IP, bytes, and sessions total
Information for the time period.
l Can quarantine host (access layer quarantine) if they are behind a FortiSwitch or
FortiAP.
l Can ban IP addresses, adds the source IP address into the quarantine list.
Tabs l Drilling down entries in any of these tabs (except sessions tab) will take you to the
underlying traffic log in the sessions tab.
l Applications shows a list of the applications attributed to the source IP. This can include
scanned applications (using Application Control in a firewall policy or unscanned
applications.
config log gui-display
set fortiview-unscanned-apps enable
end
l Destinations shows destinations grouped by IP address/FQDN.
l Threats lists the threats caught by UTM profiles. This can be from antivirus, IPS, Web
Filter, Application Control, etc.
l Web Sites contains the websites which were detected either with webfilter, or through
FQDN in traffic logs.
l Web Categories groups entries into their categories as dictated by the Web Filter
Database.
l Search Phrases shows entries of search phrases on search engines captured by a Web
Filter UTM profile, with deep inspection enabled in firewall policy.
l Policies groups the entries into which polices they passed through or were blocked by.
l Sessions shows the underlying logs (historical) or sessions (realtime). Drilldowns from
other tabs end up showing the underlying log located in this tab.
l More information can be shown in a tooltip while hovering over these entries.
Troubleshooting
l Use diagnose debug application httpsd -1 to check which filters were passed through httpsd.
For example:
[httpsd 3163 - 1546543360 info] api_store_parameter[227] -- add API parameter 'filter':
'{ "source": "10.1.100.30", "application": "TCP\/5228", "srcintfrole": [ "lan",
"dmz", "undefined" ] }' (type=object)
l Use diagnose debug application miglogd 0x70000 to check what the SQL command is that is
passed to the underlying SQL database.
For example:
fortiview_request_data()-898: total:31 start:1546559580 end:1546563179
_dump_sql()-799: dataset=fv.general.chart, sql:select a.timestamp1,ses_al,ses_
bk,r,s,ifnull(sc_l,0),ifnull(sc_m,0),ifnull(sc_h,0),ifnull(sc_c,0) from (select
timestamp-(timestamp%60) timestamp1 ,sum(case when passthrough<>'block' then
sessioncount else 0 end) ses_al,sum(case when passthrough='block' then sessioncount
else 0 end) ses_bk,sum(rcvdbyte) r,sum(sentbyte) s from grp_traffic_all_src where
timestamp BETWEEN 1546559580 and 1546563179 and 1=1 AND srcip in ('10.1.100.11')
AND srcintfrole in ('lan','dmz','undefined') group by timestamp1 ) a left join
(select timestamp-(timestamp%60) timestamp1 ,sum(case when threat_level=1 then
crscore else 0 end) sc_l,sum(case when threat_level=2 then crscore else 0 end) sc_
m,sum(case when threat_level=3 then crscore else 0 end) sc_h,sum(case when threat_
level=4 then crscore else 0 end) sc_c from grp_threat where timestamp BETWEEN
1546559580 and 1546563179 and 1=1 AND srcip in ('10.1.100.11') AND srcintfrole in
('lan','dmz','undefined') group by timestamp1 ) b on a.timestamp1 = b.timestamp1;
takes 40(ms), agggr:0(ms)
l Use exe report flush-cache and exe report recreate-db to clear up any irregularities that may be
caused by upgrading or cache issues.
Attaching a FortiAnalyzer to the FortiGate increases the functionality of FortiView . For example, it adds the
Compromised Hosts view.
The following devices are required:
l A FortiGate or FortiOS
l A compatible FortiAnalyzer (see https://docs.fortinet.com/document/fortianalyzer/6.2.0/compatibility-with-
fortios)
3. Click Test Connectivity. A message will be shown stating that the FortiGate is not authorized on the FortiAnalyzer.
6. On the FortiGate, go to Security Fabric > Settings and click Test Connectivity to confirm that the device is now
authorized.
DNS
Introduction
DNS (Domain Name System) is used by devices connecting to the Internet to locate websites by mapping a domain
name to a website’s IP address. For example, a DNS server maps the domain name www.fortinet.com to the IP address
66.171.121.34.
A FortiGate can serve different roles based on user requirements:
l A FortiGate can control which DNS serves network uses.
l A FortiGate can function as a DNS server.
l FortiGuard Dynamic Domain Name Service (DDNS) allows a remote administrator to access a FortiGate's Internet-
facing interface using a domain name that remains constant even when its IP address changes.
FortiOS supports DNS configuration for both IPv4 and IPv6 addressing. When a user requests a website, the FortiGate
looks to the configured DNS servers to provide the IP address of the website in order to know which server to contact to
complete the transaction.
The FortiGate queries the DNS servers whenever it needs to resolve a domain name into an IP address, such as for
NTP or web servers defined by their domain names.
FGT_A (dns) # set
*primary Primary DNS server IP address.
secondary Secondary DNS server IP address.
dns-over-tls Enable/disable/enforce DNS over TLS.
ssl-certificate Name of local certificate for SSL connections.
domain Search suffix list for hostname lookup.
ip6-primary Primary DNS server IPv6 address.
ip6-secondary Secondary DNS server IPv6 address.
timeout DNS query timeout interval in seconds (1 - 10).
retry Number of times to retry (0 - 5).
dns-cache-limit Maximum number of records in the DNS cache.
dns-cache-ttl Duration in seconds that the DNS cache retains information.
cache-notfound-responses Enable/disable response from the DNS server when a record is not
in cache.
source-ip IP address used by the DNS server as its source IP.
dns-over-tls
FortiGate version 6.2 adds DNS over TLS (DoT) support. DoT is a security protocol for encrypting and wrapping DNS
queries and answers via the Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocol.
cache-notfound-responses
When you enable DNS cache not found responses, any DNS requests that are returned with NOT FOUND can be stored
in the cache. When enabled, the DNS server is not asked to resolve the host name for NOT FOUND entries.
config system dns
set cache-notfound-responses enable
end
dns-cache-limit
This command enables you to set how many DNS entries are stored in the cache. Entries that remain in the cache
provide a quicker response to requests than going out to the Internet to get the same information.
config system dns
set dns-cache-limit 2
end
dns-cache-ttl
This command enables you to set how long entries remain in the cache.
FGT_A (dns) # set dns-cache-limit
dns-cache-limit Enter an integer value from <0> to <4294967295> (default = <5000>).
DNS troubleshooting
The FortiGate CLI can collect the following list of DNS debug information.
FGT_A (global) # diagnose test application dnsproxy
worker idx: 0
1. Clear DNS cache
2. Show stats
3. Dump DNS setting
4. Reload FQDN
5. Requery FQDN
6. Dump FQDN
7. Dump DNS cache
8. Dump DNS DB
9. Reload DNS DB
10. Dump secure DNS policy/profile
11. Dump Botnet domain
12. Reload Secure DNS setting
13. Show Hostname cache
14. Clear Hostname cache
15. Show SDNS rating cache
16. Clear SDNS rating cache
17. DNS debug bit mask
99. Restart dnsproxy worker
The example below shows useful information about the ongoing DNS connection.
Important fields include:
For a FortiGate with multiple CPUs, version 6.2 adds a new CLI command to allow the customer to set the DNS process
number from 1 to the number of CPUs. The default DNS process number is 1.
config system global
set dnsproxy-worker-count 4
end
Note: The range of dnsproxy-worker-count is 1 to the number of CPUs that the FortiGate has.
To debug DNS proxy on the worker ID, use the following command. The following example runs test commands on the
second dnsproxy worker. If you do not specify worker ID, the default worker ID is 0.
#diagnose test application dnsproxy 7 1
For debugging, you can also enable it on all workers by specifying -1 as worker ID.
#diagnose debug application dnsproxy -1 -1
End-users who commonly use incomplete URLs without a domain (for example: http://host1) rely on the proxy to locate
the domain and resolve the address. If the configured domain is company.com and the URL is http://host1, the DNS
feature will send a request for host1.company.com to a DNS server for the IP address. If you have local Microsoft
domains on the network, you can enter a domain name in the Local Domain Name field. In situations where all three
fields are configured, the FortiGate first looks to the local domain, and if no match is found, sends a request to the
external DNS servers.
Whenever a client requests a URL which does not include a fully qualified domain name (FQDN), FortiGate resolves the
URL by traversing through the DNS suffix list and doing a DNS query for each entry until the first match.
Sample configuration
1. By default, FortiGate is configured to use FortiGuard's DNS servers which are primary (208.91.112.53) and
secondary (208.91.112.52).
2. To configure the DNS server addresses, go to Network > DNS and select Specify, then enter the preferred DNS
server addresses.
For example: 172.16.200.1 as the primary DNS server and 172.16.200.2 as the secondary.
3. FortiGate supports a total of eight local domain lists.
Additional DNS configuration options are available in the CLI using the config system dns command.
New CLI commands added in 6.2 allow users to set up to eight domains. Retry Time and Timeout values can be
configured to define how many attempts the FortiGate makes to search a particular domain and when FortiGate gives
up on the domain.
FGT_B (dns) # set domain
*domain DNS search domain list separated by space (maximum 8 domains)
In the example below, the local domain resolves host1 to 1.1.1.1 and host2 to 2.2.2.2. The local DNS server has
an entry for host1 mapped to the FQDN of host1.sample.com and a second entry for host2 mapped to the FQDN of
host2.example.com.
ping host1
PING host1.sample.com (1.1.1.1): 56 data bytes
ping host2
PING host2.example.com (2.2.2.2): 56 data bytes
This section describes how to set up a FortiGate to use a DNS server for resolving internal and external requests.
Run dig to query the FortiGate DNS server. Dig (Domain Information Grouper) is a Unix-like network administration
command line tool for querying DNS servers.
root@PC05:~# dig @172.16.200.1 example.fortinet.com
;; QUESTION SECTION:
;example.fortinet.com. IN A
;; ANSWER SECTION:
example.fortinet.com. 86400 IN A 2.3.3.4
This section describes how to set up a FortiGate to use an internal DNS server for resolving internal requests and a
public DNS server for resolving external requests.
Technical information
The Type of the DNS Database Zone can be one of the following:
The View of the DNS Database Zone can be one of the following:
l An Authoritative zone claims to hold all existing entries concerning this zone. A DNS server holding an authoritative
zone serves requests to this zone only from its local zone file, that is, it does not perform additional recursive
requests such as matching this zone to other defined DNS servers for zone records which do not exist in this zone
file.
l An Unauthoritative zone serves the records it holds itself from the local zone file and performs recursive request to
other defined DNS servers for requests that match the zone but are not listed in the local zone file.
l Recursive DNS servers performs DNS lookups to other defined DNS servers for any zone requests they cannot
fulfill from local files.
l Non-recursive DNS servers only serve from local zone files.
l Forward to system DNS forwards the query to the FortiGate's configured system DNS.
FortiGuard DDNS
If your ISP changes your external IP address regularly and you have a static domain name, you can configure the
external interface to use a dynamic DNS (DDNS) service. This ensures that external users and customers can always
connect to your company firewall. If you have a FortiGuard subscription, you can use FortiGuard as the DDNS server.
You can configure FortiGuard as the DDNS server using the GUI or CLI.
Sample topology
Sample configuration
If you don't have a FortiGuard subscription or want to use a different DDNS server, you can configure DDNS in the CLI.
You can configure a DDNS for each interface. Only the first configured port appears in the FortiGate GUI. Additional
commands vary depending on the DDNS server you select. Use the following CLI commands:
config system ddns
edit <DDNS_ID>
set monitor-interface <external_interface>
set ddns-server <ddns_server_selection>
next
end
You can configure FortiGate to refresh DDNS IP addresses. FortiGate periodically checks the DDNS server that is
configured.
When clear-text is disabled, FortiGate uses the SSL connection to send and receive (DDNS) updates.
To disable cleartext and set the SSL certificate using the CLI:
A DHCP server has an override command option that allows DHCP server communications to go through DDNS to
perform updates for the DHCP client. This enforces a DDS update of the AA field every time even if the DHCP client
does not request it. This allows supporting the allow/ignore/deny client-updates options.
SD-WAN is a software-defined approach to managing Wide-Area Networks (WAN). It allows you to offload internet-
bound traffic, meaning that private WAN services remain available for real-time and mission critical applications. This
added flexibility improves traffic flow and reduces pressure on the network.
SD-WAN platforms create hybrid networks that integrate broadband and other network services into the corporate WAN
while maintaining the performance and security of real-time and sensitive applications.
SD-WAN with Application Aware Routing can measure and monitor the performance of multiple services in a hybrid
network. It uses application routing to offer more granular control of where and when an application uses a specific
service, allowing better use of the overall network.
Some of the key benefits of SD-WAN include:
l Reduced cost with transport independence across MPLS, 3G/4G LTE, and others.
l Improve business application performance thanks to increased availability and agility.
l Optimized user experience and efficiency with SaaS and public cloud applications.
SD-WAN has 3 objects:
l SD-WAN interface
Also called members, SD-WAN interfaces are the ports and interfaces that are used to run traffic. At least one
interface must be configured for SD-WAN to function; up to 255 member interfaces can be configured. See
Creating the SD-WAN interface on page 147.
l Performance-SLA
Also called health-check, performance SLAs are used to monitor member interface link quality, and to detect link
failures. They can be used to remove routes, and to reroute traffic when an SD-WAN member cannot detect the
server. They can also be used in SD-WAN rules to select the preferred member interface for forwarding traffic. See
Performace SLA - link monitoring on page 156.
l SD-WAN rule
Also called service, SD-WAN rules are used to control path selection. Specific traffic can be dynamically sent to the
best link, or use a specific route. There are five modes:
l auto: Assign interfaces a priority based on quality.
l manual: Assign interfaces a priority manually.
l priority: Assign interfaces a priority based on the link-cost-factor quality of the interface.
l sla: Assign interfaces a priority based on selected SLA settings.
l load-balance: Distribute traffic among all available links based on the load balance algorithm.
See SD-WAN rules - best quality on page 158, SD-WAN rules - lowest cost (SLA) on page 161, and SD-WAN rules -
maximize bandwidth (SLA) on page 163.
This recipe provides an example of how to start using SD-WAN for load balancing and redundancy.
In this example, two ISP internet connections (wan1 and wan2) use SD-WAN to balance traffic between them at 50%
each.
1. On the FortiGate, enable SD-WAN and add interfaces wan1 and wan2 as members:
a. Go to Network > SD-WAN.
b. Set the Status to Enable.
c. Click the plus icon to add members, using the ISPs' proper gateways for each member.
This recipe provides a sample configuration for customer using the DHCP interface as SD-WAN members. SD-WAN
members can be all static IP interfaces, all DHCP interfaces, or a mix of both IP and DHCP interfaces.
In this example, we'll use a customer who has two ISP internet connections: wan1 and wan2. wan1 is a DHCP interface
and wan2 is a static IP address interface.
Sample topology
Implicit rule
Examples
The following four examples demonstrate how to use the implicit rules (load-balance mode).
Example 1
Outgoing traffic is equally balanced between wan1 and wan2, using source-ip-based or source-dest-ip-based mode.
1. On the FortiGate, enable SD-WAN and add wan1 and wan2 as SD-WAN members, then add a policy and static
route. See Creating the SD-WAN interface on page 147 for details.
2. Go to Network > SD-WAN Rules.
3. Edit the sd-wan rule (the last default rule).
4. For the Load Balancing Algorithm, select either Source IP or Source-Destination IP.
5. Click OK.
1. Enable SD-WAN and add wan1 and wan2 as SD-WAN members, then add a policy and static route. See Creating
the SD-WAN interface on page 147 for details.
2. Set the load balancing algorithm:
Source IP based:
config system virtual-wan-link
set load-balance-mode source-ip-based
end
Source-Destination IP based:
config system virtual-wan-link
set load-balance-mode source-dest-ip-based
end
Example 2
Outgoing traffic is balanced between wan1 and wan2 with a customized ratio, using weight-based mode: wan1 runs
80% of the sessions, and wan2 runs 20% of the sessions.
5. Click OK.
Example 3
Outgoing traffic is balanced between wan1 and wan2 with a customized ratio, using measured-volume-based mode:
wan1 runs 80% of the volume, and wan2 runs 20% of the volume.
edit 2
set interface "wan2"
set volume-ratio 20
next
end
end
Example 4
Load balancing can be used to reduce costs when internet connections are charged at different rates. For example, if
wan2 charges based on volume usage and wan1 charges a fixed monthly fee, we can use wan1 at its maximum
bandwidth, and use wan2 for overflow.
In this example, wan1's bandwidth is 10Mbps down and 2Mbps up. Traffic will use wan1 until it reaches its spillover
limit, then it will start to use wan2. Note that auto-asic-offload must be disabled in the firewall policy.
1. On the FortiGate, enable SD-WAN and add wan1 and wan2 as SD-WAN members, then add a policy and static
route. See Creating the SD-WAN interface on page 147 for details.
2. Go to Network > SD-WAN Rules.
3. Edit the sd-wan rule (the last default rule).
4. For the Load Balancing Algorithm, select Spillover.
5. Enter 10000 in the wan1 Ingress Spillover Threshold field, and 2000 in the wan1 Egress Spillover Threshold field.
6. Click OK.
Performance SLA link monitoring measures the health of links that are connected to SD-WAN member interfaces by
sending probing signals through each link to a server and measuring the link quality based on latency, jitter, and packet
loss. If a link is broken, the routes on that link are removed, and traffic is routed through other links. When the link is
working again, the routes are reenabbled. This prevents traffic being sent to a broken link and lost.
In this example:
l Interfaces wan1 and wan2 connect to the internet through separate ISPs
l The detection server IP address is 208.91.114.182
A performance SLA is created so that, if one link fails, its routes are removed and traffic is detoured to the other link.
1. On the FortiGate, enable SD-WAN and add wan1 and wan2 as SD-WAN members, then add a policy and static
route. See Creating the SD-WAN interface on page 147 for details.
2. Go to Network > Performance SLA.
3. Click Create New. The Performance SLA page opens.
4. Enter a name for the SLA and select a protocol.
5. In the Server field, enter the detection server IP address (208.91.114.182 in this example).
6. In the Participants field, select both wan1 and wan2.
SLA targets are a set of constraints that are used in SD-WAN rules to control the paths that traffic take.
The available constraints are:
l Latency threshold: Latency for SLA to make decision, in milliseconds (0 - 10000000, default = 5).
l Jitter threshold: Jitter for SLA to make decision, in milliseconds (0 - 10000000, default = 5).
l Packet loss threshold: Packet loss for SLA to make decision, in percentage (0 - 100, default = 0).
1. On the FortiGate, enable SD-WAN and add wan1 and wan2 as SD-WAN members, then add a policy and static
route. See Creating the SD-WAN interface on page 147 for details.
2. Go to Network > Performance SLA.
3. Create a new Performance SLA or edit an existing one. See Performace SLA - link monitoring on page 156.
4. Under SLA Targets, click the plus icon to add a target.
SD-WAN rules are used to control how sessions are distributed to SD-WAN members. Rules can be configured in one of
five modes:
l auto: Interfaces are assigned a priority based on quality.
l Manual (manual): Interfaces are manually assigned a priority.
l Best Quality (priority): Interface are assigned a priority based on the link-cost-factor of the interface.
l Lowest Cost (SLA) (sla): Interfaces are assigned a priority based on selected SLA settings. See SD-WAN rules -
lowest cost (SLA) on page 161.
l Maximize Bandwith (SLA) (load-balance): Traffic is distributed among all available links based on the selected
load balancing algorithm. See SD-WAN rules - maximize bandwidth (SLA) on page 163.
When using Best Quality mode, SD-WAN will choose the best link to forward traffic by comparing the link-cost-factor,
selected from one of the following:
custom-profile-1 custom-profile-1 Select link based on customized profile. If selected, set the following
weights:
l packet-loss-weight: Coefficient of packet-loss.
l latency-weight: Coefficient of latency.
l jitter-weight: Coefficient of jitter.
l bandwidth-weight: Coefficient of reciprocal of available
bidirectional bandwidth.
In this example, your wan1 and wan2 SD-WAN interfaces connect to two ISPs that both go to the public internet, and
you want Gmail services to use the link with the least latency.
1. On the FortiGate, enable SD-WAN and add wan1 and wan2 as SD-WAN members, then add a policy and static
route. See Creating the SD-WAN interface on page 147 for details.
2. Create a new Performance SLA named google. See Performace SLA - link monitoring on page 156.
3. Go to Network > SD-WAN Rules.
4. Click Create New. The Priority Rule page opens.
5. Enter a name for the rule, such as gmail.
Field Setting
As wan2 has a smaller latency, SD-WAN will put Seq_num(2) on top of Seq_num(1) and wan2 will be used to forward
Gmail traffic.
SD-WAN rules are used to control how sessions are distributed to SD-WAN members. Rules can be configured in one of
five modes:
l auto: Interfaces are assigned a priority based on quality.
l Manual (manual): Interfaces are manually assigned a priority.
l Best Quality (priority): Interface are assigned a priority based on the link-cost-factor of the interface. See SD-
WAN rules - best quality on page 158.
l Lowest Cost (SLA) (sla): Interfaces are assigned a priority based on selected SLA settings.
l Maximize Bandwidth (SLA) (load-balance): Traffic is distributed among all available links based on the selected
load balancing algorithm. See SD-WAN rules - maximize bandwidth (SLA) on page 163.
When using Lowest Cost (SLA) mode (sla in the CLI), SD-WAN will choose the lowest cost link that satisfies SLA to
forward traffic.
In this example, your wan1 and wan2 SD-WAN interfaces connect to two ISPs that both go to the public internet. The
cost of wan2 is less than that of wan1. You want to configure Gmail services to use the lowest cost interface, but the link
quality must meet a standard of latency: 10ms, and jitter: 5ms.
1. On the FortiGate, enable SD-WAN and add wan1 and wan2 as SD-WAN members, then add a policy and static
route. See Creating the SD-WAN interface on page 147 for details.
2. Create a new Performance SLA named google that includes an SLA Target 1 with Latency threshold = 10ms and
Jitter threshold = 5ms. See Performace SLA - link monitoring on page 156.
3. Go to Network > SD-WAN Rules.
4. Click Create New. The Priority Rule page opens.
5. Enter a name for the rule, such as gmail.
6. Configure the following settings:
Field Setting
config health-check
edit "google"
set server "google.com"
set members 1 2
config sla
edit 1
set latency-threshold 10
set jitter-threshold 5
next
end
next
end
config service
edit 1
set name "gmail"
set mode sla
set internet-service enable
set internet-service-id 65646
config sla
edit "google"
set id 1
next
end
set priority-members 1 2
next
end
end
When both wan1 and wan2 meet the SLA requirements, Gmail traffic will only use wan2. If only wan1 meets the SLA
requirements, Gmail traffic will only use wan1, even though it has a higher cost. If neither interface meets the
requirements, wan2 will be used.
If both interface had the same cost and both met the SLA requirements, the first link configured in set priority-
members would be used.
SD-WAN rules are used to control how sessions are distributed to SD-WAN members. Rules can be configured in one of
five modes:
l auto: Interfaces are assigned a priority based on quality.
l Manual (manual): Interfaces are manually assigned a priority.
l Best Quality (priority): Interface are assigned a priority based on the link-cost-factor of the interface. See SD-
WAN rules - best quality on page 158.
l Lowest Cost (SLA) (sla): Interfaces are assigned a priority based on selected SLA settings. See SD-WAN rules -
lowest cost (SLA) on page 161.
l Maximize Bandwidth (SLA) (load-balance): Traffic is distributed among all available links based on the selected
load balancing algorithm.
When using Maximize Bandwidth mode (load balance in the CLI), SD-WAN will all of the links that satisfies SLA to
forward traffic based on a round-robin load balancing algorithm.
In this example, your wan1 and wan2 SD-WAN interfaces connect to two ISPs that both go to the public internet. You
want to configure Gmail services to use both of the interface, but the link quality must meet a standard of latency:
10ms, and jitter: 5ms. This can maximize the bandwidth usage.
1. On the FortiGate, enable SD-WAN and add wan1 and wan2 as SD-WAN members, then add a policy and static
route. See Creating the SD-WAN interface on page 147 for details.
2. Create a new Performance SLA named google that includes an SLA Target 1 with Latency threshold = 10ms and
Jitter threshold = 5ms. See Performace SLA - link monitoring on page 156.
3. Go to Network > SD-WAN Rules.
4. Click Create New. The Priority Rule page opens.
5. Enter a name for the rule, such as gmail.
6. Configure the following settings:
Field Setting
When both wan1 and wan2 meet the SLA requirements, Gmail traffic will use both wan1 and wan2. If only one of the
interfaces meets the SLA requirements, Gmail traffic will only use that interface.
If neither interface meets the requirements, the rule is not matched and traffic will try to use a following rule, but if no
rules match, traffic will still be processed with the implicit rule algorithm, see Implicit rule on page 152.
This topic covers a typical customer usage scenario where the customer's SD-WAN has two members: MPLS and DIA.
DIA is mostly used for direct Internet access to Internet applications, for example, Office365, Google applications,
Amazon, Dropbox, etc. MPLS is mostly used for SIP and works as a backup when DIA is not working.
Sample topology
Sample configuration
This sample configures all SIP traffic to use MPLS while all other traffic uses DIA. If DIA is not working, the traffic will
use MPLS.
To configure an SD-WAN rule to use SIP and DIA using the GUI:
1. On the FortiGate, enable SD-WAN and add wan1 and wan2 as SD-WAN members, then add a policy and static
route.
See Creating the SD-WAN interface on page 147.
2. When you add a firewall policy, enable Application Control.
3. Go to Network > SD-WAN Rules.
4. Click Create New. The Priority Rule page opens.
5. Enter a name for the rule, such as SIP.
6. Click the Application box to display the popup dialog box; then select the applicable SIP applications.
7. For Strategy, select Manual.
8. For Interface preference, select MPLS.
9. Click OK.
10. Click Create New to create another rule.
11. Enter a name for the rule, such as Internet.
12. Click the Address box to display the popup dialog box and select all.
To configure an SD-WAN rule to use SIP and DIA using the CLI:
All SIP traffic uses MPLS. All other traffic goes to DIA. If DIA is broken, the traffic uses MPLS. If you use VPN instead of
MPLS to run SIP traffic, you must configure a VPN interface, for example vpn1, and then replace member 1 from MPLS
to vpn1 for SD-WAN member.
To use the diagnose command to check performance SLA status using the CLI:
FGT_A (root) #
FGT_A (root) #
Use traffic shaper in a firewall shaping policy to control traffic flow. You can use it to control maximum and guaranteed
bandwidth, or put certain traffic to one of the three different traffic priorities: high, medium, or low.
An advanced shaping policy can classify traffic into 30 groups. Use a shaping profile to define the percentage of the
interface bandwidth that is allocated to each group. Each group of traffic is shaped to the assigned speed limit based on
the outgoing bandwidth limit configured on the interface.
For more information, see the online help on shared policy traffic shaping and interface-based traffic shaping.
Sample topology
Sample configuration
This example shows a typical customer usage where the customer's SD-WAN has two member: wan1 and wan2 and
each is 10Mb/s.
An overview of the procedures to configure SD-WAN traffic shaping and QoS with SD-WAN includes:
1. Give HTTP/HTTPS traffic high priority and give FTP low priority so that if there are conflicts, FortiGate will forward
HTTP/HTTPS traffic first.
2. Even though FTP has low priority, configure FortiGate to give it a 1Mb/s guaranteed bandwidth on each SD-WAN
member so that if there is no FTP traffic, other traffic can use all the bandwidth. If there is heavy FTP traffic, it can
still be guaranteed a 1Mb/s bandwidth.
3. Traffic going to specific destinations such as a VOIP server uses wan1 to forward, and SD-WAN forwards with an
Expedited Forwarding (EF) DSCP tag 101110.
To configure SD-WAN traffic shaping and QoS with SD-WAN in the GUI:
1. On the FortiGate, enable SD-WAN and add wan1 and wan2 as SD-WAN members, then add a policy and static
route.
See Creating the SD-WAN interface on page 147.
2. When you add a firewall policy, enable Application Control.
3. Go to Policy & Objects > Traffic Shapers and edit low-priority.
a. Enable Guaranteed Bandwidth and set it to 1000 kbps.
4. Go to Policy & Objects > Traffic Shaping Policy and click Create New.
a. Name the traffic shaping policy, for example, HTTP-HTTPS.
b. Click the Source box and select all.
c. Click the Destination box and select all.
d. Click the Service box and select HTTP and HTTPS.
e. Click the Outgoing Interface box and select SD-WAN.
f. Enable both Shared Shaper and Reverse Shaper and select high-priority for both options.
g. Click OK.
5. Go to Policy & Objects > Traffic Shaping Policy and click Create New.
a. Name the traffic shaping policy, for example, FTP.
b. Click the Source box and select all.
c. Click the Destination box and select all.
d. Click the Service box and select FTP, FTP_GET, and FTP_PUT.
e. Click the Outgoing Interface box and select SD-WAN.
f. Enable both Shared Shaper and Reverse Shaper and select low-priority for both options.
g. Click OK
6. Go to Network > SD-WAN Rules and click Create New.
a. Enter a name for the rule, such as Internet.
b. In the Destination section, click the Address box and select the VOIP server you created in the firewall
address.
c. For Strategy, select Manual.
d. For Interface preference, select wan1.
e. Click OK.
7. Use CLI commands to modify DSCP settings. See the DSCP CLI commands below.
next
edit 2
set name "FTP"
set service "FTP" "FTP_GET" "FTP_PUT"
set dstintf "virtual-wan-link"
set traffic-shaper "low-priority"
set traffic-shaper-reverse "low-priority"
set srcaddr "all"
set dstaddr "all"
next
end
To configure SD-WAN traffic shaping and QoS with SD-WAN in the CLI:
To use the diagnose command to check if specific traffic is attached to the correct traffic shaper:
flag (0):
shapers: orig=low-priority(4/128000/134217728) reply=low-priority(4/128000/134217728)
cos_fwd=0 cos_rev=0
group=00100015 av=00000000 au=00000000 split=00000000
host=0 chk_client_info=0x0 app_list=0 ips_view=0
misc=0 dd_type=0 dd_mode=0
zone(1): 0 -> zone(2): 36 38
source(1): 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255, uuid_idx=6,
dest(1): 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255, uuid_idx=6,
service(3):
[6:0x0:0/(1,65535)->(21,21)] helper:auto
[6:0x0:0/(1,65535)->(21,21)] helper:auto
[6:0x0:0/(1,65535)->(21,21)] helper:auto
FGT_A (root) #
To use the diagnose command to check if the correct traffic shaper is applied to the session:
To use the diagnose command to check the status of a shared traffic shaper:
name high-priority
maximum-bandwidth 131072 KB/sec
guaranteed-bandwidth 0 KB/sec
current-bandwidth 0 B/sec
priority 2
tos ff
packets dropped 0
bytes dropped 0
name low-priority
name high-priority
maximum-bandwidth 131072 KB/sec
guaranteed-bandwidth 0 KB/sec
current-bandwidth 0 B/sec
priority 2
policy 1
tos ff
packets dropped 0
bytes dropped 0
name low-priority
maximum-bandwidth 131072 KB/sec
guaranteed-bandwidth 125 KB/sec
current-bandwidth 0 B/sec
priority 4
policy 2
tos ff
packets dropped 0
bytes dropped 0
Advanced configuration
This topic shows an example of how to aggregate IPSec tunnels. This example shows how to make per-packet load-
balancing among IPSec tunnels.
For example, a customer has two ISP connections, wan1 and wan2. Using these two connections, we create two VPN
interfaces and configure traffic for per-packet load-balancing among IPSec tunnels.
Sample topology
Sample configuration
On the FortiGate, first create two IPsec VPN interfaces. Then create an ipsec-aggregate interface and add this
interface as an SD-WAN member.
FortiGate 1 configuration
FortiGate 2 configuration
edit 1
set interface "agg2"
set gateway 172.16.11.1
next
end
end
This topic shows an SD-WAN with forward error correction (FEC) on VPN overlay networks. FEC can be used to lower
packet loss ratio by consuming more bandwidth. It uses six parameters in IPsec phase1/phase1-interface settings:
fec-ingress Enable/disable Forward Error Correction for ingress IPsec traffic (default =
disable).
fec-egress Enable/disable Forward Error Correction for egress IPsec traffic (default =
disable).
fec-base The number of base Forward Error Correction packets (1 - 100, default = 20).
fec-redundant The number of redundant Forward Error Correction packets (1 - 100, default =
10).
fec-send-timeout The time before sending Forward Error Correction packets, in milliseconds (1 -
1000, default = 8).
fec-receive-timeout The time before dropping Forward Error Correction packets, in milliseconds (1 -
1000, default = 5000).
For example, a customer has tow ISP connections, wan1 and wan2. Using these two connections, create two IPsec
VPN interfaces as SD-WAN members. Configure FEC on each VPN interface to lower packet loss ratio by re-
transmitting the packets using its backend algorithm.
Sample topology
To configure SD-WAN:
SD-WAN rules can use Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) learned routes as dynamic destinations.
In this example, a customer has two ISP connections, wan1 and wan2. wan1 is used primarily for direct access to
internet applications, and wan2 is used primarily for traffic to the customer's data center.
The customer could create an SD-WAN rule using the data center's IP address range as the destination to force that
traffic to use wan2, but the data center's IP range is not static. Instead, a BGP tag can be used.
For this example, wan2's BGP neighbor advertises the data center's network range with a community number of 30:5.
This example assumes that SD-WAN is enable on the FortiGate, wan1 and wan2 are added as SD-WAN members, and
a policy and static route have been created. See Creating the SD-WAN interface on page 147 for details.
3. Configure BGP:
config router bgp
set as xxxxx
set router-id xxxx
config neighbor
edit "10.100.20.2"
Troubleshooting
Use the get router info bgp network command to check the network community:
# get router info bgp network
BGP table version is 5, local router ID is 1.1.1.1
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best, i - internal,
S Stale
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Use the get router info route-map-address command to check dynamic BGP addresses:
# get router info route-map-address
Extend-tag: 15, interface(wan2:16)
10.100.11.0/255.255.255.0
Use the diagnose firewall proute list command to check dynamic BGP addresses used in policy routes:
Troubleshooting
You can check the destination interface in FortiView in order to see which port the traffic is being forwarded to.
The example below demonstrates a source-based load-balance between two SD-WAN members.
l If the source IP address is an even number, it will go to port13.
l If the source IP address is an odd number, it will go to port12.
This topic lists the SD-WAN related logs and explains when the logs will be triggered.
l When health-check has an SLA target and detects SLA changes, and changes to fail:
5: date=2019-04-11 time=11:48:39 logid="0100022923" type="event" subtype="system"
level="notice" vd="root" eventtime=1555008519816639290 logdesc="Virtual WAN Link status"
msg="SD-WAN Health Check(ping) SLA(1): number of pass members changes from 2 to 1."
l When health-check has an SLA target and detects SLA changes, and changes to pass:
2: date=2019-04-11 time=11:49:46 logid="0100022923" type="event" subtype="system"
level="notice" vd="root" eventtime=1555008586149038471 logdesc="Virtual WAN Link status"
msg="SD-WAN Health Check(ping) SLA(1): number of pass members changes from 1 to 2."
SD-WAN calculates a link's session/bandwidth over/under its ratio and stops/resumes traffic:
l When SD-WAN calculates a link's session/bandwidth over its configured ratio and stops forwarding traffic:
3: date=2019-04-10 time=17:15:40 logid="0100022924" type="event" subtype="system"
level="notice" vd="root" eventtime=1554941740185866628 logdesc="Virtual WAN Link volume
status" interface="R160" msg="The member(3) enters into conservative status with limited
ablity to receive new sessions for too much traffic."
l When SD-WAN calculates a link's session/bandwidth according to its ratio and resumes forwarding traffic:
1: date=2019-04-10 time=17:20:39 logid="0100022924" type="event" subtype="system"
level="notice" vd="root" eventtime=1554942040196041728 logdesc="Virtual WAN Link volume
status" interface="R160" msg="The member(3) resume normal status to receive new sessions
for internal adjustment."
l When the SLA mode service rule's SLA qualified member changes. In this example R150 fails the SLA check, but is
still alive:
14: date=2019-03-23 time=17:44:12 logid="0100022923" type="event" subtype="system"
level="notice" vd="root" eventtime=1553388252 logdesc="Virtual WAN Link status"
msg="Service2() prioritized by SLA will be redirected in seq-num order 2(R160) 1(R150)."
15: date=2019-03-23 time=17:44:12 logid="0100022923" type="event" subtype="system"
level="notice" vd="root" eventtime=1553388252 logdesc="Virtual WAN Link status"
interface="R150" msg="The member1(R150) SLA order changed from 1 to 2. "
16: date=2019-03-23 time=17:44:12 logid="0100022923" type="event" subtype="system"
level="notice" vd="root" eventtime=1553388252 logdesc="Virtual WAN Link status"
interface="R160" msg="The member2(R160) SLA order changed from 2 to 1. "
l When the SLA mode service rule's SLA qualified member changes. In this example R150 changes from fail to pass:
1: date=2019-03-23 time=17:46:05 logid="0100022923" type="event" subtype="system"
level="notice" vd="root" eventtime=1553388365 logdesc="Virtual WAN Link status"
msg="Service2() prioritized by SLA will be redirected in seq-num order 1(R150) 2(R160)."
2: date=2019-03-23 time=17:46:05 logid="0100022923" type="event" subtype="system"
level="notice" vd="root" eventtime=1553388365 logdesc="Virtual WAN Link status"
l When priority mode service rule member's link status changes. In this example R150 changes to better than R160,
and both are still alive:
1: date=2019-03-23 time=17:33:23 logid="0100022923" type="event" subtype="system"
level="notice" vd="root" eventtime=1553387603 logdesc="Virtual WAN Link status"
msg="Service2() prioritized by packet-loss will be redirected in seq-num order 1(R150) 2
(R160)."
2: date=2019-03-23 time=17:33:23 logid="0100022923" type="event" subtype="system"
level="notice" vd="root" eventtime=1553387603 logdesc="Virtual WAN Link status"
interface="R160" msg="The member2(R160) link quality packet-loss order changed from 1 to 2.
"
3: date=2019-03-23 time=17:33:23 logid="0100022923" type="event" subtype="system"
level="notice" vd="root" eventtime=1553387603 logdesc="Virtual WAN Link status"
interface="R150" msg="The member1(R150) link quality packet-loss order changed from 2 to 1.
"
l When priority mode service rule member's link status changes. In this example R160 changes to better than R150,
and both are still alive:
6: date=2019-03-23 time=17:32:01 logid="0100022923" type="event" subtype="system"
level="notice" vd="root" eventtime=1553387520 logdesc="Virtual WAN Link status"
msg="Service2() prioritized by packet-loss will be redirected in seq-num order 2(R160) 1
(R150)."
7: date=2019-03-23 time=17:32:01 logid="0100022923" type="event" subtype="system"
level="notice" vd="root" eventtime=1553387520 logdesc="Virtual WAN Link status"
interface="R150" msg="The member1(R150) link quality packet-loss order changed from 1 to 2.
"
8: date=2019-03-23 time=17:32:01 logid="0100022923" type="event" subtype="system"
level="notice" vd="root" eventtime=1553387520 logdesc="Virtual WAN Link status"
interface="R160" msg="The member2(R160) link quality packet-loss order changed from 2 to 1.
"
l When SD-WAN member passes the health-check again, it will resume forwarding logs:
2: date=2019-04-11 time=13:33:36 logid="0100022923" type="event" subtype="system"
level="notice" vd="root" eventtime=1555014815914643626 logdesc="Virtual WAN Link status"
interface="R160" msg="The member2(R160) link is available. Start forwarding traffic. "
l When load-balance mode service rule's SLA qualified member changes. In this example R150 changes to not meet
SLA:
l When load-balance mode service rule's SLA qualified member changes. In this example R150 changes to meet
SLA:
1: date=2019-04-11 time=14:33:23 logid="0100022923" type="event" subtype="system"
level="notice" vd="root" eventtime=1555017075926510668 logdesc="Virtual WAN Link status"
msg="Service1(rule2) will be load balanced among members 1(R150) 2(R160) with available
routing."
2: date=2019-03-23 time=14:33:23 logid="0100022923" type="event" subtype="system"
level="notice" vd="root" eventtime=1553387603592651068 logdesc="Virtual WAN Link status"
interface="R160" msg="The member2(R160) link quality packet-loss order changed from 1 to 2.
"
3: date=2019-03-23 time=14:33:23 logid="0100022923" type="event" subtype="system"
level="notice" vd="root" eventtime=1553387603592651068 logdesc="Virtual WAN Link status"
interface="R150" msg="The member1(R150) link quality packet-loss order changed from 2 to 1.
"
l When SLA fails, SLA link status logs will be generated with interval sla-fail-log-period:
7: date=2019-03-23 time=17:45:54 logid="0100022925" type="event" subtype="system"
level="notice" vd="root" eventtime=1553388352 logdesc="Link monitor SLA information"
name="test" interface="R150" status="up" msg="Latency: 0.016, jitter: 0.002, packet loss:
21.000%, inbandwidth: 0Mbps, outbandwidth: 200Mbps, bibandwidth: 200Mbps, sla_map: 0x0"
l When SLA passes, SLA link status logs will be generated with interval sla-pass-log-period:
5: date=2019-03-23 time=17:46:05 logid="0100022925" type="event" subtype="system"
level="information" vd="root" eventtime=1553388363 logdesc="Link monitor SLA information"
name="test" interface="R150" status="up" msg="Latency: 0.017, jitter: 0.003, packet loss:
0.000%, inbandwidth: 0Mbps, outbandwidth: 200Mbps, bibandwidth: 200Mbps, sla_map: 0x1"
This topic lists the SD-WAN related diagnose commands and related output.
Egress-overbps=1, ingress-overbps=1
Member(2): interface: port15, gateway: 10.100.1.5 2004:10:100:1::5, priority: 0,
weight: 254
Egress-spillover-threshold: 0kbit/s, ingress-spillover-threshold: 0kbit/s
Egress-overbps=0, ingress-overbps=0
l You can also use the diagnose netlink dstmac list command to check if you are over the limit.
FGT # diag netlink dstmac list port13
dev=port13 mac=08:5b:0e:ca:94:9d rx_tcp_mss=0 tx_tcp_mss=0 egress_overspill_
threshold=51200 egress_bytes=103710 egress_over_bps=1 ingress_overspill_threshold=38400
ingress_bytes=76816 ingress_over_bps=1 sampler_rate=0
To check IPsec aggregate interface when SD-WAN uses the per-packet distribution feature:
To check BGP learned routes and determine if they are used in SD-WAN service:
This topic contains information about FortiGate administration that you can do after installing the FortiGate in your
network.
Administrator
By default, FortiGate has an administrator account with the username admin and no password. To prevent
unauthorized access to the FortiGate, we highly recommended that you protect this account with a password.
Administrator profile
An administrator profile defines what the administrator can do on the FortiGate. You can set up different administrator
profiles depending on the nature of the administrator’s work, access level, or seniority. When you set up an
administrator account, assign the administrator profile for what that administrator can do.
Interface
Both the physical and virtual interface allow traffic to flow between internal networks, and between the Internet and
internal networks. FortiGate has options for setting up interfaces and groups of sub-networks that can scale as your
organization grows. You can create and edit VLAN, EMAC-VLAN, switch interface, zone, and so on.
Password policy
Set up a password policy for administrators and IPsec pre-shared keys. A password policy can enforce password criteria
and change frequency.
SNMP
The Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) allows you to monitor hardware on your network. You can configure
hardware such as the FortiGate SNMP agent to report system information and traps. SNMP traps alert you to events
that happen such as when a log disk is full or a virus is detected.
DHCP server
You can configure one or more DHCP servers on any FortiGate interface. A DHCP server dynamically assigns IP
addresses to hosts on the network connected to the interface. Host computers must be configured to obtain their IP
addresses using DHCP.
VDOM
You can use virtual domains (VDOMs) to divide a FortiGate into multiple virtual devices that function independently. For
each separate VDOM, you can create different configurations including firewall policies, routing, VPNs, and security
profiles.
Administrators
Administrator profiles
Introduction
By default, the FortiGate has a super administrator account, called admin. Additional administrators can be added for
various functions, each with a unique username, password, and set of access privileges.
Administrator profiles define what the administrator can do when logged into the FortiGate. When you set up an
administrator account, you also assign an administrator profile which dictates what the administrator sees. Depending
on the nature of the administrator’s work, access level or seniority, you can allow them to view and configure as much or
as little as is required.
Super_admin profile
This profile has access to all components of FortiOS, including the ability to add and remove other system
administrators. For certain administrative functions, such as backing up and restoring the configuration, super_admin
access is required. To ensure that there is always a method to administer the FortiGate, the super_admin profile can't
be deleted or modified.
The super_admin profile is used by the default admin account. It is recommended that you add a password and rename
this account once you have set up your FortiGate. In order to rename the default account, a second admin account is
required.
4. Select OK.
Edit profiles
Delete profiles
By default, FortiGate has one super admin named admin. You can create more administrator accounts with difference
privileges.
Don't use the characters < > ( ) # " ' in the administrator username.
Using these characters in an administrator username might have a cross site scripting
(XSS) vulnerability.
end
Administrators can use remote authentication, such as LDAP, to connect to the FortiGate.
Setting up remote authentication for administrators includes the following steps:
1. Configure the LDAP server on page 195
2. Add the LDAP server to a user group on page 196
3. Configure the administrator account on page 196
1. Go to User & Device > LDAP Servers and select Create New.
2. Enter the server Name, Server IP address or Name.
3. Enter the Common Name Identifier and Distinguished Name.
4. Set the Bind Type to Regular and enter the Username and Password.
5. Click OK.
After configuring the LDAP server, create a user group that include the LDAP server you configured.
1. Go to User & Device > User Groups and select Create New.
2. Enter a Name for the group.
3. In the Remote groups section, select Create New.
4. Select the Remote Server from the dropdown list.
5. Click OK.
After configuring the LDAP server and adding it to a user group, create a new administrator. For this administrator,
instead of entering a password, use the new user group and the wildcard option for authentication.
6. Select Wildcard.
The Wildcard option allows LDAP users to connect as this administrator.
7. Select an Administrator Profile.
8. Click OK.
Administrator accounts can use different methods for authentication, including RADIUS, TACACS+, and PKI.
Password policy
Brute force password software can launch more than just dictionary attacks. It can discover common passwords where a
letter is replaced by a number. For example, if p4ssw0rd is used as a password, it can be cracked.
Using secure passwords is vital for preventing unauthorized access to your FortiGate. When changing the password,
consider the following to ensure better security:
l Do not use passwords that are obvious, such as the company name, administrator names, or other obvious words
or phrases.
l Use numbers in place of letters, for example, passw0rd.
l Administrator passwords can be up to 64 characters.
l Include a mixture of numbers, and upper and lower case letters.
l Use multiple words together, or possibly even a sentence, for example keytothehighway.
l Use a password generator.
l Change the password regularly and always make the new password unique and not a variation of the existing
password, such as changing from password to password1.
l Make note of the password and store it in a safe place away from the management computer, in case you forget it;
or ensure at least two people know the password in the event one person becomes unavailable. Alternatively, have
two different admin logins.
FortiGate allows you to create a password policy for administrators and IPsec pre-shared keys. With this policy, you can
enforce regular changes and specific criteria for a password policy including:
l Minimum length between 8 and 64 characters.
l If the password must contain uppercase (A, B, C) and/or lowercase (a, b, c) characters.
l If the password must contain numbers (1, 2, 3).
l If the password must contain special or non-alphanumeric characters (!, @, #, $, %, ^, &, *, (, and )).
l Where the password applies (admin or IPsec or both).
l The duration of the password before a new one must be specified.
If you add a password policy or change the requirements on an existing policy, the next time that administrator logs into
the FortiGate, the administrator is prompted to update the password to meet the new requirements before proceeding
to log in.
Updating or upgrading a firewall is similar to upgrading the operating system so you should make the same
preparations. Make sure everything is backed up and you have a plan in case something doesn't work. Make a checklist
to confirm that the update is successful. Finally, ensure you have enough time to do the update.
This is a summary of the steps for updating FortiGate firmware:
1. Backup and store the old configuration on another server.
Do a full configuration backup using the CLI. This should already be part of your disaster recovery plan. If the
upgrade fails, be sure you have a plan to get the firewall back up and running.
2. Have copy of old firmware available.
This should also be part of your disaster recovery plan. If the upgrade fails, you might be able to switch the active
partition. But be prepared for the worst case scenario where you need your old firmware.
3. Have a disaster recovery option on standby, especially for a remote site.
This should be part of your plan in a critical failure. In this scenario, this is your plan if your firewall doesn’t come
back up after the upgrade. In this case, you need access to the console port to find out why, such as if the DHCP or
the IP has changed, or the OS is corrupt. You must have access to the console to find out.
If there is no simple fix, be prepared for a format and TFTP reload.
4. Read the release notes, including the upgrade path and bug information.
Be sure to read the release notes, preferably more than once. The release notes contain lots of important
information, known bugs, fixed bugs, upgrade issues such as lost configuration settings.
5. Double check everything.
For example, double check that your TFTP server is working, your console connection functions properly, you have
read the release notes and understand everything that affects the upgrade for your FortiGate models, you have
backed up your configuration, you have covered everything you might need for the upgrade.
6. Perform the upgrade.
The upgrade itself usually doesn’t take very long, usually just a few minutes. But make sure you schedule enough
time for the entire process and possible contingencies. If the upgrade is successful, you need time to check and
confirm that all important functions are working, such as VPNs etc. If the upgrade fails, you need time to sort things
out.
Sample upgrade
1. Go to Dashboard.
The System Information widget shows the current firmware version.
Interface
Interface settings
Administrator can configure both physical and virtual FortiGate interfaces in Network > Interfaces. There are different
options for configuring interfaces when FortiGate is in NAT mode or transparent mode.
Alias Enter an alternate name for a physical interface on the FortiGate unit. This field appears when
you edit an existing physical interface. The alias does not appear in logs.
The maximum length of the alias is 25 characters.
Link Status Indicates whether the interface is connected to a network or not (link status is up or down). This
field appears when you edit an existing physical interface.
Interface This section can have two different formats depending on the interface type:
Members Software Switch: This section is a display-only field showing the interfaces that belong to the
virtual interface of the software switch.
802.3ad Aggregate or Redundant Interface: This section includes the available interface list
and the selected interface list.
IP/Netmask If Addressing Mode is set to Manual, enter an IPv4 address and subnet mask for the interface.
FortiGate interfaces cannot have IP addresses on the same subnet.
IPv6 Address If Addressing Mode is set to Manual and IPv6 support is enabled, enter an IPv6 address and
subnet mask for the interface. A single interface can have an IPv4 address, IPv6 address, or
both.
You can configure the protocols that administrators can use to access interfaces on the FortiGate. This helps secure
access to the FortiGate by restricting access to a limited number of protocols. It helps prevent users from accessing
interfaces that you don't want them to access, such as public-facing ports.
As a best practice, you should configure administrative access when you're setting the IP address for a port.
HTTPS Allow secure HTTPS connections to the FortiGate GUI through this interface. If configured, this
option is enabled automatically.
PING The interface responds to pings. Use this setting to verify your installation and for testing.
HTTP Allow HTTP connections to the FortiGate GUI through this interface. If configured, this option
also enables the HTTPS option.
SNMP Allow a remote SNMP manager to request SNMP information by connecting to this interface.
FMG-Access Allow FortiManager authorization automatically during the communication exchanges between
FortiManager and FortiGate devices.
CAPWAP Allow the FortiGate wireless controller to manage a wireless access point such as a FortiAP
device.
Link aggregation (IEEE 802.3ad) enables you to bind two or more physical interfaces together to form an aggregated
(combined) link. This new link has the bandwidth of all the links combined. If a link in the group fails, traffic is transferred
automatically to the remaining interfaces. The only noticeable effect is reduced bandwidth.
This feature is similar to redundant interfaces. The major difference is a redundant interface group only uses one link at
a time, where an aggregate link group uses the total bandwidth of the functioning links in the group, up to eight (or
more).
Some models support the IEEE standard 802.3ad for link aggregation.
An interface is available to be an aggregate interface if:
l It is a physical interface and not a VLAN interface or subinterface.
l It is not already part of an aggregate or redundant interface.
l It is in the same VDOM as the aggregated interface. Aggregate ports cannot span multiple VDOMs.
l It does not have an IP address and is not configured for DHCP or PPPoE.
l It is not referenced in any security policy, VIP, IP Pool, or multicast policy.
l It is not an HA heartbeat interface.
l It is not one of the FortiGate-5000 series backplane interfaces.
When an interface is included in an aggregate interface, it is not listed on the Network > Interfaces page. Interfaces still
appear in the CLI although configuration for those interfaces do not take affect. You cannot configure the interface
individually and it is not available for inclusion in security policies, VIPs, IP pools, or routing.
Sample configuration
This example creates an aggregate interface on a FortiGate-140D POE using ports 3-5 with an internal IP address of
10.1.1.123, as well as the administrative access to HTTPS and SSH.
Redundancy
In a redundant interface, traffic only goes over one interface at any time. This differs from an aggregated interface
where traffic goes over all interfaces for increased bandwidth. This difference means redundant interfaces can have
more robust configurations with fewer possible points of failure. This is important in a fully-meshed HA configuration.
An interface is available to be in a redundant interface if:
l It is a physical interface and not a VLAN interface.
l It is not already part of an aggregated or redundant interface.
l It is in the same VDOM as the redundant interface.
l It does not have an IP address and is not configured for DHCP or PPPoE.
l It has no DHCP server or relay configured on it.
Sample configuration
VLANs
Virtual Local Area Networks (VLANs) multiply the capabilities of your FortiGate unit and can also provide added network
security. VLANs use ID tags to logically separate devices on a network into smaller broadcast domains. These smaller
domains forward packets only to devices that are part of that VLAN domain. This reduces traffic and increases network
security.
In NAT mode, the FortiGate unit functions as a layer-3 device. In this mode, the FortiGate unit controls the flow of
packets between VLANs and can also remove VLAN tags from incoming VLAN packets. The FortiGate unit can also
forward untagged packets to other networks such as the Internet.
In NAT mode, the FortiGate unit supports VLAN trunk links with IEEE 802.1Q-compliant switches or routers. The trunk
link transports VLAN-tagged packets between physical subnets or networks. When you add VLAN subinterfaces to the
FortiGate's physical interfaces, the VLANs have IDs that match the VLAN IDs of packets on the trunk link. The FortiGate
unit directs packets with VLAN IDs to subinterfaces with matching IDs.
You can define VLAN subinterfaces on all FortiGate physical interfaces. However, if multiple virtual domains are
configured on the FortiGate unit, you only have access to the physical interfaces on your virtual domain. The FortiGate
unit can tag packets leaving on a VLAN subinterface. It can also remove VLAN tags from incoming packets and add a
different VLAN tag to outgoing packets.
Normally in VLAN configurations, the FortiGate unit's internal interface is connected to a VLAN trunk, and the external
interface connects to an Internet router that is not configured for VLANs. In this configuration, the FortiGate unit can
apply different policies for traffic on each VLAN interface connected to the internal interface, which results in less
network traffic and better security.
Sample topology
In this example, two different internal VLAN networks share one interface on the FortiGate unit and share the
connection to the Internet. This example shows that two networks can have separate traffic streams while sharing a
single interface. This configuration can apply to two departments in a single company or to different companies.
There are two different internal network VLANs in this example. VLAN_100 is on the 10.1.1.0/255.255.255.0 subnet,
and VLAN_200 is on the 10.1.2.0/255.255.255.0 subnet. These VLANs are connected to the VLAN switch.
The FortiGate internal interface connects to the VLAN switch through an 802.1Q trunk. The internal interface has an IP
address of 192.168.110.126 and is configured with two VLAN subinterfaces (VLAN_100 and VLAN_200). The external
interface has an IP address of 172.16.21.2 and connects to the Internet. The external interface has no VLAN
subinterfaces.
When the VLAN switch receives packets from VLAN_100 and VLAN_200, it applies VLAN ID tags and forwards the
packets of each VLAN both to local ports and to the FortiGate unit across the trunk link. The FortiGate unit has policies
that allow traffic to flow between the VLANs, and from the VLANs to the external network.
Sample configuration
In this example, both the FortiGate unit and the Cisco 2950 switch are installed and connected and basic configuration
has been completed. On the switch, you need access to the CLI to enter commands. No VDOMs are enabled in this
example.
General configuration steps include:
1. Configure the external interface.
2. Add two VLAN subinterfaces to the internal network interface.
3. Add firewall addresses and address ranges for the internal and external networks.
Policies 1 and 2 do not need NAT enabled, but policies 3 and 4 do need NAT enabled.
config firewall policy
edit 1
set srcintf VLAN_100
set srcaddr VLAN_100_Net
set dstintf VLAN_200
In transparent mode, the FortiGate unit behaves like a layer-2 bridge but can still provide services such as antivirus
scanning, web filtering, spam filtering, and intrusion protection to traffic. Some limitations of transparent mode is that
you cannot use SSL VPN, PPTP/L2TP VPN, DHCP server, or easily perform NAT on traffic. The limits in transparent
mode apply to IEEE 802.1Q VLAN trunks passing through the unit.
You can insert the FortiGate unit operating in transparent mode into the VLAN trunk without making changes to your
network. In a typical configuration, the FortiGate unit internal interface accepts VLAN packets on a VLAN trunk from a
VLAN switch or router connected to internal network VLANs. The FortiGate external interface forwards VLAN-tagged
packets through another VLAN trunk to an external VLAN switch or router and on to external networks such as the
Internet. You can configure the unit to apply different policies for traffic on each VLAN in the trunk.
To pass VLAN traffic through the FortiGate unit, you add two VLAN subinterfaces with the same VLAN ID, one to the
internal interface and the other to the external interface. You then create a security policy to permit packets to flow from
the internal VLAN interface to the external VLAN interface. If required, create another security policy to permit packets
to flow from the external VLAN interface to the internal VLAN interface. Typically in transparent mode, you do not permit
packets to move between different VLANs. Network protection features such as spam filtering, web filtering, and anti-
virus scanning, are applied through the UTM profiles specified in each security policy, enabling very detailed control over
traffic.
When the FortiGate unit receives a VLAN-tagged packet on a physical interface, it directs the packet to the VLAN
subinterface with the matching VLAN ID. The VLAN tag is removed from the packet and the FortiGate unit then applies
security policies using the same method it uses for non-VLAN packets. If the packet exits the FortiGate unit through a
VLAN subinterface, the VLAN ID for that subinterface is added to the packet and the packet is sent to the corresponding
physical interface.
Sample topology
In this example, the FortiGate unit is operating in transparent mode and is configured with two VLANs: one with an ID of
100 and the other with ID 200. The internal and external physical interfaces each have two VLAN subinterfaces, one for
VLAN_100 and one for VLAN_200.
The IP range for the internal VLAN_100 network is 10.100.0.0/255.255.0.0, and for the internal VLAN_200 network is
10.200.0.0/255.255.0.0.
The internal networks are connected to a Cisco 2950 VLAN switch which combines traffic from the two VLANs onto one
in the FortiGate unit's internal interface. The VLAN traffic leaves the FortiGate unit on the external network interface,
goes on to the VLAN switch, and on to the Internet. When the FortiGate units receives a tagged packet, it directs it from
the incoming VLAN subinterface to the outgoing VLAN subinterface for that VLAN.
In this example, we create a VLAN subinterface on the internal interface and another one on the external interface, both
with the same VLAN ID. Then we create security policies that allow packets to travel between the VLAN_100_int
interface and the VLAN_100_ext interface. Two policies are required: one for each direction of traffic. The same is
required between the VLAN_200_int interface and the VLAN_200_ext interface, for a total of four security policies.
Sample configuration
There are two main steps to configure your FortiGate unit to work with VLANs in transparent mode:
1. Add VLAN subinterfaces.
2. Add security policies.
You can also configure the protection profiles that manage antivirus scanning, web filtering, and spam filtering.
The Media Access Control (MAC) Virtual Local Area Network (VLAN) feature in Linux allows you to configure multiple
virtual interfaces with different MAC addresses (and therefore different IP addresses) on a physical interface.
FortiGate implements an enhanced MAC VLAN consisting of a MAC VLAN with bridge functionality. Because each MAC
VLAN has a unique MAC address, virtual IP addresses (VIPs) and IP pools are supported, and you can disable Source
Network Address Translation (SNAT) in policies.
MAC VLAN cannot be used in a Transparent mode virtual domain (VDOM). In a Transparent mode VDOM, a packet
leaves an interface with the MAC address of the original source instead of the interface’s MAC address. FortiGate
implements an enhanced version of MAC VLAN where it adds a MAC table in the MAC VLAN which learns the MAC
addresses when traffic passes through.
If you configure a VLAN ID for an enhanced MAC VLAN, it won’t join the switch of the underlying interface. When a
packet is sent to this interface, a VLAN tag is inserted in the packet and the packet is sent to the driver of the underlying
interface. When the underlying interface receives a packet, if the VLAN ID doesn’t match, it won’t deliver the packet to
this enhanced MAC VLAN interface.
If you use an interface in an enhanced MAC VLAN, do not use it for other purposes such as a management interface,
HA heartbeat interface, or in Transparent VDOMs.
If a physical interface is used by an EMAC VLAN interface, you cannot use it in a Virtual Wire Pair.
In high availability (HA) configurations, enhanced MAC VLAN is treated as a physical interface. It’s assigned a unique
physical interface ID and the MAC table is synchronized with the slaves in the same HA cluster.
Example 1: Enhanced MAC VLAN configuration for multiple VDOMs that use the same interface
or VLAN
In this example, a FortiGate is connected, through port 1 to a router that’s connected to the Internet. Three VDOMs
share the same interface (port 1) which connects to the same router that’s connected to the Internet. Three enhanced
MAC VLAN interfaces are configured on port 1 for the three VDOMs. The enhanced MAC VLAN interfaces are in the
same IP subnet segment and each have unique MAC addresses.
The underlying interface (port 1) can be a physical interface, an aggregate interface, or a VLAN interface on a physical
or aggregate interface.
Example 2: Enhanced MAC VLAN configuration for shared VDOM links among multiple VDOMs
In this example, multiple VDOMs can connect to each other using enhanced MAC VLAN on network processing unit
(NPU) virtual link (Vlink) interfaces.
FortiGate VDOM links (NPU-Vlink) are designed to be peer-to-peer connections and VLAN interfaces on NPU Vlink ports
use the same MAC address. Connecting more than two VDOMs using NPU Vlinks and VLAN interfaces is not
recommended.
Example 3: Enhanced MAC VLAN configuration for unique MAC addresses for each VLAN
interface on the same physical port
Some networks require a unique MAC address for each VLAN interface when the VLAN interfaces share the same
physical port. In this case, the enhanced MAC VLAN interface is used the same way as normal VLAN interfaces.
To configure this, use the set vlanid command for the VLAN tag.
Inter-VDOM routing
In the past, virtual domains (VDOMs) were separate from each other and there was no internal communication. Any
communication between VDOMs involved traffic leaving on a physical interface belonging to one VDOM and re-entering
the FortiGate unit on another physical interface belonging to another VDOM to be inspected by firewall policies in both
directions.
Inter-VDOM routing changes this. With VDOM links, VDOMs can communicate internally without using additional
physical interfaces.
Inter-VDOM routing is the communication between VDOMs. VDOM links are virtual interfaces that connect VDOMs. A
VDOM link contains a pair of interfaces, each one connected to a VDOM and forming either end of the inter-VDOM
connection.
When VDOMs are configured on your FortiGate unit, configuring inter-VDOM routing and VDOM-links is very much like
creating a VLAN interface. VDOM-links are managed through the web-based manager or CLI. In the web-based
manager, VDOM link interfaces are managed in the network interface list.
VDOM link does not support traffic offload. If you want to use traffic offload, use NPU-VDOM-
LINK.
This example shows how to configure a FortiGate unit to use inter-VDOM routing.
Two departments of a company, Accounting and Sales, are connected to one FortiGate. The company uses a single
ISP to connect to the Internet.
This example includes the following general steps. We recommend following the steps in the order below.
Next, configure the physical interfaces. This example uses three interfaces on the FortiGate unit: port2 (internal), port3
(DMZ), and port1 (external). Port2 and port3 interfaces each have a department’s network connected. Port1 is for all
traffic to and from the Internet and uses DHCP to configure its IP address, which is common with many ISPs.
config global
config system interface
edit port2
set alias AccountingLocal
set vdom Accounting
set mode static
set ip 172.100.1.1 255.255.0.0
set allowaccess https ping ssh
set description "The accounting dept internal interface"
next
edit port3
set alias SalesLocal
set vdom Sales
set mode static
set ip 192.168.1.1 255.255.0.0
set allowaccess https ping ssh
set description "The sales dept. internal interface"
next
edit port1
set alias ManagementExternal
set vdom root
set mode DHCP
set distance 5
set gwdetect enable
set dns-server-override enable
set allowaccess https ssh snmp
set description “The systemwide management interface.”
end
end
To complete the connection between each VDOM and the management VDOM, add the two VDOM links. One pair is
the Accounting – management link and the other is the Sales – management link.
When configuring inter-VDOM links, you do not have to assign IP addresses to the links unless you are using advanced
features such as dynamic routing that require them. Not assigning IP addresses results in faster configuration and more
available IP addresses on your networks.
config global
config system vdom-link
edit AccountVlnk
next
end
config system interface
edit AccountVlnk0
set vdom Accounting
set ip 11.11.11.2 255.255.255.0
set allowaccess https ping ssh
set description “Accounting side of the VDOM link“
next
edit AccountVlnk1
set vdom root
set ip 11.11.11.1 255.255.255.0
set allowaccess https ping ssh
set description “Management side of the VDOM link“
end
end
config global
config system vdom-link
edit SalesVlnk
end
config system interface
edit SalesVlnk0
set vdom Accounting
set ip 12.12.12.2 255.255.255.0
set allowaccess https ping ssh
set description "Sales side of the VDOM link"
next
edit SalesVlnk1
set vdom root
set ip 12.12.12.1 255.255.255.0
set allowaccess https ping ssh
set description "Management side of the VDOM link"
end
end
With the VDOMs, physical interfaces, and VDOM links configured, the firewall must now be configured to allow the
proper traffic. Firewalls are configured per-VDOM, and firewall objects and routes must be created for each VDOM
separately.
config vdom
edit Accounting
config firewall policy
edit 1
set name "Accounting-Local-to-Management"
set srcintf port2
set dstintf AccountVlnk
set srcaddr all
set dstaddr all
set action accept
set schedule always
set service ALL
set nat enable
end
end
config vdom
edit root
config firewall policy
edit 2
set name "Accounting-VDOM-to-Internet"
set srcintf AccountVlnk
set dstintf port1
set srcaddr all
set dstaddr all
set action accept
set schedule always
set service ALL
set nat enable
end
end
config vdom
edit root
config firewall policy
edit 6
set name "Sales-local-to-Management"
set srcintf port2
set srcaddr all
set dstintf SalesVlnk
set dstaddr all
set schedule always
set service ALL
set action accept
set logtraffic enable
end
end
config vdom
edit Sales
config firewall policy
edit 7
set name "Sales-VDOM-to-Internet"
set srcintf SalesVlnk
set srcaddr SalesManagement
set dstintf external
set dstaddr all
set schedule always
set service OfficeServices
set action accept
set logtraffic enable
end
end
When the inter-VDOM routing has been configured, test the configuration to confirm proper operation.
Testing connectivity ensures that physical networking connections, FortiGate unit interface configurations, and firewall
policies are properly configured.
The easiest way to test connectivity is to use the ping and traceroute command to confirm the connectivity of
different routes on the network.
Test both from AccountingLocal to Internet and from SalesLocal to Internet.
Software switch
A software switch, or soft switch, is a virtual switch that is implemented at the software or firmware level and not at the
hardware level. A software switch can be used to simplify communication between devices connected to different
FortiGate interfaces. For example, using a software switch, you can place the FortiGate interface connected to an
internal network on the same subnet as your wireless interfaces. Then devices on the internal network can communicate
with devices on the wireless network without any additional configuration on the FortiGate unit, such as additional
security policies.
A software switch can also be useful if you require more hardware ports for the switch on a FortiGate unit. For example,
if your FortiGate unit has a 4-port switch, WAN1, WAN2, and DMZ interfaces, and you need one more port, you can
create a soft switch that can include the four-port switch and the DMZ interface, all on the same subnet. These types of
applications also apply to wireless interfaces, virtual wireless interfaces, and physical interfaces such as those in
FortiWiFi and FortiAP units.
Similar to a hardware switch, a software switch functions like a single interface. A soft switch has one IP address and all
the interfaces in the software switch are on the same subnet. Traffic between devices connected to each interface are
not regulated by security policies, and traffic passing in and out of the switch are controlled by the same policy.
When setting up a software switch, consider the following:
l Ensure you have a back up of the configuration.
l Ensure you have at least one port or connection such as the console port to connect to the FortiGate unit. If you
accidentally combine too many ports, you need a way to undo errors.
l The ports that you include must not have any link or relation to any other aspect of the FortiGate unit, such as
DHCP servers, security policies, and so on.
l For increased security, you can create a captive portal for the switch to allow only specific user groups access to the
resources connected to the switch.
For this example, the wireless interface (WiFi) needs to be on the same subnet as the DMZ1 interface to facilitate
wireless syncing from an iPhone and a local computer. Because synching between two subnets is problematic, putting
both interfaces on the same subnet the synching will work. The software switch will accomplish this.
1. Clear the interfaces and back up the configuration.
a. Ensure the interfaces are not used for other security policy or for other use on the FortiGate unit.
b. Check the WiFi and DMZ1 ports to ensure DHCP is not enabled on the interface and that there are no other
dependencies on these interfaces.
c. Save the current configuration so that if something doesn’t work, recovery can be quick.
2. Merge the interfaces.
Merge the WiFi port and DMZ1 port to create a software switch named synchro with an IP address of
10.10.21.12.
Use the following CLI commands to create the switch, add the IP, and then set the administrative access for
HTTPS, SSH and Ping.
config system switch-interface
edit synchro
set type switch
set member dmz1 wifi
end
config system interface
edit synchro
set ip 10.10.21.12
set allowaccess https ssh ping
end
When the soft switch is set up, you now add security policies, DHCP servers, and any other configuration you
normally do to configure interfaces on the FortiGate unit.
Zone
Zones are a group of one or more physical or virtual FortiGate interfaces that you can apply security policies to control
inbound and outbound traffic. Grouping interfaces and VLAN subinterfaces into zones simplifies the creation of security
policies where a number of network segments can use the same policy settings and protection profiles.
When you add a zone, you select the names of the interfaces and VLAN subinterfaces to add to the zone. Each
interface still has its own address. Routing is still done between interfaces, that is, routing is not affected by zones. You
can use security policies to control the flow of intra-zone traffic.
For example, in the sample configuration below, the network includes three separate groups of users representing
different entities on the company network. While each group has its own set of ports and VLANs in each area, they can
all use the same security policy and protection profiles to access the Internet. Rather than the administrator making nine
separate security policies, he can make administration simpler by adding the required interfaces to a zone and creating
three policies.
Sample configuration
You can configure policies for connections to and from a zone but not between interfaces in a zone. For this example,
you can create a security policy to go between zone 1 and zone 3, but not between WAN2 and WAN1, or WAN1 and
DMZ1.
To configure a zone to include the internal interface and a VLAN using the CLI:
To configure a firewall policy to allow any interface to access the Internet using the CLI:
Intra-zone traffic
In the zone configuration you can set intrazone deny to prohibit the different interfaces in the same zone to talk
to each other.
For example, if you have ten interfaces in your zone and the intrazone setting is deny. You now want to allow traffic
between a very small number of networks on different interfaces that are part of the zone but you do not want to disable
the intra-zone blocking.
In this example, the zone VLANs are defined as: 192.168.1.0/24, 192.168.2.0/24, ... 192.168.10.0/24.
This policy allows traffic from 192.168.1.x to 192.168.2.x even though they are in the same zone and intra-zone
blocking is enabled. The intra-zone blocking acts as a default deny rule and you have to specifically override it by
creating a policy within the zone.
A virtual wire pair consists of two interfaces that do not have IP addressing and are treated like a transparent mode
VDOM. All traffic received by one interface in the virtual wire pair can only be forwarded to the other interface, provided
a virtual wire pair firewall policy allows this traffic. Traffic from other interfaces cannot be routed to the interfaces in a
virtual wire pair.
Virtual wire pairs are useful for a typical topology where MAC addresses do not behave normally. For example, port
pairing can be used in a Direct Server Return (DSR) topology where the response MAC address pair may not match the
request’s MAC address pair.
Sample topology
In this example, a virtual wire pair (port3 and port4) makes it easier to protect a web server that is behind a FortiGate
operating as an Internal Segmentation Firewall (ISFW). Users on the internal network access the web server through
the ISFW over the virtual wire pair.
Interfaces used in a virtual wire pair cannot be used to access the ISFW FortiGate. Before
creating a virtual wire pair, make sure you have a different port configured to allow admin
access using your preferred protocol.
Virtual Domains
Virtual Domains (VDOMs) are used to divide a FortiGate into two or more virtual units that function independently.
VDOMs can provide separate security policies and, in NAT mode, completely separate configurations for routing and
VPN services for each connected network.
There are two VDOM modes:
l Split-task VDOM mode: One VDOM is used only for management, and the other is used to manage traffic. See
Split-task VDOM mode on page 223.
l Multi VDOM mode: Multiple VDOMs can be created and managed as independent units. See Multi VDOM mode
on page 227.
By default, most FortiGate units support 10 VDOMs, and many FortiGate models support purchasing a license key to
increase the maximum number.
Global settings are configured outside of a VDOM. They effect the entire FortiGate, and include settings such as
interfaces, firmware, DNS, some logging and sandboxing options, and others. Global settings should only be changed
by top level administrators.
Multi VDOM Split-task VDOM Not Allowed. User must first switch to No
VDOM
In split-task VDOM mode, the FortiGate has two VDOMs: the management VDOM (root) and the traffic VDOM (FG-
traffic).
The management VDOM is used to manage the FortiGate, and cannot be used to process traffic.
The following GUI sections are available when in the management VDOM:
l The Status dashboard
l Security Fabric topology and settings (read-only, except for HTTP Service settings)
l Interface and static route configuration
l FortiClient configuration
l Replacement messages
l Advanced system settings
l Certificates
l System events
l Log and email alert settings
l Threat weight definitions
The traffic VDOM provides separate security policies, and is used to process all network traffic.
The following GUI sections are available when in the traffic VDOM:
l The Status, Top Usage LAN/DMZ, and Security dashboards
l Security Fabric topology, settings (read-only, except for HTTP Service settings), and Fabric Connectors
(SSO/Identity connectors only)
l FortiView
l Interface configuration
l Packet capture
l SD-WAN, SD-WAN Rules, and Performance SLA
Split-task VDOM mode can be enabled in the GUI or CLI. Enabling it does not require a reboot, but does log you out of
the FortiGate.
When split-task VDOM mode is enabled, all current management configuration is assigned to
the root VDOM, and all non-management settings, such as firewall policies and security
profiles, are deleted.
4. Select a Dedicated Management Interface from the Interface list. This interface is used to access the
management VDOM, and cannot be used in firewall policies.
5. Click OK.
An interface can only be assigned to one of the VDOMs. When split-task VDOM mode is enabled, all interfaces are
assigned to the root VDOM. To use an interface in a policy, it must first be assigned to the traffic VDOM.
An interface cannot be moved if it is referenced in an existing configuration.
In the GUI, the interface list Ref. column shows if the interface is referenced in an existing
configuration, and allows you to quickly access and edit those references.
4. Click OK.
config global
config system interface
edit <interface>
Per-VDOM administrators can be created that can access only the management or traffic VDOM. These administrators
must use either the prof_admin administrator profile, or a custom profile.
A per-VDOM administrator can only access the FortiGate through a network interface that is assigned to the VDOM that
they are assigned to. The interface must also be configured to allow management access. They can also connect to the
FortiGate using the console port.
To assign an administrator to multiple VDOMs, they must be created at the global level. When creating an administrator
at the VDOM level, the super_admin administrator profile cannot be used.
5. Click OK.
config global
config system admin
edit <name>
set vdom <VDOM_name>
set password <password>
set accprofile <admin_profile>
...
next
end
end
In multi VDOM mode, the FortiGate can have multiple VDOMs that function as independent units. One VDOM is used
to manage global settings.
Multi VDOM mode isn't available on all FortiGate models. The Fortinet Security Fabric does not support multi VDOM
mode.
There are three main configuration types in multi VDOM mode:
Independent VDOMs:
Multiple, completely separate VDOMs are created. Any VDOM can be the management VDOM, as long as it has
Internet access. There are no inter-VDOM links, and each VDOM is independently managed.
Management VDOM:
A management VDOM is located between the other VDOMs and the Internet, and the other VDOMs connect to the
management VDOM with inter-VDOM links. The management VDOM has complete control over Internet access,
including the types of traffic that are allowed in both directions. This can improve security, as there is only one point of
ingress and egress.
There is no communication between the other VDOMs.
Meshed VDOMs:
VDOMs can communicate with inter-VDOM links. In full-mesh configurations, all the VDOMs are interconnected. In
partial-mesh configurations, only some of the VDOMs are interconnected.
In this configuration, proper security must be achieved by using firewall policies and ensuring secure account access for
administrators and users.
The following examples show how to configure per-VDOM settings, such as operation mode, routing, and security
policies, in a network that includes the following VDOMs:
l VDOM-A: allows the internal network to access the Internet.
l VDOM-B: allows external connections to an FTP server.
l root: the management VDOM.
You can use VDOMs in either NAT or transparent mode on the same FortiGate. By default, VDOMs operate in NAT
mode.
For both examples, multi VDOM mode must be enabled, and VDOM-A and VDOM-B must be created.
Multi VDOM mode can be enabled in the GUI or CLI. Enabling it does not require a reboot, but does log you out of the
device. The current configuration is assigned to the root VDOM.
1. In the Global VDOM, go to System > VDOM, and click Create New. The New Virtual Domain page opens.
config vdom
edit <VDOM-A>
next
edit <VDOM-B>
next
end
end
NAT mode
In this example, both VDOM-A and VDOM-B use NAT mode. A VDOM link is created that allows users on the internal
network to access the FTP server.
This configuration requires the following steps:
1. Configure VDOM-A on page 229
2. Configure VDOM-B on page 231
3. Configure the VDOM link on page 234
Configure VDOM-A
VDOM-A allows connections from devices on the internal network to the Internet. WAN 1 and port 1 are assigned to this
VDOM.
The per-VDOM configuration for VDOM-A includes the following:
Name internal-network
Type Subnet
Interface port1
config vdom
edit VDOM-A
config firewall address
edit internal-network
set associated-interface port1
set subnet 192.168.10.0 255.255.255.0
next
end
next
end
Destination Subnet
IP address 0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0
Gateway 172.20.201.7
Interface wan1
Distance 10
config vdom
edit VDOM-A
config router static
edit 0
1. Connect to VDOM-A.
2. Go to Policy & Objects > IPv4 Policy and create a new policy.
3. Enter the following information:
Name VDOM-A-Internet
Schedule always
Service ALL
Action ACCEPT
NAT enabled
config vdom
edit VDOM-A
config firewall policy
edit 0
set name VDOM-A-Internet
set srcintf port1
set dstintf wan1
set srcaddr internal-network
set dstaddr all
set action accept
set schedule always
set service ALL
set nat enable
next
end
next
end
Configure VDOM-B
VDOM-B allows external connections to reach an internal FTP server. WAN 2 and port 2 are assigned to this VDOM.
The per-VDOM configuration for VDOM-B includes the following:
Type Subnet
Interface port2
config vdom
edit VDOM-B
config firewall address
edit FTP-server
set associated-interface port2
set subnet 192.168.20.10 255.255.255.255
next
end
next
end
Name FTP-server-VIP
Interface wan2
next
end
Destination Subnet
IP address 0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0
Gateway 172.20.10.10
Interface wan2
Distance 10
config vdom
edit VDOM-B
config router static
edit 0
set device wan2
set gateway 172.20.10.10
next
end
next
end
Name Access-server
Schedule always
Service FTP
Action ACCEPT
NAT enabled
config vdom
edit VDOM-B
The VDOM link allows connections from VDOM-A to VDOM-B. This allows users on the internal network to access the
FTP server through the FortiGate.
The configuration for the VDOM link includes the following:
l The VDOM link interface
l Firewall addresses for the FTP server on VDOM-A and for the internal network on VDOM-B
l Static routes for the FTP server on VDOM-A and for the internal network on VDOM-B
l Policies allowing traffic using the VDOM link
All procedures in this section require you to connect to the global VDOM using a global administrator account.
1. Connect to root.
2. Go to Global > Network > Interfaces and select Create New > VDOM link.
3. Enter the following information:
Name VDOM-link
Interface 0
IP/Netmask 0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0
Interface 1
IP/Netmask 0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0
config global
config system vdom-link
edit vlink
end
1. Connect to VDOM-A.
2. Go to Policy & Objects > Addresses and create a new address.
3. Enter the following information:
Type Subnet
Interface VDOM-link0
config vdom
edit VDOM-B
config firewall address
edit FTP-server
set associated-interface VDOM-link0
set allow-routing enable
set subnet 192.168.20.10 255.255.255.255
next
end
next
end
1. Connect to VDOM-A.
2. Go to Network > Static Routes and create a new route.
3. Enter the following information:
Gateway 0.0.0.0
Interface VDOM-link0
config vdom
edit VDOM-A
config router static
edit 0
set device VDOM-link0
set dstaddr FTP-server
next
end
next
end
1. Connect to VDOM-A.
2. Go to Policy & Objects > IPv4 Policy and create a new policy.
3. Enter the following information:
Name Access-FTP-server
Source internal-network
Destination FTP-server
Schedule always
Service FTP
Action ACCEPT
NAT disabled
config vdom
edit VDOM-A
config firewall policy
edit 0
set name Access-FTP-server
set srcintf port1
set dstintf VDOM-link0
set srcaddr internal-network
set dstaddr FTP-server
set action accept
set schedule always
set service FTP
next
end
next
end
1. Connect to VDOM-B.
2. Go to Policy & Objects > Addresses and create a new address.
3. Enter the following information:
Type Subnet
Interface VDOM-link1
config vdom
edit VDOM-B
config firewall address
edit internal-network
set associated-interface VDOM-link1
set allow-routing enable
set subnet 192.168.10.0 255.255.255.0
next
end
next
end
1. Connect to VDOM-B.
2. Go to Network > Static Routes and create a new route.
3. Enter the following information:
Gateway 0.0.0.0
Interface VDOM-link1
config vdom
edit VDOM-B
config router static
edit 0
set device VDOM-link1
1. Connect to VDOM-B.
2. Go to Policy & Objects > IPv4 Policy and create a new policy.
3. Enter the following information:
Name Internal-server-access
Source internal-network
Destination FTP-server
Schedule always
Service FTP
Action ACCEPT
NAT disabled
config vdom
edit VDOM-B
config firewall policy
edit 0
set name Internal-server-access
set srcintf VDOM-link1
set dstintf port2
set srcaddr internal-network
set dstaddr FTP-server
set action accept
set schedule always
set service FTP
next
end
next
end
In this example, VDOM-A uses NAT mode and VDOM-B uses transparent mode.
This configuration requires the following steps:
1. Configure VDOM-A on page 239
2. Configure VDOM-B on page 241
Configure VDOM-A
VDOM-A allows connections from devices on the internal network to the Internet. WAN 1 and port 1 are assigned to this
VDOM.
The per-VDOM configuration for VDOM-A includes the following:
l A firewall address for the internal network
l A static route to the ISP gateway
l A security policy allowing the internal network to access the Internet
All procedures in this section require you to connect to VDOM-A, either using a global or per-VDOM administrator
account.
Name internal-network
Type Subnet
Interface port1
config vdom
edit VDOM-A
config firewall address
edit internal-network
set associated-interface port1
set subnet 192.168.10.0 255.255.255.0
next
end
next
end
Destination Subnet
IP address 0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0
Gateway 172.20.201.7
Interface wan1
Distance 10
config vdom
edit VDOM-A
config router static
edit 0
set gateway 172.20.201.7
set device wan1
next
end
next
end
1. Connect to VDOM-A.
2. Go to Policy & Objects > IPv4 Policy and create a new policy.
3. Enter the following information:
Name VDOM-A-Internet
Schedule always
Service ALL
Action ACCEPT
NAT enabled
config vdom
edit VDOM-A
config firewall policy
edit 0
set name VDOM-A-Internet
set srcintf port1
set dstintf wan1
set srcaddr internal-network
set dstaddr all
set action accept
set schedule always
set service ALL
set nat enable
next
end
next
end
Configure VDOM-B
VDOM-B allows external connections to reach an internal FTP server. WAN 2 and port 2 are assigned to this VDOM.
The per-VDOM configuration for VDOM-B includes the following:
l A firewall address for the FTP server
l A static route to the ISP gateway
l A security policy allowing external traffic to reach the FTP server
All procedures in this section require you to connect to VDOM-B, either using a global or per-VDOM administrator
account.
Type Subnet
Interface port2
config vdom
edit VDOM-B
config firewall address
edit FTP-server
set associated-interface port2
set subnet 172.25.177.42 255.255.255.255
next
end
next
end
Destination Subnet
IP address 0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0
Gateway 172.20.10.10
config vdom
edit VDOM-B
1. Connect to VDOM-B.
2. Go to Policy & Objects > IPv4 Policy and create a new policy.
3. Enter the following information:
Name Access-server
Schedule always
Service FTP
Action ACCEPT
config vdom
edit VDOM-B
config firewall policy
edit 0
set name Access-server
set srcintf wan2
set dstintf port2
set srcaddr all
set dstaddr FTP-server-VIP
set action accept
set schedule always
set service FTP
next
end
next
end
Advanced configurations
VDOM
You can use VDOMs (virtual domains) as a method of dividing a FortiGate unit into multiple virtual units. Each unit
functions as an independent unit. VDOMs can provide separate security policies and, in NAT mode, completely
separate configurations for routing and VPN services for each connected network.
By default, most FortiGate units support up to ten VDOMs. Many FortiGate models support purchasing a license key to
increase the maximum number of VDOMs.
Sample topology
In this sample, you use VDOMs to provide Internet access for two different companies (called Company A and
Company B) using a single FortiGate.
VDOM mode
l Wan-Opt entries.
l Most route entries.
l Most Log Event entries.
l Monitor entries.
b. The FortiGate traffic VDOM can provide separate security policies and allow traffic through the FortiGate.
l Multi-VDOM. Multiple VDOMs each functioning as an independent unit.
You can change VDOM modes in the following ways:
l Change from no VDOM to split VDOM or vice versa.
l Change from multi-VDOM to no VDOM.
l Change from no VDOM/split VDOM to multi-VDOM is allowed only if CSF is disabled.
l Change from multi-VDOM directly to split VDOM is not allowed. You must change to no VDOM first and then
change from no VDOM to split VDOM.
config vdom
edit <new_vdom_name>
end
config vdom
edit vdom_name
config system settings
config vdom
delete vdom_name
end
Operation mode
SNMP
The Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) enables you to monitor hardware on your network. You can
configure the hardware, such as the FortiGate SNMP agent, to report system information and send traps (alarms or
event messages) to SNMP managers.
SNMP v1/v2c
SNMPWALK is a Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) application present on the Security Management
System (SMS) CLI that uses SNMP GETNEXT requests to query a network device for information. An object identifier
(OID) may be given on the command line. This OID specifies which portion of the object identifier space will be
searched using GETNEXT requests. All variables in the subtree below the given OID are queried and their values
presented to the user.
SNMP v3
Authentication is used to ensure the identity of users. Privacy allows for encryption of SNMP v3 messages to ensure
confidentiality of data. These protocols provide a higher level of security than is available in SNMP v1 and v2c, which
use community strings for security. Both authentication and privacy are optional.
IF-MIB::ifIndex.13 = INTEGER: 13
IF-MIB::ifIndex.14 = INTEGER: 14
IF-MIB::ifIndex.15 = INTEGER: 15
IF-MIB::ifIndex.16 = INTEGER: 16
IF-MIB::ifIndex.17 = INTEGER: 17
IF-MIB::ifIndex.18 = INTEGER: 18
IF-MIB::ifIndex.19 = INTEGER: 19
IF-MIB::ifIndex.20 = INTEGER: 20
IF-MIB::ifIndex.21 = INTEGER: 21
IF-MIB::ifIndex.22 = INTEGER: 22
IF-MIB::ifIndex.23 = INTEGER: 23
IF-MIB::ifIndex.24 = INTEGER: 24
IF-MIB::ifIndex.25 = INTEGER: 25
IF-MIB::ifIndex.26 = INTEGER: 26
IF-MIB::ifIndex.27 = INTEGER: 27
IF-MIB::ifIndex.28 = INTEGER: 28
IF-MIB::ifIndex.29 = INTEGER: 29
IF-MIB::ifIndex.30 = INTEGER: 30
IF-MIB::ifIndex.31 = INTEGER: 31
IF-MIB::ifIndex.32 = INTEGER: 32
IF-MIB::ifIndex.33 = INTEGER: 33
IF-MIB::ifIndex.34 = INTEGER: 34
IF-MIB::ifIndex.35 = INTEGER: 35
IF-MIB::ifIndex.36 = INTEGER: 36
IF-MIB::ifIndex.37 = INTEGER: 37
IF-MIB::ifIndex.38 = INTEGER: 38
IF-MIB::ifIndex.39 = INTEGER: 39
IF-MIB::ifIndex.40 = INTEGER: 40
IF-MIB::ifIndex.41 = INTEGER: 41
IF-MIB::ifIndex.42 = INTEGER: 42
IF-MIB::ifIndex.43 = INTEGER: 43
IF-MIB::ifIndex.44 = INTEGER: 44
IF-MIB::ifIndex.45 = INTEGER: 45
=====================Truncated=========================
Important SNMP traps
This trap is sent when a FortiGate port goes down or is brought up. For example, the below traps are generated when
the state of port34 is set to down using set status down and then brought up using set status up.
NET-SNMP version 5.7.3 2019-01-31 14:11:48 10.1.100.1(via UDP: [10.1.100.1]:162->
[10.1.100.11]:162) TRAP, SNMP v1, community REGR-SYS SNMPv2-MIB::snmpTraps Link Down Trap (0)
Uptime: 0:14:44.95 IF-MIB::ifIndex.42 = INTEGER: 42 IF-MIB::ifAdminStatus.42 = INTEGER: down
(2) IF-MIB::ifOperStatus.42 = INTEGER: down(2) FORTINET-CORE-MIB::fnSysSerial.0 = STRING:
FG140P3G15800330 SNMPv2-MIB::sysName.0 = STRING: FortiGate-140D-POE
fgFmTrapIfChange trap
This trap is sent when any changes are detected on the interface. The change can be very simple, such as giving an
IPV4 address. For example, the user has given the IP address of 1.2.3.4/24 to port 1 and the EMS Manager has
detected the below trap.
DISMAN-EXPRESSION-MIB::sysUpTimeInstance = Timeticks: (7975058) 22:09:10.58 SNMPv2-MIB::s-
nmpTrapOID.0 = OID: FORTINET-FORTIGATE-MIB::fgFmTrapIfChange FORTINET-CORE-MIB::fnSysSerial.0
= STRING: FG140P3G15800330 IF-MIB::ifName.45 = STRING: port1 FORTINET-FORTIGATE-
MIB::fgManIfIp.0 = IpAddress: 1.2.3.4 FORTINET-FORTIGATE-MIB::fgManIfMask.0 = IpAddress:
255.255.255.0 FORTINET-FORTIGATE-MIB::fgManIfIp6.0 = STRING: 0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0
entConfigChange trap
The change to the interface in the example above has also triggered the ConfChange Trap which is sent along with the
fgFmTrapIfChange trap.
2018-11-15 09:30:23 FGT_A [UDP: [172.16.200.1]:162->[172.16.200.55]:162]: DISMAN-EXPRESSION-
MIB::sysUpTimeInstance = Timeticks: (8035097) 22:19:10.97 SNMPv2-MIB::snmpTrapOID.0 = OID:
ENTITY-MIB::entConfigChange
fgTrapDeviceNew trap
This trap is triggered when a new device like FortiAP/FortiSwitch is connected to the FortiGate. For example, the below
scenario has given the device a new trap for adding FortiAP on a POE interface of FGT140D-POE. The trap has
important information about the device name, device MAC address, and when it was last seen.
2018-11-15 11:17:43 UDP/IPv6: [2000:172:16:200::1]:162 [UDP/IPv6: [2000:172:16:200::1]:162]:
DISMAN-EXPRESSION-MIB::sysUpTimeInstance = Timeticks: (520817) 1:26:48.17 SNMPv2-MIB::s-
nmpTrapOID.0 = OID: FORTINET-FORTIGATE-MIB::fgTrapDeviceNew FORTINET-CORE-MIB::fnSysSerial.0 =
STRING: FG140P3G15800330 SNMPv2-MIB::sysName.0 = STRING: FGT_A IF-MIB::ifIndex.0 = INTEGER: 0
FORTINET-FORTIGATE-MIB::fgVdEntIndex.0 = INTEGER: 0 FORTINET-FORTIGATE-MIB::fgDeviceCreated.0
= Gauge32: 5 FORTINET-FORTIGATE-MIB::fgDeviceLastSeen.0 = Gauge32: 5 FORTINET-FORTIGATE-
MIB::fgDeviceMacAddress.0 = STRING: 90:6c:ac:f9:97:a0
fgTrapAvOversize trap
The fgTrapAvOversize trap is generated when Antivirus Scanner detects an Oversized File.
DHCP server
A DHCP server provides an address from a defined address range to a client on the network, when requested.
You can configure one or more DHCP servers on any FortiGate interface. A DHCP server dynamically assigns IP
addresses to hosts on the network connected to the interface. The host computers must be configured to obtain their IP
addresses using DHCP.
You can configure a FortiGate interface as a DHCP relay. The interface forwards DHCP requests from DHCP clients to
an external DHCP server and returns the responses to the DHCP clients. The DHCP server must have appropriate
routing so that its response packets to the DHCP clients arrive at the unit.
DHCP options
When adding a DHCP server, you can include DHCP codes and options. The DHCP options are BOOTP vendor
information fields that provide additional vendor-independent configuration parameters to manage the DHCP server.
For example, you might need to configure a FortiGate DHCP server that gives out a separate option as well as an IP
address, such as an environment that needs to support PXE boot with Windows images.
The option numbers and codes are specific to the application. The documentation for the application indicates the
values to use. Option codes are represented in a option value/HEX value pairs. The option is a value between 1 and
255.
You can add up to three DHCP code/option pairs per DHCP server.
For detailed information about DHCP options, see RFC 2132, DHCP Options and BOOTP Vendor Extensions.
Option-82
DHCP option 82, also known as the DHCP relay agent information option, helps protect FortiGate against attacks such
as spoofing (forging) of IP addresses and MAC addresses, and DHCP IP address starvation.
FG3H1E5818900749 (1) # show
config reserved-address
edit 1
set type option82
set ip 100.100.100.12
set circuit-id-type hex
set circuit-id "00010102"
set remote-id-type hex
set remote-id "704ca5e477d6"
next
end
FG3H1E5818900749 (1) # set
type DHCP reserved-address type.
*ip IP address to be reserved for the MAC address.
circuit-id-type DHCP option type.
circuit-id Option 82 circuit-ID of the client that will get the reserved IP address.
remote-id-type DHCP option type.
remote-id Option 82 remote-ID of the client that will get the reserved IP address.
description Description.
FortiGate-140D-POE (1) # set type
mac Match with MAC address.
option82 Match with DHCP option 82.
FortiGate-140D-POE (1) # set circuit-id-type
hex DHCP option in hex.
string DHCP option in string.
Option-42
The replacement message list in System > Replacement Messages enables you to view and customize replacement
messages. Highlight the replacement messages you want to edit and customize the message content to your
requirements. Hit Save when done. If you do not see the message you want to edit, select the Extended View option in
the upper right-hand corner of the screen.
If you make a mistake, select Restore Default to return to the original message and code base.
Supported image formats are GIF, JPEG, TIFF, and PNG. The maximum file size
supported is 24KB.
Replacement messages can be modified to include an HTML message or content that suits your organization. A list of
common replacement messages appear in the main window. Select Extended View to see the entire list and all
categories for replacement messages.
Replacement message groups enable you to view common messages in groups for large carriers. Message groups can
be configured by going to Config > Replacement Message Group.
Using the defined groups, you can manage specific replacement messages from a single location, rather than searching
through the entire replacement message list.
If you enable virtual domains (VDOMs) on the FortiGate unit, replacement message groups are configured separately
for each virtual domain. Each VDOM has its own default replacement message group, configured from System
> Replacement Message Group.
When you modify a message in a replacement message group, a reset icon appears beside the message in the group.
Select the reset icon to reset the message in the replacement message group to the default version.
Cluster setup
Mode Active-Passive
Except for the device priority, these settings must be the same on all FortiGates in the cluster.
4. Leave the remaining settings as their default values. They can be changed after the cluster is in operation.
5. Click OK.
The FortiGate negotiates to establish an HA cluster. Connectivity with the FortiGate may be temporarily lost as the
HA cluster negotiates and the FGCP changes the MAC addresses of the FortiGate's interfaces.
6. Factory reset the other FortiGate that will be in the cluster, configure GUI access, then repeat steps 1 to 5, omitting
setting the device priority, to join the cluster.
Changing the host name makes it easier to identify individual cluster units in the cluster operations.
4. Enable HA:
config system ha
set mode a-p
set group-name Example_cluster
set hbdev ha1 10 ha2 20
end
5. Leave the remaining settings as their default values. They can be changed after the cluster is in operation.
6. Repeat steps 1 to 5 on the other FortiGate devices to join the cluster.
Mode Active-Active
Except for the device priority, these settings must be the same on all FortiGates in the cluster.
4. Leave the remaining settings as their default values. They can be changed after the cluster is in operation.
5. Click OK.
The FortiGate negotiates to establish an HA cluster. Connectivity with the FortiGate may be temporarily lost as the
HA cluster negotiates and the FGCP changes the MAC addresses of the FortiGate's interfaces.
6. Factory reset the other FortiGate that will be in the cluster, configure GUI access, then repeat steps 1 to 5, omitting
setting the device priority, to join the cluster.
Changing the host name makes it easier to identify individual cluster units in the cluster operations.
4. Enable HA:
config system ha
set mode a-a
set group-name Example_cluster
set hbdev ha1 10 ha2 20
end
5. Leave the remaining settings as their default values. They can be changed after the cluster is in operation.
6. Repeat steps 1 to 5 on the other FortiGate devices to join the cluster.
HA virtual clusters are based on VDOMs and are more complicated than regular clusters.
Mode Active-Passive
Except for the device priority, these settings must be the same on all FortiGates in the cluster.
4. Leave the remaining settings as their default values. They can be changed after the cluster is in operation.
5. Click OK.
The FortiGate negotiates to establish an HA cluster. Connectivity with the FortiGate may be temporarily lost as the
HA cluster negotiates and the FGCP changes the MAC addresses of the FortiGate's interfaces.
6. Factory reset the other FortiGate that will be in the cluster, configure GUI access, then repeat steps 1 to 5, omitting
setting the device priority, to join the cluster.
7. Go to System > Settings and enable Virtual Domains.
8. Click Apply. You will be logged out of the FortiGate.
9. Log back into the FortiGate, ensure that you are in the global VDOM, and go to System > VDOM.
10. Create two new VDOMs, such as VD1 and VD2:
a. Click Create New. The New Virtual Domain page opens.
b. Enter a name for the VDOM in the Virtual Domain field, then click OK to create the VDOM.
c. Repeat these steps to create a second new VDOM.
11. Implement a virtual cluster by moving the new VDOMs to Virtual cluster 2:
a. Go to System > HA.
b. Enable VDOM Partitioning.
c. Click on the Virtual cluster 2 field and select the new VDOMs.
d. Click OK.
Fail protection
The FortiGate Clustering Protocol (FGCP) provides failover protection, meaning that a cluster can provide FortiGate
services even when one of the devices in the cluster encounters a problem that would result in the complete loss of
connectivity for a stand-alone FortiGate unit. Fail protection provides a backup mechanism that can be used to reduce
the risk of unexpected downtime, especially in mission-critical environments.
FGCP supports failover protection in two ways:
1. Link failover maintains traffic flow if a link fails, and
2. If a device loses power, it automatically fails over to a backup unit with minimal impact on the network.
When session-pickup is enabled in the HA settings, existing TCP session are kept, and users on the network are not
impacted by downtime as the traffic can be passed without reestablishing the sessions.
1. link fails
Before triggering a failover when a link fails, the administrator must ensure that monitor interfaces are configured.
Normally, the internal interface that connects to the internal network, and an outgoing interface for traffic to the internet
or outside the network, should be monitored. Any of those links going down will trigger a failover.
When an active (master) unit loses power, a backup (slave) unit automatically becomes the master, and the impact on
traffic is minimal. There are no settings for this kind of fail over.
Connect all necessary interfaces as per the topology diagram below. Interfaces may be changed depending on the
models in use. Interface names in the topology diagram are for example purposes only.
These instructions assume that the device has been connected to the console and the CLI is accessible, and that all
boxes have been factory reset.
1. Connect all necessary interfaces as per the topology diagram.
2. Enter the following command to change the FortiGate unit host name:
config system global
set hostname Example1_host(Example2_host, etc)
end
Troubleshoot an HA formation
The requirement to have the same generation is done as a best practice as it avoids issues
that can occur later on. If you are unsure if the boxes you have are from the same generation,
please contact customer service.
One box keeps shutting down during HA setup (hard drive failure):
If one box has a hard drive failure but the other does not, the one with the hard drive failure will be shut down during
HA setup. In this case, RMA the box to resolve the issue.
When all members join together as a cluster, a process called a negotiation begins in order to decide which box will
become the Master. It is decided by the following criteria:
The first factor is the amount of connected good interfaces. If Box A has two monitored interfaces up and Box B has only
one, then Box A will become the Master. Ensure all monitored connections to members are good.
All members are Masters and members can't see other members:
Typically, this is a heartbeat issue. It is recommended that for a two-member cluster, you use a back-to-back connection
for heartbeat communication. If there are more than three members in the cluster, a separate switch should be used to
connect all heartbeat interfaces.
The HA sync status can be viewed in the GUI through either a widget on the Dashboard or on the System > HA page. It
can also be confirmed through the CLI. When a cluster is out of sync, administrators should correct the issue as soon as
possible as it affects the configuration integrity and can cause issues to occur.
l Dashboard widget:
l Following HA setup, the HA Status widget can be added to the Dashboard. The widget shows the HA sync
status by displaying a green checkmark next to each member in sync. A red mark indicates the member is out
of sync.
l In the CLI, run the command get sys ha status to see if the cluster is in sync. The sync status is reported
under Configuration Status. In the following example, both members are in sync:
FGT_A # get sys ha status
HA Health Status: OK Model: FortiGate-300D Mode: HA A-P Group: 146 Debug: 0 Cluster Uptime:
0 days 21:42:53 Cluster state change time: 2019-03-09 11:40:51 Master selected using:
Policies
Policy introduction
Firewall policies
The firewall policy is the axis around which most features of the FortiGate firewall revolve. Many settings in the firewall
end up relating to or being associated with the firewall policies and the traffic that they govern. Any traffic going through
a FortiGate unit has to be associated with a policy. These policies are essentially discrete compartmentalized sets of
instructions that control the traffic flow going through the firewall. These instructions control where the traffic goes, how
it’s processed, if it’s processed, and even whether or not it’s allowed to pass through the FortiGate.
When the firewall receives a connection packet, it analyzes the packet’s source address, destination address, and
service (by port number). It also registers the incoming interface, the outgoing interface it needs to use, and the time of
day. Using this information, the FortiGate firewall attempts to locate a security policy that matches the packet. If it finds
a policy that matches the parameters, it then looks at the action for that policy. If it is Accept, the traffic is allowed to
proceed to the next step. If the Action is Deny or a match cannot be found, the traffic is not allowed to proceed.
The two basic actions at the initial connection are either Accept or Deny:
l If the Action is Accept, the policy action permits communication sessions. There may be other packet processing
instructions, such as requiring authentication to use the policy or restrictions on the source and destination of the
traffic.
l If the Action is Deny, the policy action blocks communication sessions, and you can optionally log the denied
traffic. If no security policy matches the traffic, the packets are dropped. A Deny security policy is needed when it is
required to log the denied traffic, also called violation traffic.
One other action can be associated with the policy:
l IPsec - This is an Accept action that is specifically for IPsec VPNs.
In addition to the Accept or Deny actions, there can be a number of instructions associated with a FortiGate firewall,
some of which are optional. Instructions on how to process the traffic can include such things as:
l Logging traffic.
l Authentication.
l Network Address Translation or Port Address Translation.
l Use Virtual IPs or IP Pools.
l Caching.
l Whether the source of the traffic is based on address, user, device, or a combination.
l Whether to treat as regular traffic or IPsec traffic.
l What certificates to use.
l Security profiles to apply.
l Proxy Options.
l Traffic Shaping.
For traffic to flow through the FortiGate firewall, there must be a policy that matches its parameters:
l Incoming interface(s)
l Outgoing interface(s)
l Source address(es)
l User(s) identity
l Destination address(es)
l Internet service(s)
l Schedule
l Service
Without all six (possibly eight) of these things matching, the traffic is declined.
Traffic flow initiated from each direction requires a policy, that is, if sessions can be initiated from both directions, each
direction requires a policy.
Just because packets can go from point A to point B on port X does not mean that the traffic can flow from point B to
point A on port X. A policy must be configured for each direction.
When designing a policy, there is often reference to the traffic flow, but most communication is two-way so trying to
determine the direction of the flow might be confusing. If traffic is HTTP web traffic, the user sends a request to the
website, but most of the traffic flow will be coming from the website to the user or in both directions? For the purposes
of determining the direction for a policy, the important factor is the direction of the initiating communication. The user is
sending a request to the website, so this is the initial communication; the website is responding so the traffic is from the
user's network to the Internet.
From version 5.6, we added a new policy mode called Next Generation Firewall (NGFW). This mode is only available
when the VDOM inspection-mode is flow. This model is divided into two working modes — profile-based and policy-
based. Profile-based NGFW is the traditional mode where a user needs to create an AV/web/IPS profile which is applied
to the policy.
Policy-based mode is new. In this mode, users can add applications and web filtering categories directly to a policy
without having to first create and configure Application Control or Web Filter profiles. If a URL category is set, the
applications that are added to the policy must be within the browser-based technology category. NGFW is per VDOM
setting. This means users can operate their FortiGate or individual VDOMs on their FortiGate in NGFW policy-based
mode when they select flow-based inspection.
Switching NGFW mode from profile-based to policy-based converts your profile-based security policies to policy-based
security policies. If you don’t want this to happen or you just want to experiment with policy-based NGFW mode,
consider creating a new VDOM for policy-based NGFW mode. You can also backup your configuration before switching
modes.
NGFW policy-based firewall policies might have unintended consequences to the passing or blocking of traffic. For
example, if you add new firewall policies that are designed to DENY social media traffic based on applications or URLs,
having a traditional “catch all” firewall policy to DENY all other traffic at the bottom of the firewall policy list may have the
unintended consequence of blocking legitimate traffic. Also note that NGFW policy-based mode applies the NAT
settings from matching Central SNAT policies. If you don’t already have a Central SNAT policy in place, you must create
one.
After version 6.2, we removed the inspection-mode from VDOM to firewall policy, and the default inspection-mode is
flow so we can change NGFW mode from profile-based (default) to policy-based directly in the VDOM's System >
Settings.
You can operate your FortiGate or individual VDOMs in Next Generation Firewall (NGFW) policy mode.
1. Go to System > Settings.
2. In NGFW Mode, select Policy-based.
3. In SSL/SSH Inspection, select the SSL/SSH inspection mode to be applied to all policies.
If your FortiGate is operating in NAT mode, rather than enabling source NAT in individual NGFW policies, go to Policy
& Objects > Central SNAT and add source NAT policies that apply to all matching traffic. In many cases, you may only
need one SNAT policy for each interface pair. For example, if you allow users on the internal network (connected to
LAN) to browse the Internet (connected to wan1), you can add a LAN to wan1 Central SNAT policy similar to the
following.
Configure Application Control by adding individual applications to security policies. You can set the action to ACCEPT
or DENY to allow or block applications.
In the above example, if you browse to www.facebook.com, your connection will time out.
You can combine both Application Control and Web Filter in the same NGFW policy mode policy. If the policy accepts
applications or URL categories, you can apply Antivirus, DNS Filter, and IPS profiles in NGFW mode policies as well as
logging and policy learning mode.
This topic provides a sample of firewall policy views and firewall policy lookup.
Policy views
In Policy & Objects policy list page, there are two policy views: Interface Pair View and By Sequence view.
Interface Pair View displays the policies in the order that they are checked for matching traffic, grouped by the pairs of
Incoming and Outgoing interfaces. For example, all policies referencing traffic from WAN1 to DMZ are in one section.
The policies referencing traffic from DMZ to WAN1 are in another section. The sections are collapsible so that you only
need to look at the sections you want.
By Sequence displays policies in the order that they are checked for matching traffic without any grouping.
The default display is Interface Pair View . You can switch between the two views except if any or multiple-interfaces
are applied in the policy.
How Any or multiple-interfaces policy can change the Interface Pair View
The FortiGate unit automatically changes the view on the policy list page to By Sequence whenever there is a policy
containing any or multiple-interfaces as the Source or Destination interface. If the Interface Pair View is grayed out, it
is likely that one or more policies have used the any or multiple-interfaces.
When you use the any or multiple-interfaces, the policy goes into multiple sections because it might be any one of a
number of interface pairings. Policies are divided into sectioned using the interface pairings, for example, port1 to port2.
Each section has its own policy order. The order in which a policy is checked for matching criteria to a packet’s
information is based solely on the position of the policy within its section or within the entire list of policies. If the policy
is in multiple sections, FortiGate cannot place the policy in order in multiple sections. Therefore the view can only be By
Sequence.
Policy lookup
matches specific traffic from a number of policies. After completing the lookup, the matching firewall policy is
highlighted on the policy list page.
The Policy Lookup tool has the following requirements:
l Transparent mode does not support Policy lookup function.
l When executing the policy lookup, you need to confirm whether the relevant route required for the policy work
already exists.
Sample configuration
This example uses the TCP protocol to show how policy lookup works:
1. In Policy & Objects policy list page, click Policy Lookup and enter the traffic parameters.
Static SNAT
NAT or Network Address Translation is the process that enables a single device such as a router or firewall to act as an
agent between the Internet or Public Network and a local or private network. This agent acts in real time to translate the
source or destination IP address of a client or server on the network interface. For the source IP translation, this enables
a single public address to represent a significantly larger number of private addresses. For the destination IP translation,
the firewall can translate a public destination address to a private address. So we don't have to configure a real public IP
address for the server deployed in a private network.
We can subdivide NAT into two types: source NAT (SNAT) and destination NAT (DNAT). This topic is about SNAT, We
support three NAT working modes: static SNAT, dynamic SNAT, and central SNAT.
In static SNAT all internal IP addresses are always mapped to the same public IP address. This is a port address
translation, Since we have 60416 available port numbers, this one public IP address can handle the conversion of
60,416 internal IP addresses. See example below.
Sample configuration
The following example of static SNAT uses an internal network with subnet 10.1.100.0/24 (vlan20) and an external/ISP
network with subnet 172.16.200.0/24 (vlan30).
When the clients in internal network need to access the servers in external network, We need to translate IP addresses
from 10.1.100.0/24 to an IP address 172.16.200.0/24, In this example, we implement static SNAT by creating a firewall
policy.
For packets that match this policy, its source IP address is translated to the IP address of the outgoing interface.
Dynamic SNAT
Dynamic SNAT maps the private IP addresses to the first available public address from a pool of addresses. In the
FortiGate firewall, this can be done by using IP pools. IP pools is a mechanism that allows sessions leaving the
FortiGate firewall to use NAT. An IP pool defines a single IP address or a range of IP addresses to be used as the source
address for the duration of the session. These assigned addresses are used instead of the IP address assigned to that
FortiGate interface.
IP pool types
FortiGate uses four types of IPv4 IP pools. This recipe focuses on some of the differences between them.
Overload
This type of IP pool is similar to static SNAT mode. We just need to define an external IP range, This range can contain
one or multiple IP addresses, When there is only one IP address, it almost as same as static SNAT – use Outgoing
Interface address. When it contains multiple IP addresses, It is equivalent to an extended mode of static SNAT.
For instance, if we define an overload type IP pool with two external IP addresses (172.16.200.1—172.16.200.2), since
there are 60,416 available port numbers per IP, this IP pool can handle 60,416*2 internal IP addresses. See example
below.
One-to-one
This type of IP pool means that the internal IP address and the external (translated) IP address match one-to-one. The
port address translation (PAT) is disabled when using this type of IP pool. For example, if we define a one-to-one type IP
pool with two external IP addresses (172.16.200.1-172.16.200.2), this IP pool only can handle two internal IP
addresses.
For the overload and one-to-one IP pool types, we do not need to define the internal IP range. For the fixed port range
type of IP pool, we can define both internal IP range and external IP range. Since each external IP address and the
number of available port numbers is a specific number, if the number of internal IP addresses is also determined, we
can calculate the port range for each address translation combination. So we call this type fixed port range. This type of
IP pool is a type of port address translation (PAT).
For instance, if we define one external IP address (172.16.200.1) and ten internal IP addresses (10.1.100.1-
10.1.100.10), we have translation IP+Port combination like following table:
This type of IP pool is also a type of port address translation (PAT). It gives users a more flexible way to control the way
external IPs and ports are allocated. Users need to define Block Size/Block Per User and external IP range. Block
Size means how many ports each Block contains. Block per User means how many blocks each user (internal IP) can
use.
Following is a simple example:
External IP Range: 172.16.200.1—172.16.200.1
Block Size: 128
Block Per User: 8
Result:
Total-PBAs: 472 (60416/128)
Maximum ports can be used per User (Internal IP Address): 1024 (128*8)
How many Internal IP can be handled: 59 (60416/1024 or 472/8)
Sample configuration
Central SNAT
The central SNAT table enables you to define and control (with more granularity) the address translation performed by
FortiGate. With the NAT table, you can define the rules for the source address or address group, and which IP pool the
destination address uses.
While similar in functionality to IP pools where a single address is translated to an alternate address from a range of IP
addresses, with IP pools there is no control over the translated port. When using the IP pool for source NAT, you can
define a fixed port to ensure the source port number is unchanged. If no fixed port is defined, the port translation is
randomly chosen by FortiGate. With the central NAT table, you have full control over both the IP address and port
translation.
FortiGate reads the NAT rules from the top down until it hits a matching rule for the incoming address. This enables you
to create multiple NAT policies that dictate which IP pool is used based on the source address. NAT policies can be
rearranged within the policy list. NAT policies are applied to network traffic after a security policy.
The central SNAT table allows you to create, edit, delete, and clone central SNAT entries.
Sample configuration
When central NAT is enabled, Policy & Objects displays the Central SNAT section.
Usually we use VIP to implement Destination Address Translation. Mapping a specific IP address to another specific IP
address is usually referred to as Destination NAT. When the Central NAT Table is not used, FortiOS calls this a Virtual
IP Address (VIP). FortiOS uses a DNAT or Virtual IP address to map an external IP address to an IP address. This
address does not have to be an individual host, it can also be an address range. This mapping can include all TCP/UDP
ports or, if Port Forwarding is enabled, it only refers to the configured ports. Because, the Central NAT table is disabled
by default, the term Virtual IP address or VIP is predominantly used.
Virtual IP addresses are typically used to NAT external or public IP addresses to internal or private IP addresses. Using a
Virtual IP address between two internal interfaces made up of private IP addresses is possible but there is rarely a
reason to do so as the two networks can just use the IP addresses of the networks without the need for any address
translation. Using a Virtual IP address for traffic going from the inside to the Internet is even less likely to be a
requirement, but it is supported.
Sample configuration
4. Enter a unique name for the virtual IP and fill in the other fields.
Virtual IP with services is a more flexible virtual IP mode. This mode allows users to define services to a single port
number mapping.
This recipe shows how to use virtual IP with services enabled. This example has one public external IP address. We
map TCP ports 8080, 8081, and 8082 to an internal WebServer TCP port 80. This allows remote connections to
communicate with a server behind the firewall.
Sample configuration
l Access 10.1.100.199:8082 from external network and FortiGate maps to 172.16.200.55:80 in internal
network.
If you need to hide the internal server port number or need to map several internal servers to the same public IP
address, enable port-forwarding for Virtual IP.
This recipe shows how to use virtual IPs to configure port forwarding on a FortiGate unit. This example has one public
external IP address. We map TCP ports 8080, 8081, and 8082 to different internal WebServers' TCP port 80. This
allows remote connections to communicate with a server behind the firewall.
Sample configuration
9. Click OK.
10. Follow the above steps to create two additional virtual IPs.
a. For one virtual IP:
l Use a different Mapped IP Address/Range, for example, 172.16.200.56.
l Set External Service Port to 8081 - 8081.
l Use the same Map to Port numbers: 80 - 80.
b. For the other virtual IP:
l Use a different Mapped IP Address/Range, for example, 172.16.200.57.
l Set External Service Port to 8082 - 8082.
l Use the same Map to Port numbers: 80 - 80.
11. Create a Virtual IP Group and put the above three virtual IPs into that group.
network.
l Access 10.1.100.199:8082 from external network and FortiGate maps to 172.16.200.57:80 in internal network
Virtual server
This topic shows a special virtual IP type: virtual server, Use this type of VIP to implement server load balancing.
The FortiOS server load balancing contains all the features of a server load balancing solution. You can balance traffic
across multiple backend servers based on multiple load balancing schedules including:
l Static (failover).
l Round robin.
l Weighted (to account for different sized servers or based on the health and performance of the server including
round trip time and number of connections).
The load balancer supports HTTP, HTTPS, IMAPS, POP3S, SMTPS, SSL/TLS, and generic TCP/UDP and IP protocols.
Session persistence is supported based on the SSL session ID based on an injected HTTP cookie, or based on the
HTTP or HTTPS host. SSL/TLS load balancing includes protection from protocol downgrade attacks. Server load
balancing is supported on most FortiGate devices and includes up to 10,000 virtual servers on high end systems.
Sample topology
SSL/TLS offloading
FortiGate SSL/TLS offloading is designed for the proliferation of SSL/TLS applications. The key exchange and
encryption/decryption tasks are offloaded to the FortiGate unit where they are accelerated using FortiASIC technology
which provides significantly more performance than a standard server or load balancer. This frees up valuable resources
on the server farm to give better response to business operations. Server load balancing offloads most SSL/TLS
versions including SSL 3.0, TLS 1.0, and TLS 1.2; and supports full mode or half mode SSL offloading with DH key sizes
up to 4096 bits.
FortiGate SSL offloading allows the application payload to be inspected before it reaches your servers. This prevents
intrusion attempts, blocks viruses, stops unwanted applications, and prevents data leakage. SSL/TLS content
inspection supports TLS versions 1.0, 1.1, and 1.2 and SSL versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, and 3.0.
When creating a new virtual server, you must configure the following options:
l Virtual Server Type.
l Load Balancing Methods.
l Health check monitoring (optional).
l Session persistence (optional).
l Virtual Server IP (External IP Address).
l Virtual Server Port (External Port).
l Real Servers (Mapped IP Address & Port).
Select the protocol to be load balanced by the virtual server. If you select a general protocol such as IP, TCP, or UDP,
the virtual server load balances all IP, TCP, or UDP sessions. If you select specific protocols such as HTTP, HTTPS, or
SSL, you can apply additional server load balancing features such as Persistence and HTTP Multiplexing.
HTTP Select HTTP to load balance only HTTP sessions with the destination port number that matches
the Virtual Server Port setting. Change Virtual Server Port to match the destination port of the
sessions to be load balanced (usually port 80 for HTTP sessions). You can also select HTTP
Multiplexing. You can also set Persistence to HTTP Cookie to enable cookie-based persistence.
HTTPS Select IMAPS to load balance only IMAPS sessions with the destination port number that matches
the Virtual Server Port setting. Change Virtual Server Port to match the destination port of the
sessions to be load balanced (usually port 993 for IMAPS sessions). You can also set Persistence
to SSL Session ID.
IMAPS Select IMAPS to load balance only IMAPS sessions with the destination port number that matches
the Virtual Server Port setting. Change Virtual Server Port to match the destination port of the
sessions to be load balanced (usually port 993 for IMAPS sessions). You can also set Persistence
to SSL Session ID.
POP3S Select POP3S to load balance only POP3S sessions with the destination port number that matches
the Virtual Server Port setting. Change Virtual Server Port to match the destination port of the
sessions to be load balanced (usually port 995 for POP3S sessions). You can also set Persistence
to SSL Session ID.
SMTPS Select SMTPS to load balance only SMTPS sessions with the destination port number that
matches the Virtual Server Port setting. Change Virtual Server Port to match the destination port
of the sessions to be load balanced (usually port 465 for SMTPS sessions). You can also set
Persistence to SSL Session ID.
SSL Select SSL to load balance only SSL sessions with the destination port number that matches the
Virtual Server Port setting. Change Virtual Server Port to match the destination port of the
sessions to be load balanced.
TCP Select TCP to load balance only TCP sessions with the destination port number that matches the
Virtual Server Port setting. Change Virtual Server Port to match the destination port of the
sessions to be load balanced.
UDP Select UDP to load balance only UDP sessions with the destination port number that matches the
Virtual Server Port setting. Change Virtual Server Port to match the destination port of the
sessions to be load balanced.
IP Select IP to load balance all sessions accepted by the security policy that contains this virtual
server.
The load balancing method defines how sessions are load balanced to real servers.
All load balancing methods do not send traffic to real servers that are down or not responding. FortiGate can only
determine if a real server is not responding by using a health check monitor. You should always add at least one health
check monitor to a virtual server or to real servers; otherwise load balancing might try to distribute sessions to real
servers that are not functioning.
Static The traffic load is statically spread evenly across all real servers. Sessions are not assigned
according to how busy individual real servers are. This load balancing method provides some
persistence because all sessions from the same source address always go to the same real server.
Because the distribution is stateless, so if a real server is added, removed, or goes up or down, the
distribution is changed and persistence might be lost.
Round Robin Directs new requests to the next real server. This method treats all real servers as equals
regardless of response time or the number of connections. This method does not direct requests to
real servers that down or non responsive.
Weighted Real servers with a higher weight value receive a larger percentage of connections. Set the real
server weight when adding a real server.
Least Session Directs requests to the real server that has the least number of current connections. This method
works best in environments where the real servers or other equipment you are load balancing all
have similar capabilities. This load balancing method uses the FortiGate session table to track the
number of sessions being processed by each real server. The FortiGate unit cannot detect the
number of sessions actually being processed by a real server.
Least RTT Directs sessions to the real server with the lowest round trip time. The round trip time is determined
by a ping health check monitor. The default is 0 if no ping health check monitors are added to the
virtual server.
First Alive Directs sessions to the first live real server. This load balancing schedule provides real server
failover protection by sending all sessions to the first live real server. If a real server fails, all
sessions are sent to the next live real server. Sessions are not distributed to all real servers so all
sessions are processed by the first real server only.
HTTP Host Load balances HTTP host connections across multiple real servers using the host’s HTTP header to
guide the connection to the correct real server.
In the FortiGate GUI, you can configure health check monitoring so that the FortiGate unit can verify that real servers
are able respond to network connection attempts. If a real server responds to connection attempts, the load balancer
continues to send sessions to it. If a real server stops responding to connection attempts, the load balancer assumes
that the server is down and does not send sessions to it. The health check monitor configuration determines how the
load balancer tests real servers. You can use a single health check monitor for multiple load balancing configurations.
You can configure TCP, HTTP, and Ping health check monitors. You usually set the health check monitor to use the
same protocol as the traffic being load balanced to it. For example, for an HTTP load balancing configuration, you
would normally use an HTTP health check monitor.
Session persistence
Use persistence to ensure a user is connected to the same real server every time the user makes an HTTP, HTTPS, or
SSL request that is part of the same user session. For example, if you are load balancing HTTP and HTTPS sessions to
a collection of eCommerce web servers, when users make a purchase, they will be starting multiple sessions as they
navigate the eCommerce site. In most cases, all the sessions started by this user during one eCommerce session
should be processed by the same real server. Typically, the HTTP protocol keeps track of these related sessions using
cookies. HTTP cookie persistence ensure all sessions that are part of the same user session are processed by the same
real server.
When you configure persistence, the FortiGate unit load balances a new session to a real server according to the load
balance method. If the session has an HTTP cookie or an SSL session ID, the FortiGate unit sends all subsequent
sessions with the same HTTP cookie or SSL session ID to the same real server.
Real servers
Add real servers to a load balancing virtual server to provide information the virtual server requires to send sessions to
the server. A real server configuration includes the IP address of the real server and port number the real server receives
sessions on. The FortiGate unit sends sessions to the real server’s IP address using the destination port number in the
real server configuration.
When configuring a real server, you can also specify the weight (if the load balance method is set to Weighted) and you
can limit the maximum number of open connections between the FortiGate unit and the real server. If the maximum
number of connections is reached for the real server, the FortiGate unit automatically switches all further connection
requests to other real servers until the connection number drops below the limit. Setting Maximum Connections to 0
means that the FortiGate unit does not limit the number of connections to the real server.
This example describes the steps to configure the load balancing configuration below. In this configuration, a FortiGate
unit is load balancing HTTP traffic from the Internet to three HTTP servers on the internal network. HTTP sessions are
accepted at the wan1 interface with destination IP address 172.20.120.121 on TCP port 8080, and forwarded from the
internal interface to the web servers. When forwarded, the destination address of the session is translated to the IP
address of one of the web servers.
This load balancing configuration also includes session persistence using HTTP cookies, round-robin load balancing,
and TCP health monitoring for the real servers. Ping health monitoring consists of the FortiGate unit using ICMP ping to
ensure the web servers can respond to network traffic.
6. Add a security policy that includes the load balance virtual server as the destination address.
This recipe shows how to apply a predefined Internet Service entry into a policy.
The Internet Service Database is a comprehensive public IP address database that combines IP address range, IP
owner, service port number, and IP security credibility. The data comes from the FortiGuard service system. Information
is regularly added to this database, for example, geographic location, IP reputation, popularity & DNS, and so on. All
this information helps users define Internet security more effectively.
From FortiOS version 5.6 on, the Internet Service is included in the firewall policy, It can be applied to a policy only as a
Destination object. From version 6.0, Internet Services can be applied both as Source and Destination objects in policy.
You can also apply Internet Services to shaping policy.
There are three types of Internet Services we can apply to firewall policy:
l Predefined Internet Services.
l Custom Internet Services.
l Extension Internet Services.
Sample configuration
To apply a predefined Internet Service entry into a policy using the GUI:
To apply a predefined Internet Service entry into a policy using the CLI:
In the CLI, enable the internet-service first and then use its ID to apply the policy.
This example uses Google Gmail and its ID is 65646. Each Internet Service has a unique ID.
config firewall policy
edit 9
set name "Internet Service in Policy"
set srcintf "wan2"
set dstintf "wan1"
set srcaddr "all"
set internet-service enable
set internet-service-id 65646
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set utm-status enable
set av-profile "g-default"
set ssl-ssh-profile "certificate-inspection"
set nat enable
next
end
Result
Because the IP and services related to Google Gmail on the Internet are included in this Internet Service (65646), all
traffic to Google Gmail is forwarded by this policy.
Even though there are about 1,395 predefined Internet Services entries and a total of 444,727 IP ranges, we sometimes
still need to create our own Internet Service entries. FortiOS supports custom Internet Service in a firewall policy.
When creating a custom Internet Service, you must set following elements:
l IP or IP Ranges
l Protocol number
l Port or Port Ranges
l Reputation
You must use CLI to create a custom Internet Service.
Sample configuration
Result
In addition to the IP/IP-Ranges and services allowed by Google.Gmail, this policy also allows the traffic which access to
10.1.100.0/24 and TCP/80-443 and 172.16.200.0/24 and TCP/80.
Extension Internet Service lets you add custom IP_Range(s)+Port_Range(s) to an existing prpedefined Internet Servic,
or remove IP_Range(s)+Port_Range(s) from an existing predefined Internet Service entry.
Using an extension type Internet Service is actually editing a predefined type Internet Service entry and add IP_Range
(s)+ Port_Range(s) to it.
When creating an extension Internet Service and adding custom IP_Range(s)+Port_Range(s), you must set following
elements:
l IP or IP Ranges
l Protocol number
l Port or Port Ranges
You must use CLI to add custom IP(s)+Port(s) entries into a predefined Internet Service.
You must use GUI to remove entries from a predefined Internet Service.
Sample configuration
5. Click Return.
6. When you complete the actions in the GUI, the CLI automatically generates the configuration from your GUI
actions:
next
edit 8
set start-port 993
set end-port 993
next
edit 9
set start-port 995
set end-port 995
next
edit 10
set start-port 2525
set end-port 2525
next
end
config ip-range
edit 1
set start-ip 2.20.183.160
set end-ip 2.20.183.160
next
end
next
end
next
end
Result
In addition to the IP(s)/IP-Range(s) and services allowed by Google.Gmail, this policy also allows the traffic which
accesses 10.1.100.0/24 and UDP/53 and 172.16.200.0/24 and TCP/80-443. At the same time, the traffic which
accesses 2.20.183.160 is dropped because this IP+Port(s) is disabled from Google.Gmail.
NAT64 policy translates IPv6 addresses to IPv4 addresses so that a client on an IPv6 network can communicate
transparently with a server on an IPv4 network.
NAT64 policy is usually implemented in combination with the DNS proxy called DNS64. DNS64 synthesizes AAAA
records from A records and is used to synthesize IPv6 addresses for hosts that only have IPv4 addresses. DNS proxy
and DNS64 are interchangeable terms.
Sample topology
In this example, a host on the internal IPv6 network communicates with ControlPC.qa.fortinet.com that only
has IPv4 address on the Internet.
1. The host on the internal network does a DNS lookup for ControlPC.qa.fortinet.com by sending a DNS
query for an AAAA record for ControlPC.qa.fortinet.com.
2. The DNS query is intercepted by the FortiGate DNS proxy. The DNS proxy performs an A-record query for
ControlPC.qa.fortinet.com and gets back an RRSet containing a single A record with the IPv4 address
172.16.200.55.
3. The DNS proxy then synthesizes an AAAA record. The IPv6 address in the AAAA record begins with the configured
NAT64 prefix in the upper 96 bits and the received IPv4 address in the lower 32 bits. By default, the resulting IPv6
address is 64:ff9b::172.16.200.55.
4. The host on the internal network receives the synthetic AAAA record and sends a packet to the destination address
64:ff9b::172.16.200.55.
5. The packet is routed to the FortiGate internal interface (port10) where it is accepted by the NAT64 security policy.
6. The FortiGate unit translates the destination address of the packets from IPv6 address
64:ff9b::172.16.200.55 to IPv4 address 172.16.200.55 and translates the source address of the
packets to 172.16.200.200 (or another address in the IP pool range) and forwards the packets out the port9
interface to the Internet.
Sample configuration
To enable display for IPv6, NAT46/NAT64, and DNS Database using the GUI:
To enable display for IPv6, NAT46/NAT64, and DNS Database using the CLI:
Enabling NAT64 with the config system nat64 command means that all IPv6 traffic received by the current
VDOM can be subject to NAT64 if the source and destination address matches an NAT64 security policy.
By default, the setting always-synthesize-aaaa-record is enabled. If you disable this setting, the DNS proxy
(DNS64) will attempt to find an AAAA records for queries to domain names and therefore resolve the host names to IPv6
addresses. If the DNS proxy cannot find an AAAA record, it synthesizes one by adding the NAT64 prefix to the A record.
nat64-prefix setting is the nat64 prefix. By default, it is 64:ff9b::/96.
config system nat64
set status enable
end
NAT46 policy
NAT46 refers to the mechanism that allows IPv4 addressed hosts to communicate with IPv6 hosts. Without such a
mechanism, IPv4 environments cannot connect to IPv6 networks.
Sample topology
In this example, an IPv4 client tries to connect to an IPv6 server. A VIP is configured on FortiGate to map the server
IPv6 IP address 2000:172:16:200:55 to an IPv4 address 10.1.100.55. On the other side, an IPv6 IP pool is
configured and the source address of packets from client are changed to the defined IPv6 address. In this setup, the
client PC can access the server by using IP address 10.1.100.55.
Sample configuration
next
end
end
Sample troubleshooting
You need to add firewall policies to allow packets to pass from one interface to another. Multicast packets require
multicast security policies. Similar to firewall policies, in a multicast policy, the administrator specifies the source
interface, destination interfaces, the allowed source address ranges, and destination addresses of the multicast traffic.
You can also use multicast policies to configure source NAT and destination NAT for multicast packets.
When multicast-forward is enabled, the FortiGate forwards any multicast IP packets in which the TTL is 2 or
higher to all interfaces and VLAN interfaces except the receiving interface. The TTL in the IP header is reduced by 1.
Even though the multicast packets are forwarded to all interfaces, you must add multicast policies to allow multicast
packets through the FortiGate.
If multicast-forward is disabled, then FortiGate unit drops packets that have multicast source or destination
addresses.
In NAT mode, there is a per-VDOM configuration to disable forwarding any multicast traffic. This command is only
available in NAT mode.
config system settings
set multicast-forward <disable|enable(default)>
end
You can also use the multicast-ttl-notchange option so that FortiGate doesn't increase the TTL value for
forwarded multicast packets. Use this option only if packets are expiring before reaching the multicast router.
When multicast-skip-policy is enabled, no check is performed based on multicast policy. A multicast packet
received on an interface is flooded unconditionally to all interfaces (except the incoming interface) belonging to the
same forwarding domain. Multicast packets are forwarded even when there is no multicast policy or the multicast policy
is set to deny. To forward multicast traffic based on multicast policy, multicast-skip-policy must be disabled.
In transparent mode, there is a per-VDOM configuration to skip policy check and forward all multicast traffics. This
command is only available in transparent mode.
config system settings
set multicast-skip-policy <disable(default)|enable>
end
Sample configuration
Access control lists (ACL) in the FortiOS firmware is a granular or more specifically targeted blacklist. ACL drop IPv4 and
IPv6 packets at the physical network interface before the packets are analyzed by the CPU. On a busy appliance, this
can really improve performance.
ACL is available on FortiGates with NP6-accelerated interfaces. ACL checking is one of the first things that happens to
the packet and checking is done by the NP6 processor. The result is very efficient protection that does not use CPU or
memory resources.
The following platforms support ACL:
l FGT_100D, FGT_100E, FGT_100EF, FGT_101E.
l FGT_140D, FGT_140D_POE, FGT_140E, FGT_140E_POE.
l FGT_301E, FGT_500E, FGT_501E.
l FGT_1200D, FGT_1500D, FGT_1500DT.
l FGT_2000E, FGT_2500E.
l FGT_3000D, FGT_3100D, FGT_3200D, FGT_3700D.
l FGT_3800D, FGT_3810D, FGT_3815D.
l FGT_3960E, FGT_3980E.
Limitation
The configuration of ACL allows you to specify which interface the ACL is applied to. You should be aware of a hardware
limitation. The ACL is a Layer 2 function and is offloaded to the ISF hardware. Therefore no CPU resources are used in
the processing of the ACL. It is handled by the inside switch chip which can do hardware acceleration, which increases
the performance of the FortiGate. The drawback is that the ACL function is only supported on switch fabric driven
interfaces. It also cannot be applied to hardware switch interfaces or their members. Ports such as WAN1 or WAN2 on
some models that use network cards that connect to the CPU through a PCIe bus do support ACL.
Sample configuration
To block all IPv4 and IPv6 Telnet traffic from port2 to Company_Servers using the CLI:
Sample troubleshooting
Traffic shaping
You can limit interface bandwidth for arriving and departing traffic. In some cases, the traffic received on an interfaces
could exceed the maximum bandwidth limit defined in the security policy. Rather than waste processing power on
packets that will get dropped later in the process, you can configure FortiGate to preemptively drop excess packets
when they're received at the source interface. A similar command is available to the outgoing interface.
The following diagram shows how excess packets going from LAN to WAN1 can be intercepted and dropped at the
source interface.
1. Go to Interface.
2. Click interface port1, and click Edit on top menu bar.
3. Go to the Traffic Shaping section, and set the following options:
a. Enable Inbound Bandwidth and type 200.
The default bandwidth unit is kbps.
This traffic prioritization method puts packets into the following queues based on its Type of Service (ToS) value:
l High
l Medium
l Low
ToS-based traffic prioritization cannot be used to apply bandwidth limits and guarantees, but it can be used to prioritize
traffic at per-packet levels.
You can use the following command to configure the default system-wide level of priority:
config system global
set traffic-priority-level {high | low | medium}
end
You can also prioritize packets according to the ToS bit value in the packet’s IP header by using the following command:
config system tos-based-priority
edit <id_int>
set tos [0-15]
set priority {high | low | medium}
next
end
Example
The following configuration shows that packets with ToS bit values of 10 are prioritized as medium and packets with
ToS bit values of 20 are prioritized as high. All the other traffic is prioritized as low.
end
config system tos-based-priority
edit 1
set tos 10
set priority medium
next
edit 2
set tos 20
set priority high
next
end
Shared traffic shaper is used in a firewall shaping policy to indicate the priority and guaranteed and maximum bandwidth
for a specified type of traffic use.
The maximum bandwidth indicates the largest amount of traffic allowed when using the policy. You can set the
maximum bandwidth to a value between 1 and 16776000 Kbps. The GUI displays an error if any value outside this
range is used. If you want to allow unlimited bandwidth, use the CLI to enter a value of 0.
The guaranteed bandwidth ensures that there is a consistent reserved bandwidth available. When setting the
guaranteed bandwidth, ensure that the value is significantly less than the interface's bandwidth capacity. Otherwise, the
interface will allow very little or no other traffic to pass through, potentially causing unwanted latency.
In a shared traffic shaper, the administrator can prioritize certain traffic as high, medium, or low. FortiOS provides
bandwidth to low priority connections only when high priority connections do not need the bandwidth. For example, you
should assign a high traffic priority to a policy for connecting a secure web server that needs to support e-commerce
traffic. You should assign less important services a low priority.
When you configure a shared traffic shaper, you can apply bandwidth shaping per policy or for all policies. By default, a
shared traffic shaper applies traffic shaping evenly to all policies that use the shared traffic shaper.
When configuring a per-policy traffic shaper, FortiOS applies the traffic shaping rules defined for each security policy
individually. For example, if a per-policy traffic shaper is configured with a maximum bandwidth of 1000 Kbps, any
security policies that have that traffic shaper enabled get 1000 Kbps of bandwidth each.
If a traffic shaper for all policies is configured with a maximum bandwidth of 1000 Kbps, all policies share the 1000 Kbps
on a first-come, first-served basis.
The configuration is as follows:
config firewall shaper traffic-shaper
edit "traffic_shaper_name"
set per-policy enable
next
end
The shared traffic shaper selected in the traffic shaping policy affects traffic in the direction defined in the policy. For
example, if the source port is LAN and the destination is WAN1, the traffic shaping affects the flow in this direction only,
affecting the outbound traffic's upload speed. You can define the traffic shaper for the policy in the opposite direction
(reverse shaper) to affect the inbound traffic's download speed. In this example, that would be from WAN1 to LAN.
The following example shows how to apply different speeds to different types of service. The example configures two
shared traffic shapers to use in two firewall shaping policies. One policy guarantees a speed of 10 Mbps for VoIP traffic.
The other policy guarantees a speed of 1 Mbps for other traffic. In the example, FortiOS communicates with a PC using
port10 and the Internet using port9.
1. To check if specific traffic is attached to the correct traffic shaper, run the diagnose firewall iprope list
100015 command. The example output shows the traffic attached to the 10Mbps and 1Mbps shapers:
# diagnose firewall iprope list 100015
service(15):
[6:0x0:0/(1,65535)->(1720,1720)] helper:auto
[6:0x0:0/(1,65535)->(1503,1503)] helper:auto
[17:0x0:0/(1,65535)->(1719,1719)] helper:auto
[6:0x0:0/(1,65535)->(6660,6669)] helper:auto
[6:0x0:0/(1,65535)->(1433,1433)] helper:auto
[6:0x0:0/(1,65535)->(1434,1434)] helper:auto
[6:0x0:0/(1,65535)->(3306,3306)] helper:auto
[6:0x0:0/(1,65535)->(554,554)] helper:auto
[6:0x0:0/(1,65535)->(7070,7070)] helper:auto
[6:0x0:0/(1,65535)->(8554,8554)] helper:auto
[17:0x0:0/(1,65535)->(554,554)] helper:auto
[6:0x0:0/(1,65535)->(2000,2000)] helper:auto
[6:0x0:0/(1,65535)->(5060,5060)] helper:auto
[17:0x0:0/(1,65535)->(5060,5060)] helper:auto
[6:0x0:0/(1,65535)->(1863,1863)] helper:auto
3. To check statuses of shared traffic shapers, run the diagnose firewall shaper traffic-shaper list
command. The output should resemble the following:
# dia firewall shaper traffic-shaper list
name 10Mbps
maximum-bandwidth 2500 KB/sec
guaranteed-bandwidth 1250 KB/sec
current-bandwidth 0 B/sec
priority 2
tos ff
packets dropped 0
bytes dropped 0
name 1Mbps
maximum-bandwidth 1250 KB/sec
guaranteed-bandwidth 125 KB/sec
current-bandwidth 0 B/sec
priority 4
tos ff
packets dropped 0
bytes dropped 0
With per-IP traffic shaping, you can limit each IP address's behavior to avoid a situation where one user uses all of the
available bandwidth. In addition to controlling the maximum bandwidth used per IP address, you can also define the
maximum number of concurrent sessions for an IP address. For example, if you apply a per-IP shaper of 1 Mbps to your
entire network, FortiOS allocates each user/IP address 1 Mbps of bandwidth. Even if the network consists of a single
user, FortiOS allocates them 1 Mbps. If there are ten users, each user gets 1 Mbps of bandwidth, totaling 10 Mbps of
outgoing traffic.
For shared shapers, all users share the set guaranteed and maximum bandwidths. For example, if you set a shared
shaper for all PCs using an FTP service to 10 Mbps, all users uploading to the FTP server share the 10 Mbps.
Shared shapers affect upload speed. If you want to limit the download speed from the FTP server in the example, you
must configure the shared shaper as a reverse shaper. Per-IP shapers apply the speed limit on both upload and
download operations.
The following example shows how to apply a per-IP shaper to a traffic shaping policy. This shaper assigns each user a
maximum bandwidth of 1 Mbps and allows each user to have a maximum of ten concurrent connections to the FTP
server. In the example, FortiOS communicates with users using port10 and the FTP server using port9.
1. To check if specific traffic is attached to the correct traffic shaper, run the diagnose firewall iprope list
100015 command. The example output shows the traffic attached to the FTP_Max_1M shaper:
# diagnose firewall iprope list 100015
name FTP_Max_1M
maximum-bandwidth 125 KB/sec
maximum-concurrent-session 10
tos ff/ff
packets dropped 0
bytes dropped 0
addr=10.1.100.11 status: bps=0 ses=3
Priority queues
After packet acceptance, FortiOS classifies traffic and may apply Quality of Service techniques such as prioritization and
traffic shaping. Traffic shaping consists of a mixture of traffic policing to enforce bandwidth limits and priority queue
adjustment to assist packets in achieving the guaranteed rate.
If you have configured prioritization, FortiOS prioritizes egressing packets by distributing them among first in first out
queues associated with each possible priority number. Each physical interface has six priority queues. Virtual interfaces
use the priority queues of the physical interface to which they are bound.
Each physical interface's six queues are queue 0 to queue 5, where queue 0 is the highest priority queue. However, you
may observe that your traffic uses only a subset of those six queues. For example, some traffic may always use a
certain queue number. Queuing may also vary by the packet rate or mixture of services. Some queue numbers may only
be used by through traffic for which you have configured traffic shaping in the security policy that applies to that traffic
session.
Priority types
ToS priority
The first and second types, ingress priority and priority for generated packets, are controlled via two different CLI
settings, as shown below:
config system global
set traffic-priority-level {high|medium|low}
end
config system tos-based-priority
edit 1
set tos [0-15] -> type of service bit in the IP datagram header with a value between 0
and 15
set priority (high|medium|low)-> priority of this type of service
next
end
High 0
Medium 1
Low 2
In a firewall shaping policy, you can enable traffic shaping. In the shared traffic shaper, you can set the firewall priority to
high, medium, or low, as shown below:
config firewall shaper traffic-shaper
edit "1"
set priority (high|medium|low)
next
end
Since the priority in a traffic shaper is set to high by default, you must set some traffic at a lower priority to see results.
Each priority level is mapped to a value as follows:
High (default) 1
Medium 2
Low 3
To combine the two priority types, the global or ingress ToS-based priority value is combined with the firewall policy
priority value:
ToS priority (0, 1, 2) + policy priority (1, 2, 3) = total priority (queue number)
Priority Queues
After packet acceptance, FortiGate classifies traffic and might apply Quality of Service (QoS) techniques, such as
prioritization and traffic shaping. Traffic shaping consists of a mixture of traffic policing to enforce bandwidth limits and
priority queue adjustment to assist packets in achieving the guaranteed rate.
If you have configured prioritization, the FortiGate unit prioritizes egressing packets by distributing them among FIFO
(first in, first out) queues associated with each possible priority number. Each physical interface has six priority queues.
Virtual interfaces use the priority queues of the physical interface to which they are bound.
Each physical interface’s six queues are queue 0 to queue 5, where queue 0 is the highest priority queue. However, you
might observe that your traffic uses only a subset of those six queues. For example, some traffic might always use a
certain queue number. Queuing may also vary by the packet rate or mixture of services. Some queue numbers might
only be used by through traffic for which you have configured traffic shaping in the security policy that applies to that
traffic session.
Types of priority
The first and second types (ingress priority and priority for generated packets) are controlled via two different CLI
settings:
config system global
set traffic-priority-level {high|medium|low}
end
And
config system tos-based-priority
edit 1
set tos [0-15] -> type of service bit in the IP datagram header with a value between 0
and 15
set priority (high|medium|low)-> priority of this type of service
next
end
High 0
Medium 1
Low 2
In a firewall shaping policy, you can enable traffic shaping. In the shared traffic shaper, you can set the firewall priority to
high, medium, or low:
config firewall shaper traffic-shaper
edit "1"
set priority (high|medium|low)
next
end
Since priority in traffic shaper are set to “high” priority by default, it is necessary to set some traffic at a lower priority to
get results. Each priority level is mapped to a value like following:
High (default) 1
Medium 2
Low 3
Combination priority
The global or ingress ToS-based priority value is combined with the firewall policy priority value:
Tos priority (0, 1, 2) + policy priority (1, 2, 3) = total priority (queue number)
Let’s take a look at some scenarios:
Case 1: If the current packet rate is less than the guaranteed bandwidth, packets use priority queue 0. In other words,
packet priority = 0.
Case 2:If the current packet rate exceeds the maximum bandwidth, excess packets are dropped.
Case 3:If the current packet rate is greater than the guaranteed bandwidth, but less than maximum bandwidth, the
FortiGate unit assigns a priority queue by adding the ToS-based priority and the firewall priority.
For example, if you have enabled Traffic Shaping in the security policy, and the security policy’s Traffic Priority is Low
(value 3), and the priority normally applied to packets with that ToS bit is medium (value 1), then packets have a total
packet priority of 4, and use priority queue 4.
Antivirus
Introduction
Content Disarm and Reconstruction (CDR) allows the FortiGate to sanitize Microsoft documents and PDF (disarm) by
removing active content such as hyperlinks, embedded media, javascript, macros, etc. from the office document files
without affecting the integrity of it's textual content (reconstruction).
This feature allows network admins to protect their users from malicious office document files.
Files processed by CDR can have the original copy quarantined on the FortiGate, allowing admins to observe them.
These original copies can also be obtained in the event of a false positive.
l CDR can only be performed on Microsoft Office Document and PDF files.
l Local Disk CDR quarantine is only possible on FortiGate models that contain a hard disk.
l CDR is only supported on HTTP, SMTP, POP3, IMAP.
l SMTP splice and client-comfort mode is not supported.
l CDR does not work on flow based inspection modes.
l CDR can only work on files in .ZIP type archives.
In order to configure AntiVirus to work with CDR, you must enable CDR on your AntiVirus profile, set the quarantine
location, and then fine tune the CDR detection parameters.
Discard The default setting which discards the original document file.
File Quarantine Saves the original document file to disk (if possible) or a connected
FortiAnalyzer based on the FortiGate's log settings, visible through Config
Global > Config Log FortiAnalyzer Setting.
FortiSandbox Saves the original document file to a connected FortiSandbox.
FGT_PROXY (content-disarm) #
Introduction
FortiGuard Outbreak Prevention was introduced in FortiOS 6.0.0 and allows the FortiGate's AntiVirus database to be
subsidized with third-party malware hash signatures curated by the FortiGuard.
Those hash signatures are obtained from external sources such as VirusTotal, Symantec, Kaspersky, and other third-
party websites and services.
This feature provides the mechanism for AntiVirus to query the FortiGuard with the hash of a scanned file. If the
FortiGuard returns a match from its many curated signature sources, the scanned file is deemed to be malicious.
The concept of FortiGuard Outbreak Prevention is to detect zero-day malware in a collaborative approach.
l FortiGuard Outbreak Prevention can be used in both proxy-based and flow-based policy inspections across all
supported protocols.
l FortiGuard Outbreak Prevention does not support AV in quick scan mode.
l FortiGate must be registered with a valid FortiGuard Outbreak Prevention license before this feature can be used.
In order for AntiVirus to work with an external block list, you must register the FortiGate with a FortiGuard Outbreak
Prevention license and enable FortiGuard Outbreak Prevention in the AntiVirus profile.
1. See the following link for instructions on how to purchase or renew a FortiGuard Outbreak Prevention license:
https://video.fortinet.com/products/fortigate/6.0/how-to-purchase-or-renew-fortiguard-services-6-0
2. Once the license has been activated, you can verify its status by going to Global > System > FortiGuard.
1. Go to Security Profiles > AntiVirus.
2. Select the toggle to enable Use FortiGuard Outbreak Prevention Database.
3. Select Apply.
Service : Web-filter
Status : Enable
License : Contract
Service : Antispam
Status : Disable
Introduction
External Malware Blocklist is a new feature introduced in FortiOS 6.2.0 which falls under the umbrella Outbreak
Prevention.
This feature provides another means of supporting the AV Database by allowing users to add their own malware
signatures in the form of MD5, SHA1, and SHA256 hashes.
This feature provides a mechanism for Antivirus to retrieve an external malware hash list from a remote server and polls
the hash list every n minutes for updates.
Malware detection using External Malware Blocklist can be used in both proxy-based and flow-based policy inspections.
Just like FortiGuard Outbreak Prevention, External Dynamic Block List is not supported in AV quick scan mode.
Using different types of hash simultaneously may slow down the performance of malware scanning. For this reason,
users are recommended to only using one type of hash (either MD5, SHA1, or SHA256), not all three simultaneously.
# Invalid entries
7688499dc71b932feb126347289c0b8a_md5_sample2
7614e98badca10b5e2d08f8664c519b7a906fbd5180ea5d04a82fce9796a4b87sha256_sample3
l Create new external source on Global > Security Fabric > Fabric Connectors page:
l Fill out the fields as shown below. URI should point to the malware hashlist on the remote server:
l User can view entries inside the malware blocklist by clicking the View Entries button:
l Enable External Malware Blocklist on the AntiVirus profile and apply the change:
Check if scanunit daemon has updated itself with the external hashes:
FGT_PROXY # config global
FGT_PROXY (global) # diagnose sys scanunit malware-list list
md5 'aa67243f746e5d76f68ec809355ec234' profile 'hash_list' description 'md5_sample1'
sha1 'a57983cb39e25ab80d7d3dc05695dd0ee0e49766' profile 'hash_list' description 'sha1_sample2'
sha256 '0289b0d967cb7b1fb1451339c7b9818a621903090e0020366ab415c549212521' profile 'hash_list'
description ''
sha256 'ae9bc0b4c5639d977d720e4271da06b50f7c60d1e2070e9c75cc59ab30e49379' profile 'hash_list'
description 'sha256_sample1'
Application Control
FortiGate units can detect and take action against network traffic depending on the application generating the traffic.
Based on FortiGate Intrusion Protection protocol decoders, Application Control is a user-friendly and powerful way to
use Intrusion Protection features to log and manage the behavior of application traffic passing through the FortiGate
unit. Application Control uses IPS protocol decoders that can analyze network traffic to detect application traffic even if
the traffic uses non-standard ports or protocols. Application Control supports detection for traffic using the HTTP
protocol (version 1.0, 1.1, and 2.0).
The FortiGate unit can recognize the network traffic generated by a large number of applications. You can create
Application Control sensors that specify the action to take with the traffic of the applications you need to manage and
the network on which they are active, and then add Application Control sensors to the firewall policies that control the
network traffic you need to monitor.
An Application Control sensor has one or more options/entries configured which examines the app traffic for:
l Application category
l Application signature ID
l Filters overrides
l Custom signature
l Default port service
l Default network service
When selecting the app category, signature, or filter that you intend to work with, the following actions can be set to the
specific entry:
l Allow: App traffic will be allowed and no logs are recorded.
l Monitor: The entry match is allowed and logged.
l Block: Traffic matching the entry will be blocked.
l Reset: The session will be dropped and a new session will be started.
l Quarantine IP address: Traffic matching the entry will be blocked. The client initiating the traffic will be source-ip
banned.
l Shaper/Per-ip-shaper: Max-bandwidth and quaratined-bandwidth values can be set to limit the link speed.
Once you have created an application sensor, you can define the applications that you want to control. You can add
applications and filters using categories, application overrides, and/or filter overrides.
l Categories: Choose groups of signatures based on a category type.
l Application overrides: Choose individual applications.
l Filter overrides: Select groups of applications and override the application signature settings for them.
Categories
1 Browser-Based
2 Client-Server
4 Peer-to-Peer
set behavior {id}
All All
2 Botnet
3 Evasive
5 Excessive-Bandwidth
6 Tunneling
9 Cloud
set popularity {1-5} #Popularity level 1-5
set action {pass | block | reset}
pass Pass or allow matching traffic.
block Block or drop matching traffic.
reset Reset sessions for matching traffic.
set log {enable | disable}
next
end
next
end
c. Select Cloud under the behavior section from the Select Entries list.
Matched signatures are shown along the bottom.
d. Select OK.
Most networking applications run on specific ports. For example, SSH runs on port 22, and Facebook runs on port 80
and 443.
If the default network service is enabled in the Application Control profile, a port enforcement check is done at the
application profile level, and any detected application signatures running on the non-standard TCP/IP port are blocked.
This means that each application allowed by the app control sensor is only run on its default port.
For example, when applying the above appctrl sensor, FTP traffic with the standard port (port 21) is allowed, while the
non-standard port (port 2121) is blocked.
Protocol enforcement allows you to configure networking services (e.g. FTP, HTTP, HTTPS) on known ports (e.g. 21,
80, 443). For protocols which are not whitelisted under select ports, the IPS engine performs the violation action to
block, allow, or monitor that traffic.
This feature acts upon the following two scenarios:
l When one protocol dissector confirms the service of network traffic, protocol enforcement can check whether the
confirmed service is whitelisted under the server port. If it is not, then the traffic is considered a violation and IPS
can take the action specified by config (e.g. block).
l When there is no confirmed service for the network traffic, the traffic is considered a service violation if
IPS dissectors rule out all of the services enforced under its server port.
CLI configuration
In an applicable profile, a default-network-service list can be created to associate well known ports with accepted
services.
GUI Configuration
A new table is displayed when the Network Protocol Enforcement toggle is set to the On position. Enforced entries can
be created, edited, or deleted to configure network services on certain ports and determine the violation action.
Web Filter
Web Filter is a means of controlling the content that an internet user is able to view. With the increased popularity of
web applications, the need to monitor and control web access is becoming a key component of secure content
management systems that employ antivirus, Web Filter, and messaging security.
This topic provides a general introduction to the Web Filter security profile. Additional information, such as the GUI and
CLI configurations, can be found in subsequent topics.
Web Filter configuration can be separated into the following parts: Web Filter profile configuration and Web Filter
profile overrides.
There are five components to Web Filter configuration:
l URL filter: Block, allow, exempt, or monitor traffic by URL.
l FortiGuard filter: With a FortiGuard license, you can get the rating of a URL. Action can be taken against the
packet based on its rating.
l Content filter: Block or exempt traffic by checking its content.
l File filter: Log or block a file based on its file type (e.g. ZIP, MP3, PNG).
l Advanced filter
There are two different ways to override Web Filter behavior based on FortiGuard categorization of websites:
l Using alternate categories: Web rating overrides. This method manually assigns a specific website to a different
Fortinet category or a locally created category.
l Using alternate profiles: The traffic going through the FortiGate unit using identity based policies and a Web
Filter profile have the option where configured users or IP addresses can use an alternative Web Filter profile when
attempting to access blocked websites.
URL filter is also called static URL filter. By adding specific URLs with patterns containing text and regular expressions,
FortiGate can allow, block, exempt, and monitor web pages matching any specified URLs or patterns, and can display a
replacement message instead.
Sample topology
You can create a URL filter using the GUI or CLI. After creating the URL filter, attach it to a webfilter profile.
1. Go to Security Profiles > Web Filter and go to the Static URL Filter section.
2. Enable URL Filter.
3. Under URL Filter, select Create New to display the New URL Filter pane.
Simple FortiGate tries to strictly match the full context. For example, if you enter
www.facebook.com in the URL field, it only matches traffic with www.facebook.com. It
won't match facebook.com or message.facebook.com.
When FortiGate finds a match, it performs the selected URL Action.
Regular FortiGate tries to match the pattern based on the rules of regular expressions or
Expression or wildcards. For example, if you enter *fa* in the URL field, it matches all the content that
Wildcard has fa such as www.facebook.com, message.facebook.com, fast.com, etc.
When FortiGate finds a match, it performs the selected URL Action.
For more information, see the URL Filter expressions technical note in
https://kb.fortinet.com/kb/documentLink.do?externalID=FD37057.
Block Denies or blocks attempts to access any URL matching the URL pattern. FortiGate
displays a replacement message.
Allow The traffic is passed to the remaining FortiGuard webfilters, web content filters, web
script filters, antivirus proxy operations, and DLP proxy operations. If the URL does not
appear in the URL list, the traffic is permitted.
Monitor The traffic is processed the same way as the Allow action. For the Monitor action, a log
message is generated each time a matching traffic pattern is established.
Exempt The traffic is allowed to bypass the remaining FortiGuard webfilters, web content filters,
web script filters, antivirus scanning, and DLP proxy operations
4. For example, enter *facebook.com and select Wildcard and Block; and select OK.
To create and enable a URL filter using the CLI, create the URL filter and then attach it to a webfilter profile. The CLI
commands below show the full configuration of creating a URL filter.
config webfilter urlfilter
edit {id}
# Configure URL filter lists.
set name {string} Name of URL filter list. size[35]
config entries
edit {id}
# URL filter entries.
set url {string} URL to be filtered. size[511]
set type {simple | regex | wildcard} Filter type (simple, regex, or wildcard).
simple Simple URL string.
After you have created the URL filter and attached it to a webfilter profile, you must attach the profile to a firewall policy.
Validate the URL filter results by going to a blocked website. For example, when you go to the Facebook website, you
see the replacement message.
2. If there are too many log entries, click Add Filter and select Event Type > urlfilter to display logs generated by the
URL filter.
To use this service, you must have a valid subscription on your FortiGate.
FortiGuard filter enhances the Web Filter features supplied with your FortiGate unit by sorting billions of web pages into
a wide range of categories that users can allow or block.
FortiGuard Web Filter services includes over 45 million individual website rating that applies to more than two billion
pages. When FortiGuard filter is enabled in a Web Filter and is applied to firewall policies, if a request for a web page
appears in traffic controlled by one of the firewall policies, the URL is sent to the nearest FortiGuard server. The URL
category or rating is returned. If the category is blocked, the FortiGate shows a replacement message in place of the
requested page. If the category is not blocked, the page request is sent to the requested URL as normal.
You can select one of the following FortiGuard Web Filter actions:
Block Prevent access to the sites in the category. Users trying to access a blocked site sees a
replacement message indicating the site is blocked.
Monitor Permits and logs access to sites in the category. You can enable user quotas when you
enable this action.
Warning Displays a message to the user allowing them to continue if they choose.
Authenticate Requires the user to authenticate with the FortiGate before allowing access to the category
or category group.
FortiGuard has many Web Filter categories including two local categories and a special remote category. For more
information on the different categories, see the table below.
The priority of categories is local category > external category > FortiGuard built-in category. If a URL is configured as a
local category, it only follows the behavior of local category and not external or FortiGuard built-in category.
This example shows blocking a website based on its category (rating), for example, information technology.
1. Go to Security Profiles > Web Filter and go to the FortiGuard category based filter section.
2. Open the General Interest - Business section by clicking the + icon beside it.
1. Go to a website belonging to the blocked category, for example, www.fortinet.com, and you see a blocked page
and the category that is blocked.
This example shows issuing a warning when a user visits a website based on its category (rating), for example,
information technology.
1. Go to Security Profiles > Web Filter and go to the FortiGuard category based filter section.
2. Open the General Interest - Business section by clicking the + icon beside it.
3. Select Information Technology and then select Warning.
4. Set the Warning Interval which is the interval when the warning page appears again after the user chooses to
continue.
1. Go to a website belonging to the selected category, for example, www.fortinet.com, and you see a warning page
where you can choose to Proceed or Go Back.
This example shows authenticating a website based on its category (rating), for example, information technology.
1. Go to Security Profiles > Web Filter and go to the FortiGuard category based filter section.
2. Open the General Interest - Business section by clicking the + icon beside it.
3. Select Information Technology and then select Authenticate.
4. Set the Warning Interval which is the interval when the authentication page appears again after authentication.
5. Click the + icon beside Selected User Group and select a user group. You must have a valid user group to use this
feature.
1. Go to a website belonging to the selected category, for example, www.fortinet.com. First, you see a warning page
where you can choose to Proceed or Go Back.
3. Enter the username and password of the user group you selected, and click Continue.
If the credentials are correct, the traffic is allowed through.
When the FortiGuard Web Filter action is Block, Warning, or Authenticate, there is a Customize option for you to
customize the replace page.
1. Go to Security Profiles > Web Filter and go to the FortiGuard category based filter section.
2. Right-click the item and select Customize.
In addition to using category and classification blocks and overrides to limit user access to URLs, you can set a daily
quota by category, category group, or classification. Quotas allow access for a specified length of time or a specific
bandwidth, and is calculated separately for each user. Quotas are reset everyday at midnight.
Quotas can be set only for the actions of Monitor, Warning, or Authenticate. When the quota is reached, the traffic is
blocked and the replacement page displays.
Sample topology
This example shows setting a time quota for a category, for example, the Education category.
1. Go to Security Profiles > Web Filter and go to the FortiGuard category based filter section.
2. Open the General Interest - Personal section by selecting the + icon beside it.
3. Select Education and then select Monitor.
4. In the Category Usage Quota section, select Create New.
5. In the right pane, select the Category field and then select Education.
6. For the Quota Type, select Time and set the Total quota to 5 minute(s).
7. Select OK and the Category Usage Quota section displays the quota.
8. Validate the configuration by visiting a website in the education category, for example https://www.harvard.edu/.
You can view websites in the education category.
9. Check the used and remaining quota in Monitor > FortiGuard Quota.
10. When the quota reaches its limit, traffic is blocked and the replacement page displays.
You can control access to web content by blocking web pages containing specific words or patterns. This helps to
prevent access to pages with questionable material. You can specify words, phrases, patterns, wildcards and Perl
regular expressions to match content on web pages. You can use multiple web content filter lists and select the best
web content filter list for each Web Filter profile.
Pattern type
When you have created the Web Filter content list, you need to add web content patterns to it. There are two types of
patterns: wildcard and regular expression.
Wildcard
Use the wildcard setting to block or exempt one word or text strings of up to 80 characters. You can also use wildcard
symbols such as ? or * to represent one or more characters. For example, a wildcard expression forti*.com matches
fortinet.com and forticare.com. The * represents any character appearing any number of times.
Regular expression
Use the regular expression setting to block or exempt patterns of Perl expressions which use some of the same symbols
as wildcard expressions but for different purposes. In regular expressions, * represents the character before the symbol.
For example, forti*.com matches fortiii.com but not fortinet.com or fortiice.com. In this case, the symbol * represents i
appearing any number of times.
The maximum number of web content patterns in a list is 5000.
Content evaluation
The web content filter feature scans the content of every web page that is accepted by a security policy. The system
administrator can specify banned words and phrases and attach a numerical value, or score, to the importance of those
words and phrases. When the web content filter scan detects banned content, it adds the scores of banned words and
phrases found on that page. If the sum is higher than a threshold set in the Web Filter profile, FortiGate blocks the
page.
The default score for web content filter is 10 and the default threshold is 10. This means that by default, a web page is
blocked by a single match.
Banned words or phrases are evaluated according to the following rules:
l The score for each word or phrase is counted only once, even if that word or phrase appears many times in the web
page.
l The score for any word in a phrase without quotation marks is counted.
l The score for a phrase in quotation marks is counted only if it appears exactly as written.
The following table is an example of how rules are applied to the contents of a web page. For example, a web page
contains only this sentence:
The score for each word or phrase is counted only once, even if that word or phrase appears many times in the web
page.
word phrase 20 40 20 Each word appears twice but only counted once giving a
total score of 40. Web page is blocked.
word sentence 20 20 20 “word” appears twice, “sentence” does not appear, but
since any word in a phrase without quotation marks is
counted, the score for this pattern is 20. Web page is
blocked.
"word 20 0 20 This phrase does not appear exactly as written. Web page
sentence" is allowed.
"word or 20 20 20 This phrase appears twice but is counted only once. Web
phrase" page is blocked.
Sample configuration
1. Go to Security Profiles > Web Filter and go to the Static URL Filter section.
2. Enable Content Filter to display its options.
4. For Pattern Type, select Regular Expression and enter fortinet in the Pattern field.
l Leave Language as Western.
l Set Action to Block.
l Set Status to Enable.
6. Validate the configuration by visiting a website with the word fortinet, for example, www.fortinet.com. The website
is blocked and a replacement page displays.
next
end
Advanced Filters 1
To use this feature, you must be registered to a FortiSandbox and be connected to it.
This feature blocks malicious URLs that FortiSandbox finds.
1. Go to Security Profiles > Web Filter and go to the Static URL Filter section.
2. Enable Block malicious URLs discovered by FortiSandbox.
next
end
If you don't have a FortiGuard license but you have enabled services that need a FortiGuard license, such as FortiGuard
filter, then you'll get a rating error message.
Use this setting to allow access to websites that return a rating error from the FortiGuard Web Filter service.
1. Go to Security Profiles > Web Filter and go to the Rating Options section.
2. Enable Allow websites when a rating error occurs.
If you enable this feature, in addition to only sending domain information to FortiGuard for rating, FortiGate always
sends both the URL domain name and the TCP/IP packet's IP address (except for private IP addresses) to FortiGuard
for the rating.
FortiGuard server might return a different category of IP address and URL domain. If they are different, FortiGate uses
the rating weight of the IP address or domain name to determine the rating result and decision. This rating weight is
hard-coded in FortiGate.
For example, if we use a spoof IP of Google as www.irs.gov, FortiGate will send both the IP address and domain name
to FortiGuard to get the rating. In this example, we get two different ratings, one is search engine and portals which
belongs to the IP of Google, another is government and legal organizations which belongs to www.irs.gov. As
the search engine and portals has a higher weight than government and legal organizations, this traffic will be rated
as search engine and portals and not rated as government and legal organizations.
1. Go to Security Profiles > Web Filter and go to the Rating Options section.
2. Enable Rate URLs by domain and IP address.
Use this feature to block websites when their SSL certificate CN field does not contain a valid domain name.
For example, this option blocks URLs which contains spaces. If there is a space in the URL, it must be written
as: http://www.example.com/space%20here.html.
1. Go to Security Profiles > Web Filter and go to the Static URL Filter section.
2. Enable Block invalid URLs .
This feature enable FortiGate to retrieve ratings for individual images in addition to websites. Images in a blocked
category are not displayed even if they are part of a site in an allowed category. Blocked images are replaced with blank
placeholders. These image file types are rated: GIF, JPEG, PNG, BMP, and TIFF.
This feature requires a valid FortiGuard license, otherwise rating errors will occur. By default, this feature is enabled.
For example, if the Other Adult Materials category is blocked, before enabling Rate images by URL, the image is not
blocked:
After enabling Rate images by URL, images in the Other Adult Materials category are blocked. For example:
1. Go to Security Profiles > Web Filter and go to the Rating Options section.
2. Enable Rate images by URL.
Advanced Filters 2
These advanced filters are only available when inspection mode is Proxy.
Safe search
This feature applies to popular search sites and prevents explicit websites and images from appearing in search results.
Supported search sites are:
l Google
l Yahoo
l Bing
l Yandex
1. Go to Security Profiles > Web Filter and go to the Search Engines section.
2. Enable Enforce 'Safe Search' on Google, Yahoo!, Bing, Yandex.
Use these features to limit users' access to YouTube channels, such as in an education environment where you want
students and users to be able to access YouTube education videos but not other YouTube videos.
Formerly, YouTube for Schools was a way to access educational videos inside a school network. This YouTube feature
lets schools access educational videos on YouTube EDU and to specify the videos accessible within the school network.
When Google stopped supporting YouTube for Schools on July 1, 2016, YouTube safe search also stopped working.
Google provides information on restricting YouTube content such as Restrict YouTube content available to G Suite
users. At this time, the options Google offers to restrict inappropriate content includes: DNS, HTTP headers, and
Chromebooks..
1. Go to Security Profiles > Web Filter and go to the Search Engines section.
2. Enable Restrict YouTube Access and select Strict or Moderate.
next
end
This Web Filter feature is also called Restrict YouTube access to specific channels. Use this feature to block or only
allow matching YouTube channels.
The following identifiers are used:
given <channel-id>, affect on:
www.youtube.com/channel/<channel-id>
www.youtube.com/user/<user-id>
1. Go to Security Profiles > Web Filter and go to the Proxy Options section.
2. Enable Restrict YouTube access to specific channels.
3. Select Create New and specify the Channel ID, for example, UCGzuiiLdQZu9wxDNJHO_JnA.
4. Select OK and the option shows the Channel ID and its Link.
1. Go to Security Profiles > Web Filter and go to the Search Engines section.
2. Enable Log all search keywords.
Use this feature to block access to some Google accounts and services while allowing access to accounts in the
domains in the exception list.
1. Go to Security Profiles > Web Filter and go to the Proxy Options section.
2. Enable Restrict Google account usage to specific domains.
3. Select the + button and enter the domains that Google can access, for example, www.fortinet.com.
When you try to use Google services like Gmail, only traffic from the domain of www.fortinet.com can go through.
Traffic from other domains is blocked.
HTTP POST Action
Select the action to take with HTTP POST traffic. HTTP POST is the command used by your browser when you send
information, such as a form you have filled-out or a file you are uploading to a web server.
The action options are Allow or Block. The default is Allow.
1. Go to Security Profiles > Web Filter and go to the Proxy Options section.
2. For HTTP POST Action, select Allow or Block.
The Remove Java Applets feature filters java applets from web traffic. Websites using java applets might not function
properly if you enable this filter.
The Remove ActiveX feature filters ActiveX scripts from web traffic. Websites using ActiveX might not function properly
with if you enable this filter.
The Remove Cookies feature filters cookies from web traffic. Websites using cookies might not function properly if you
enable this filter.
1. Go to Security Profiles > Web Filter and go to the Proxy Options section.
2. Select the filters you want to use: Remove Java Applets, Remove ActiveX, and/or Remove Cookies.
For example, a website called example.com is in the subcategory of pornography and the organization uses FortiGuard
Web Filter to block access to sites in the category of pornography. However, in this example, example.com is a client
and that website is for artists that specialize in nudes and erotic images. In this example, there are two approaches. The
first is to use the web rating override function to assign example.com to the nudity and risque category instead of
pornography category to match the criteria that the organization goes by. The second approach is to assign the website
to a custom category that is not blocked because the website belongs to a client and staff need to access that website.
Another example from the reverse perspective is a school decides that a website specializing in selling books online
should not be accessible because it sells books with violent subject matter. Fortinet categorizes this website,
example2.com, as General Interest - Business with the subcategory of Shopping and Auction, which is a category that is
allowed. In this example, the school can reassign this website to the category Adult Material which is a blocked
category.
You can assign a website to a built-in category or a custom category.
You can create a custom or local category and assign a URL to it.
1. Go to Security Profiles > Web Rating Overrides and click Custom Categories.
2. In the Custom Categories pane, click Create New.
4. Click OK.
The custom category appears in Web Filter under Local Categories where you can change the Action for that
category.
next
end
You can override a URL to another category or to a custom category. This example shows overriding www.fortinet.com
to the custom category: mylocalcategory.
1. Go to Security Profiles > Web Rating Overrides and click Create New.
2. In the New Web Rating Overrides pane, enter the URL you want to re-categorize.
3. To view the URL's current rating, click Lookup Rating.
4. In the Override to section:
a. For Category, select Custom Categories.
b. For Sub-Category, select mylocalcategory.
5. Click OK.
The URL www.fortinet.com now belongs to the mylocalcategory category.
Introduction
External Resources is a new feature introduced in FortiOS 6.0, which provides a capability to import an external blacklist
which sits on an HTTP server. This feature helps FortiGate retrieve a dynamic URL/Domain Name/IP Address/Malware
hash list from an external HTTP server periodically. FortiGate uses these external resources as Web Filter's remote
categories, DNS Filter's remote categories, policy address objects or AntiVirus profile's malware definitions. If the
external resource is updated, FortiGate objects will update dynamically.
IDN (International Domain Name) and UTF encoding URL is supported (from 6.2).
IPv4,IPv6 format URL is supported. IPv6 in URL list must in [ ] form.
We can use CLI to configure the external resources files that is located on external HTTP Server. Under Global,
configure the external resource file location and specify the resource type.
Web Filter will use category type external resources as Remote Categories. In the following example, it is configured a
file Ext-Resource-Type-as-Category-1.txt as type as category, it will be treated in Web Filter as Remote Category, the
category name configured as Ext-Resource-Type-as-Category-1 and category-id as 192:
config system external-resource
edit "Ext-Resource-Type-as-Category-1"
set type category <----
Now in each VDOM, category type external resource can be used in Web Filter as Remote Cateogry. In the example
above, URL list in "Ext-Resource-Type-as-Category-1.txt" file will be treated as remote category (category-id 192).
Configure the action for this remote category in Web Filter profile and apply it in the policy:
config webfilter profile
edit "webfilter"
config ftgd-wf
unset options
config filters
edit 1
set category 2
set action warning
next
......
edit 24
set category 192 <----
set action block
next
edit 25
set category 221
set action warning
next
edit 26
set category 193
next
end
end
set log-all-url enable
next
end
Configure, edit or view the Entries for external resources from GUI.
1. GUI > Global > Fabric Connectors page:
2. GUI > Global > Fabric Connectors page > Create New. Click Create New button, and select Threat Feeds Type
FortiGuard Category.
3. GUI > Global > Fabric Connectors page. Enter the Resource Name, URL Location of the resource file, resource
authentication credential, Refresh Rate or comment, and click OK to finish the Threat Feeds configuration.
4. GUI > Global > Fabric Connectors page. After a few minutes, double-click the Threat Feeds Object you just
configured. It is shown in the Edit page. Click View Entries to view the entry list in the external resources file:
5. GUI > VDOM > Web Filter Profile page. The configured external resources is shown and configured in each Web
Filter Profile:
Log Example
If a HTTP/HTTPS request URL matched in Remote Category's entry list, it will override its original FGD URL rating and
it is treated as Remote Category.
GUI > VDOM > Log & Report > Web Filter:
CLI Example:
HTTPS Request URL matched in this Remote Category will be exempted from SSL Deep Inspection.
Log example:
Web Filter can have both local category and remote category at the same time. There's no duplication check between
local category URL override and remote category resource file. For example, a URL like www.example.com may be
shown both in remote category entry list and in FortiGate's local category URL override configuration. We recommend
avoiding this scenario since FortiGate does not check for duplicates. However, if a URL is duplicated in both local
category and remote category, it is rated as local category.
Introduction
File Filter is a new feature introduced in FortiOS 6.2, and provides the Web Filter profile with the capability to block files
passing through a FortiGate based on file type. In addition, the configuration for file type filtering has been greatly
simplified. In previous FortiOS versions, File Filtering could only be achieved by configuring a DLP (Data Leak
Prevention) sensor.
In FortiOS 6.2, HTTP and FTP File Filtering is configurable in Web Filter profile, and SMTP, POP3, IMAP file-filtering is
configurable in Email filter profile. Currently, File Filtering in Web Filter profile is based on file type (file's meta data)
only, and not on file size or file content. Users will still need to configure a DLP sensor to block files based on size or
content such as SSN numbers, credit card numbers or regexp.
FTP inspection and GUI configuration have yet to be implemented. In addition, Web Filter File Filtering will only work
on proxy mode policies.
File Filter in Web Filter profile supports the following file types:
xz Match xz files
msoffice Match MS-Office files. For example, doc, xls, ppt, and so on.
msofficex Match MS-Office XML files. For example, docx, xlsx, pptx, and so on.
rm Match rm files
Using CLI, configuration for File Filtering is nested inside Web Filter profile's configuration.
In File filtering configuration, file filtering functionality and logging is independent of the Web Filter profile.
To block or log a file type, configure file filter entries. Within each entry, specify a file-type, action (log|block), protocol to
inspect (http|ftp), direction we want to inspect traffic (incoming|outgoing|any), and match only encrypted files. In
addition, in each file filter entry we can specify multiple file types. File filter entries are ordered, however, blocked will
take precedence over log.
In the CLI example below, we want to file filter the following using Web Filter profile:
1. Block PDFs from entering our leaving our network (filter1).
2. Log the download of some graphics file-types via HTTP (filter2).
3. Block EXE files from leaving to our network via FTP (filter3).
config webfilter profile
edit "webfilter-file-filter"
config file-filter
set status enable <-- Allow user to disable/enable file
filtering
set log enable <-- Allow user to disable/enable logging for
file filtering
set scan-archive-contents enable <-- Allow scanning of files inside archives
such as ZIP, RAR etc.
config entries
edit "filter1"
set comment "Block PDF files"
set protocol http ftp <-- Inspect HTTP and FTP traffic
set action block <-- Block file once file type is matched
set direction any <-- Inspect both incoming and outgoing traffic
set encryption any <-- Inspect both encrypted and un-encrypted
files
set file-type "pdf" <-- Choosing the file type to match
next
edit "filter2"
set comment "Log graphics files"
set protocol http <-- Inspect only HTTP traffic
set action log <-- Log file once file type is matched
set direction incoming <-- Only inspect incoming traffic
set encryption any
set file-type "jpeg" "png" "gif" <-- Multiple file types can be configured
in a single entry
next
edit "filter3"
set comment "Block upload of EXE files"
set protocol ftp <-- Inspect only FTP traffic
set action log
set direction outgoing <-- Inspect only outgoing traffic
set encryption any
set file-type "exe"
next
end
end
end
After configuring File Filter in Web Filter profile we must apply it to a firewall policy using the following command:
config firewall policy
edit 1
set name "client-to-internet"
set srcintf "dmz"
set dstintf "wan1"
set srcaddr "all"
set dstaddr "all"
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
set utm-status enable
set utm-inspection-mode proxy
set logtraffic all
set webfilter profile "webfilter-filefilter"
set profile-protocol-options "protocol"
set ssl-ssh-profile "protocols"
set nat enable
next
end
Log Example
GUI > VDOM > Log & Report > Web Filter:
Introduction
FortiOS 6.2.0 provides command line tools to view the Web Filter statistics report. These command line tools currently
fall into either proxy-based or flow-based Web Filter statistics commands.
l The proxy-based Web Filter statistics command line tools are as follows. These commands are available in both
global or per-VDOM command lines.
#diagnose wad filter <----define the interested objects for output
(global) # diag wad ?
console-log Send WAD log messages to the console.
debug Debug setting.
stats Show statistics.
filter Filter for listing sessions or tunnels. <----use filter to filter-out
interested object and output
kxp SSL KXP diagnostics.
user User diagnostics.
memory WAD memory diagnostics.
restore Restore configuration defaults.
history Statistics history.
session Session diagnostics.
tunnel Tunnel diagnostics.
webcache Web cache statistics.
worker Worker diagnostics.
csvc Cache service diagnostics.
#diagnose wad stat filter list/clear <----list/clear Web Filter/DLP statistics report
l In the example below, there are two VDOMs using proxy-based policies which have Web Filter profiles enabled.
The command line can be used to view the proxy-based Web Filter statistics report.
(global) # diag wad filter ?
list Display current filter.
clear Erase current filter settings.
src Source address range to filter by.
dst Destination address range to filter by.
sport Source port range to filter by.
dport Destination port range to filter by.
vd Virtual Domain Name. <----filter for per-vdom or global
statistics report
explicit-policy Index of explicit-policy. -1 matches all.
firewall-policy Index of firewall-policy. -1 matches all.
drop-unknown-session Enable drop message unknown sessions.
negate Negate the specified filter parameter.
protocol Select protocols to filter by.
l The flow-based Web Filter statistics command line tools are as follows. These commands are available in global
command lines only.
(global) # diag test app ipsmonitor
l In the example below, there are two VDOMs using flow-based policies which have Web Filter profiles enabled. The
command line can be used to view the flow-based Web Filter statistics report.
(global) # diag test app ipsmonitor 29
Global URLF states:
request: 14 <----Number of Requests that Flow Web-Filter(all ips engines) received;
DNS Filter
Most people who use the Internet use domain names. For example, people who access the Fortinet website type
www.fortinet.com into their web browser. However, on the Internet, all websites, computers, or devices actually use IP
addresses to locate the destination.
Internet uses DNS (Domain Name System) to translate domain names into IP addresses. For example, when you type
www.fortinet.com into your web browser, DNS maps this domain name to Fortinet's IP address to locate the Fortinet
website on the Internet.
If you cannot see DNS Filter under Security Profiles, go to System > Feature Visibility > Security Features section
and enable DNS Filter.
DNS primarily uses the UDP protocol on port 53 to serve the address resolve requests.
The FortiGate DNS Filter inspects the UDP protocol on port 53 traffic that traverse FortiGate, and based on the DNS
Filter profile configuration, makes the Allow/Monitor/Block or Redirect decision for the inspected traffic.
FortiGate DNS Filter has the following features:
l FortiGuard Filtering: filtering the DNS request based on the domain's FortiGuard rating.
l Botnet C&C Domain Blocking: block the DNS request for the known Botnet C&C domains.
l External Dynamic Category Domain Filtering: define your own domain category.
l DNS Safe Search: Enforce Google, Bing, and YouTube safe addresses for parental controls.
l Local Domain Filter: define your own domain list to block or allow.
l External IP Block List: define your IP block list to block resolved IPs that match this list.
l DNS Translation: map the resolved result to another IP you define.
Sample topology
The topics in this section use the following sample topology to explain how these DNS Filter features work and how to
configure it. In this sample topology, there is an internal network and a FortiGate used as a gateway device, with all
DNS traffic traversing the FortiGate.
end
set log-all-domain enable
set sdns-ftgd-err-log enable
set sdns-domain-log enable
set block-action redirect
set block-botnet enable
set safe-search enable
set redirect-portal 93.184.216.34
set redirect-portal6 ::
set youtube-restrict strict
next
end
After you have created the DNS Filter profile, you can apply it to the policy. DNS filters also support IPv6 policies.
The FortiGate must have a FortiGuard Web Filter license to use FortiGuard Category Based
Filter.
You can use the FortiGuard category-based DNS Domain Filter to inspect DNS traffic. This makes use of FortiGuard's
continually updated domain rating database for more reliable protection.
1. Go to Security Profiles > DNS Filter and edit or create a DNS Filter.
2. Enable FortiGuard Category Based Filter.
3. Select the category and then select Allow, Monitor, or Block for that category.
Sample
To see an example of how this works, from your internal network PC, use a command line tool such as dig or nslookup
to do DNS query for some domains, for example:
#dig www.example.com
;; ->>HEADER<<- opcode: QUERY; status: NOERROR; id: 61252
;; Flags: qr rd ra; QUERY: 1; ANSWER: 1; AUTHORITY: 13; ADDITIONAL: 11
;; QUESTION SECTION:
;; www.example.com. IN A
;; ANSWER SECTION:
www.example.com. 17164 IN A 93.184.216.34
;; AUTHORITY SECTION:
com. 20027 IN NS h.gtld-servers.net.
com. 20027 IN NS i.gtld-servers.net.
com. 20027 IN NS f.gtld-servers.net.
com. 20027 IN NS d.gtld-servers.net.
com. 20027 IN NS j.gtld-servers.net.
com. 20027 IN NS l.gtld-servers.net.
com. 20027 IN NS e.gtld-servers.net.
com. 20027 IN NS a.gtld-servers.net.
com. 20027 IN NS k.gtld-servers.net.
com. 20027 IN NS g.gtld-servers.net.
com. 20027 IN NS m.gtld-servers.net.
com. 20027 IN NS c.gtld-servers.net.
com. 20027 IN NS b.gtld-servers.net.
;; ADDITIONAL SECTION:
a.gtld-servers.net. 21999 IN A 192.5.6.30
a.gtld-servers.net. 21999 IN AAAA 2001:503:a83e::2:30
b.gtld-servers.net. 21997 IN A 192.33.14.30
b.gtld-servers.net. 21997 IN AAAA 2001:503:231d::2:30
c.gtld-servers.net. 21987 IN A 192.26.92.30
c.gtld-servers.net. 20929 IN AAAA 2001:503:83eb::30
d.gtld-servers.net. 3340 IN A 192.31.80.30
d.gtld-servers.net. 3340 IN AAAA 2001:500:856e::30
e.gtld-servers.net. 19334 IN A 192.12.94.30
e.gtld-servers.net. 19334 IN AAAA 2001:502:1ca1::30
f.gtld-servers.net. 3340 IN A 192.35.51.30
;; Received 509 B
;; Time 2019-04-05 09:39:33 PDT
;; From 172.16.95.16@53(UDP) in 3.8 ms
1. Go to Log & Report > DNS Query to view the DNS traffic that just traverse the FortiGate and the FortiGuard rating
for this domain name.
FortiGuard Service continually updates the Botnet C&C domain list (Domain DB). The botnet C&C domain blocking
feature can block the botnet website access at the DNS name resolving stage. This provides additional protection for
your network.
1. Go to Security Profiles > DNS Filter and edit or create a DNS Filter.
2. Enable Redirect botnet C&C requests to Block Portal.
3. Click the botnet package link to see the latest botnet C&C domain list.
Sample
To see an example of how this works, select a botnet domain from that list. Then from your internal network PC, use a
command line tool such as dig or nslookup to send a DNS query to traverse the FortiGate to see the query blocked as a
botnet domain. For example:
#dig canind.co
;; ->>HEADER<<- opcode: QUERY; status: NOERROR; id: 997
;; Flags: qr rd; QUERY: 1; ANSWER: 1; AUTHORITY: 0; ADDITIONAL: 0
;; QUESTION SECTION:
;; canind.co. IN A
;; ANSWER SECTION:
canind.co. 60 IN A 208.91.112.55 <<<==== botnet domain query
blocked, redirect with portal-IP.
;; Received 43 B
;; Time 2019-04-05 09:55:21 PDT
;; From 172.16.95.16@53(UDP) in 0.3 ms
1. Go to Log & Report > DNS Query to view the DNS query blocked as a botnet domain.
FortiGate also maintains a botnet C&C IP address database (botnet IPDB). If a DNS query response IP address
(resolved IP address) matches an entry inside the botnet IPDB, this DNS query is also blocked by DNS Filter botnet C&C
blocking.
To see an example of how DNS Filter botnet C&C IPDB blocking works, select an IP address from the IPDB list and use
Internet reverse lookup service to find its corresponding domain name. Then from your internal network PC, use a
command line tool such as dig or nslookup to query this domain and see that it's blocked by DNS Filter botnet C&C
blocking. For example:
# dig cpe-98-25-53-166.sc.res.rr.com
;; ->>HEADER<<- opcode: QUERY; status: NOERROR; id: 35135
;; Flags: qr rd; QUERY: 1; ANSWER: 1; AUTHORITY: 0; ADDITIONAL: 0
;; QUESTION SECTION:
;; cpe-98-25-53-166.sc.res.rr.com. IN A
;; ANSWER SECTION:
cpe-98-25-53-166.sc.res.rr.com. 60 IN A 208.91.112.55 <<<==== Since resolved
IP address match the botnet IPDB, dns query blocked with redirect portal IP.
;; Received 64 B
;; Time 2019-04-05 11:06:47 PDT
;; From 172.16.95.16@53(UDP) in 0.6 ms
1. Go to Log & Report > DNS Query to view the DNS query blocked by botnet C&C IPDB blocking.
Introduction
External Resources is a new feature introduced in FortiOS 6.0. It provides a capability to dynamically import an external
blacklist into an HTTP server. This feature enables FortiGate to retrieve a dynamic URL/Domain Name/IP
Address/Malware hash list from an external HTTP server periodically. FortiGate uses these external resources as Web
Filter's remote categories, DNS Filter's remote categories, policy address objects, or antivirus profile's malware
definitions. If external resources are updated, FortiGate objects are also updated dynamically.
External Resource is divided into four types:
l URL list (Type=category)
l Domain Name List (Type=domain)
l IP Address list (Type=address)
l Malware hash list (Type=malware)
The DNS Filter profile can use two types of external resources: domain type and address type. Domain type resources
file is a domain name list and address type resources file is an IP address list.
When a domain type external resource is configured, it is treated as a Remote Category in DNS Filter profile. If the
domain name in DNS Query matches the entry in this external resource file, it is treated as the Remote Category and
follows the action configured for this category in DNS Filter profile.
When an address type external resource is configured, it can be enabled as external-ip-blocklist in DNS Filter profile. If
DNS resolved IP address in DNS response matches the entry in the external-ip-blocklist, this DNS Query is blocked by
DNS Filter.
You can use CLI to configure External Resources files in an external HTTP server. Under Global, configure the External
Resources file location and specify the resource type. DNS Filter can use domain type and address type external
resources.
In the following example, configure a file "Ext-Resource-Type-as-Domain-1.txt" as type domain and it will be treated in
DNS Filter as Remote Category name as "Ext-Resource-Type-as-Domain-1" and category-id 194. Configure another
external resource file "Ext-Resource-Type-as-Address-1.txt" as type address, and this address object name is "Ext-
Resource-Type-as-Address-1":
config system external-resource
edit "Ext-Resource-Type-as-Domain-1"
set type domain <<<====
set category 194 <<<====
set resource "http://172.16.200.66/external-resources/Ext-Resource-Type-as-Domain-1.txt"
set refresh-rate 1
next
edit "Ext-Resource-Type-as-Address-1"
set status enable
set type address <<<====
set username ''
set password
set comments ''
set resource "http://172.16.200.66/external-resources/Ext-Resource-Type-as-Address-
1.txt"
set refresh-rate 1
next
end
In each VDOM, domain type external resource can be used in DNS Filter as Remote Category. In the above example,
Domain Name list in "Ext-Resource-Type-as-Domain-1.txt" file is treated as remote category (category-id 194). IP
address list in "Ext-Resource-Type-as-Address-1.txt" file can be applied in DNS Filter as external-ip-blocklist. If DNS
resolved IP address matches any entry in the list in that file, the DNS query is blocked. You should configure the action
for this remote category and enable "external-ip-block-list" in a DNS Filter profile and apply it in the policy:
config dnsfilter profile
edit "default"
set comment "Default dns filtering."
config ftgd-dns
config filters
edit 1
set category 194 <<<==== domain list in Ext-Resource-Type-as-Domain-1.txt
To configure, edit, or view the entries for external resources from GUI:
2. Click Create New and in the Threat Feeds section, select Domain Name or IP Address.
3. Enter the Resource Name, URL, location of the resource file, resource authentication credentials, and Refresh
Rate; and click OK to finish the Threat Feeds configuration.
4. When the configuration is complete, double-click the Threat Feeds Object you just configured to open the Edit
page; then click View Entries to view the entry list in the external resources file.
5. Go to VDOM > DNS Filter and open a DNS Filter profile. The configured external resources displays and you can
apply it in each DNS Filter Profile: remote category or external IP block lists.
Log Example
Remote categories
In VDOM > Log & Report > DNS Query, some domains that match the Remote Category list are rated as Remote
Category, overriding their original domain rating.
CLI Example:
External-IP-Block-Lists
You can use Address Type external resources as external-ip-blocklist in DNS Filter Profile. If DNS Query resolved IP
Address matches the entry in the external-ip-blocklist, this DNS query is blocked.
CLI Example:
Enable DNS Filter safe search so that FortiGate responds with the search engine's children and school safe domain or
IP address. Users might not be aware of this filter. Explicit contents are filtered by the search engine itself. This feature
isn’t 100% accurate but it can help you avoid explicit and inappropriate search results.
This feature currently supports Google, Bing, and YouTube.
1. Go to Security Profiles > DNS Filter and edit or create a DNS Filter.
2. Enable Enforce 'Safe search' on Google, Bing, YouTube.
3. For Restrict YouTube Access, select Strict or Moderate.
Sample
To see an example of how this works, enable this option. Then from your internal network PC, use a command line tool
such as dig or nslookup to do a DNS query on www.bing.com. For example:
# dig www.bing.com
;; ->>HEADER<<- opcode: QUERY; status: NOERROR; id: 46568
;; Flags: qr rd ra; QUERY: 1; ANSWER: 2; AUTHORITY: 0; ADDITIONAL: 0
;; QUESTION SECTION:
;; www.bing.com. IN A
;; ANSWER SECTION:
www.bing.com. 103 IN CNAME strict.bing.com. <<<====
strict.bing.com. 103 IN A 204.79.197.220
;; Received 67 B
;; Time 2019-04-05 14:34:52 PDT
;; From 172.16.95.16@53(UDP) in 196.0 ms
The DNS query for www.bing.com returns with a CNAME strict.bing.com, and A record for the CNAME. The user's web
browser then connects to this address with the same search engine UI but any explicit content search is filtered out.
Check the DNS Filter log for the message DNS Safe Search enforced.
Additional information
For each search engine's safe search specifications, see its specification page:
l https://help.bing.microsoft.com/#apex/18/en-US/10003/0
l https://support.google.com/websearch/answer/510?co=GENIE.Platform%3DDesktop&hl=en
l https://support.google.com/youtube/answer/174084?co=GENIE.Platform%3DDesktop&hl=en
In addition to FortiGuard's category-based domain filter, you can also can define your own local static domain filter to
allow or block specific domains.
1. Go to Security Profiles > DNS Filter and edit or create a DNS Filter.
2. In the Static Domain Filter section, enable Domain Filter.
1. Go to Log & Report > DNS Query to view the DNS query log.
Since the local domain list "google" action is Monitor, it's blocked by FortiGuard category-based domain filter.
In DNS Filter, local domain filter has a higher priority than FortiGuard category-based domain filter.
A DNS query is scanned and matched with local domain filter first. If an entry matches and the local filter entry's action
is block, then that DNS query is blocked or redirected.
If local domain filter list has no match, then the FortiGuard category-based domain filter is used. If a DNS query domain
name rating belongs to the block category, this query is blocked or redirected. If the FortiGuard category-based filter has
no match, then the original resolved IP address is returned to the client DNS resolver.
The local domain filter action can be Block, Allow, or Monitor. If the local domain filter action is Allow and an entry
matches, it will skip the FortiGuard category-based domain filter and directly return to client DNS resolver. If the local
domain filter action is Monitor and an entry matches, it will go to FortiGuard category-based domain filter scanning and
matching.
DNS translation
Using this feature, you can translate a DNS resolved IP address to another IP address you specify.
For example, website A has a public address 1.2.3.4. However, when your internal network users visit this website, you
want them to connect to an internal host, say, 192.168.3.4. In this case, you can use DNS translation to translate the
DNS resolved address 1.2.3.4 to 192.168.3.4. Reverse use of DNS translation is also applicable, for example, if you
want public DNS query of your internal server to get a public IP address, then you can translate a DNS resolved private
IP to a public IP address.
Sample configuration
This example configuration forces the DNS Filter profile to translate 93.184.216.34 (www.example.com) to
192.168.3.4. So when internal network users do DNS query for www.example.com, they do not get the original
www.example.com IP of 93.184.216.34. It will be replaced with 192.168.3.4.
1. Go to Security Profiles > DNS Filter and edit or create a DNS Filter profile.
2. Enable DNS Translation and click Create New.
3. Enter the Original Destination (the domain's original IP address), the Translated Destination IP address, and the
Network Mask (in most cases, it's 255.255.255.255).
To check DNS translation using a command line tool before DNS translation:
# dig www.example.com
;; ->>HEADER<<- opcode: QUERY; status: NOERROR; id: 27030
;; Flags: qr rd ra; QUERY: 1; ANSWER: 1; AUTHORITY: 2; ADDITIONAL: 0
;; QUESTION SECTION:
;; www.example.com. IN A
;; ANSWER SECTION:
www.example.com. 33946 IN A 93.184.216.34
;; AUTHORITY SECTION:
example.com. 18578 IN NS b.iana-servers.net.
example.com. 18578 IN NS a.iana-servers.net.
;; Received 97 B
;; Time 2019-04-08 10:47:26 PDT
;; From 172.16.95.16@53(UDP) in 0.5 ms
To check DNS translation using a command line tool after DNS translation:
# dig www.example.com
;; ->>HEADER<<- opcode: QUERY; status: NOERROR; id: 62060
;; Flags: qr rd ra; QUERY: 1; ANSWER: 1; AUTHORITY: 2; ADDITIONAL: 0
;; QUESTION SECTION:
;; www.example.com. IN A
;; ANSWER SECTION:
www.example.com. 32491 IN A 192.168.3.4 <<<==== resolved IP translated
into 192.168.3.4
;; AUTHORITY SECTION:
example.com. 17123 IN NS b.iana-servers.net.
example.com. 17123 IN NS a.iana-servers.net.
;; Received 97 B
;; Time 2019-04-08 11:11:41 PDT
;; From 172.16.95.16@53(UDP) in 0.5 ms
;; QUESTION SECTION:
;; www.example.com. IN A
;; ANSWER SECTION:
www.example.com. 29322 IN A 1.2.24.34
;; AUTHORITY SECTION:
example.com. 13954 IN NS a.iana-servers.net.
example.com. 13954 IN NS b.iana-servers.net.
;; Received 97 B
;; Time 2019-04-08 12:04:30 PDT
;; From 172.16.95.16@53(UDP) in 2.0 ms
1) AND src(Orginal IP) with negative netmask (93.184.216.34 & ~255.255.224.0)
01011101.10111000.11011000.00100010 93.184.216.34 <-- ip
00000000.00000000.00011111.11111111 ~255.255.224.0 <-- ~netmask
-------------------------------------------------------- &
00000000.00000000.00011000.00100010 0.0.24.34 <- right bits
You can configure and use FortiGate as a DNS server in your network. When you enable DNS Service on a specific
interface, FortiGate will listen for DNS Service on that interface.
Depending on the configuration, DNS Service on FortiGate can work in three modes: Recursive, Non-Recursive, or
Forward to System DNS (server). For details on how to configure DNS Service on FortiGate, see the FortiGate System
Configuration Guide.
You can apply a DNS Filter profile to Recursive Mode and Forward to System DNS Mode. This is the same as FortiGate
working as a transparent DNS Proxy for DNS relay traffic.
The Recursive and Non-Recursive Mode is available only after you configure the DNS database.
Sample configuration
In this example, FortiGate port 10 is enabled as a DNS Service with the DNS Filter profile "demo". Suppose port 10 has
an IP address 10.1.100.5 and DNS Filter profile "demo" is set to block category 52 (Information Technology), then from
your internal network PC, use a command line tool such as dig or nslookup to do a DNS query. For example:
# dig @10.1.100.5 www.fortinet.com <<<====Specify FortiGate interface address as DNS Server
;; ->>HEADER<<- opcode: QUERY; status: NOERROR; id: 52809
;; Flags: qr rd; QUERY: 1; ANSWER: 1; AUTHORITY: 0; ADDITIONAL: 0
;; QUESTION SECTION:
;; www.fortinet.com. IN A
;; ANSWER SECTION:
www.fortinet.com. 60 IN A 208.91.112.55 <<<==== DNS Filter profile
will filter the relay DNS traffic based on profile configuration. It blocked with redirect
portal IP
;; Received 50 B
If you have trouble with the DNS Filter profile in your policy, start with the following troubleshooting steps:
l Check the connection between FortiGate and FortiGuard DNS rating server (SDNS server).
l Check that FortiGate has a valid FortiGuard Web Filter license.
l Check the FortiGate DNS Filter configuration.
Ensure FortiGate can connect to the FortiGuard SDNS server. By default, FortiGate uses UDP port 53 to connect to the
SDNS server.
To check the connection between FortiGate and the SDNS server in the CLI:
1. In the CLI Console, run the command diagnose test application dnsproxy 3 to find the FortiGuard
SDNS server.
worker idx: 0
vdom: root, index=0, is master, vdom dns is disabled, mip-169.254.0.1 dns_log=1
dns64 is disabled
vdom: vdom1, index=1, is master, vdom dns is enabled, mip-169.254.0.1 dns_log=1
dns64 is disabled
dns-server:208.91.112.220:53 tz=-480 req=0 to=0 res=0 rt=0 secure=1 ready=1 timer=0 probe=0
failure=0 last_failed=0
dns-server:208.91.112.53:53 tz=0 req=0 to=0 res=0 rt=0 secure=0 ready=1 timer=0 probe=0
failure=0 last_failed=0
dns-server:208.91.112.52:53 tz=0 req=0 to=0 res=0 rt=0 secure=0 ready=1 timer=0 probe=0
failure=0 last_failed=0
dns-server:62.209.40.75:53 tz=60 req=0 to=0 res=0 rt=0 secure=1 ready=1 timer=0 probe=0
failure=0 last_failed=0
dns-server:209.222.147.38:53 tz=-300 req=0 to=0 res=0 rt=0 secure=1 ready=1 timer=0 probe=0
failure=0 last_failed=0
dns-server:173.243.138.221:53 tz=-480 req=0 to=0 res=0 rt=0 secure=1 ready=1 timer=0
probe=0 failure=0 last_failed=0
dns-server:45.75.200.89:53 tz=0 req=0 to=0 res=0 rt=0 secure=1 ready=1 timer=0 probe=0
failure=0 last_failed=0
DNS_CACHE: hash-size=2048, ttl=1800, min-ttl=60, max-num=5000
DNS FD: udp_s=13 udp_c=16:17 ha_c=21 unix_s=22, unix_nb_s=23, unix_nc_s=24
v6_udp_s=12, v6_udp_c=19:20, snmp=25, redir=14
DNS FD: tcp_s=27, tcp_s6=26, redir=28
FQDN: hash_size=1024, current_query=1024
DNS_DB: response_buf_sz=4096
LICENSE: expiry=2029-08-21, expired=0, type=2
FDG_SERVER:208.91.112.220:53
FGD_CATEGORY_VERSION:8
SERVER_LDB: gid=6f00, tz=-420, error_allow=0
FGD_REDIR:208.91.112.55
2. Check the FDG_SERVER line. The SDNS server IP address might be different depending on location. For this
example, it is:
FDG_SERVER:208.91.112.220:53
3. In the CLI Console under the management VDOM, run the command execute ping 208.91.112.220 to
check the communication between the FortiGate and the SDNS server.
4. Optionally, you can also check the communication using a PC on the internal network.
a. Disable the DNS Filter profile so that it does not affect your connection check.
b. Ping your ISP or a public DNS service provides's DNS server, for example, Google's public DNS server of
8.8.8.8:
#dig @8.8.8.8 www.fortinet.com
c. Check that you can get domain www.fortinet.com A record from the DNS server which shows that UDP port 53
connection path is not blocked.
#dig @8.8.8.8 www.fortinet.com
;; ->>HEADER<<- opcode: QUERY; status: NOERROR; id: 35121
;; Flags: qr rd ra; QUERY: 1; ANSWER: 3; AUTHORITY: 0; ADDITIONAL: 0
;; QUESTION SECTION:
;; www.fortinet.com. IN A
;; ANSWER SECTION:
www.fortinet.com. 289 IN CNAME fortinet-prod4-858839915.us-west-
1.elb.amazonaws.com.
fortinet-prod4-858839915.us-west-1.elb.amazonaws.com. 51 IN A
52.8.142.247
fortinet-prod4-858839915.us-west-1.elb.amazonaws.com. 51 IN A
13.56.55.78
;; Received 129 B
;; Time 2019-04-29 14:13:18 PDT
;; From 8.8.8.8@53(UDP) in 13.2 ms
The FortiGuard DNS Rating Service shares the license with FortiGuard Web Filter so you must have a valid Web Filter
license for the DNS Rating Service to work. While the license is shared, the DNS Rating Service uses a separate
connection mechanism from the Web Filter Rating.
1. In the CLI Console, run the command diagnose test application dnsproxy 3.
2. Look for the LICENSE line and check that the license has not expired, for example:
LICENSE: expiry=2029-08-21, expired=0, type=2
3. Check the dns-server lines. Some dns-server lines show secure=1 ready=1. These lines show the
functioning SDNS servers. For example:
dns-server:208.91.112.220:53 tz=-480 req=7 to=0 res=7 rt=1 secure=1 ready=1 timer=0 probe=0
failure=0 last_failed=0
1. Create a local domain filter and set the Action to Redirect to Block Portal.
See Local domain filter on page 407.
2. Apply this DNS Filter profile to the policy.
3. From the client PC, DNS query this domain.
If you get the profile's redirected portal address, that shows that the DNS Filter profile works as expected.
Use the following diagnose test application dnsproxy command line options to check DNS proxy status
and help with troubleshooting.
(global) # diagnose test application dnsproxy ?
worker idx: 0
1. Clear DNS cache
2. Show stats
3. Dump DNS setting
4. Reload FQDN
5. Requery FQDN
6. Dump FQDN
7. Dump DNS cache
8. Dump DNS DB
9. Reload DNS DB
10. Dump secure DNS policy/profile
11. Dump Botnet domain
12. Reload Secure DNS setting
13. Show Hostname cache
14. Clear Hostname cache
15. Show SDNS rating cache
16. Clear SDNS rating cache
17. DNS debug bit mask
99. Restart dnsproxy worker
Email filter
Email filtering
The FortiGate Email Filter can be configured to do AntiSpam and file-type based filtering. To enable email filtering,
create a profile using either the CLI or GUI, then use this profile in the firewall policy.
l FortiGuard-based options: The FortiGate qualifies the email based on score or verdict returned from the
FortiGuard service.
spamfsip Email IP address FortiGuard AntiSpam black list check.
spamfssubmit Add FortiGuard AntiSpam spam submission text.
spamfschksum Email checksum FortiGuard AntiSpam check.
spamfsurl Email content URL FortiGuard AntiSpam check.
spamfsphish Email content phishing URL FortiGuard AntiSpam check.
l Third-party options: The FortiGate qualifies the email based on information from a third-party source (like ORB
list).
spamrbl Email DNSBL & ORBL check.
Local and FortiGuard black/white lists can be enabled and combined in a single profile. When
combined, the Local black/white list has a higher priority than the FortiGuard's black list during
a decision making process.
For example: If a client's IP address is black listed in FortiGuard servers, but the admin wants
to override this decision and allow the IP to pass through the filter, they can define the
IP address or subnet in a BWL with the clear action. Because the information coming from the
Local BWL has a higher priority than the FortiGuard service, the email will be considered
clean.
Filtering types
Local-based:
l BWL, black or white list: These lists can be made from emails or IP subnets to forbid OR allow them to
sending/receiving emails.
When referring to the IP address or email listed under a black or white list, email refers to
the "From:" address, and IP refers to the IP address of the source of the email. In an
SMTP case, the IP refers to the client's IP address, while in a POP3 and IMAP case, it
refers to the server's IP address.
l Bannedwords: The admin can define a list of banned words. Emails that contain any of these banned words are
considered as spam.
l DNS check: With spamhelodns and spamraddrdns, the FortiGate performs a standard DNS check on the
machine name used in the helo SMTP message, and/or the return-to field to determine if these names belong to a
registered domain. The FortiGate does not check the FortiGuard service during these operations.
FortiGuard-based:
l FortiGuard based options: FortiGate consults FortiGuard servers to help identify the spammers IP address or
emails, known phishing URLs, known spam URLs, known spam email checksums, etc.
Protocol tuning:
lProtocol tuning: In a profile, there are sections for SMTP, POP3, and IMAP. In each section, you can set an action
to either discard, tag, or pass the log for that protocol.
Webmail:
l Webmail detector: The email filter can also be configured to detect and log emails sent via Gmail and MSN-
Hotmail. Although these two interfaces do not use the standard email protocols (SMTP, POP3, or IMAP) and
instead use HTTPS, the email filter can still be configured to detect the emails sent and passed through the
FortiGate.
File-type:
l File-type based filtering: This can include emails which are undesired due to a file-type attachment that the
network admin qualifies as non-compatible with their business environment. The admin can define the undesired
file-types within the email filter profile and can associate an action to be taken for each file-type (for example: block
or log).
Both AntiSpam and file-type based filtering can be defined in a single profile, and will act
independent of one another.
Local-based filters
edit 1
.....
5. Enable the Email Filter option and select the profile previously created.
6. Set SSL Inspection to a profile that has deep SSL inspection enabled.
l Deep inspection is required if you intend to filter SMTP, POP3, IMAP, or any SSL/TLS encapsulated protocol.
end
set spam-filtering enable
set options bannedword
set spam-bword-table 1
next
end
FortiGuard-based filters
FortiGate consults FortiGuard servers to help identify the spammers IP address or emails, known phishing URLs, known
spam URLs, known spam email checksums, etc. FortiGuard servers have maintained databases that contain black lists
which are fed from Fortinet sensors and labs distributed all over the world.
l Spam Submission
File-type based email filters can be used to filter out emails which are undesired due to a file-type attachment that the
network admin qualifies as non-compatible with their business environment. The admin can define the undesired file-
types within the email filter profile and can associate an action to be taken for each file-type (for example: block or log).
In an email filtering profile, there are sections for SMTP, POP3, and IMAP protocols. In each section, you can set an
action to either discard, tag, or pass the log for that protocol.
CLI Example:
config smtp
set log enable
set action tag
end
MAPI is a proprietary protocol from Microsoft. It uses HTTPS to encapsulate email requests and responses between
Microsoft Outlook clients and Microsoft Exchange servers. The configuration of MAPI email filters are only possible
through the CLI.
Webmail
The FortiGate email filter is intended to filter standard email protocols including SMTP, POP3, IMAP, and MAPI,
however, it can also be configured to detect and log emails sent through some webmail interfaces. The supported
webmail interfaces include Gmail and MSN-Hotmail.
FortiGate can only detect and log webmail emails. It does not discard or tag these emails.
1 logs found.
1 logs returned.
Introduction
File Filter is a new feature introduced in FortiOS 6.2, and provides the Email filter profile with the capability to block files
passing through a FortiGate based on file type. In addition, the configuration for file type filtering has been greatly
simplified. In previous FortiOS versions, File Filtering could only be achieved by configuring a DLP (Data Leak
Prevention) sensor.
In FortiOS 6.2, HTTP and FTP File Filtering is configurable in Web Filter profile, and SMTP, POP3, IMAP file-filtering is
configurable in Email filter profile. In this article we will discuss Email filter File Filtering.
Currently, File Filtering in Email filter profile is based on file type (file's meta data) only, and not on file size or file
content. Users will still need to configure a DLP sensor to block files based on size or content such as SSN numbers,
credit card numbers or regexp.
GUI configuration have yet to be implemented. In addition, Email filter File Filtering will only work on proxy mode
policies.
File Filter in Email filter profile supports the following file types:
xz Match xz files
msoffice Match MS-Office files. For example, doc, xls, ppt, and so on.
msofficex Match MS-Office XML files. For example, docx, xlsx, pptx, and so on.
rm Match rm files
Using CLI, configuration for File Filtering is nested inside Email filter profile's configuration.
In File filtering configuration, file filtering functionality and logging is independent of the Email filter profile.
To block or log a file type, we must configure file filter entries. Within each entry we can specify a file-type, action
(log|block), protocol to inspect (http|ftp), direction we want to inspect traffic (incoming|outgoing|any), and if we should
match only encrypted files. In addition, in each file filter entry we can specify multiple file types. File filter entries are
ordered, however, blocked will take precedence over log.
In the example CLI below we want to file filter the following using Email filter profile:
1. Block EXE files from received or sent out (filter1).
2. Log the sending of document files (filter2).
config emailfilter profile
edit "emailfilter-file-filter"
config file-filter
set status enable <--- Allow user to disable/enable file fil-
tering
set log enable <--- Allow user to disable/enable logging for
file filtering
set scan-archive-contents enable <--- Allow scanning of files inside archives
such as ZIP, RAR
config entries
edit "filter1"
set comment "Block executable files"
set protocol smtp imap pop3 <--- Inspect all email traffic
set action block <--- Block file once file type is matched
set encryption any <--- Inspect both encrypted and un-encrypted
files
set file-type "exe" <--- Choosing the file type to match
next
edit "filter2"
set comment "Log document files"
set protocol smtp <--- Inspect only SMTP traffic
set action log <--- Log file once file type is matched
set encryption any
set file-type "pdf" "msoffice" "msofficex" <--- Multiple file types can be con-
figured in a single entry
next
end
end
end
After configuring File Filter in Email filter profile, we must apply it to a firewall policy.
config firewall policy
edit 1
set name "client-to-internet"
CLI Example:
The FortiGate Data Leak Prevention (DLP) system prevents sensitive data from leaving your network. Data matching
defined sensitive data patterns are blocked, logged, or allowed when passing through the FortiGate unit.
The DLP system is configured by creating individual filters based on file type, file size, a regular expression, an
advanced rule, or a compound rule in a DLP sensor, and assigning the sensor to a security policy.
A DLP sensor is made of filters that are configured within it. The filters examine traffic for:
l Known files used DLP Fingerprints
l Known files using DLP Watermark
l Files of a particular type
l Files with a particular name
l Files larger than a specified size
l Data matching a specified regular expression
l Credit card and SSN numbers
When a match to a filter is detected, the possible actions include:
l Allow: No action is taken, even if the pattern specified in the filter is matched.
l Log: The filter match is logged.
l Block: Traffic matching the filter is blocked.
l Quarantine IP address: Traffic matching the filter is blocked, and the client initiating the traffic is soure IP banned.
Filters are ordered, but there is no precedence between the possible actions
The primary use of the DLP feature is to stop sensitive data from the leaving the network. It can also be used to prevent
unwanted data from entering the network, and to archive some or all of the content that is passing through the
FortiGate device. DLP archiving is configured per filter, allowing for a single sensor that archives only the required data.
There are two forms of DLP archiving:
l Summary Only
A summary of all the activity that the sensor detected is recorded. For example, when an email message is
detected, the sender, recipient, message subject, and total size are recorded. When a user accesses the web,
every URL that they visit is recorded.
l Full
Detailed records of all the activity that the sensor detects is recorded. For example, when an email message is
detected, the message itself, including any attachments, is recorded. When a user accesses the web, every page
that they visit is archived.
Basic filter types can be configured using the GUI or CLI and include:
l File type and name
l File size
l Regular expression
l Credit card and SSN
A file type filter allows you to block, allow, log, or quarantine based on the file type specified in the file filter list.
1. Create a file pattern to filter files based on the file name patter or file type:
config dlp filepattern
edit <filepatern_entry_integer>
set name <string>
config entries
edit <file pattern>
set filter-type <type | pattern>
set file-type <file type>
next
end
next
end
2. Attach the file pattern to a DLP sensor, and specify the protocols and actions:
config dlp sensor
edit <string>
config filter
edit <integer>
set name <string>
set proto <smtp | pop3 | imap | http-get | http-post | ftp | nntp | mapi>
set filter-by file-type
set file-type 11 <-- Previously configured filepattern
set action <allow | log-only| block | quarantine-ip>
next
end
next
end
5. Add file types by clicking in the File Types field and select file types from the side pane.
6. Add file name patterns by clicking in the File Name Patterns field:
a. In the side pane that opens, enter the pattern in the search bar.
b. Click Create.
c. Select the newly created pattern.
File size
A file size filter checks for files that exceed the specific size, and performs the DLP sensor's configured action on them.
5. Enter the maximum file size, in kilobytes, in the File size over field, then click OK.
Regular expression
A regular expression filter is used to filter files or messages based on the configured regular expression pattern.
6. Enter the regular expression string in the Regular Expression field, then click OK.
The credit card sensor can match the credit card number formats used by American Express, Mastercard, and Visa. It
can be used to filter files or messages.
The SSN sensor can be used to filter files or messages for Social Security Numbers.
next
end
next
end
DLP fingerprinting
DLP fingerprinting can be used to detect sensitive data. The file that the DLP sensor will filter for is uploaded and the
FortiGate generates and stores a checksum fingerprint. The FortiGate unit generates a fingerprint for all of the files that
are detected in network traffic, and compares all of the checksums stored in its database. If a match is found, the
configured action is taken.
Any type of file can be detected by DLP fingerprinting, and fingerprints can be saved for each revision of a file as it is
updated.
To use fingerprinting:
l Select the files to be fingerprinted by targeting a document source.
l Add fingerprinting filters to DLP sensors.
l Add the sensors to firewall policies that accept traffic that the fingerprinting will be applied on.
The document fingerprint feature requires a FortiGate device that has internal storage.
Command Description
server-type smb The protocol used to communicate with document server. Only
Samba (SMB) servers are supported.
period {none | daily | weekly | monthly} The frequency that the FortiGate checks the server for new or
changed files.
vdom {mgmt | current} The VDOM that can communicate with the file server.
Command Description
remove-deleted {enable | disable} Enable/disable keeping the fingerprint database up to date when a
file is deleted from the server.
keep-modified {enable | disable} Enable/disable keeping the old fingerprint and adding a new one
when a file is changed on the server.
username <string> The user name required to log into the file server.
password <password> The password required to log into the file server.
file-pattern <string> Files matching this pattern on the server are fingerprinted.
sensitivity <Critical | Private | Warning> The sensitivity or threat level for matches with this fingerprint
database.
tod-hour <integer> Set the hour of the day. This option is only available when period is
not none.
tod-min <integer> Set the minute of the hour. This option is only available when
period is not none.
weekday {sunday | monday | tuesday | Set the day of the week. This option is only available when period
wednesday | thursday | friday | saturday} is weekly.
date <integer> Set the day of the month. This option is only available when period
is monthly.
Command Description
sensitivity {Critical | Private | Warning} Select a DLP file pattern sensitivity to match.
match-percentage <integer> The percentage of the checksum required to match before the sensor
Command Description
is triggered.
action {allow | log-only | block | ban | The action to take with content that this DLP sensor matches.
quarantine-ip}
The CLI debug command diagnose test application dlpfingerprint can be used to display the
fingerprint information that is on the FortiGate.
Fingerprint Daemon Test Usage;
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
1 : This menu
2 : Dump database
3 : Dump all files
5 : Dump all chunk
6 : Refresh all doc sources in all VDOMs
7 : Show the db file size and the limit
9 : Display stats
10 : Clear stats
99 : Restart this daemon
37, 0,
15, /fingerprint/upload/fingerprint90.txt, vdom1, 0, 0, 1498582679, 1, 2,
37, 0,
16, /fingerprint/upload/fo2.pdf, vdom1, 0, 0, 1450488049, 1, 2,
1, 0,
17, /fingerprint/upload/foo.doc, vdom1, 0, 0, 1388538131, 1, 2,
9, 0,
18, /fingerprint/upload/fortiauto.pdf, vdom1, 0, 0, 1356118251, 1, 2,
146, 0,
19, /fingerprint/upload/image.out, vdom1, 0, 0, 1531802940, 1, 2,
5410, 0,
20, /fingerprint/upload/jon_file.txt, vdom1, 0, 0, 1536596091, 1, 2,
1, 0,
21, /fingerprint/upload/machotest, vdom1, 0, 0, 1528751955, 1, 2,
19, 0,
22, /fingerprint/upload/nntp-server.doc, vdom1, 0, 0, 1356118250, 1, 2,
17, 0,
23, /fingerprint/upload/notepad++.exe, vdom1, 0, 0, 1456090734, 1, 2,
1061, 0,
24, /fingerprint/upload/nppIExplorerShell.exe, vdom1, 0, 0, 1438559930, 1,
2, 5, 0,
25, /fingerprint/upload/NppShell_06.dll, vdom1, 0, 0, 1456090736, 1, 2,
111, 0,
26, /fingerprint/upload/PowerCollections.chm, vdom1, 0, 0, 1533336889, 1,
2, 728, 0,
27, /fingerprint/upload/reflector.dmg, vdom1, 0, 0, 1533336857, 1, 2,
21117, 0,
28, /fingerprint/upload/roxio.iso, vdom1, 0, 0, 1517531765, 1, 2,
49251,0,
29, /fingerprint/upload/SciLexer.dll, vdom1, 0, 0, 1456090736, 1, 2,
541, 0,
30, /fingerprint/upload/screen.jpg, vdom1, 0, 0, 1356118250, 1, 2,
55, 0,
31, /fingerprint/upload/Spec to integrate FASE into FortiOS.doc, vdom1, 0, 0,
1356118251, 1, 2, 31, 0,
32, /fingerprint/upload/subdirectory1/subdirectory2/subdirectory3/hibun.aea, vdom1, 0,
0, 1529019743, 1, 2, 1, 0,
33, /fingerprint/upload/test.pdf, vdom1, 0, 0, 1356118250, 1, 2,
5, 0,
34, /fingerprint/upload/test.tar, vdom1, 0, 0, 1356118251, 1, 2,
3, 0,
35, /fingerprint/upload/test.tar.gz, vdom1, 0, 0, 1356118250, 1, 2,
1, 0,
36, /fingerprint/upload/test1.txt, vdom1, 0, 0, 1540317547, 1, 2,
1, 0,
37, /fingerprint/upload/thousand-files.zip, vdom1, 0, 0, 1536611774, 1, 2,
241, 0,
38, /fingerprint/upload/Thumbs.db, vdom1, 0, 0, 1445878135, 1, 2,
3, 0,
39, /fingerprint/upload/widget.pdf, vdom1, 0, 0, 1356118251, 1, 2,
18, 0,
40, /fingerprint/upload/xx00-xx01.tar, vdom1, 0, 0, 1356118250, 1, 2,
5, 0,
41, /fingerprint/upload/xx02-xx03.tar.gz, vdom1, 0, 0, 1356118251, 1, 2,
1, 0,
DLP watermarking
Watermarking marks files with a digital pattern to designate them as proprietary to a specific company. A small pattern
is added to the file that is recognized by the DLP watermark filter, but is invisible to the end user (except for text files).
FortiExplorer client, or a Linux-based command line tool, can be used to add a watermark to the following file types:
l .txt
l .doc and .docx
l .pdf
l .ppt and .pptx
l .xls and .xlsx
The following information is covered in this section:
l Watermarking a file with FortiExplorer.
l Watermarking a file with the Linux tool.
l Configuring a DLP sensor to detect watermarked files.
FortiExplorer
In this example, a watermark will be added to small text file. The content of the file is:
This is to show how DLP watermarking is done using FortiExplorer.
The watermark pattern is visible in text files. For all other supported file types, it is
invisible.
A Linux-based command line tool can be used to watermark files. The tool can be executed is a Linux environment by
passing in files or directories of files.
When a firewall policy’s inspection mode is set to flow, traffic flowing through the policy will not be buffered by the
FortiGate. Unlike proxy mode, the content payload passing through the policy will be inspected on a packet by packet
basis with the very last packet held by the FortiGate until the scan returns a verdict. If a violation is detected in the
traffic, a reset packet is issued to the receiver, which terminates the connection, and prevents the payload from being
sent successfully.
Because of this method, flow mode inspection cannot be as thorough as proxy mode inspection and will have some
feature limitations. For example, flow mode inspection determines a file’s size by identifying the file size information in
the protocol exchange. If a file’s size is not present in the protocol exchange, the file’s size cannot be identified. The
flow-based policy will automatically block or pass the file (based on the configuration) despite the file meeting the file
size requirements.
The objective of flow-based policy is to optimize performance and increase throughput. Although it is not as thorough as
a proxy-based policy, flow mode inspection is still very reliable.
When a firewall policy’s inspection mode is set to proxy, traffic flowing through the policy will be buffered by the
FortiGate for inspection. This means that the packets for a file, email message, or web page will be held by the
FortiGate until the entire payload is inspected for violations (virus, spam, or malicious web links). After FortiOS has
finished the inspection, the payload is either released to the destination (if traffic is clean) or dropped and replaced with
a replacement message (if traffic contains violations).
To optimize inspection, the policy can be configured to block or ignore files or messages that exceed a certain size. To
prevent the receiving end user from timing out, client comforting can be applied, which allows small portions of the
payload to be sent while it is undergoing inspection.
Proxy mode provides the most thorough inspection of the traffic; however, its thoroughness sacrifices performance,
making its throughput slower than that of a flow-mode policy. Under normal traffic circumstances, the throughput
difference between a proxy-based and flow-based policy is not significant.
The following table shows which UTM profile can be configured on a flow mode or proxy mode inspection policy.
Remember that some UTM profiles are hidden in the GUI, but can be configured by using the FortiOS CLI.
4. Some Email filter features are not supported in Flow mode inspection. See Inspection mode differences for Email
Filter on page 450.
5. Some Web Filter features are not supported in Flow mode inspection. See Inspection mode differences for Web
Filter on page 451.
This section identifies the behavioral differences between Antivirus operating in flow and proxy inspection.
The following table indicates which Antivirus features are supported by their designated scan modes.
*IPS Engine caches the URL and a replacement message will be presented after the second attempt.
Flow Full Mode Yes Yes No Yes (1) Yes Yes (2)
1. Only available on FortiGate models with HDD or when FortiAnalyzer or FortiCloud is connected and enabled.
2. Only applies to inspection on IMAP, POP3, SMTP, and MAPI protocols.
The following table indicates which protocols can be inspected by the designated Antivirus scan modes.
* Proxy mode Antivirus inspection on CIFS protocol has the following limitations:
l Cannot detect infections within archive files
l Cannot detect oversized files
Flow Quick mode uses a separate pre-filtering database for malware detection as opposed to the full AV signature
database that Flow Full and Proxy mode inspection use.
Proxy mode uses pre-scanning and stream-based scanning for HTTP traffic. This allows archive files that exceed the
oversize limit to be uncompressed and scanned for infections.
This section identifies the behavioral differences between Data Leak Prevention (DLP) operating in flow and proxy
inspection.
The following table indicates which DLP filters are supported by their designated inspection modes.
Proxy Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
*File-size filtering will only work if file size is present in the protocol exchange.
The following table indicates which protocols can be inspected by DLP based on the specified inspection modes.
This section identifies the behavioral differences between Email Filter operating in flow and proxy inspection.
The following table indicates which Email Filters are supported by their designated inspection modes.
The following tables indicate which Email Filters are supported by the specified inspection modes for local filtering and
FortiGuard-assisted filtering.
Flow No No No No No
This section identifies the behavioral differences between Web Filter operating in flow and proxy inspection.
The following table indicates which Web Filter features are supported by their designated inspection modes.
1. Local Category and Remote Category filters do not support the warning and authenticate actions.
2. Local Category and Remote Category filters cannot be overridden.
Because proxy mode provides the most thorough inspection, it is recommended that you apply proxy inspection to
policies where preventing a data leak or malicious content is critical.
The following scenarios demonstrate common use cases for proxy inspection.
Scenario 1
Your organization deals with sensitive data on a regular basis and a data leak would significantly harm your business. At
the same time, you wish to protect your employees from malicious content, such as viruses and phishing emails, which
could be used to gain access to your network and the sensitive data on your systems.
In this scenario, a proxy inspection policy is recommended to prioritize network security. We want traffic inspection to be
as thorough as possible to avoid any data leaks from exiting the LAN and any malicious content from entering it. On this
policy, we will apply the virus filter, DLP filter, Web Filter, and email filter all operating in proxy mode.
Scenario 2
You have a corporate mail server in your domain, which is used by your employees for everyday business activities. You
want to protect your employees from phishing emails and viruses. At the same time, you want to also protect your web
servers from external attacks.
In this scenario, a proxy inspection policy is recommended to prioritize the safety of employee emails. Applying the
antivirus and email filter in this mode allows us to most reliably filter out any malware and spam emails received by the
mail servers via SMTP or MAPI. The IPS sensor can be used to prevent DOS attacks on the mail servers.
It is recommended that flow inspection is applied to policies that prioritize traffic throughput, such as allowing
connections to be made towards a streaming or file server.
You have an application server which accepts connections from users for the daily quiz show app, HQ. Each HQ session
sees 500,000+ participants, and speed is very important because participants have less than 10 seconds to answer the
quiz show questions.
In this scenario, a flow inspection policy is recommended to prioritize throughput. The success of the application
depends on providing reliable service for large numbers of concurrent users. We will apply an IPS sensor to this policy to
protect the server from external DOS attacks.
SSL Inspection
Certificate inspection
FortiGate supports certificate inspection. The default configuration has a built-in certificate-inspection profile which you
can use directly. When you use certificate inspection, the FortiGate only inspects the header information of the packets.
If you do not want to deep scan for privacy reasons but you want to control web site access, you can use certificate-
inspection.
The built-in certificate-inspection profile is read-only and only listens on port 443. If you want to make changes, you
must create a new certificate inspection profile.
If you know the non-standard port that the web server uses, such as port 8443, you can add this port to the HTTPS field.
If you do not know which port is used in the HTTPS web server, you can select Inspect All Ports.
The default setting in the certificate-inspection profile is to block invalid certificates and allow untrusted certificates.
For example, the server certificate has expired but you still want to access this server until you have a new server
certificate. But because certificate inspection cannot do an exemption, you have to allow the invalid certificate in your
SSL profile. This means you need to create a new certificate inspection profile using the built-in read-only certificate-
inspection.
Deep inspection
You typically apply deep inspection to outbound policies where destinations are unknown. You can configure address
and web category white lists to bypass SSL deep inspection.
While Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure (HTTPS) offers protection on the Internet by applying Secure Sockets Layer
(SSL) encryption to web traffic, encrypted traffic can be used to get around your network's normal defenses.
For example, you might download a file containing a virus during an e-commerce session, or you might receive a
phishing email containing a seemingly harmless download that, when launched, creates an encrypted session to a
command and control (C&C) server and downloads malware onto your computer. Because the sessions in these attacks
are encrypted, they might get past your network's security measures.
When you use deep inspection, the FortiGate impersonates the recipient of the originating SSL session, then decrypts
and inspects the content to find threats and block them. It then re-encrypts the content and sends it to the real recipient.
Deep inspection not only protects you from attacks that use HTTPS, it also protects you from other commonly-used
SSL-encrypted protocols such as SMTPS, POP3S, IMAPS, and FTPS.
When FortiGate re-encrypts the content, it uses a certificate stored on the FortiGate such as Fortinet_CA_SSL,
Fortinet_CA_Untrusted, or your own CA certificate that you uploaded.
Because there is no Fortinet_CA_SSL in the browser trusted CA list, the browser displays an untrusted certificate
warning when it receives a FortiGate re-signed server certificate. To stop the warning messages, trust the FortiGate-
trusted CA Fortinet_CA_SSL and import it into your browser.
After importing Fortinet_CA_SSL into your browser, if you still get messages about untrusted certificate, it must be due
to Fortinet_CA_Untrusted. Never import the Fortinet_CA_Untrusted certificate into your browser.
If you do not want to apply deep inspection for privacy or other reasons, you can exempt the session by address,
category, or white list.
If you know the address of the server you want to exempt, you can exempt that address. You can exempt specific
address type including IP address, IP address range, IP subnet, FQDN, wildcard-FQDN, and geography.
If you want to exempt all bank web sites, an easy way is to exempt the Finance and Banking category which includes all
finance and bank web sites identified in FortiGuard.
If you want to exempt commonly trusted web sites, you can bypass the SSL white list in the SSL/SSH profile. The white
list includes common web sites trusted by FortiGuard. Simply enable Reputable Websites.
You typically use the FortiGate Protecting SSL Server profile as an inbound policy for clients on the Internet accessing
the server on the internal side of the FortiGate.
To upload a server certificate into FortiGate and use that certificate in the SSL/SSH Inspection Profile:
When you apply this Protecting SSL Server profile in a policy, FortiGate will send the server certificate to the client as
your server does.
The FortiClient EMS FSSO connector allows objects to be defined in FortiOS that map to tags and groups on EMS.
EMS dynamically updates these endpoint groups when host compliance or other events occur, causing FortiOS to
dynamically adjust its security policies based on the group definitions.
EMS supports creating compliance verification rules based on various criteria (see Provisioning on EMS on page 468).
When a FortiClient endpoint registers to EMS, EMS dynamically groups them based on these rules. FortiOS can receive
the dynamic endpoint groups from EMS as tags via the FSSO protocol using an FSSO agent that supports SSL and
imports trusted certificates.
After FortiOS pulls the tags from EMS, they can be used as members in user groups that can have dynamic firewall
policies applied to them. When an event occur, EMS sends an update to FortiOS, and the dynamic policies are updated.
The following instructions assume EMS is installed, configured, and has endpoints connected. For information on
configuring EMS, see the FortiClient EMS Administration Guide.
The following steps provide an example of configuring a dynamic policy:
1. Add a compliance verification rule in EMS on page 460
2. Configure an EMS FSSO agent on page 461
3. Configure user groups on page 462
4. Create a dynamic firewall policy on page 463
This example creates a compliance verification rule that applies to endpoints that have Windows 10 installed.
For more information see Compliance verification in the FortiClient EMS Administration Guide.
8. In the Tag endpoint as dropdown list, select an existing tag or enter a new tag. In this example, a new tag, WIN10_
EMS134, is created. EMS uses this tag to dynamically group together endpoints that satisfy the rule, as well as any
other rules that are configured to use this tag.
9. Click Save.
10. Go to Compliance Verification > Host Tag Monitor. All endpoints that have Windows 10 installed are shown
grouped by the WIN10_EMS134 tag.
In this example, the FSSO agent name is EMS_FSSO_connector, and the EMS server is located at 172.18.64.7.
4. Fill in the Name, and Primary FSSO Agent server IP address or name and Password.
5. Set the User Group Source to Collector Agent.
User groups will be pushed to the FortiGate from the collector agent. Click Apply & Refresh to fetch group filters
from the collector agent.
6. Click OK.
In this example, the user group is named ems_QA_group, and includes six dynamic endpoint groups that were pulled
from EMS as members.
7. Click OK.
You can now create a dynamic firewall policy for the user group. In this example, an IPv4 policy is created for the user
group.
To create a dynamic firewall policy for the user group in the GUI:
5. Click OK.
6. Go to Policy & Objects > IPv4 Policy to ensure the policy was created and applied to the desired user group.
FortiOS will update this policy when it receives updates from EMS.
To create a dynamic firewall policy for the user group in the CLI:
Diagnostics
2.2.2.1, JONATHANWONG
type: fsso, id: 0, duration: 18955, idled: 18955
server: ems_QA_connector
packets: in 0 out 0, bytes: in 0 out 0
10.1.100.111, FRANK111
type: fsso, id: 0, duration: 18955, idled: 18955
server: ems_QA_connector
packets: in 0 out 0, bytes: in 0 out 0
group_id: 5
group_name: ems_QA_group
10.1.100.120, FRANK
type: fsso, id: 0, duration: 18955, idled: 4
server: ems_QA_connector
packets: in 10643 out 11379, bytes: in 6014568 out 3224342
group_id: 5
group_name: ems_QA_group
10.1.100.141, ADMINISTRATOR
type: fsso, id: 0, duration: 18955, idled: 1
server: ems_QA_connector
packets: in 9669 out 10433, bytes: in 5043948 out 2823319
group_id: 5
group_name: ems_QA_group
...
...
FortiOS supports a customizable captive portal to direct users to install or enable required software.
Per-policy custom disclaimers in each VDOM are supported. For example, you may want to configure three firewall
policies, each of which matches traffic from endpoints with different FortiClient statuses:
Endpoint does not have Traffic matches a firewall policy that displays an in-browser warning to install
FortiClient installed. FortiClient from the provided link.
Endpoint has FortiClient Traffic matches a dynamic firewall policy which allows the endpoint to reach its
installed, registered to EMS, and destination via this policy.
connected to the FortiGate.
Endpoint is deregistered from Traffic matches another dynamic firewall policy that displays warning to register
EMS and disconnected from the FortiClient to EMS.
FortiGate.
7. Click Save.
8. Repeat steps 2-6 for each policy that requires a custom disclaimer message.
next
edit 4
set name "44"
set uuid 686ea2ca-348d-51e9-9dca-b2b4b4aabbe2
set srcintf "port12"
set dstintf "port11"
set srcaddr "all"
set dstaddr "pc5-address"
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
set wsso disable
set groups "ems_03_group"
set disclaimer enable
set replacemsg-override-group "test2"
set nat enable
next
edit 6
set name "66"
set uuid f1034e52-36d5-51e9-fbae-da21922ccd10
set srcintf "port12"
set dstintf "port11"
set srcaddr "all"
set dstaddr "all"
set status disable
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
set logtraffic all
set fsso disable
set block-notification enable
set replacemsg-override-group "endpoint-override"
next
end
Provisioning on EMS
The rules are pulled by the FortiGate as TAGs, using the FSSO protocol. The FortiGate uses the TAGs as members in
user groups, and applies them to dynamic firewall policies to perform authentication.
For information about FortiClient EMS, see the FortiClient EMS Administration Guide.
3. Configure telemetry gateway lists, which are also used in endpoint policies.
4. Configure endpoint policies, which assign endpoint profiles, gateways, and groups.
This recipe provides sample configuration of site-to-site IPsec VPN in an HA environment. You must enable two options
to ensure IPsec VPN traffic does not interrupt during an HA failover:
l session-pickup under HA settings
l ha-sync-esp-seqno under IPsec phase1-interface settings
The following shows the sample network topology for this recipe:
You can configure IPsec VPN in an HA environment using the FortiOS GUI or CLI.
In this examples below, the VPN name for HQ1 is "to_HQ2", and the VPN name for HQ2 is "to_HQ1".
1. Configure HA. In this example, two FortiGates work in active-passive mode. The HA heartbeat interfaces are
WAN1 and WAN2:
config system ha
set group-name "FGT-HA"
set mode a-p
set password sample
set hbdev "wan1" 50 "wan2" 50
set session-pickup enable
set priority 200
set override-wait-time 10
end
2. Configure the WAN interface and default route. The WAN interface is the interface connected to the ISP. It can
work in static mode (as shown in the example), DHCP, or PPPoE mode. The IPsec tunnel is established over the
WAN interface.
a. Configure HQ1:
config system interface
edit "port1"
set vdom "root"
set ip 172.16.200.1 255.255.255.0
next
end
8. Run diagnose commands. These diagnose commands are useful to check IPsec phase1/phase2 interface
statuses, including the sequence number on the secondary FortiGate. The diagnose debug application
ike -1 command is the key to figure out why the IPsec tunnel failed to establish.
a. Run the HQ1 # diagnose vpn ike gateway list command. The system should return the following:
vd: root/0
name: to_HQ2
version: 1
interface: port1 11
addr: 172.16.200.1:500 -> 172.16.202.1:500
created: 5s ago
IKE SA: created 1/1 established 1/1 time 0/0/0 ms
IPsec SA: created 2/2 established 2/2 time 0/0/0 ms
This recipe provides sample configuration of using OSPF with IPsec VPN to achieve network redundancy. Route
selection is based on OSPF cost calculation. It is easy to achieve ECMP or primary/secondary routes by adjusting OSPF
path cost.
The following shows the sample network topology for this recipe:
As only partial configuration can be completed from the GUI, it is recommended to achieve this configuration via the
CLI commands as shown below.
To configure OSPF with IPsec VPN to achieve network redundancy using the CLI:
1. Configure the WAN interface and static route. Each FortiGate has two WAN interfaces connected to different ISPs.
The ISP1 link is for the primary FortiGate and the IPS2 link is for the secondary FortiGate:
a. Configure HQ1:
config system interface
edit "port1"
set alias to_ISP1
set ip 172.16.200.1 255.255.255.0
next
edit "port2"
set alias to_ISP2
set ip 172.17.200.1 255.255.255.0
next
end
config router static
edit 1
set gateway 172.16.200.3
set device "port1"
next
edit 2
set gateway 172.17.200.3
set device "port2"
set priority 100
next
end
b. Configure HQ2:
config system interface
edit "port25"
set alias to_ISP1
set ip 172.16.202.1 255.255.255.0
next
edit "port26"
set alias to_ISP2
set ip 172.17.202.1 255.255.255.0
next
end
config router static
edit 1
set gateway 172.16.202.2
b. Configure HQ2:
config vpn ipsec phase1-interface
edit "pri_HQ1"
set interface "port25"
set peertype any
set net-device enable
set proposal aes128-sha256 aes256-sha256 aes128-sha1 aes256-sha1
set remote-gw 172.16.200.1
set psksecret sample1
next
edit "sec_HQ1"
set interface "port26"
set peertype any
set net-device enable
set proposal aes128-sha256 aes256-sha256 aes128-sha1 aes256-sha1
set remote-gw 172.17.200.1
set psksecret sample2
next
end
config vpn ipsec phase2-interface
edit "pri_HQ1"
set phase1name "pri_HQ1"
set proposal aes128-sha1 aes256-sha1 aes128-sha256 aes256-sha256 aes128gcm
aes256gcm chacha20poly1305
set auto-negotiate enable
next
edit "sec_HQ1"
set phase1name "sec_HQ1"
set proposal aes128-sha1 aes256-sha1 aes128-sha256 aes256-sha256 aes128gcm
aes256gcm chacha20poly1305
set auto-negotiate enable
next
end
4. Configure an inbound and outbound firewall policy for each IPsec tunnel:
a. Configure HQ1:
config firewall policy
edit 1
set name "pri_inbound"
set srcintf "pri_HQ2"
set dstintf "dmz"
set srcaddr "172.16.101.0"
set dstaddr "10.1.100.0"
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
next
edit 2
set name "pri_outbound"
set srcintf "dmz"
set dstintf "pri_HQ2"
set srcaddr "10.1.100.0"
set dstaddr "172.16.101.0"
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
next
edit 3
set name "sec_inbound"
set srcintf "sec_HQ2"
set dstintf "dmz"
set srcaddr "172.16.101.0"
set dstaddr "10.1.100.0"
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
next
edit 4
set name "sec_outbound"
set srcintf "dmz"
set dstintf "sec_HQ2"
set srcaddr "10.1.100.0"
set dstaddr "172.16.101.0"
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
next
end
b. Configure HQ2:
config firewall policy
edit 1
set name "pri_inbound"
set srcintf "pri_HQ1"
set dstintf "port9"
set srcaddr "10.1.100.0"
set dstaddr "172.16.101.0"
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
next
edit 2
set name "pri_outbound"
set srcintf "port9"
set dstintf "pri_HQ1"
set srcaddr "10.1.100.0"
set dstaddr "172.16.101.0"
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
next
edit 3
set name "sec_inbound"
set srcintf "sec_HQ1"
set dstintf "port9"
set srcaddr "10.1.100.0"
set dstaddr "172.16.101.0"
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
next
edit 4
set name "sec_outbound"
set srcintf "port9"
set dstintf "sec_HQ1"
next
edit 3
set prefix 10.1.100.0 255.255.255.0
next
end
end
b. Configure HQ2:
config router ospf
set router-id 2.2.2.2
config area
edit 0.0.0.0
next
end
config ospf-interface
edit "pri_HQ1"
set interface "pri_HQ1"
set cost 10
set network-type point-to-point
next
edit "sec_HQ1"
set interface "sec_HQ1"
set cost 20
set network-type point-to-point
next
end
config network
edit 1
set prefix 10.10.10.0 255.255.255.0
next
edit 2
set prefix 10.10.11.0 255.255.255.0
next
edit 3
set prefix 172.16.101.0 255.255.255.0
next
end
end
7. Run diagnose/get commands to check VPN and OSPF states:
a. Run the HQ1 # diagnose vpn ike gateway list command. The system should return the following:
vd: root/0
name: pri_HQ2
version: 1
interface: port1 11
addr: 172.16.200.1:500 -> 172.16.202.1:500
virtual-interface-addr: 10.10.10.1 -> 10.10.10.2
created: 1024s ago
IKE SA: created 1/1 established 1/1 time 0/0/0 ms
IPsec SA: created 1/3 established 1/2 time 0/5/10 ms
id/spi: 45 d184777257b4e692/e2432f834aaf5658 direction: responder status:
established 1024-1024s ago = 0ms proposal: aes128-sha256 key: 9ed41fb06c983344-
189538046f5ad204 lifetime/rekey: 86400/85105 DPD sent/recv: 00000003/00000000
vd: root/0
name: sec_HQ2
version: 1
interface: port2 12
e. Run the HQ1 # get router info routing-table ospf command. The system should return the
following:
Routing table for VRF=0
O 172.16.101.0/24 [110/110] via 10.10.11.2, sec_HQ2 , 00:00:01
The recipe gives a sample configuration of using IPsec aggregate to achieve redundancy and traffic load-balancing:
l Multiple site-to-site IPsec VPN (net-device disable) tunnel interfaces as member of ipsec-aggregate
l Four load-balancing algorithms: round-robin (default), L3, L4, redundant
The following shows the sample network topology for this recipe:
As only partial configuration can be completed from the GUI, it is recommended to achieve this configuration via the
CLI commands as shown below.
To configure IPsec aggregate to achieve redundancy and traffic load-balancing using the CLI:
1. Configure the WAN interface and static route. Each FortiGate has two WAN interfaces connected to different ISPs.
The ISP1 link is for the primary FortiGate and the IPS2 link is for the secondary FortiGate:
a. Configure HQ1:
config system interface
edit "port1"
set alias to_ISP1
set ip 172.16.200.1 255.255.255.0
next
edit "port2"
set alias to_ISP2
set ip 172.17.200.1 255.255.255.0
next
end
config router static
edit 1
set gateway 172.16.200.3
set device "port1"
next
edit 2
set gateway 172.17.200.3
set device "port2"
set priority 100
next
end
b. Configure HQ2:
config system interface
edit "port25"
next
end
5. Configure the firewall policy:
a. Configure HQ1:
config firewall policy
edit 1
set name "inbound"
set srcintf "agg_HQ2"
set dstintf "dmz"
set srcaddr "172.16.101.0"
set dstaddr "10.1.100.0"
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
next
edit 2
set name "outbound"
set srcintf "dmz"
set dstintf "agg_HQ2"
set srcaddr "10.1.100.0"
set dstaddr "172.16.101.0"
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
next
end
b. Configure HQ2:
config firewall policy
edit 1
set name "inbound"
set srcintf "agg_HQ1"
set dstintf "port9"
set srcaddr "10.1.100.0"
set dstaddr "172.16.101.0"
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
next
edit 2
set name "outbound"
set srcintf "port9"
set dstintf "agg_HQ1"
set srcaddr "172.16.101.0"
set dstaddr "10.1.100.0"
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
next
end
6. Assign an IP address to the ipsec-aggregate interface. In this example, OSPF runs over the ipsec-
aggregate interface. No IP address is required for the static route HQ1:
a. Configure HQ1:
config system interface
edit "agg_HQ2"
set ip 10.10.10.1 255.255.255.255
This recipe provides sample configuration of hub and spoke IPsec VPN. The following applies for this scenario:
l The spokes have two WAN interfaces and two IPsec VPN tunnels for redundancy.
l The secondary VPN tunnel is up only when the primary tunnel is down by dead peer detection.
The following shows the sample network topology for this recipe:
As only partial configuration can be completed from the GUI, it is recommended to achieve this configuration via the
CLI commands as shown below.
To configure redundant hub and spoke VPN using the FortiOS CLI:
Dialup VPN
This recipe provides sample configuration of dialup IPsec VPN and the dialup client. In this example, a branch office
FortiGate connects via dialup IPsec VPN to the HQ FortiGate.
The following shows the sample network topology for this recipe:
You can configure dialup IPsec VPN with FortiGate as the dialup client using the FortiOSGUI or CLI.
To configure IPsec VPN with FortiClient as the dialup client on the GUI:
To configure IPsec VPN with FortiClient as the dialup client using the CLI:
1. In the FortiOS CLI, configure the user, user group, and firewall address by running the following commands. Only
the HQ dialup server FortiGate needs this configuration. The address is an IP pool to assign an IP address for the
dialup client FortiGate.
config user local
edit "vpnuser1"
set type password
set passwd your-password
next
end
config user group
edit "vpngroup"
set member"vpnuser1"
next
end
config firewall address
edit "client_range"
set type iprange
set start-ip 10.10.10.1
set end-ip 10.10.10.200
next
end
2. Configure the WAN interface and default route. The WAN interface is the interface connected to the ISP. It can
work in static mode (as shown in the example), DHCP, or PPPoE mode. The IPsec tunnel is established over the
WAN interface:
a. Configure the HQ FortiGate:
config system interface
edit "wan1"
set vdom "root"
set ip 11.101.1 255.255.255.0
next
end
config router static
edit 1
set gateway 11.101.1.2
set device "wan1"
next
end
3. Configure the internal interface and protected subnet. The internal interface connects to the internal network.
Traffic from this interface will route out the IPsec VPN tunnel:
a. Configure the HQ FortiGate:
config system interface
edit "dmz"
set vdom "root"
set ip 10.1.100.1 255.255.255.0
next
end
config firewall address
edit "10.1.100.0"
set subnet 10.1.100.0 255.255.255.0
next
end
4. Configure the IPsec phase1-interface. In this example, PSK is used as the authentication method. Signature
authentication is also an option:
a. Configure the HQ FortiGate:
config vpn ipsec phase1-interface
edit "for_Branch"
set type dynamic
set interface "wan1"
set mode aggressive
set peertype any
set mode-cfg enable
set proposal aes128-sha256 aes256-sha256 aes128-sha1 aes256-sha1
set add-route disable
set dpd on-idle
set xauthtype auto
set authusrgrp "vpngroup"
set net-device enable
set assign-ip-from name
set dns-mode auto
set ipv4-split-include "10.1.100.0"
set ipv4-name "client_range"
set save-password enable
set psksecret sample
set dpd-retryinterval 60
next
end
6. Configure the static routes on the branch office FortiGate. The blackhole route is important to ensure that IPsec
traffic does not match the default route when the IPsec tunnel is down:
config router static
edit 2
set dst 10.1.100.0 255.255.255.0
set device "to_HQ"
next
edit 3
set dst 10.1.100.0 255.255.255.0
set blackhole enable
set distance 254
next
end
7. Configure the firewall policy to allow the branch office to HQ network flow over the IPsec tunnel. This configuration
only supports traffic from the branch office FortiGate to the HQ FortiGate. Traffic is dropped from the HQ FortiGate
to the branch office FortiGate:
a. Configure the HQ FortiGate:
config firewall policy
edit 1
set name "inbound"
set srcintf "for_Branch"
set dstintf "dmz"
set srcaddr "172.16.101.0"
set dstaddr "10.1.100.0"
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
next
end
8. Run diagnose commands. These diagnose commands are useful to check the IPsec phase1/phase2 interface
status. The diagnose debug application ike -1 command is the key to figure out why the IPsec tunnel
failed to establish.
a. Run the diagnose vpn ike gateway list command on the HQ FortiGate. The system should return
the following:
vd: root/0
name: for_Branch_0
version: 1
interface: wan1 5
addr: 11.101.1.1:500 -> 173.1.1.1:500
created: 1972s ago
xauth-user: vpnuser1
assigned IPv4 address: 10.10.10.1/255.255.255.252
IKE SA: created 1/1 established 1/1 time 10/10/10 ms
IPsec SA: created 1/1 established 1/1 time 0/0/0 ms
id/spi: 184 5b1c59fab2029e43/bf517e686d3943d2
direction: responder
status: established 1972-1972s ago = 10ms
proposal: aes128-sha256
key: 8046488e92499247-fbbb4f6dfa4952d0
lifetime/rekey: 86400/84157
DPD sent/recv: 00000020/00000000
b. Run the diagnose vpn tunnel list command on the HQ FortiGate. The system should return the
following:
list all ipsec tunnel in vd 0
name=for_Branch_0 ver=1 serial=9 11.101.1.1:0->173.1.1.1:0
bound_if=5 lgwy=static/1 tun=intf/0 mode=dial_inst/3 encap=none/208 options
[00d0]=create_dev no-sysctlrgwy-chg
parent=for_Branch index=0
proxyid_num=1 child_num=0 refcnt=12 ilast=8 olast=8 ad=/0
stat: rxp=8 txp=8 rxb=1216 txb=672
dpd: mode=on-idle on=1 idle=60000ms retry=3 count=0 seqno=31
natt: mode=none draft=0 interval=0 remote_port=0
proxyid=for_Branch_p2 proto=0 sa=1 ref=2 serial=1
src: 0:0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255:0
dst: 0:0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255:0
SA: ref=3 options=226 type=00 soft=0 mtu=1438 expire=41297/0B replaywin=2048 seqno=9
esn=0 replaywin_lastseq=00000009 itn=0
life: type=01 bytes=0/0 timeout=43190/43200
dec: spi=747c10c6 esp=aes key=16 278c2430e09e74f1e229108f906603b0
ah=sha1 key=20 21dad76b008d1e8b8e53148a2fcbd013a277974a
enc: spi=ca646448 esp=aes key=16 b7801d125804e3610a556da7caefd765
ah=sha1 key=20 a70164c3094327058bd84c1a0c954ca439709206
dec:pkts/bytes=8/672, enc:pkts/bytes=8/1216
c. Run the diagnose vpn ike gateway list command on the branch office FortiGate. The system
should return the following:
vd: root/0
name: to_HQ
version: 1
interface: port13 42
addr: 173.1.1.1:500 -> 11.101.1.1:500
created: 2016s ago
assigned IPv4 address: 10.10.10.1/255.255.255.252
IKE SA: created 1/1 established 1/1 time 0/0/0 ms
IPsec SA: created 1/1 established 1/1 time 0/0/0 ms
id/spi: 93 5b1c59fab2029e43/bf517e686d3943d2
direction: initiator
status: established 2016-2016s ago = 0ms
proposal: aes128-sha256
key: 8046488e92499247-fbbb4f6dfa4952d0
lifetime/rekey: 86400/84083
DPD sent/recv: 00000000/00000020
d. Run the diagnose vpn tunnel list command on the branch office FortiGate. The system should
return the following:
list all ipsec tunnel in vd 0
name=to_HQver=1 serial=7 173.1.1.1:0->11.101.1.1:0
bound_if=42 lgwy=static/1 tun=intf/0 mode=auto/1 encap=none/8 options[0008]=npu
proxyid_num=1 child_num=0 refcnt=13 ilast=18 olast=58 ad=/0
stat: rxp=1 txp=2 rxb=152 txb=168
dpd: mode=on-demand on=1 idle=20000ms retry=3 count=0 seqno=0
natt: mode=none draft=0 interval=0 remote_port=0
proxyid=to_HQ proto=0 sa=1 ref=2 serial=1
src: 0:0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0:0
dst: 0:0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0:0
SA: ref=6 options=10226 type=00 soft=0 mtu=1438 expire=41015/0B replaywin=2048 seqno=3
esn=0 replaywin_lastseq=00000002 itn=0
life: type=01 bytes=0/0 timeout=42898/43200
dec: spi=ca646448 esp=aes key=16 b7801d125804e3610a556da7caefd765
ah=sha1 key=20 a70164c3094327058bd84c1a0c954ca439709206
enc: spi=747c10c6 esp=aes key=16 278c2430e09e74f1e229108f906603b0
ah=sha1 key=20 21dad76b008d1e8b8e53148a2fcbd013a277974a
dec:pkts/bytes=1/84, enc:pkts/bytes=2/304
npu_flag=03 npu_rgwy=11.101.1.1 npu_lgwy=173.1.1.1 npu_selid=5 dec_npuid=2 enc_npuid=2
This recipe provides sample configuration of dialup IPsec VPN with FortiClient as the dialup client.
The following shows the sample network topology for this recipe:
You can configure dialup IPsec VPN with FortiClient as the dialup client using the FortiOS GUI or CLI.
To configure IPsec VPN with FortiClient as the dialup client on the GUI:
1. In FortiOS, go to VPN > IPsec Wizard and configure the following settings for VPN Setup:
a. Enter a proper VPN name.
b. For Template Type, choose Remote Access.
c. For Remote Device Type, select Client-based > FortiClient.
d. Click Next.
2. Configure the following settings for Authentication:
a. For Incoming Interface, select wan1.
b. For Authentication Method, select Pre-shared Key.
c. In the Pre-shared Key field, enter your-psk as the key.
d. From the User Group dropdown list, select vpngroup.
e. Click Next.
3. Configure the following settings for Policy & Routing:
a. From the Local Interface dropdown menu, select lan.
b. Configure the Local Address as local_network.
c. Configure the Client Address Range as 10.10.2.1-10.10.2.200.
d. Keep the default values for the Subnet Mask, DNS Server, Enable IPv4 Split tunnel, and Allow Endpoint
Registration options.
e. Click Create.
To configure IPsec VPN with FortiClient as the dialup client using the CLI:
1. In the FortiOS CLI, configure the user and group by running the following commands:
config user local
edit "vpnuser1"
set type password
set passwd your-password
next
end
config user group
edit "vpngroup"
set member "vpnuser1"
next
end
2. Configure the internal interface. The LAN interface connects to the corporate internal network. Traffic from this
interface will route out the IPsec VPN tunnel. Creating an address group for the protected network behind this
FortiGate will cause traffic to this network group to go through the IPsec tunnel:
config system interface
edit "lan"
set vdom "root"
set ip 10.10.111.1 255.255.255.0
next
end
3. Configure the WAN interface. The WAN interface is the interface connected to the ISP. It can work in static mode
(as shown in the example), DHCP, or PPPoE mode. The IPsec tunnel is established over the WAN interface.
config system interface
edit "wan1"
set vdom "root"
set ip 172.20.120.123 255.255.255.0
next
end
4. Configure the client address pool. You must create a firewall address to assign an IP address to a client from the
address pool.
config firewall address
edit "client_range"
set type iprange
set comment "VPN client range"
set start-ip 10.10.2.1
set end-ip 10.10.2.200
next
end
5. Configure the IPsec phase1-interface. In this example, PSK is used as the authentication method. Signature
authentication is also an option.
config vpn ipsec phase1-interface
edit "for_client"
set type dynamic
set interface "wan1"
7. Configure the firewall policy to allow client traffic flow over the IPsec VPN tunnel:
config firewall policy
edit 1
set name "inbound"
set srcintf "for_client"
set dstintf "lan"
set srcaddr "client_range"
set dstaddr "local_network"
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
next
end
8. Configure FortiClient. In this example, FortiClient (Windows) 6.0.3 build 0155 is used:
a. In FortiClient, go to Remote Access and select Add a new connection.
b. Set the Type to IPsec VPN and the Remote Gateway to the FortiGate IP address.
c. Set the Authentication Method to Pre-Shared Key and enter the key. Click Save.
d. Select the VPN, enter the username and password, then select Connect.
9. Run diagnose commands. These diagnose commands are useful to check the IPsec phase1/phase2 interface
status. The diagnose debug application ike -1 command is the key to figure out why the IPsec tunnel
failed to establish.
a. Run the diagnose vpn ike gateway list command. The system should return the following:
vd: root/0
name: for_client_0
version: 1
interface: port1 15
addr: 172.20.120.123:4500 ->172.20.120.254:64916
created: 37s ago
xauth-user: vpnuser1
assigned IPv4 address: 10.10.1.1/255.255.255.255
nat: me peer
IKE SA: created 1/1 established 1/1 time 10/10/10 ms
IPsec SA: created 1/1 established 1/1 time 0/0/0 ms
id/spi: 1 b40a32d878d5e262/8bba553563a498f4
direction: responder
status: established 37-37s ago = 10ms
proposal: aes256-sha256
key: f4ad7ec3a4fcfd09-787e2e9b7bceb9a7-0dfa183240d838ba-41539863e5378381
lifetime/rekey: 86400/86092
DPD sent/recv: 00000000/00000a0e
b. Run the diagnose vpn tunnel list command. The system should return the following:
list all ipsec tunnel in vd 0
=
=
name=for_client_0 ver=1 serial=3 172.20.120.123:4500->172.20.120.254:64916
bound_if=15 lgwy=static/1 tun=intf/0 mode=dial_inst/3 encap=none/984 options
[03d8]=npucreate_dev no-sysctlrgwy-chgrport-chg frag-rfcaccept_traffic=1
parent=for_client index=0
proxyid_num=1 child_num=0 refcnt=12 ilast=3 olast=3 ad=/0
stat: rxp=1 txp=0 rxb=16402 txb=0
dpd: mode=on-idle on=1 idle=20000ms retry=3 count=0 seqno=0
natt: mode=keepalive draft=32 interval=10 remote_port=64916
proxyid=for_client proto=0 sa=1 ref=2 serial=1 add-route
src: 0:0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255:0
dst: 0:10.10.1.1-10.10.1.1:0
SA: ref=4 options=2a6 type=00 soft=0 mtu=1422 expire=42867/0B replaywin=2048
seqno=1 esn=0 replaywin_lastseq=00000001 itn=0
life: type=01 bytes=0/0 timeout=43189/43200
dec: spi=36274d14 esp=aes key=16 e518b84b3c3b667b79f2e61c64a225a6
ah=sha1 key=20 9cceaa544ed042fda800c4fe5d3fd9d8b811984a
enc: spi=8b154deb esp=aes key=16 9d50f004b45c122e4e9fb7af085c457c
ah=sha1 key=20 f1d90b2a311049e23be34967008239637b50a328
dec:pkts/bytes=1/16330, enc:pkts/bytes=0/0
npu_flag=02 npu_rgwy=172.20.120.254 npu_lgwy=172.20.120.123npu_selid=0 dec_npuid=2 enc_
npuid=0
name=for_clientver=1 serial=2 172.20.120.123:0->0.0.0.0:0
bound_if=15 lgwy=static/1 tun=intf/0 mode=dialup/2 encap=none/536 options
[0218]=npucreate_dev frag-rfcaccept_traffic=1
proxyid_num=0 child_num=1 refcnt=11 ilast=350 olast=350 ad=/0
stat: rxp=0 txp=0 rxb=0 txb=0
dpd: mode=on-idle on=0 idle=20000ms retry=3 count=0 seqno=0
natt: mode=none draft=0 interval=0 remote_port=0
This recipe provides sample configuration of dialup IPsec VPN with an iPhone or iPad as the dialup client.
The following shows the sample network topology for this recipe:
You can configure dialup IPsec VPN with an iOS device as the dialup client using the FortiOS GUI or CLI.
To configure IPsec VPN with an iOS device as the dialup client on the GUI:
1. In FortiOS, go to VPN > IPsec Wizard and configure the following settings for VPN Setup:
a. Enter a proper VPN name.
b. For Template Type, choose Remote Access.
c. For Remote Device Type, select Native > iOS Native.
d. For NAT Configuration, set No NAT Between Sites.
e. Click Next.
2. Configure the following settings for Authentication:
a. For Incoming Interface, select wan1.
b. For Authentication Method, select Pre-shared Key.
c. In the Pre-shared Key field, enter your-psk as the key.
d. From the User Group dropdown list, select vpngroup.
e. Deselect Require 'Group Name' on VPN client.
f. Click Next.
3. Configure the following settings for Policy & Routing:
a. From the Local Interface dropdown menu, select lan.
b. Configure the Local Address as local_network.
c. Configure the Client Address Range as 10.10.2.1-10.10.2.200.
d. Keep the default values for the Subnet Mask, DNS Server, and Enable IPv4 Split tunnel options.
e. Click Create.
To configure IPsec VPN with an iOS device as the dialup client using the CLI:
1. In the FortiOS CLI, configure the user and group by running the following commands:
config user local
edit "vpnuser1"
set type password
set passwd your-password
next
end
config user group
edit "vpngroup"
set member "vpnuser1"
next
end
2. Configure the internal interface. The LAN interface connects to the corporate internal network. Traffic from this
interface will route out the IPsec VPN tunnel. Creating an address group for the protected network behind this
FortiGate will cause traffic to this network group to go through the IPsec tunnel:
config system interface
edit "lan"
set vdom "root"
set ip 10.10.111.1 255.255.255.0
next
end
3. Configure the WAN interface. The WAN interface is the interface connected to the ISP. It can work in static mode
(as shown in the example), DHCP, or PPPoE mode. The IPsec tunnel is established over the WAN interface.
config system interface
edit "wan1"
set vdom "root"
set ip 172.20.120.123 255.255.255.0
next
end
4. Configure the client address pool. You must create a firewall address to assign an IP address to a client from the
address pool.
config firewall address
edit "client_range"
set type iprange
set comment "VPN client range"
set start-ip 10.10.2.1
set end-ip 10.10.2.200
next
end
5. Configure the IPsec phase1-interface. In this example, PSK is used as the authentication method. Signature
authentication is also an option.
config vpn ipsec phase1-interface
edit "for_ios_p1"
set type dynamic
set interface "wan1"
set peertype any
set net-device enable
set mode-cfg enable
7. Configure the firewall policy to allow client traffic flow over the IPsec VPN tunnel:
config firewall policy
edit 1
set name "ios_vpn"
set srcintf "for_ios_p1"
set dstintf "lan"
set srcaddr "ios_range"
set dstaddr "local_network"
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
next
end
interface: port1 15
addr: 172.20.120.123:4500 -> 172.20.120.254:64916
created: 17s ago
xauth-user: u1
assigned IPv4 address: 10.10.2.1/255.255.255.255
nat: me peer
IKE SA: created 1/1 established 1/1 time 150/150/150 ms
IPsec SA: created 1/1 established 1/1 time 10/10/10 ms
id/spi: 2 3c844e13c75591bf/80c2db92c8d3f602 direction: responder status: established
17-17s ago = 150ms proposal: aes256-sha256 key: 0032ea5ee160d775-51f3bf1f9909101b-
b89c7b5a77a07784-2c92cf9c921801ac lifetime/rekey: 3600/3312 DPD sent/recv:
00000000/00000000
b. Run the diagnose vpn tunnel list command. The system should return the following:
list all ipsec tunnel in vd 0
=
=
name=for_ios_p1_0 ver=1 serial=172.20.120.123:4500->172.20.120.254:64916
bound_if=15 lgwy=static/1 tun=intf/0 mode=dial_inst/3 encap=none/984 options[03d8]=npu
create_dev no-sysctl rgwy-chg rport-chg frag-rfc accept_traffic=1
parent=for_ios_p1 index=0
proxyid_num=1 child_num=0 refcnt=12 ilast=23 olast=23 ad=/0
stat: rxp=0 txp=0 rxb=0 txb=0
dpd: mode=on-idle on=1 idle=60000ms retry=3 count=0 seqno=0
natt: mode=keepalive draft=32 interval=10 remote_port=64916
proxyid=for_ios_p1 proto=0 sa=1 ref=2 serial=1 add-route
src: 0:10.10.111.0-10.10.111.255:0 dst: 0:10.10.2.1-10.10.2.1:0 SA: ref=3 options=a7
type=00 soft=0 mtu=1422 expire=3564/0B replaywin=2048
seqno=1 esn=0 replaywin_lastseq=00000000 itn=0
life: type=01 bytes=0/0 timeout=3587/3600 dec: spi=36274d15 esp=aes key=32
5a599d796f8114c83d6589284f036fc33bdf4456541e2154b4ac2217b6aec869
ah=sha1 key=20 f1efdeb77d6f856a8dd3a30cbc23cb0f8a3e0340
enc: spi=00b0d9ab esp=aes key=32
e9232d7a1c4f390fd09f8409c2d85f80362d940c08c73f245908ab1ac3af322f
ah=sha1 key=20 a3890d6c5320756291cad85026d3a78fd42a1b42
dec:pkts/bytes=0/0, enc:pkts/bytes=0/0 npu_flag=00 npu_rgwy=172.20.120.254 npu_
lgwy=172.20.120.123 npu_selid=1 dec_npuid=0 enc_npuid=0
ADVPN
This recipe provides sample configuration of ADVPN with BGP as the routing protocol. The following options must be
enabled for this configuration:
l On the hub FortiGate, IPsec phase1-interface net-device disable must be run.
l IBGP must be used between the hub and spoke FortiGates.
l bgp neighbor-group/neighbor-range must be reused.
The following shows the sample network topology for this recipe:
As only partial configuration can be completed from the GUI, it is recommended to achieve this configuration via the
CLI commands as shown below.
To configure ADVPN with BGP as the routing protocol using the FortiOS CLI:
1. In the FortiOS CLI, configure hub FortiGate's WAN, internal interface, and static route:
config system interface
edit "port9"
set alias "WAN"
set ip 22.1.1.1 255.255.255.0
next
edit "port10"
set alias "Internal"
set ip 172.16.101.1 255.255.255.0
next
end
config router static
edit 1
set gateway 22.1.1.2
set device "port9"
next
end
end
config vpn ipsec phase2-interface
edit "advpn-hub"
set phase1name "advpn-hub"
set proposal aes128-sha1 aes256-sha1 3des-sha1 aes128-sha256 aes256-sha256
3des-sha256
next
end
end
config network
edit 1
set prefix 172.16.101.0 255.255.255.0
next
end
end
next
edit 2
set gateway 13.1.1.1
set device "wan1"
next
end
4. Run diagnose and get commands to check VPN and BGP states. All following commands should be run on
Spoke1:
a. Run the diagnose vpn tunnel list command on Spoke1. The system should return the following:
list all ipsec tunnel in vd 0
----
name=spoke1 ver=1 serial=2 15.1.1.2:0->22.1.1.1:0
bound_if=7 lgwy=static/1 tun=intf/0 mode=auto/1 encap=none/536 options[0218]=npu
create_dev frag-rfc accept_traffic=1
b. Run the get router info bgp summary command on Spoke1. The system should return the following:
Neighbor V AS [[QualityAssurance62/MsgRcvd]]
[[QualityAssurance62/MsgSent]] [[QualityAssurance62/TblVer]] InQ OutQ Up/Down
State/PfxRcd
10.10.10.254 1. 65412 143 142 1. 1. 1. 00:24:45
2
c. Run the get router info routing-table bgp command on Spoke1. The system should return the
following:
Routing table for VRF=0
B 172.16.101.0/24 [200/0] via 10.10.10.254, spoke1, 00:23:57
B 192.168.4.0/24 [200/0] via 10.10.10.254, spoke1, 00:22:03
d. Generate traffic between the spokes, then check the shortcut tunnel and routing table. Run the diagnose
vpn tunnel list command on Spoke1. The system should return the following:
list all ipsec tunnel in vd 0
----
name=spoke1 ver=1 serial=2 15.1.1.2:0->22.1.1.1:0
bound_if=7 lgwy=static/1 tun=intf/0 mode=auto/1 encap=none/536 options[0218]=npu
create_dev frag-rfc accept_traffic=1
parent=spoke1 index=0
proxyid_num=1 child_num=0 refcnt=17 ilast=4 olast=4 ad=r/2
stat: rxp=1 txp=100 rxb=112 txb=4686
dpd: mode=on-idle on=1 idle=5000ms retry=3 count=0 seqno=231
natt: mode=keepalive draft=32 interval=10 remote_port=4500
proxyid=spoke1 proto=0 sa=1 ref=5 serial=1 auto-negotiate adr
src: 0:0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0:0
dst: 0:0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0:0
SA: ref=6 options=1a227 type=00 soft=0 mtu=1422 expire=447/0B replaywin=1024
seqno=65 esn=0 replaywin_lastseq=00000002 itn=0
life: type=01 bytes=0/0 timeout=2368/2400
dec: spi=c53a8f5c esp=aes key=16 73fd9869547475db78851e6c057ad9b7
ah=sha1 key=20 6ad3a5b1028f6b33c82ba494a370f13c7f462635
enc: spi=79cb0f2b esp=aes key=16 52ab0acdc830d58c00e5956a6484654a
ah=sha1 key=20 baa82aba4106dc60618f6fe95570728656799239
dec:pkts/bytes=1/46, enc:pkts/bytes=100/11568
npu_flag=03 npu_rgwy=13.1.1.2 npu_lgwy=15.1.1.2 npu_selid=5 dec_npuid=1 enc_npuid=1
e. Run the get router info routing-tale bgp command. The system should return the following:
Routing table for VRF=0
B 172.16.101.0/24 [200/0] via 10.10.10.254, spoke1, 00:23:57
B 192.168.4.0/24 [200/0] via 10.10.10.3, spoke1_0 , 00:22:03
This recipe provides sample configuration of ADVPN with OSPF as the routing protocol. The following options must be
enabled for this configuration:
As only partial configuration can be completed from the GUI, it is recommended to achieve this configuration via the
CLI commands as shown below.
To configure ADVPN with OSPF as the routing protocol using the FortiOS CLI:
1. In the FortiOS CLI, configure hub FortiGate's WAN, internal interface, and static route:
config system interface
edit "port9"
set alias "WAN"
set ip 22.1.1.1 255.255.255.0
next
edit "port10"
set alias "Internal"
set ip 172.16.101.1 255.255.255.0
next
end
config router static
edit 1
set gateway 22.1.1.2
set device "port9"
next
end
edit 2
set prefix 172.16.101.0 255.255.255.0
next
end
end
4. Run diagnose and get commands to check VPN and OSPF states. All following commands should be run on
Spoke1:
a. Run the diagnose vpn tunnel list command on Spoke1. The system should return the following:
list all ipsec tunnel in vd 0
----
name=spoke1 ver=1 serial=2 15.1.1.2:0->22.1.1.1:0
bound_if=7 lgwy=static/1 tun=intf/0 mode=auto/1 encap=none/536 options[0218]=npu
create_dev frag-rfc accept_traffic=1
b. Run the get router info ospf neighbor command on Spoke1. The system should return the
following:
OSPF process 0, VRF 0: Neighbor ID Pri State Dead Time Address Interface 8.8.8.8 1.
Full/ - 00:00:35 10.10.10.254 spoke1 1.1.1.1 1. Full/ - 00:00:35 10.10.10.254 spoke1
c. Run the get router info routing-table ospf command on Spoke1. The system should return the
following:
Routing table for VRF=0
O 172.16.101.0/24 [110/110] via 10.10.10.254, spoke1, 00:23:23
O 192.168.4.0/24 [110/110] via 10.10.10.254, spoke1, 00:22:35
d. Generate traffic between the spokes, then check the shortcut tunnel and routing table. Run the diagnose
vpn tunnel list command on Spoke1. The system should return the following:
list all ipsec tunnel in vd 0
----
----
name=spoke1 ver=1 serial=2 15.1.1.2:0->22.1.1.1:0
bound_if=7 lgwy=static/1 tun=intf/0 mode=auto/1 encap=none/536 options[0218]=npu
create_dev frag-rfc accept_traffic=1
----
name=spoke1_backup ver=1 serial=1 12.1.1.2:0->22.1.1.1:0
bound_if=6 lgwy=static/1 tun=intf/0 mode=auto/1 encap=none/536 options[0218]=npu
create_dev frag-rfc accept_traffic=0
parent=spoke1 index=0
proxyid_num=1 child_num=0 refcnt=19 ilast=4 olast=2 ad=r/2
stat: rxp=641 txp=1254 rxb=278648 txb=161536
dpd: mode=on-idle on=1 idle=5000ms retry=3 count=0 seqno=184
natt: mode=keepalive draft=32 interval=10 remote_port=4500
proxyid=spoke1_backup proto=0 sa=1 ref=10 serial=1 auto-negotiate adr
src: 0:0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0:0
dst: 0:0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0:0
SA: ref=6 options=1a227 type=00 soft=0 mtu=1422 expire=922/0B replaywin=1024
seqno=452 esn=0 replaywin_lastseq=00000280 itn=0
life: type=01 bytes=0/0 timeout=2370/2400
dec: spi=c53a8f79 esp=aes key=16 324f8cf840ba6722cc7abbba46b34e0e
ah=sha1 key=20 a40e9aac596b95c4cd83a7f6372916a5ef5aa505
enc: spi=ef3327b5 esp=aes key=16 5909d6066b303de4520d2b5ae2db1b61
ah=sha1 key=20 1a42f5625b5a335d8d5282fe83b5d6c6ff26b2a4
dec:pkts/bytes=641/278568, enc:pkts/bytes=1254/178586
npu_flag=03 npu_rgwy=13.1.1.2 npu_lgwy=15.1.1.2 npu_selid=a dec_npuid=1 enc_npuid=1
e. Run the get router info routing-tale ospf command. The system should return the following:
Routing table for VRF=0
O 172.16.101.0/24 [110/110] via 10.10.10.254, spoke1, 00:27:14
O 192.168.4.0/24 [110/110] via 10.10.10.3, spoke1_0, 00:26:26
This recipe provides sample configuration of ADVPN with RIP as routing protocol. The following options must be
enabled for this configuration:
l On the hub FortiGate, IPsec phase1-interface net-device disable must be run.
l RIP must be used between the hub and spoke FortiGates.
l split-horizon-status enable must be run on the hub FortiGate.
The following shows the sample network topology for this recipe:
As only partial configuration can be completed from the GUI, it is recommended to achieve this configuration via the
CLI commands as shown below.
To configure ADVPN with RIP as the routing protocol using the FortiOS CLI:
1. In the FortiOS CLI, configure hub FortiGate's WAN, internal interface, and static route:
config system interface
edit "port9"
set alias "WAN"
set ip 22.1.1.1 255.255.255.0
next
edit "port10"
set alias "Internal"
set ip 172.16.101.1 255.255.255.0
next
end
config router static
edit 1
set gateway 22.1.1.2
set device "port9"
next
end
end
config vpn ipsec phase2-interface
edit "advpn-hub"
set phase1name "advpn-hub"
set proposal aes128-sha1 aes256-sha1 3des-sha1 aes128-sha256 aes256-sha256
3des-sha256
next
end
end
end
next
end
next
end
4. Run diagnose and get commands. All following commands should be run on Spoke1:
a. Run the diagnose vpn tunnel list command on Spoke1. The system should return the following:
list all ipsec tunnel in vd 0
----
name=spoke1 ver=1 serial=2 15.1.1.2:0->22.1.1.1:0
bound_if=7 lgwy=static/1 tun=intf/0 mode=auto/1 encap=none/536 options[0218]=npu
create_dev frag-rfc accept_traffic=1
b. Run the get router info rip database command on Spoke1. The system should return the
following:
Codes: R - RIP, Rc - RIP connected, Rs - RIP static, K - Kernel,
C - Connected, S - Static, O - OSPF, I - IS-IS, B - BGP
c. Run the get router info routing-table rip command on Spoke1. The system should return the
following:
Routing table for VRF=0
R 172.16.101.0/24 [120/2] via 10.10.10.254, spoke1, 00:08:38
R 192.168.4.0/24 [120/3] via 10.10.10.254, spoke1, 00:08:38
d. Generate traffic between the spokes, then check the shortcut tunnel and routing table. Run the diagnose
vpn tunnel list command on Spoke1. The system should return the following:
list all ipsec tunnel in vd 0
----
name=spoke1 ver=1 serial=2 15.1.1.2:0->22.1.1.1:0
bound_if=7 lgwy=static/1 tun=intf/0 mode=auto/1 encap=none/536 options[0218]=npu
create_dev frag-rfc accept_traffic=1
parent=spoke1 index=0
proxyid_num=1 child_num=0 refcnt=20 ilast=2 olast=0 ad=r/2
stat: rxp=1 txp=7 rxb=112 txb=480
dpd: mode=on-idle on=1 idle=5000ms retry=3 count=0 seqno=0
natt: mode=keepalive draft=32 interval=10 remote_port=4500
proxyid=spoke1 proto=0 sa=1 ref=8 serial=1 auto-negotiate adr
src: 0:0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0:0
dst: 0:0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0:0
SA: ref=6 options=1a227 type=00 soft=0 mtu=1422 expire=2358/0B replaywin=1024
seqno=8 esn=0 replaywin_lastseq=00000002 itn=0
life: type=01 bytes=0/0 timeout=2367/2400
dec: spi=c53a8f61 esp=aes key=16 c66aa7ae9657068108ed47c048ff56b6
ah=sha1 key=20 60661c68e20bbc913c2564ade85e01ea3769e703
enc: spi=79cb0f30 esp=aes key=16 bf6c898c2e1c64baaa679ed5d79c3b58
ah=sha1 key=20 146ca78be6c34eedb9cd66cc328216e08682ecb1
dec:pkts/bytes=1/46, enc:pkts/bytes=7/992
npu_flag=03 npu_rgwy=13.1.1.2 npu_lgwy=15.1.1.2 npu_selid=6 dec_npuid=1 enc_npuid=1
e. Run the get router info routing-tale rip command. The system should return the following:
Routing table for VRF=0
R 172.16.101.0/24 [120/2] via 10.10.10.254, spoke1, 00:09:04
R 192.168.4.0/24 [120/2] via 10.10.10.3, spoke1_0, 00:00:02
This topic provides an example configuration of full mesh Overlay Controller VPN (OCVPN).
OCVPN is a cloud based solution to simplify IPsec VPN setup. When Overlay Controller VPN is enabled, IPsec phase1-
interfaces, phase2-interfaces, static routes, and firewall policies are generated automatically on all FortiGates that
belong to the same community network. A community network is defined as all FortiGates registered to FortiCare by
using the same FortiCare account.
If the network topology changes on any FortiGates in the community (such as changing a public IP address in DHCP
mode, adding or removing protected subnets, failing over in dual WAN), the IPsec-related configuration for all devices is
updated with Cloud assistance in self-learning mode. No intervention is required.
Full mesh IPsec tunnels are established between all FortiGates.
License
l Free license: Three devices full mesh, 10 overlays, 16 subnets per overlay.
l Full License: Maximum of 16 devices, 10 overlays, 16 subnets per overlay.
Prerequisites
Restrictions
Terminology
Poll-interval Used to define how often FortiGate tries to fetch OCVPN-related data from
OCVPN Cloud.
Role Used to specify the device OCVPN role of spoke, primary-hub, or secondary-hub.
Subnet Internal network subnet (IPsec protected subnet). Traffic source from or
destination to this subnet will enter IPsec tunnel encrypted by IPsec SA.
Sample Topology
The following shows an example of three FortiGate units registered on FortiCare by using the same FortiCare account.
Each FortiGate unit has one internal subnet, and no NAT exists between these three FortiGate units.
Sample configuration
The steps below use the following overlays and subnets for the sample configuration:
l Branch1:
l Overlay name: QA. Local subnets: 10.1.100.0/24
l Overlay name: PM. Local subnets: 10.2.100.0/24
l Branch2:
l Overlay name: QA. Local interfaces: lan1
l Overlay name: PM. Local interfaces: lan2
l Branch3:
l Overlay name: QA. Local subnets: 172.16.101.0/24
l Overlay name: PM. Local subnets: 172.16.102.0/24
Before you begin, ensure all FortiGates are registered on FortiCare.
2. Create the first overlay by setting the following options and clicking OK:
a. Beside Status, click Enabled.
b. Beside Role, click Spoke.
c. In the Overlays section, click Create New to create a network overlay.
d. In the Name box, type a name, and input the subnets and/or choose internal interfaces.
The local subnet must be routable, and interfaces must have assigned IP addresses. Otherwise an error
message displays.
3. Repeat this procedure until you create all the needed overlays.
3. Configure Branch2:
config vpn ocvpn
set status enable
config overlays
edit 1
set name "QA"
config subnets
edit 1
set type interface
set interface "lan1"
next
end
next
edit 2
set name "PM"
config subnets
edit 1
set type interface
set interface "lan2"
next
end
next
end
end
4. Configure Branch3:
config vpn ocvpn
set status enable
config overlays
edit 1
set name "QA"
config subnets
edit 1
set subnet 172.16.101.0 255.255.255.0
next
end
next
edit 1
set name "OM"
config subnets
edit 1
set subnet 172.16.102.0 255.255.255.0
next
end
next
end
end
This topic provides a sample configuration of a hub-spoke One-Click VPN (OCVPN) with an Auto Discovery VPN
(ADVPN) shortcut. OCVPN automatically detects the network topology based on members' information. To form a hub-
spoke OCVPN, at least one device must announce its role as the primary hub, another device can work as the secondary
hub (for redundancy), while others function as spokes.
License
Prerequisites
Restrictions
l Primary hub
l Secondary hub
l Spoke (OCVPN default role)
Sample topology
Sample Configuration
The steps below use the following overlays and subnets for the sample configuration:
l Primary hub:
l Overlay name: QA. Local subnets: 172.16.101.0/24
l Overlay name: PM. Local subnets: 172.16.102.0/24
l Secondary hub:
l Overlays are synced from primary hub.
l Spoke1:
l Overlay name: QA. Local subnets: 10.1.100.0/24
l Overlay name: PM. Local subnets: 10.2.100.0/24
l Spoke2:
l Overlay name: QA. Local interfaces lan1
l Overlay name: PM. Local interfaces lan2
Before you begin, ensure all FortiGates are registered on FortiCare.
config overlays
edit 1
set name "QA"
config subnets
edit 1
set subnet 10.1.100.0 255.255.255.0
next
end
next
edit 2
set name "PM"
config subnets
edit 1
set subnet 10.2.100.0 255.255.255.0
next
end
next
end
end
This topic provides a sample configuration of Hub-Spoke OCVPN with inter-overlay source NAT. OCVPN isolates traffic
between overlays by default. With NAT enabled on Spokes and assign-ip enabled on Hub, you can have inter-
overlay communication.
Inter-overlay communication means devices from any source addresses and any source interfaces can communicate
with any devices in overlays' subnets when the overlay option assign-ip is enabled.
License
Prerequisites
Restrictions
l Primary-hub
l Secondary-hub
l Spoke (OCVPN default role)
Sample configuration
1. Configure the Primary-Hub, enable overlay QA, and configure assign-ip and IP range:
config vpn ocvpn
set status enable
set role primary-hub
config overlays
edit 1
set name "QA"
set assign-ip enable
set ipv4-start-ip 172.16.101.100
set ipv4-end-ip 172.16.101.200
config subnets
edit 1
set subnet 172.16.101.0 255.255.255.0
next
end
next
edit 2
set name "PM"
set assign-ip enable
config subnets
edit 1
set subnet 172.16.102.0 255.255.255.0
next
end
next
end
end
next
end
next
end
end
OCVPN portal
After you log into the OCVPN portal, the OCVPN license type and device information display. The device information
includes the device serial number, OCVPN role, hostname, public IP address, port number, and overlays.
You can unregister an OCVPN device from the OCVPN portal under Device on the right pane.
OCVPN troubleshooting
This document includes troubleshooting steps for the following OCVPN network topologies:
l Full mesh.
l Hub-spoke with ADVPN shortcut.
l Hub-spoke with inter-overlay source NAT.
For OCVPN configurations in different network topologies, please refer to the other OCVPN topics.
frag-rfc accept_traffic=1
l Generate traffic from Spoke1 to Spoke2 to trigger the ADVPN shortcut and check the VPN tunnel and routing-table
again on Spoke1.
branch1 # diagnose vpn tunnel list
list all ipsec tunnel in vd 0
------------------------------------------------------
name=_OCVPN2-0.0_0 ver=2 serial=a 172.16.200.1:0->172.16.200.3:0 dst_mtu=1500
bound_if=11 lgwy=static/1 tun=intf/0 mode=dial_inst/3 encap=none/720 options[02d0]=create_
dev no-sysctl rgwy-chg frag-rfc accept_traffic=1
parent=_OCVPN2-0.0 index=0
proxyid_num=1 child_num=0 refcnt=14 ilast=0 olast=0 ad=r/2
stat: rxp=7 txp=7 rxb=1064 txb=588
dpd: mode=on-idle on=1 idle=20000ms retry=3 count=0 seqno=0
natt: mode=none draft=0 interval=0 remote_port=0
proxyid=_OCVPN2-0.0 proto=0 sa=1 ref=2 serial=1 auto-negotiate add-route adr
src: 0:10.1.100.0-10.1.100.255:0
dst: 0:192.168.4.0-192.168.4.255:0
SA: ref=3 options=1a227 type=00 soft=0 mtu=1438 expire=43180/0B replaywin=2048
seqno=8 esn=0 replaywin_lastseq=00000008 itn=0 qat=0
life: type=01 bytes=0/0 timeout=43187/43200
dec: spi=048477c9 esp=aes key=16 27c35d53793013ef24cf887561e9f313
ah=sha1 key=20 2c8cfd328c3b29104db0ca74a00c6063f46cafe4
enc: spi=fb9e13fd esp=aes key=16 9d0d3bf6c84b7ddaf9d9196fe74002ed
ah=sha1 key=20 d1f541db787dea384c6a4df16fc228abeb7ae334
dec:pkts/bytes=7/588, enc:pkts/bytes=7/1064
------------------------------------------------------
name=_OCVPN2-0.0 ver=2 serial=6 172.16.200.1:0->172.16.200.4:0 dst_mtu=1500
bound_if=11 lgwy=static/1 tun=intf/0 mode=auto/1 encap=none/528 options[0210]=create_dev
frag-rfc accept_traffic=1
l Simulate the primary hub being unavailable where all spoke's dialup VPN tunnels will switch to the secondary hub,
to check VPN tunnel status and routing-table.
list all ipsec tunnel in vd 0
------------------------------------------------------
name=_OCVPN2-0.0 ver=2 serial=6 172.16.200.1:0->172.16.200.4:0 dst_mtu=1500
bound_if=11 lgwy=static/1 tun=intf/0 mode=auto/1 encap=none/528 options[0210]=create_dev
frag-rfc accept_traffic=0
edit 9
set name "_OCVPN2-1.1_nat"
set uuid 3f7a84b8-3d36-51e9-ee97-8f418c91e666
set srcintf "any"
set dstintf "_OCVPN2-1.1"
set srcaddr "all"
set dstaddr "_OCVPN2-1.1_remote_networks"
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
set comments "Generated by OCVPN Cloud Service."
set nat enable
next
edit 12
set name "_OCVPN2-1.0_nat"
set uuid 3fafec98-3d36-51e9-80c0-5d99325bad83
set srcintf "any"
set dstintf "_OCVPN2-1.0"
set srcaddr "all"
set dstaddr "_OCVPN2-1.0_remote_networks"
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
set comments "Generated by OCVPN Cloud Service."
set nat enable
next
.................................
Authentication in VPN
This recipe provides sample configuration of IPsec VPN authenticating a remote FortiGate peer with a pre-shared key.
The following shows the sample network topology for this recipe:
You can configure IPsec VPN authenticating a remote FortiGate peer with a pre-shared key using the FortiOSGUI or
CLI.
To configure IPsec VPN authenticating a remote FortiGate peer with a pre-shared key on the FortiOS GUI:
To configure IPsec VPN authenticating a remote FortiGate peer with a pre-shared key using the FortiOS
CLI:
1. Configure the WAN interface and default route. The WAN interface is the interface connected to the ISP. The IPsec
tunnel is established over the WAN interface:
a. Configure HQ1:
config system interface
edit "port1"
set vdom "root"
set ip 172.16.200.1 255.255.255.0
next
end
config router static
edit 1
set gateway 172.16.200.3
set device "port1"
next
end
b. Configure HQ2:
config system interface
edit "port25"
set vdom "root"
set ip 172.16.202.1 255.255.255.0
next
end
config router static
edit 1
set gateway 172.16.202.2
set device "port25"
next
end
2. Configure the internal (protected subnet) interface. The internal interface connects to the corporate internal
network. Traffic from this interface routes out the IPsec VPN tunnel:
a. Configure HQ1:
config system interface
edit "dmz"
set vdom "root"
set ip 10.1.100.1 255.255.255.0
next
end
b. Configure HQ2:
config system interface
edit "port9"
set vdom "root"
set ip 172.16.101.1 255.255.255.0
next
end
b. Configure HQ2:
config vpn ipsec phase1-interface
edit "to_HQ1"
set interface "port25"
set peertype any
set net-device enable
set proposal aes128-sha256 aes256-sha256 aes128-sha1 aes256-sha1
set remote-gw 172.16.200.1
set psksecret sample
next
end
b. Configure HQ2:
config vpn ipsec phase2-interface
edit "to_HQ2"
set phase1name "to_HQ1"
set proposal aes128-sha1 aes256-sha1 aes128-sha256 aes256-sha256 aes128gcm
aes256gcm chacha20poly1305
set auto-negotiate enable
next
end
5. Configure the static routes. Two static routes are added to reach the remote protected subnet. The blackhole route
is important to ensure that IPsec traffic does not match the default route when the IPsec tunnel is down:
a. Configure HQ1:
config router static
edit 2
set dst 172.16.101.0 255.255.255.0
set device "to_HQ2"
next
edit 3
set dst 172.16.101.0 255.255.255.0
set blackhole enable
set distance 254
next
end
b. Configure HQ2:
config router static
edit 2
set dst 10.1.100.0 255.255.255.0
set device "to_HQ1"
next
edit 3
set dst 10.1.100.0 255.255.255.0
set blackhole enable
set distance 254
next
end
6. Configure two firewall policies to allow bidirectional IPsec traffic flow over the IPsec VPN tunnel:
a. Configure HQ1:
config firewall policy
edit 1
set name "inbound"
set srcintf "to_HQ2"
set dstintf "dmz"
set srcaddr "172.16.101.0"
set dstaddr "10.1.100.0"
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
next
edit 2
set name "outbound"
set srcintf "dmz"
set dstintf "to_HQ2"
set srcaddr "10.1.100.0"
set dstaddr "172.16.101.0"
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
next
end
b. Configure HQ2:
config firewall policy
edit 1
set name "inbound"
set srcintf "to_HQ1"
set dstintf "port9"
set srcaddr "10.1.1.00.0"
set dstaddr "172.16.101.0"
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
next
edit 2
set name "outbound"
set srcintf "port9"
set dstintf "to_HQ1"
set srcaddr "172.16.101.0"
set dstaddr "10.1.100.0"
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
next
end
7. Run diagnose commands. The diagnose debug application ike -1 command is the key to figure out
why the IPsec tunnel failed to establish. If the PSK failed to match, the following error shows up in the debug
output:
ike 0:to_HQ2:15037: parse error
ike 0:to_HQ2:15037: probable pre-shared secret mismatch'
The following commands are useful to check IPsec phase1/phase2 interface status.
a. Run the diagnose vpn ike gateway list command on HQ1. The system should return the following:
vd: root/0
name: to_HQ2
version: 1
interface: port1 11
addr: 172.16.200.1:500 -> 172.16.202.1:500
created: 5s ago
IKE SA: created 1/1 established 1/1 time 0/0/0 ms
IPsec SA: created 2/2 established 2/2 time 0/0/0 ms
id/spi: 12 6e8d0532e7fe8d84/3694ac323138a024
direction: responder
status: established 5-5s ago = 0ms
proposal: aes128-sha256
key: b3efb46d0d385aff-7bb9ee241362ee8d
lifetime/rekey: 86400/86124
DPD sent/recv: 00000000/00000000
b. Run the diagnose vpn tunnel list command on HQ1. The system should return the following:
list all ipsec tunnel in vd 0
name=to_HQ2 ver=1 serial=1 172.16.200.1:0->172.16.202.1:0
bound_if=11 lgwy=static/1 tun=intf/0 mode=auto/1 encap=none/528 options[0210]=create_
dev frag-rfcaccept_traffic=1
proxyid_num=1 child_num=0 refcnt=11 ilast=7 olast=87 ad=/0
This recipe provides sample configuration of IPsec VPN authenticating a remote FortiGate peer with a certificate. The
certificate on one peer is validated by the presence of the CA certificate installed on the other peer.
The following shows the sample network topology for this recipe:
You can configure IPsec VPN authenticating a remote FortiGate peer with a pre-shared key using the FortiOSGUI or
CLI.
To configure IPsec VPN authenticating a remote FortiGate peer with a pre-shared key on the FortiOS GUI:
vi. From the Peer Certificate CA dropdown list, select the desired peer CA certificate.
vii. Click Next.
c. Configure the following settings for Policy & Routing:
i. From the Local Interface dropdown menu, select the proper local interface.
ii. Configure the Local Subnets as 10.1.100.0.
iii. Configure the Remote Subnets as 172.16.101.0.
iv. Click Create.
4. Configure the HQ2 FortiGate:
a. In FortiOS, go to VPN > IPsec Wizard and configure the following settings for VPN Setup:
i. Enter a proper VPN name.
ii. For Template Type, choose Site to Site.
iii. For Remote Device Type, select FortiGate.
iv. For NAT Configuration, select No NAT Between Sites.
v. Click Next.
b. Configure the following settings for Authentication:
i. For Remote Device, select IP Address.
ii. For the IP address, enter 172.16.2001.
iii. For Outgoing interface, enter port25.
iv. For Authentication Method, select Signature.
v. In the Certificate name field, select the imported certificate.
vi. From the Peer Certificate CA dropdown list, select the desired peer CA certificate.
vii. Click Next.
c. Configure the following settings for Policy & Routing:
i. From the Local Interface dropdown menu, select the proper local interface.
ii. Configure Local Subnets as 172.16.101.0.
iii. Configure the Remote Subnets as 10.1.100.0.
iv. Click Create.
To configure IPsec VPN authenticating a remote FortiGate peer with a pre-shared key using the FortiOS
CLI:
1. Configure the WAN interface and default route. The WAN interface is the interface connected to the ISP. The IPsec
tunnel is established over the WAN interface:
a. Configure HQ1:
config system interface
edit "port1"
set vdom "root"
set ip 172.16.200.1 255.255.255.0
next
end
config router static
edit 1
set gateway 172.16.200.3
set device "port1"
next
end
b. Configure HQ2:
config system interface
edit "port25"
set vdom "root"
set ip 172.16.202.1 255.255.255.0
next
end
config router static
edit 1
set gateway 172.16.202.2
set device "port25"
next
end
2. Configure the internal (protected subnet) interface. The internal interface connects to the corporate internal
network. Traffic from this interface routes out the IPsec VPN tunnel:
a. Configure HQ1:
config system interface
edit "dmz"
set vdom "root"
set ip 10.1.100.1 255.255.255.0
next
end
b. Configure HQ2:
config system interface
edit "port9"
set vdom "root"
set ip 172.16.101.1 255.255.255.0
next
end
3. Configure the import certificate and its CA certificate information. The certificate and its CA certificate must be
imported on the remote peer FortiGate and on the primary FortiGate before configuring IPsec VPN tunnels. If the
built-in Fortinet_Factory certificate and the Fortinet_CA CA certificate are used for authentication, you can skip this
step:
a. Configure HQ1:
config vpn certificate local
edit "test1"
...
set range global
next
end
config vpn certificate ca
edit "CA_Cert_1"
...
set range global
next
end
b. Configure HQ2:
config vpn certificate local
edit "test2"
...
4. Configure the peer user. The peer user is used in the IPsec VPN tunnel peer setting to authenticate the remote
peer FortiGate.
a. If not using the built-in Fortinet_Factory certificate and Fortinet_CA CA certificate, do the following:
i. Configure HQ1:
config user peer
edit "peer1"
set ca "CA_Cert_1"
next
end
b. If the built-in Fortinet_Factory certificate and Fortinet_CA CA certificate are used for authentication, the peer
user must be configured based on Fortinet_CA:
i. Configure HQ1:
config user peer
edit "peer1"
set ca "Fortinet_CA"
next
end
b. Configure HQ2:
config vpn ipsec phase1-interface
edit "to_HQ1"
set interface "port25"
set authmethod signature
set net-device enable
set proposal aes128-sha256 aes256-sha256 aes128-sha1 aes256-sha1
set remote-gw 172.16.200.1
set certificate "test2"
set peer "peer2"
next
end
b. Configure HQ2:
config vpn ipsec phase2-interface
edit "to_HQ2"
set phase1name "to_HQ1"
set proposal aes128-sha1 aes256-sha1 aes128-sha256 aes256-sha256 aes128gcm
aes256gcm chacha20poly1305
set auto-negotiate enable
next
end
7. Configure the static routes. Two static routes are added to reach the remote protected subnet. The blackhole route
is important to ensure that IPsec traffic does not match the default route when the IPsec tunnel is down:
a. Configure HQ1:
config router static
edit 2
set dst 172.16.101.0 255.255.255.0
set device "to_HQ2"
next
edit 3
set dst 172.16.101.0 255.255.255.0
set blackhole enable
set distance 254
next
end
b. Configure HQ2:
config router static
edit 2
set dst 10.1.100.0 255.255.255.0
set device "to_HQ1"
next
edit 3
set dst 10.1.100.0 255.255.255.0
set blackhole enable
set distance 254
next
end
8. Configure two firewall policies to allow bidirectional IPsec traffic flow over the IPsec VPN tunnel:
a. Configure HQ1:
config firewall policy
edit 1
set name "inbound"
set srcintf "to_HQ2"
set dstintf "dmz"
set srcaddr "172.16.101.0"
set dstaddr "10.1.100.0"
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
next
edit 2
set name "outbound"
set srcintf "dmz"
set dstintf "to_HQ2"
set srcaddr "10.1.100.0"
set dstaddr "172.16.101.0"
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
next
end
b. Configure HQ2:
config firewall policy
edit 1
set name "inbound"
set srcintf "to_HQ1"
set dstintf "port9"
set srcaddr "10.1.1.00.0"
set dstaddr "172.16.101.0"
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
next
edit 2
set name "outbound"
set srcintf "port9"
set dstintf "to_HQ1"
set srcaddr "172.16.101.0"
9. Run diagnose commands. The diagnose debug application ike -1 command is the key to figure out
why the IPsec tunnel failed to establish. If the remote FortiGate certificate cannot be validated, the following error
shows up in the debug output:
ike 0: to_HQ2:15314: certificate validation failed
The following commands are useful to check IPsec phase1/phase2 interface status.
a. Run the diagnose vpn ike gateway list command on HQ1. The system should return the following:
vd: root/0
name: to_HQ2
version: 1
interface: port1 11
addr: 172.16.200.1:500 -> 172.16.202.1:500
created: 7s ago
peer-id: C = CA, ST = BC, L = Burnaby, O = Fortinet, OU = QA, CN = test2
peer-id-auth: yes
IKE SA: created 1/1 established 1/1 time 70/70/70 ms
IPsec SA: created 1/1 established 1/1 time 80/80/80 ms
id/spi: 15326 295be407fbddfc13/7a5a52afa56adf14 direction: initiator status:
established 7-7s ago = 70ms proposal: aes128-sha256 key: 4aa06dbee359a4c7-
43570710864bcf7b lifetime/rekey: 86400/86092 DPD sent/recv: 00000000/00000000 peer-id:
C = CA, ST = BC, L = Burnaby, O = Fortinet, OU = QA, CN = test2
b. Run the diagnose vpn tunnel list command on HQ1. The system should return the following:
list all ipsec tunnel in vd 0
name=to_HQ2 ver=1 serial=1 172.16.200.1:0->172.16.202.1:0
bound_if=11 lgwy=static/1 tun=intf/0 mode=auto/1 encap=none/528 options[0210]=create_
dev frag-rfcaccept_traffic=1
proxyid_num=1 child_num=0 refcnt=14 ilast=19 olast=179 ad=/0
stat: rxp=0 txp=0 rxb=0 txb=0
dpd: mode=on-demand on=1 idle=20000ms retry=3 count=0 seqno=0
natt: mode=none draft=0 interval=0 remote_port=0
proxyid=vpn-f proto=0 sa=1 ref=2 serial=1 auto-negotiate
src: 0:0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0:0
dst: 0:0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0:0
SA: ref=3 options=18227 type=00 soft=0 mtu=1438 expire=42717/0B replaywin=2048 seqno=1
esn=0 replaywin_lastseq=00000000 itn=0
life: type=01 bytes=0/0 timeout=42897/43200
dec: spi=72e87de7 esp=aes key=16 8b2b93e0c149d6f22b1c0b96ea450e6c
ah=sha1 key=20 facc655e5f33beb7c2b12e718a6d55413ce3efa2
enc: spi=5c52c865 esp=aes key=16 8d0c4e4adbf2338beed569b2b3205ece
ah=sha1 key=20 553331628612480ab6d7d563a00e2a967ebabcdd
dec:pkts/bytes=0/0, enc:pkts/bytes=0/0
This recipe provides an example configuration of VXLAN over IPsec tunnel. VXLAN encapsulation is used in the
phase1-interface setting and virtual-switch is used to bridge the internal with VXLAN over IPsec tunnel.
The following shows the network topology for this example:
b. HQ2:
config system interface
edit "port25"
set ip 172.16.202.1 255.255.255.0
next
end
config router static
edit 1
set gateway 172.16.202.2
set device "port25"
next
end
b. HQ2:
config vpn ipsec phase1-interface
edit "to_HQ1"
set interface "port25"
set peertype any
set proposal aes128-sha256 aes256-sha256 aes128-sha1 aes256-sha1
set encapsulation VXLAN
set encapsulation-address ipv4
set encap-local-gw4 172.16.202.1
set encap-remote-gw4 172.16.200.1
set remote-gw 172.16.200.1
set psksecret sample
next
end
config vpn ipsec phase2-interface
edit "to_HQ1"
set phase1name "to_HQ1"
set proposal aes128-sha1 aes256-sha1 aes128-sha256 aes256-sha256 aes128gcm
aes256gcm chacha20poly1305
next
end
b. HQ2:
config firewall policy
edit 1
set srcintf "port9"
set dstintf "to_HQ1"
set srcaddr "10.1.100.0"
set dstaddr "10.1.100.0"
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
next
edit 2
set srcintf "to_HQ1"
set dstintf "port9"
set srcaddr "10.1.100.0"
set dstaddr "10.1.100.0"
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
next
end
b. HQ2:
config system switch-interface
edit "VXLAN-HQ1"
set member "port9" "to_HQ1"
set intra-switch-policy explicit
next
end
5. Optionally, view the VPN tunnel list on HQ1 with the diagnose vpn tunnel list command:
list all ipsec tunnel in vd 0
----
name=to_HQ2 ver=1 serial=2 172.16.200.1:0->172.16.202.1:0
bound_if=5 lgwy=static/1 tun=intf/0 mode=auto/1 encap=VXLAN/2 options[0002]=
encap-addr: 172.16.200.1->172.16.202.1
proxyid_num=1 child_num=0 refcnt=11 ilast=8 olast=0 ad=/0
stat: rxp=13 txp=3693 rxb=5512 txb=224900
dpd: mode=on-demand on=1 idle=20000ms retry=3 count=0 seqno=45
natt: mode=none draft=0 interval=0 remote_port=0
proxyid=to_HQ2 proto=0 sa=1 ref=2 serial=1
src: 0:0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0:0
dst: 0:0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0:0
SA: ref=3 options=10226 type=00 soft=0 mtu=1390 expire=41944/0B replaywin=2048
seqno=e6e esn=0 replaywin_lastseq=0000000e itn=0
life: type=01 bytes=0/0 timeout=42901/43200
dec: spi=635e9bb1 esp=aes key=16 c8a374905ef9156e66504195f46a650c
ah=sha1 key=20 a09265de7d3b0620b45441fb5af44dab125f2afe
enc: spi=a4d0cd1e esp=aes key=16 e9d0f3f0bb7e15a833f80c42615a3b91
ah=sha1 key=20 609a315c385471b8909b771c76e4fa7214996e50
dec:pkts/bytes=13/4640, enc:pkts/bytes=3693/623240
6. Optionally, view the bridge control interface on HQ1 with the diagnose netlink brctl name host
VXLAN-HQ1 command:
show bridge control interface VXLAN-HQ1 host.
fdb: size=2048, used=17, num=17, depth=1
Bridge VXLAN-a host table
port no device devname mac addr ttl attributes
1 1. dmz 00:0c:29:4e:33:c9 1. Hit(1)
1 1. dmz 00:0c:29:a8:c3:ea 105 Hit(105)
1 1. dmz 90:6c:ac:53:76:29 18 Hit(18)
1 1. dmz 08:5b:0e:dd:69:cb 1. Local Static
1 1. dmz 90:6c:ac:84:3e:5d 1. Hit(5)
1 1. dmz 00:0b:fd:eb:21:d6 1. Hit(0)
2 38 to_HQ2 56:45:c3:3f:57:b4 1. Local Static
1 1. dmz 00:0c:29:d2:66:40 78 Hit(78)
2 38 to_HQ2 90:6c:ac:5b:a6:eb 124 Hit(124)
1 1. dmz 00:0c:29:a6:bc:e6 19 Hit(19)
1 1. dmz 00:0c:29:f0:a2:e7 1. Hit(0)
1 1. dmz 00:0c:29:d6:c4:66 164 Hit(164)
1 1. dmz 00:0c:29:e7:68:19 1. Hit(0)
1 1. dmz 00:0c:29:bf:79:30 19 Hit(19)
1 1. dmz 00:0c:29:e0:64:7d 1. Hit(0)
1 1. dmz 36:ea:c7:30:c0:f1 25 Hit(25)
1 1. dmz 36:ea:c7:30:cc:71 1. Hit(0)
This example is intended for network engineers who are familiar with the FortiGate platform. It does not include all of
the required configuration steps. The intention is to provide the information that you need to implement VXLAN over
IPsec VPN using a VXLAN Tunnel Endpoint (VTEP).
This example covers a VXLAN over IPsec VPN configuration using the FortiGate as the VTEP. There is also an
alternative configuration method that directly encapsulates traffic in IPsec VPN without creating a VXLAN interface.
This example shows a specific configuration that uses a hub-and-spoke topology. However, the same logic can be
applied to a static VPN. In this example's hub-and-spoke topology, dialup VPN is convenient as it uses a single phase 1
dialup definition on the hub FortiGate, with additional spoke tunnels being added without any changes to the hub other
than adding a user account for each additional spoke.
This example consists of the following steps:
1. Configure IPsec VPN
2. Configure a VXLAN interface
3. Bind the VXLAN interface to the Ethernet port
4. Test the configuration
1. Configure the phase 1 and phase 2 interfaces on the hub and spoke FortiGates:
a. Run the following CLI commands on the hub FortiGate:
config vpn ipsec phase1-interface
edit "SPOKES"
set type dynamic
set interface "port2"
set mode aggressive
set peertype one
set proposal aes256-sha256
set xauthtype auto
set authusrgrp "SPOKES"
set peerid "SPOKES"
set psksecret <SECRET>
next
end
config vpn ipsec phase2-interface
edit "SPOKES"
set phase1name "SPOKES"
set proposal aes128-sha1 aes256-sha1 aes128-sha256 aes256-sha256 aes128gcm
aes256gcm chacha20poly1305
next
end
The hub FortiGate inserts a reverse route pointing to newly established tunnel interfaces
for any of the subnets that the spoke FortiGate's source quick mode selectors provides.
This is why you should set the tunnel IP address here.
2. Configure the IPsec VPN policies on the hub and spoke FortiGates:
a. Run the following CLI commands on the hub FortiGate. This policy allows VXLAN traffic between spokes,
since spoke-to-spoke traffic is done through the hub:
config firewall policy
edit 1
set name "VXLAN_SPOKE_to_SPOKE"
set srcintf "SPOKES"
set dstintf "SPOKES"
set srcaddr "NET_192.168.255.0"
set dstaddr "NET_192.168.255.0"
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "UDP_4789"
set logtraffic all
set fsso disable
next
end
b. Run the following commands on the spoke FortiGates. Usually, a tunnel interface is required for the IPsec
VPN to establish a policy. In this example, the FortiGate issues the VXLAN tunnel, which ends at the remote
FortiGate's tunnel interface. This explicitly removes the requirement for allowing VXLAN traffic. This explains
how such a policy can be created:
config firewall policy
edit 1
set name "FICTIVE_IPSEC_POLICY"
set srcintf "HUB"
set dstintf "HUB"
set srcaddr "none"
set dstaddr "none"
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "PING"
set logtraffic disable
set fsso disable
next
end
3. Configure the IPsec tunnel interfaces. IPsec tunnel interfaces are used to support VXLAN tunnel termination.
Therefore, you must set an IP address for each tunnel interface. You should also allow ping access for
troubleshooting purposes:
a. Run the following CLI commands on the hub FortiGate. The remote IP address is not used, but is necessary
for this configuration.
config system interface
edit "SPOKES"
set vdom "root"
set ip 192.168.255.1 255.255.255.255
set allowaccess ping
set type tunnel
set remote-ip 192.168.255.254 255.255.255.0
set snmp-index 12
set interface "port2"
next
end
You must create a VXLAN interface and bind it to IPsec tunnel 1. All VXLAN interfaces share the same VXLAN Network
ID (VNI).
1. Run the following CLI commands on the hub FortiGate. The remote IP address is the spokes' tunnel interfaces' IP
addresses.
config system VXLAN
edit "SPOKES_VXLAN"
set interface "SPOKES"
set vni 1
set remote-ip "192.168.255.2" "192.168.255.3"
next
end
2. Run the following CLI commands on the spoke FortiGates. The remote IP address is the hub's tunnel interface's IP
address.
config system VXLAN
edit "HUB_VXLAN"
set interface "HUB"
set vni 1
set remote-ip "192.168.255.1"
next
end
You can add another spoke's tunnel IP address to establish a VXLAN tunnel between spokes. For example, to add
another spoke's tunnel IP address to the above example, the set remote-ip command would be set
remote-ip "192.168.255.1" "192.168.255.3".
To add more remote IP addresses to a VXLAN interface, the interface cannot be in use.
You may want to provision future spokes' remote IP addresses at this point to avoid traffic
disruption in the future. Otherwise, you must delete the reference (the policy in this case)
before adding remote IP addresses.
VXLAN encapsulates OSI layer 2 Ethernet frames within layer 3 IP packets. This is why you must bind the internal port
and VXLAN interface so that devices behind port1 have direct layer 2 access to remote peers over the VXLAN tunnel.
You can accomplish this using one of the following methods:
l Using a switch interface
l Using a virtual wire pair
Both methods are explained below.
To use a switch interface, run the following commands on the hub FortiGate:
config system switch-interface
edit "SW"
set vdom "root"
set member "port1" "SPOKES_VXLAN"
next
end
To use a virtual wire pair, run the following command on the spoke FortiGates:
The virtual wire pair needs an explicit policy to allow traffic between interfaces:
1. Ping the hub FortiGate from the spoke FortiGate. The output should look as follows:
user@pc-spoke1:~$ ping 192.168.1.1 -c 3PING 192.168.1.1 (192.168.1.1) 56(84) bytes of data.
64 bytes from 192.168.1.1: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=1.24 ms
64 bytes from 192.168.1.1: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.672 ms
64 bytes from 192.168.1.1: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=0.855 ms
--- 192.168.1.1 ping statistics ---
3 packets transmitted, 3 received, 0% packet loss, time 2002ms
rtt min/avg/max/mdev = 0.672/0.923/1.243/0.239 ms
<<<<1
15:00:01.438256 SPOKES_VXLAN in 192.168.1.2 -> 192.168.1.1: icmp: echo request
<<<<2
15:00:01.438260 port1 out 192.168.1.2 -> 192.168.1.1: icmp: echo request
<<<<3
15:00:01.438532 port1 in 192.168.1.1 -> 192.168.1.2: icmp: echo reply
15:00:01.438536 SPOKES_VXLAN out 192.168.1.1 -> 192.168.1.2: icmp: echo reply
15:00:01.438546 SPOKES out 192.168.255.1.4851 -> 192.168.255.2.4789: udp 106
Troubleshooting
id/spi: 92 5639f7f8a5dc54c0/809a6c9bbd266a4b
direction: initiator
status: established 4313-4313s ago = 10ms
proposal: aes128-sha256
key: 74aa3d63d88e10ea-8a1c73b296b06578
lifetime/rekey: 86400/81786
DPD sent/recv: 00000000/00000000
vd: root/0
name: to_HQ
version: 1
interface: port13 42
addr: 173.1.1.1:500 -> 11.101.1.1:500
created: 1013s ago
assigned IPv4 address: 11.11.11.1/255.255.255.252
IKE SA: created 1/1 established 1/1 time 0/0/0 ms
IPsec SA: created 1/1 established 1/1 time 0/0/0 ms
id/spi: 95 255791bd30c749f4/c2505db65210258b
direction: initiator
status: established 1013-1013s ago = 0ms
proposal: aes128-sha256
key: bb101b9127ed5844-1582fd614d5a8a33
lifetime/rekey: 86400/85086
DPD sent/recv: 00000000/00000010
des : 0 1.
3des : 0 1.
aes : 0 1.
aes-gcm : 0 1.
aria : 0 1.
seed : 0 1.
chacha20poly1305 : 0 1.
Integrity (generated/validated)
null : 0 1.
md5 : 0 1.
sha1 : 0 1.
sha256 : 0 1.
sha384 : 0 1.
sha512 : 0 1.
NP6_1:
Encryption (encrypted/decrypted)
null : 0 1.
des : 0 1.
3des : 0 1.
aes : 337152 46069
aes-gcm : 0 1.
aria : 0 1.
seed : 0 1.
chacha20poly1305 : 0 1.
Integrity (generated/validated)
null : 0 1.
md5 : 0 1.
sha1 : 337152 46069
sha256 : 0 1.
sha384 : 0 1.
sha512 : 0 1.
CP8:
Encryption (encrypted/decrypted)
null : 0 1.
des : 0 1.
3des : 1337 1582
aes : 71 11426
aes-gcm : 0 1.
aria : 0 1.
seed : 0 1.
chacha20poly1305 : 0 1.
Integrity (generated/validated)
null : 0 1.
md5 : 48 28
sha1 : 1360 12980
sha256 : 0 1.
sha384 : 0 1.
sha512 : 0 1.
SOFTWARE:
Encryption (encrypted/decrypted)
null : 0 1.
des : 0 1.
3des : 0 1.
aes : 0 1.
aes-gcm : 0 1.
aria : 0 1.
seed : 0 1.
chacha20poly1305 : 0 1.
Integrity (generated/validated)
null : 0 1.
md5 : 0 1.
sha1 : 0 1.
sha256 : 0 1.
sha384 : 0 1.
sha512 : 0 1.
This recipe provides an example configuration of tunneled internet browsing using a dialup VPN. To centralize network
management and control, all branch office traffic is tunneling to HQ, including Internet browsing.
The following shows the sample network topology for this example:
1. Configure the WAN interface and static route on the FortiGate at HQ:
config system interface
edit "port9"
set alias "WAN"
set ip 22.1.1.1 255.255.255.0
next
edit "port10"
set alias "Internal"
set ip 172.16.101.1 255.255.255.0
next
end
config router static
edit 1
set gateway 22.1.1.2
set device "port9"
next
end
4. Configure the WAN interface and static route on the FortiGate at the branches:
a. Branch1:
config system interface
edit "wan1"
set ip 15.1.1.2 255.255.255.0
next
edit "internal"
set ip 10.1.100.1 255.255.255.0
next
end
config router static
edit 1
set gateway 15.1.1.1
set device "wan1"
next
end
b. Branch2:
config system interface
edit "wan1"
set ip 13.1.1.2 255.255.255.0
next
edit "internal"
set ip 192.168.4.1 255.255.255.0
next
end
config router static
edit 1
set gateway 13.1.1.1
set device "wan1"
next
end
b. Branch2:
config vpn ipsec phase1-interface
edit "branch2"
set interface "wan1"
set peertype any
set net-device enable
set proposal aes128-sha256 aes256-sha256 aes128-sha1 aes256-sha1
set dpd on-idle
set remote-gw 22.1.1.1
set psksecret sample
set dpd-retryinterval 5
next
end
config vpn ipsec phase2-interface
edit "branch2"
set phase1name "branch2"
set proposal aes128-sha1 aes256-sha1 aes128-sha256 aes256-sha256 aes128gcm
aes256gcm chacha20poly1305
set auto-negotiate enable
set src-subnet 192.168.4.0 255.255.255.0
next
end
b. Branch2:
config firewall policy
edit 1
set name "outbound"
set srcintf "internal"
set dstintf "branch2"
set srcaddr "all"
set dstaddr "all"
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
next
edit 2
set name "inbound"
set srcintf "branch2"
set dstintf "internal"
set srcaddr "all"
set dstaddr "all"
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
next
end
b. Branch2:
config router static
edit 2
set dst 22.1.1.1/32
set gateway 13.1.1.1
set device "wan1"
set distance 1
next
edit 3
set device "branch2"
set distance 5
next
end
8. Optionally, view the VPN tunnel list on a branch with the diagnose vpn tunnel list command:
list all ipsec tunnel in vd 0
----
name=branch1 ver=1 serial=2 15.1.1.2:0->22.1.1.1:0
bound_if=7 lgwy=static/1 tun=intf/0 mode=auto/1 encap=none/536 options[0218]=npu create_dev
frag-rfc accept_traffic=1
9. Optionally, view static routing table on a branch with the get router info routing-table static
command:
Routing table for VRF=0
S* 0.0.0.0/0 [5/0] is directly connected, branch1
S* 22.1.1.1/32 [1/0] via 15.1.1.1, wan1
1. Check the device ASIC information. For example, a FortiGate 900D has an NP6 and a CP8.
# get hardware status
Model name: [[QualityAssurance62/FortiGate]]-900D
ASIC version: CP8
ASIC SRAM: 64M
CPU: Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E3-1225 v3 @ 3.20GHz
Number of CPUs: 4
RAM: 16065 MB
Compact Flash: 1925 MB /dev/sda
Hard disk: 244198 MB /dev/sdb
USB Flash: not available
Network Card chipset: [[QualityAssurance62/FortiASIC]] NP6 Adapter (rev.)
1. port11 1G Yes
1. port12 1G Yes
1. port9 1G Yes
1. port10 1G Yes
1. port15 1G Yes
1. port16 1G Yes
1. port13 1G Yes
1. port14 1G Yes
1. portA 10G Yes
1.
----
3. Configure the option in IPsec phase1 settings to control NPU encrypt/decrypt IPsec packets (enabled by default).
config vpn ipsec phase1/phase1-interface
edit "vpn_name"
set npu-offload enable/disable
next
end
4. Check NPU offloading. The NPU encrypted/decrypted counter should tick. The npu_flag 03 flag means that the
traffic processed by the NPU is bi-directional.
# diagnose vpn tunnel list
list all ipsec tunnel in vd 0
----
name=test ver=2 serial=1 173.1.1.1:0->11.101.1.1:0
bound_if=42 lgwy=static/1 tun=intf/0 mode=auto/1 encap=none/8 options[0008]=npu
proxyid_num=1 child_num=0 refcnt=14 ilast=2 olast=2 ad=/0
stat: rxp=12231 txp=12617 rxb=1316052 txb=674314
dpd: mode=on-demand on=1 idle=20000ms retry=3 count=0 seqno=0
natt: mode=none draft=0 interval=0 remote_port=0
proxyid=test proto=0 sa=1 ref=4 serial=7
src: 0:0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0:0
dst: 0:0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0:0
SA: ref=6 options=10626 type=00 soft=0 mtu=1438 expire=42921/0B replaywin=2048
seqno=802 esn=0 replaywin_lastseq=00000680 itn=0
life: type=01 bytes=0/0 timeout=42930/43200
dec: spi=e313ac46 esp=aes key=16 0dcb52642eed18b852b5c65a7dc62958
ah=md5 key=16 c61d9fe60242b9a30e60b1d01da77660
enc: spi=706ffe03 esp=aes key=16 6ad98c204fa70545dbf3d2e33fb7b529
ah=md5 key=16 dcc3b866da155ef73c0aba15ec530e2e
dec:pkts/bytes=1665/16352, enc:pkts/bytes=2051/16826
npu_flag=03 npu_rgwy=11.101.1.1 npu_lgwy=173.1.1.1 npu_selid=6 dec_npuid=2 enc_npuid=2
Integrity (generated/validated)
null : 0 1.
md5 : 0 1.
sha1 : 0 1.
sha256 : 0 1.
sha384 : 0 1.
sha512 : 0 1.
NP6_1:
Encryption (encrypted/decrypted)
null : 14976 15357
des : 0 1.
3des : 0 1.
aes : 1664 2047
aes-gcm : 0 1.
aria : 0 1.
seed : 0 1.
chacha20poly1305 : 0 1.
Integrity (generated/validated)
null : 0 1.
md5 : 1664 2047
sha1 : 14976 15357
sha256 : 0 1.
sha384 : 0 1.
sha512 : 0 1.
CP8:
Encryption (encrypted/decrypted)
null : 1 1.
des : 0 1.
3des : 0 1.
aes : 1 1.
aes-gcm : 0 1.
aria : 0 1.
seed : 0 1.
chacha20poly1305 : 0 1.
Integrity (generated/validated)
null : 0 1.
md5 : 1 1.
sha1 : 1 1.
sha256 : 0 1.
sha384 : 0 1.
sha512 : 0 1.
SOFTWARE:
Encryption (encrypted/decrypted)
null : 0 1.
des : 0 1.
3des : 0 1.
aes : 0 1.
aes-gcm : 29882 29882
aria : 21688 21688
seed : 153774 153774
chacha20poly1305 : 29521 29521
Integrity (generated/validated)
null : 59403 59403
md5 : 0 1.
sha1 : 175462 175462
sha256 : 0 1.
sha384 : 0 1.
sha512 : 0 1.
5. If traffic cannot be offloaded by the NPU, the CP will try to encrypt/decrypt the IPsec packets.
null : 0 1.
des : 0 1.
3des : 0 1.
aes : 0 1.
aes-gcm : 0 1.
aria : 0 1.
seed : 0 1.
chacha20poly1305 : 0 1.
Integrity (generated/validated)
null : 0 1.
md5 : 0 1.
sha1 : 0 1.
sha256 : 0 1.
sha384 : 0 1.
sha512 : 0 1.
NP6_1:
Encryption (encrypted/decrypted)
null : 14976 15357
des : 0 1.
3des : 0 1.
aes : 1664 2047
aes-gcm : 0 1.
aria : 0 1.
seed : 0 1.
chacha20poly1305 : 0 1.
Integrity (generated/validated)
null : 0 1.
md5 : 1664 2047
sha1 : 14976 15357
sha256 : 0 1.
sha384 : 0 1.
sha512 : 0 1.
CP8:
Encryption (encrypted/decrypted)
null : 1 1.
des : 0 1.
3des : 0 1.
aes : 8499 8499
aes-gcm : 0 1.
aria : 0 1.
seed : 0 1.
chacha20poly1305 : 0 1.
Integrity (generated/validated)
null : 0 1.
md5 : 8499 8499
sha1 : 1 1.
sha256 : 0 1.
sha384 : 0 1.
sha512 : 0 1.
SOFTWARE:
Encryption (encrypted/decrypted)
null : 0 1.
des : 0 1.
3des : 0 1.
aes : 0 1.
aes-gcm : 29882 29882
aria : 21688 21688
seed : 153774 153774
chacha20poly1305 : 29521 29521
Integrity (generated/validated)
null : 59403 59403
md5 : 0 1.
sha1 : 175462 175462
sha256 : 0 1.
sha384 : 0 1.
sha512 : 0 1.
2. Two options are used to control if the CP processes packets. If disabled, packets are processed by the CPU.
config system global
set ipsec-asic-offload disable
set ipsec-hmac-offload disable
end
NP6_1:
Encryption (encrypted/decrypted)
null : 14976 15357
des : 0 1.
3des : 0 1.
aes : 1664 2047
aes-gcm : 0 1.
aria : 0 1.
seed : 0 1.
chacha20poly1305 : 0 1.
Integrity (generated/validated)
null : 0 1.
md5 : 1664 2047
sha1 : 14976 15357
sha256 : 0 1.
sha384 : 0 1.
sha512 : 0 1.
null : 3 1.
des : 0 1.
3des : 0 1.
aes : 3 1.
aes-gcm : 0 1.
aria : 0 1.
seed : 0 1.
chacha20poly1305 : 0 1.
Integrity (generated/validated)
null : 0 1.
md5 : 3 1.
sha1 : 3 1.
sha256 : 0 1.
sha384 : 0 1.
sha512 : 0 1.
CP8:
Encryption (encrypted/decrypted)
null : 1 1.
des : 0 1.
3des : 0 1.
aes : 8865 8865
aes-gcm : 0 1.
aria : 0 1.
seed : 0 1.
chacha20poly1305 : 0 1.
Integrity (generated/validated)
null : 0 1.
md5 : 8865 8865
sha1 : 1 1.
sha256 : 0 1.
sha384 : 0 1.
sha512 : 0 1.
SOFTWARE:
Encryption (encrypted/decrypted)
null : 0 1.
des : 0 1.
3des : 0 1.
aes : 531 531
aes-gcm : 29882 29882
aria : 21688 21688
seed : 153774 153774
chacha20poly1305 : 41156 41156
Integrity (generated/validated)
null : 71038 71038
md5 : 531 531
sha1 : 175462 175462
sha256 : 0 1.
sha384 : 0 1.
sha512 : 0 1.
When auto-asic-offload is set to disable in the firewall policy, traffic is nt offloaded and the NPU hosting
counter is ticked.
# diagnose vpn ipsec status
All ipsec crypto devices in use:
NP6_0:
Encryption (encrypted/decrypted)
null : 0 1.
des : 0 1.
3des : 0 1.
aes : 0 1.
aes-gcm : 0 1.
aria : 0 1.
seed : 0 1.
chacha20poly1305 : 0 1.
Integrity (generated/validated)
null : 0 1.
md5 : 0 1.
sha1 : 0 1.
sha256 : 0 1.
sha384 : 0 1.
sha512 : 0 1.
NP6_1:
Encryption (encrypted/decrypted)
null : 14976 15357
des : 0 1.
3des : 0 1.
aes : 110080 2175
aes-gcm : 0 1.
aria : 0 1.
seed : 0 1.
chacha20poly1305 : 0 1.
Integrity (generated/validated)
null : 0 1.
md5 : 110080 2175
sha1 : 14976 15357
sha256 : 0 1.
sha384 : 0 1.
sha512 : 0 1.
sha1 : 3 1.
sha256 : 0 1.
sha384 : 0 1.
sha512 : 0 1.
CP8:
Encryption (encrypted/decrypted)
null : 1 1.
des : 0 1.
3des : 0 1.
aes : 8865 8865
aes-gcm : 0 1.
aria : 0 1.
seed : 0 1.
chacha20poly1305 : 0 1.
Integrity (generated/validated)
null : 0 1.
md5 : 8865 8865
sha1 : 1 1.
sha256 : 0 1.
sha384 : 0 1.
sha512 : 0 1.
SOFTWARE:
Encryption (encrypted/decrypted)
null : 0 1.
des : 0 1.
3des : 0 1.
aes : 539 539
aes-gcm : 29882 29882
aria : 21688 21688
seed : 153774 153774
chacha20poly1305 : 41259 41259
Integrity (generated/validated)
null : 71141 71141
md5 : 539 539
sha1 : 175462 175462
sha256 : 0 1.
sha384 : 0 1.
sha512 : 0 1.
This recipe provides an example configuration of GRE over an IPsec tunnel. A static route over GRE tunnel is used, and
tunnel-mode is used in the phase2-interface settings.
b. HQ2:
config system interface
edit "port25"
set ip 172.16.202.1 255.255.255.0
next
edit "port9"
set ip 172.16.101.1 255.255.255.0
next
end
config router static
edit 1
set gateway 172.16.202.2
b. HQ2:
config vpn ipsec phase1-interface
edit "greipsec"
set interface "port25"
set peertype any
set proposal aes128-sha256 aes256-sha256 aes128-sha1 aes256-sha1
set remote-gw 172.16.200.1
set psksecret sample
next
end
config vpn ipsec phase2-interface
edit "greipsec"
set phase1name "greipsec"
set proposal aes128-sha1 aes256-sha1 aes128-sha256 aes256-sha256 aes128gcm
aes256gcm chacha20poly1305
set protocol 47
next
end
b. HQ2:
config system interface
edit "greipsec"
set ip 10.10.10.2 255.255.255.255
set remote-ip 10.10.10.1 255.255.255.255
next
end
b. HQ2:
config system gre-tunnel
edit "gre_to_HQ1"
set interface "greipsec"
set remote-gw 10.10.10.1
set local-gw 10.10.10.2
next
end
b. HQ2:
config firewall policy
edit 1
set srcintf "port9"
set dstintf "gre_to_HQ1"
set srcaddr "all"
set dstaddr "all"
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
next
edit 2
set srcintf "gre_to_HQ1"
set dstintf "port9"
set srcaddr "all"
set dstaddr "all"
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
next
edit 3
set srcintf "greipsec"
set dstintf "greipsec"
set srcaddr "all"
set dstaddr "all"
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
next
end
b. HQ2:
config router static
edit 2
set dst 10.1.100.0 255.255.255.0
set device "gre_to_HQ1"
next
end
8. Optionally, view the VPN tunnel list on HQ1 with the diagnose vpn tunnel list command:
list all ipsec tunnel in vd 0
----
name=greipsec ver=1 serial=1 172.16.200.1:0->172.16.202.1:0
bound_if=5 lgwy=static/1 tun=intf/0 mode=auto/1 encap=none/16 options[0010]=create_dev
proxyid_num=1 child_num=0 refcnt=12 ilast=19 olast=861 ad=/0
stat: rxp=347 txp=476 rxb=58296 txb=51408
dpd: mode=on-demand on=1 idle=20000ms retry=3 count=0 seqno=8
natt: mode=none draft=0 interval=0 remote_port=0
proxyid=greipsec proto=47 sa=1 ref=2 serial=2
src: 47:0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0:0
dst: 47:0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0:0
SA: ref=3 options=10226 type=00 soft=0 mtu=1438 expire=41689/0B replaywin=2048
seqno=15c esn=0 replaywin_lastseq=0000015c itn=0
life: type=01 bytes=0/0 timeout=42898/43200
dec: spi=9897bd09 esp=aes key=16 5a60e67bf68379309715bd83931680bf
ah=sha1 key=20 ff35a329056d0d506c0bfc17ef269978a4a57dd3
enc: spi=e362f336 esp=aes key=16 5574acd8587c5751a88950e1bf8fbf57
ah=sha1 key=20 d57ec76ac3c543ac89b2e4d0545518aa2d06669b
dec:pkts/bytes=347/37476, enc:pkts/bytes=347/58296
9. Optionally, view static routing table on HQ1 with the get router info routing-table static
command:
Routing table for VRF=0
S* 0.0.0.0/0 [10/0] via 172.16.200.3, port1
S 172.16.101.0/24 [10/0] is directly connected, gre_to_HQ2
This recipe provides an example configuration of LT2P over IPsec. A locally defined user is used for authentication, a
Windows PC or Android tablet is acting as the client, and net-device is set to enable in the phase1-interface
settings. If net-device is set to disable, only one device can establish an L2TP over IPsec tunnel behind the same
NAT device.
The following shows the network topology for this example:
next
end
5. Configure a firewall address, that is applied in L2TP settings to assign IP addresses to clients once the L2TP tunnel
is established:
config firewall address
edit "L2TPclients"
set type iprange
set start-ip 10.10.10.1
set end-ip 10.10.10.100
next
end
7. Optionally, view the VPN tunnel list on HQ with the diagnose vpn tunnel list command:
list all ipsec tunnel in vd 0
----
name=L2tpoIPsec_0 ver=1 serial=8 22.1.1.1:0->10.1.100.15:0
bound_if=4 lgwy=static/1 tun=intf/0 mode=dial_inst/3 encap=none/216 options[00d8]=npu
create_dev no-sysctl rgwy-chg
parent=L2tpoIPsec index=0
proxyid_num=1 child_num=0 refcnt=13 ilast=0 olast=0 ad=/0
stat: rxp=470 txp=267 rxb=57192 txb=12679
dpd: mode=on-idle on=1 idle=60000ms retry=3 count=0 seqno=0
8. Optionally, view the L2TP VPN status, by enabling debug (diagnose debug enable), then using the
diagnose vpn l2tp status command:
----
----
HQ # Num of tunnels: 2
----
Tunnel ID = 1 (local id), 42 (remote id) to 10.1.100.15:1701
control_seq_num = 2, control_rec_seq_num = 4,
last recv pkt = 2
Call ID = 1 (local id), 1 (remote id), serno = 0, dev=ppp1,
assigned ip = 10.10.10.2
data_seq_num = 0,
tx = 152 bytes (2), rx= 21179 bytes (205)
Tunnel ID = 3 (local id), 34183 (remote id) to 22.1.1.2:58825
control_seq_num = 2, control_rec_seq_num = 4,
last recv pkt = 2
Call ID = 3 (local id), 18820 (remote id), serno = 2032472593, dev=ppp2,
assigned ip = 10.10.10.3
data_seq_num = 0,
tx = 152 bytes (2), rx= 0 bytes (0)
----
--VD 0: Startip = 10.10.10.1, Endip = 10.10.10.100
enforece-ipsec = false
----
2. Enter a name for the VPN in the Name field. In this example L2tpoIPsec is used.
3. Set the following, then click Next:
l Template Type to Remote Access
l Remote Device Type to Native and Windows Native
4. Set the following, then click Next:
l Incoming Interface to port9
l Authentication Method to Pre-shared Key
l Pre-shared Key to your-psk
l User Group to L2tpusergroup
5. Set the following, then click Create:
l Local Interface as port10
l Local Address as 172.16.101.0
l Client Address Range as 10.10.10.1-10.10.10.100
l Subnet Mask is left as its default value.
Encryption algorithms
This recipe provides a brief introduction to IPsec phase1 and phase2 encryption algorithms and includes the following
sections:
l IKEv1 phase1 encryption algorithm on page 620
l IKEv1 phase2 encryption algorithm on page 621
DES is a symmetric-key algorithm which means the same key is used for encrypting and decrypting data. FortiGate
supports:
l des-md5
l des-sha1
l des-sha256
l des-sha384
l des-sha512
3DES apply DES algorithm three times to each data. FortiGate supports:
l 3des-md5
l 3des-sha1
l 3des-sha256
l 3des-sha384
l 3des-sha512
AES is a symmetric-key algorithm with different key length: 128, 192, and 256 bits. FortiGate supports:
l aes128-md5
l aes128-sha1
l aes128-sha256
l aes128-sha384
l aes128-sha512
l aes192-md5
l aes192-sha1
l aes192-sha256
l aes192-sha384
l aes192-sha512
l aes256-md5
l aes256-sha1
l aes256-sha256
l aes256-sha384
l aes256-sha512
The ARIA algorithm is based on AES with different key length: 128, 192, and 256 bits. FortiGate supports:
l aria128-md5
l aria128-sha1
l aria128-sha256
l aria128-sha384
l aria128-sha512
l aria192-md5
l aria192-sha1
l aria192-sha256
l aria192-sha384
l aria192-sha512
l aria256-md5
l aria256-sha1
l aria256-sha256
l aria256-sha384
l aria256-sha512
SEED is a symmetric-key algorithm. FortiGate supports:
l seed128-md5
l seed128-sha1
l seed128-sha256
l seed128-sha384
l seed128-sha512
Suite-B is a set of encryption algorithm, AES encryption with ICV in GCM mode. FortiGate supports Suite-B on new
kernel platforms only. IPsec traffic cannot offload to NPU. CP9 supports Suite-B offloading, otherwise packets are
encrypted and decrypted by software. FortiGate supports:
l suite-b-gcm-128
l suite-b-gcm-256
l 3des-sha384
l 3des-sha512
In AES encryption algorithm, IPsec traffic can offload NPU/CP. FortiGate supports:
l aes128-null
l aes128-md5
l aes128-sha1
l aes128-sha256
l aes128-sha384
l aes128-sha512
l aes192-null
l aes192-md5
l aes192-sha1
l aes192-sha256
l aes192-sha384
l aes192-sha512
l aes256-null
l aes256-md5
l aes256-sha1
l aes256-sha256
l aes256-sha384
l aes256-sha512
In AESGCM encryption algorithm, IPsec traffic cannot offload NPU/CP. FortiGate supports:
l aes128gcm
l aes256gcm
In chacha20poly1305 encryption algorithm, IPsec traffic cannot offload NPU/CP. FortiGate supports:
l chacha20poly1305
In ARIA encryption algorithm, IPsec traffic cannot offload NPU/CP. FortiGate supports:
l aria128-null
l aria128-md5
l aria128-sha1
l aria128-sha256
l aria128-sha384
l aria128-sha512
l aria192-null
l aria192-md5
l aria192-sha1
l aria192-sha256
l aria192-sha384
l aria192-sha512
l aria256-null
l aria256-md5
l aria256-sha1
l aria256-sha256
l aria256-sha384
l aria256-sha512
In SEED encryption algorithm, IPsec traffic cannot offload NPU/CP. FortiGate supports:
l seed-null
l seed-md5
l seed-sha1
l seed-sha256
l seed-sha384
l seed-sha512
DES is a symmetric-key algorithm which means the same key is used for encrypting and decrypting data. FortiGate
supports:
l des-md5
l des-sha1
l des-sha256
l des-sha384
l des-sha512
3DES apply DES algorithm three times to each data. FortiGate supports:
l 3des-md5
l 3des-sha1
l 3des-sha256
l 3des-sha384
l 3des-sha512
AES is a symmetric-key algorithm with different key length: 128, 192, and 256 bits. FortiGate supports:
l aes128-md5
l aes128-sha1
l aes128-sha256
l aes128-sha384
l aes128-sha512
l aes128gcm-prfsha1
l aes128gcm-prfsha256
l aes128gcm-prfsha384
l aes128gcm-prfsha512
l aes192-md5
l aes192-sha1
l aes192-sha256
l aes192-sha384
l aes192-sha512
l aes256-md5
l aes256-sha1
l aes256-sha256
l aes256-sha384
l aes256-sha512
l aes256gcm-prfsha1
l aes256gcm-prfsha256
l aes256gcm-prfsha384
l aes256gcm-prfsha512
The ARIA algorithm is based on AES with different key length: 128, 192, and 256 bits. FortiGate supports:
l aria128-md5
l aria128-sha1
l aria128-sha256
l aria128-sha384
l aria128-sha512
l aria192-md5
l aria192-sha1
l aria192-sha256
l aria192-sha384
l aria192-sha512
l aria256-md5
l aria256-sha1
l aria256-sha256
l aria256-sha384
l aria256-sha512
In chacha20poly1305 encryption algorithm, FortiGate supports:
l chacha20poly1305-prfsha1
l chacha20poly1305-prfsha256
l chacha20poly1305-prfsha384
l chacha20poly1305-prfsha512
SEED is a symmetric-key algorithm. FortiGate supports:
l seed128-md5
l seed128-sha1
l seed128-sha256
l seed128-sha384
l seed128-sha512
Suite-B is a set of encryption algorithm, AES encryption with ICV in GCM mode. FortiGate supports Suite-B on new
kernel platforms only. IPsec traffic cannot offload to NPU. CP9 supports Suite-B offloading, otherwise packets are
encrypted and decrypted by software. FortiGate supports:
l suite-b-gcm-128
l suite-b-gcm-256
In AESGCM encryption algorithm, IPsec traffic cannot offload NPU. CP9 supports AESGCM offloading. FortiGate
supports:
l aes128gcm
l aes256gcm
In chacha20poly1305 encryption algorithm, IPsec traffic cannot offload NPU/CP. FortiGate supports:
l chacha20poly1305
In ARIA encryption algorithm, IPsec traffic cannot offload NPU/CP. FortiGate supports:
l aria128-null
l aria128-md5
l aria128-sha1
l aria128-sha256
l aria128-sha384
l aria128-sha512
l aria192-null
l aria192-md5
l aria192-sha1
l aria192-sha256
l aria192-sha384
l aria192-sha512
l aria256-null
l aria256-md5
l aria256-sha1
l aria256-sha256
l aria256-sha384
l aria256-sha512
In SEED encryption algorithm, IPsec traffic cannot offload NPU/CP. FortiGate supports:
l seed-null
l seed-md5
l seed-sha1
l seed-sha256
l seed-sha384
l seed-sha512
This recipe provides an example configuration of policy-based IPsec tunnel. Site-to-site VPN between branch and HQ is
used and HQ is the IPsec concentrator.
c. Select the Source, Destination, Schedule, Service, and set Action to IPsec.
d. Select the VPN Tunnel, in this example, Branch1/Branch2.
e. In this example, turn on Allow traffic to be initiated from the remote site.
f. Click OK.
4. Configure IPsec VPN at branch 1:
a. Go to VPN > IPsec Wizard, enter a VPN name, (to_HQ in this example) choose Custom and then click Next.
l Uncheck Enable IPsec Interface Mode.
l Choose Static IP Address as Remote Gateway.
l Enter IP address, in this example, 22.1.1.1.
l Choose wan1 as interface.
l In this example, set Authentication Method to Pre-shared Key. In other cases, use the default.
l Click OK.
5. Configure the firewall policy:
a. Choose the Incoming Interface, in this example, internal.
b. Choose the Outgoing Interface, in this example, wan1.
c. Select the Source, Destination, Schedule, Service, and set Action to IPsec.
d. Select the VPN Tunnel, in this example, to_HQ.
e. In this example, turn on Allow traffic to be initiated from the remote site.
f. Click OK.
6. Configure IPsec VPN at branch 2:
a. Go to VPN > IPsec Wizard, enter a VPN name, (to_HQ in this example) choose Custom and then click Next.
l Uncheck Enable IPsec Interface Mode.
l Choose Static IP Address as Remote Gateway.
l Enter IP address, in this example, 22.1.1.1.
l Choose wan1 as interface.
l In this example, set Authentication Method to Pre-shared Key and the Pre-shared Key is sample. In
other cases, use the default.
l Click OK.
7. Configure the firewall policy:
a. Choose the Incoming Interface, in this example, internal.
b. Choose the Outgoing Interface, in this example, wan1.
c. Select the Source, Destination, Schedule, Service, and set Action to IPsec.
d. Select the VPN Tunnel, in this example, to_HQ.
e. In this example, turn on Allow traffic to be initiated from the remote site.
f. Click OK.
edit "port10"
set alias "Internal"
set ip 172.16.101.1 255.255.255.0
next
end
config router static
edit 1
set gateway 22.1.1.2
set device "port9"
next
end
edit 2
set srcintf "port10"
set dstintf "port9"
set srcaddr "all"
set dstaddr "192.168.4.0"
set action ipsec
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
set inbound enable
set vpntunnel "to_branch2"
next
end
b. Branch2:
config system interface
edit "wan1"
set alias "primary_WAN"
set ip 13.1.1.2 255.255.255.0
next
edit "internal"
set ip 192.168.4.1 255.255.255.0
next
end
config router static
edit 1
set gateway 13.1.1.1
set device "wan1"
next
end
b. Branch2:
config vpn ipsec phase1
edit "to_HQ"
set interface "wan1"
set peertype any
set proposal aes128-sha256 aes256-sha256 aes128-sha1 aes256-sha1
set remote-gw 22.1.1.1
set psksecret sample
next
end
config vpn ipsec phase2
edit "to_HQ"
set phase1name "to_HQ"
set proposal aes128-sha1 aes256-sha1 aes128-sha256 aes256-sha256 aes128gcm
aes256gcm chacha20poly1305
next
end
b. Branch2:
config firewall policy
edit 1
set srcintf "internal"
set dstintf "wan1"
set srcaddr "192.168.4.0"
set dstaddr "all"
set action ipsec
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
set inbound enable
set vpntunnel "to_HQ"
next
end
8. Optionally, view the IPsec VPN tunnel list at HQ with the diagnose vpn tunnel list command:
list all ipsec tunnel in vd 0
----
name=to_branch1 ver=1 serial=4 22.1.1.1:0->15.1.1.2:0
bound_if=42 lgwy=static/1 tun=tunnel/1 mode=auto/1 encap=none/8 options[0008]=npu
proxyid_num=1 child_num=0 refcnt=8 ilast=0 olast=0 ad=/0
stat: rxp=305409 txp=41985 rxb=47218630 txb=2130108
dpd: mode=on-demand on=1 idle=20000ms retry=3 count=0 seqno=0
natt: mode=none draft=0 interval=0 remote_port=0
proxyid=to_branch1 proto=0 sa=1 ref=3 serial=1
src: 0:0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0:0
dst: 0:0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0:0
SA: ref=6 options=10226 type=00 soft=0 mtu=1438 expire=42604/0B replaywin=2048
seqno=1 esn=0 replaywin_lastseq=00000680 itn=0
life: type=01 bytes=0/0 timeout=42932/43200
dec: spi=ca646442 esp=aes key=16 58c91d4463968dddccc4fd97de90a4b8
ah=sha1 key=20 c9176fe2fbc82ef7e726be9ad4af83eb1b55580a
enc: spi=747c10c4 esp=aes key=16 7cf0f75b784f697bc7f6d8b4bb8a83c1
ah=sha1 key=20 cdddc376a86f5ca0149346604a59af07a33b11c5
dec:pkts/bytes=1664/16310, enc:pkts/bytes=0/16354
npu_flag=03 npu_rgwy=15.1.1.2 npu_lgwy=22.1.1.1 npu_selid=3 dec_npuid=2 enc_npuid=2
----
name=to_branch2 ver=1 serial=5 22.1.1.1:0->13.1.1.2:0
bound_if=42 lgwy=static/1 tun=tunnel/1 mode=auto/1 encap=none/8 options[0008]=npu
proxyid_num=1 child_num=0 refcnt=7 ilast=2 olast=43228 ad=/0
stat: rxp=0 txp=0 rxb=0 txb=0
dpd: mode=on-demand on=1 idle=20000ms retry=3 count=0 seqno=0
natt: mode=none draft=0 interval=0 remote_port=0
proxyid=to_branch2 proto=0 sa=1 ref=2 serial=1
src: 0:0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0:0
dst: 0:0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0:0
SA: ref=3 options=10226 type=00 soft=0 mtu=1280 expire=40489/0B replaywin=2048
seqno=1 esn=0 replaywin_lastseq=00000000 itn=0
life: type=01 bytes=0/0 timeout=42931/43200
dec: spi=ca646441 esp=aes key=16 57ab680d29d4aad4e373579fb50e9909
ah=sha1 key=20 12a2bc703d2615d917ff544eaff75a6d2c17f1fe
enc: spi=f9cffb61 esp=aes key=16 3d64da9feb893874e007babce0229259
ah=sha1 key=20 f92a3ad5e56cb8e89c47af4dac10bf4b4bebff16
dec:pkts/bytes=0/0, enc:pkts/bytes=0/0
npu_flag=00 npu_rgwy=13.1.1.2 npu_lgwy=22.1.1.1 npu_selid=4 dec_npuid=0 enc_npuid=0
9. Optionally, view the IPsec VPN concentrator at HQ with the diagnose vpn concentrator list command:
list all ipsec concentrator in vd 0
name=branch ref=3 tuns=2 flags=0
This topic provides a sample configuration of remote users accessing the corporate network through an SSL VPN by
web mode using a web browser.
Sample configuration
WAN interface is the interface connected to ISP. This example shows static mode. You can also use DHCP or PPPoE
mode. The SSL VPN connection is established over the WAN interface.
3. Configure SSL VPN web portal and predefine RDP bookmark for windows server.
config vpn ssl web portal
edit "my-web-portal"
set web-mode enable
config bookmark-group
edit "gui-bookmarks"
config bookmarks
edit "Windows Server"
set apptype rdp
set host "192.168.1.114"
set port 3389
set logon-user "your-windows-server-user-name"
set logon-password your-windows-server-password
next
end
next
end
next
end
1. Open browser and log into the portal https://172.20.120.123:10443 using the credentials you've set up.
2. In the portal with the predefined bookmark, select the bookmark to begin an RDP session.
3. Go to VPN > Monitor > SSL-VPN Monitor to verify the list of SSL users.
4. Go to Log & Report > Traffic Log > Forward Traffic to view the details for the SSL entry.
This topic provides a sample configuration of remote users accessing the corporate network and internet through an
SSL VPN by tunnel mode using FortiClient.
Sample configuration
WAN interface is the interface connected to ISP. This example shows static mode. You can also use DHCP or PPPoE
mode. The SSL VPN connection is established over the WAN interface.
2. Configure internal interface and protected subnet, and connect port1 interface to internal network.
config system interface
edit "port1"
set vdom "root"
set ip 192.168.1.99 255.255.255.0
next
end
4. Configure SSL VPN web portal and predefine RDP bookmark for windows server.
config vpn ssl web portal
edit "my-full-tunnel-portal"
set tunnel-mode enable
set split-tunneling disable
set ip-pools "SSLVPN_TUNNEL_ADDR1"
next
end
6. Configure one SSL VPN firewall policy to allow remote user to access the internal network. Traffic is dropped from
internal to remote client.
config firewall policy
edit 1
set name "sslvpn web mode access"
set srcintf "ssl.root"
set dstintf "port1"
set srcaddr "all"
set dstaddr "all"
set groups “sslvpngroup”
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
next
end
This topic provides a sample configuration of remote users accessing the corporate network and internet through an
SSL VPN by tunnel mode using FortiClient but accessing the Internet without going through the SSL VPN tunnel.
Sample configuration
WAN interface is the interface connected to ISP. This example shows static mode. You can also use DHCP or PPPoE
mode. The SSL VPN connection is established over the WAN interface.
2. Configure internal interface and protected subnet. Then connect port1 interface to internal network.
config system interface
edit "port1"
set vdom "root"
set ip 192.168.1.99 255.255.255.0
next
end
config firewall address
edit "192.168.1.0"
6. Configure one SSL VPN firewall policy to allow remote user to access the internal network. Traffic is dropped from
internal to remote client.
config firewall policy
edit 1
set name "sslvpn web mode access"
set srcintf "ssl.root"
set dstintf "port1"
set srcaddr "all"
set dstaddr "192.168.1.0"
set groups “sslvpngroup”
set action accept
set schedule "always"
This topic provides a sample configuration of remote users accessing the corporate network through an SSL VPN by
tunnel mode using FortiClient with AV host check.
Sample configuration
WAN interface is the interface connected to ISP. This example shows static mode. You can also use DHCP or PPPoE
mode. The SSL VPN connection is established over the WAN interface.
next
end
2. Configure internal interface and protected subnet. Then connect port1 interface to internal network.
config system interface
edit "port1"
set vdom "root"
set ip 192.168.1.99 255.255.255.0
next
end
config firewall address
edit "192.168.1.0"
set subnet 192.168.1.0 255.255.255.0
next
end
6. Configure one SSL VPN firewall policy to allow remote user to access the internal network. Traffic is dropped from
internal to remote client.
config firewall policy
edit 1
set name "sslvpn web mode access"
set srcintf "ssl.root"
set dstintf "port1"
set srcaddr "all"
set dstaddr "192.168.1.0"
set groups “sslvpngroup”
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
next
end
7. Configure SSL VPN web portal to enable the host to check for compliant AntiVirus software on the user’s computer:
config vpn ssl web portal
edit my-split-tunnel-access
set host-check av
end
This sample recipe shows how to create a multi-realm SSL VPN that provides different portals for different user groups.
Sample configuration
WAN interface is the interface connected to ISP. This example shows static mode. You can also use DHCP or PPPoE
mode. The SSL VPN connection is established over the WAN interface.
f. Create new Authentication/Portal Mapping for group QA_group mapping portal qa-tunnel.
g. Specify realm with qa.
h. Add another entry for group HR_group mapping portal hr-web.
i. Specify realm with hr.
6. SSL VPN firewall policy configuration.
a. Go to Policy & Objects > IPv4 Policy.
b. Create a firewall policy for QA access.
c. Fill in the firewall policy name. In this example: QA sslvpn tunnel mode access.
d. Incoming interface must be SSL-VPN tunnel interface(ssl.root).
e. Choose an Outgoing Interface. In this example: port1.
f. Set the source to all and group to QA_group.
g. In this example, the destination is the internal protected subnet QA_subnet.
h. Set schedule to always, service to ALL, and Action to Accept.
i. Click OK.
j. Create a firewall policy for HR access.
k. Fill in the firewall policy name. In this example: HR sslvpn web mode access.
l. Incoming interface must be SSL-VPN tunnel interface(ssl.root).
m. Choose an Outgoing Interface. In this example: port1.
n. Set the source to all and group to HR_group.
o. In this example, the destination is the internal protected subnet HR_subnet.
p. Set schedule to always, service to ALL, and Action to Accept.
q. Click OK.
2. Configure internal interface and protected subnet, then connect port1 interface to internal network.
config system interface
edit "port1"
set vdom "root"
set ip 192.168.1.99 255.255.255.0
next
end
config firewall address
edit "QA_subnet"
set subnet 192.168.1.0 255.255.255.0
next
edit "HR_subnet"
set subnet 10.1.100.0 255.255.255.0
next
end
7. Configure two SSL VPN firewall policies to allow remote QA user to access internal QA network and HR user to
access HR network.
config firewall policy
edit 1
set name "QA sslvnpn tunnel access"
set srcintf "ssl.root"
set dstintf "port1"
set srcaddr "all"
set dstaddr "QA_subnet"
set groups “QA_group”
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
next
edit 2
set name "HR sslvpn web access"
set srcintf "ssl.root"
set dstintf "port1"
set srcaddr "all"
set dstaddr "HR_subnet"
set groups “HR_group”
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
next
end
1. In a web browser, log into the portal https://172.20.120.123:10443/hr using the credentials you've set up to
connect to the SSL VPN tunnel.
2. Go to VPN > Monitor > SSL-VPN Monitor to verify the list of SSL users.
3. Go to Log & Report > Traffic Log > Forward Traffic and view the details of the traffic.
This topic provides a sample configuration of SSL VPN that requires users to authenticate using a certificate.
Sample configuration
WAN interface is the interface connected to ISP. This example shows static mode. You can also use DHCP or PPPoE
mode. The SSL VPN connection is established over the WAN interface.
l Ensure the subject matches the name of the user certificate. In this example, User01.
Now that you have created a PKI user, a new menu is added to the GUI.
a. Go to User & Device > PKI to see the new user.
b. Edit the user account and expand Two-factor authentication.
c. Enable Require two-factor authentication and set a Password for the account.
d. Go to User & Device > User > User Groups and create a group sslvpngroup.
e. Add the PKI user pki01 to the group.
5. Configure SSL VPN web portal.
a. Go to VPN > SSL-VPN Portals to edit the full-access portal.
This portal supports both web and tunnel mode.
b. Disable Enable Split Tunneling so that all SSL VPN traffic goes through the FortiGate.
6. Configure SSL VPN settings.
a. Go to VPN > SSL-VPN Settings.
b. Choose proper Listen on Interface, in this example, wan1.
c. Listen on Port 10443.
d. Set Server Certificate to the authentication certificate.
e. Enable Require Client Certificate.
f. Under Authentication/Portal Mapping, set default Portal web-access for All Other Users/Groups.
g. Create new Authentication/Portal Mapping for group sslvpngroup mapping portal full-access.
7. Configure SSL VPN firewall policy.
a. Go to Policy & Objects > IPv4 Policy.
b. Fill in the firewall policy name. In this example: sslvpn certificate auth.
c. Incoming interface must be SSL-VPN tunnel interface(ssl.root).
d. Set the Source Address to all and Source User to sslvpngroup.
e. Set the Outgoing Interface to the local network interface so that the remote user can access the internal
network. In this example: port1.
f. Set Destination Address to the internal protected subnet 192.168.1.0.
g. Set schedule to always, service to ALL, and Action to Accept.
h. Enable NAT.
2. Configure internal interface and protected subnet., then connect port1 interface to internal network.
config system interface
edit "port1"
set vdom "root"
set ip 192.168.1.99 255.255.255.0
next
end
config firewall address
edit "192.168.1.0"
set subnet192.168.1.0 255.255.255.0
next
end
set ca CA_Cert_1
set subject User01
set two-factor enable
set passwd <your-password>
end
config user group
edit "sslvpngroup"
set member "pki01"
next
end
8. Configure one SSL VPN firewall policy to allow remote user to access the internal network.
config firewall policy
edit 1
set name "sslvpn web mode access"
set srcintf "ssl.root"
set dstintf "port1"
set srcaddr "all"
set dstaddr "192.168.1.0"
set groups “sslvpngroup”
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
set nat enable
next
end
Sample installation
To use the user certificate, you must first install it on the user’s PC. When the user tries to authenticate, the user
certificate is checked against the CA certificate to verify that they match.
Every user should have a unique user certificate. This allows you to distinguish each user and revoke a specific user’s
certificate, such as if a user no longer has VPN access.
1. Go to VPN > Monitor > SSL-VPN Monitor to verify the list of SSL users.
2. Go to Log & Report > VPN Events and view the details for the SSL connection log.
This topic provides a sample configuration of SSL VPN that requires users to authenticate using a certificate with LDAP
UserPrincipalName checking.
This sample uses Windows 2012R2 Active Directory acting as both the user certificate issuer, the certificate authority,
and the LDAP server.
Sample configuration
In this sample, the User Principal Name is included in the subject name of the issued certificate. This is the user field
we use to search LDAP in the connection attempt.
To use the user certificate, you must first install it on the user’s PC. When the user tries to authenticate, the user
certificate is checked against the CA certificate to verify that they match.
Every user should have a unique user certificate. This allows you to distinguish each user and revoke a specific user’s
certificate, such as if a user no longer has VPN access.
The server certificate is used for encrypting SSL VPN traffic and will be used for authentication.
The CA certificate is the certificate that signed both the server certificate and the user certificate. In this example, it is
used to authenticate SSL VPN users.
1. Go to System > Certificates and select Import > CA Certificate.
2. Select Local PC and then select the certificate file.
The CA certificate now appears in the list of External CA Certificates. In the example, it is called CA_Cert_1.
Now that you have created a PKI user, a new menu is added to the GUI.
a. Go to User & Device > PKI to see the new user.
b. Go to User & Device > User > User Groups and create a group sslvpn-group.
c. Add the PKI peer object you created as a local member of the group.
d. Add a remote group on the LDAP server and select the group of interest.
You need these users to be members using the LDAP browser window.
4. Configure SSL VPN web portal.
a. Go to VPN > SSL-VPN Portals to edit the full-access portal.
This portal supports both web and tunnel mode.
b. Disable Enable Split Tunneling so that all SSL VPN traffic goes through the FortiGate.
5. Configure SSL VPN settings.
a. Go to VPN > SSL-VPN Settings.
b. Choose proper Listen on Interface, in this example, wan1.
c. Listen on Port 10443.
d. Set Server Certificate to the authentication certificate.
e. Enable Require Client Certificate.
f. Under Authentication/Portal Mapping, set default Portal web-access for All Other Users/Groups.
g. Create new Authentication/Portal Mapping for group sslvpn-group mapping portal full-access.
6. Configure SSL VPN firewall policy.
a. Go to Policy & Objects > IPv4 Policy.
b. Fill in the firewall policy name. In this example: sslvpn certificate auth.
c. Incoming interface must be SSL-VPN tunnel interface(ssl.root).
d. Set the Source Address to all and Source User to sslvpn-group.
e. Set the Outgoing Interface to the local network interface so that the remote user can access the internal
network. In this example: port1.
f. Set Destination Address to the internal protected subnet 192.168.1.0.
g. Set schedule to always, service to ALL, and Action to Accept.
h. Enable NAT.
i. Configure any remaining firewall and security options as desired.
j. Click OK.
2. Configure internal interface and protected subnet, then connect port1 interface to internal network.
config system interface
edit "port1"
set vdom "root"
set ip 192.168.1.99 255.255.255.0
next
end
config firewall address
edit "192.168.1.0"
edit 1
set groups "sslvpn-group"
set portal "full-access"
next
end
7. Configure one SSL VPN firewall policy to allow remote user to access the internal network.
config firewall policy
edit 1
set name "sslvpn web mode access"
set srcintf "ssl.root"
set dstintf "port1"
set srcaddr "all"
set dstaddr "192.168.1.0"
set groups “sslvpn-group”
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
set nat enable
next
end
1. Go to VPN > Monitor > SSL-VPN Monitor to verify the list of SSL users.
2. Go to Log & Report > VPN Events to view the details of the SSL VPN connection event log.
3. Go to Log & Report > Forward Traffic to view the details of the SSL VPN traffic.
Below is a sample output of diag debug app fnbamd -1 while the user connects. This is a shortened output
sample of a few locations to show the important parts. This sample shows lookups to find the group memberships (three
groups total) of the user and that the correct group being found results in a match.
[1148] fnbamd_ldap_recv-Response len: 16, svr: 172.18.60.206
[829] fnbamd_ldap_parse_response-Got one MESSAGE. ID:4, type:search-result
[864] fnbamd_ldap_parse_response-ret=0
[1386] __fnbamd_ldap_primary_grp_next-Auth accepted
[910] __ldap_rxtx-Change state to 'Done'
[843] __ldap_rxtx-state 23(Done)
[925] fnbamd_ldap_send-sending 7 bytes to 172.18.60.206
[937] fnbamd_ldap_send-Request is sent. ID 5
[753] __ldap_stop-svr 'ldap-AD'
[53] ldap_dn_list_del_all-Del CN=test3,OU=Testing,DC=Fortinet-FSSO,DC=COM
[399] ldap_copy_grp_list-copied CN=group3,OU=Testing,DC=Fortinet-FSSO,DC=COM
[399] ldap_copy_grp_list-copied CN=Domain Users,CN=Users,DC=Fortinet-FSSO,DC=COM
[2088] fnbamd_auth_cert_check-Matching group 'sslvpn-group'
[2007] __match_ldap_group-Matching server 'ldap-AD' - 'ldap-AD'
[2015] __match_ldap_group-Matching group 'CN=group3,OU=Testing,DC=Fortinet-FSSO,DC=COM' -
'CN=group3,OU=Testing,DC=Fortinet-FSSO,DC=COM'
[2091] fnbamd_auth_cert_check-Group 'sslvpn-group' matched
[2120] fnbamd_auth_cert_result-Result for ldap svr[0] 'ldap-AD' is SUCCESS
[2126] fnbamd_auth_cert_result-matched user 'test3', matched group 'sslvpn-group'
You can also use diag firewall auth list to validate that a firewall user entry exists for the SSL VPN user and
is part of the right groups.
This topic provides a sample configuration of SSL VPN that uses FortiToken Mobile Push two-factor authentication. If
you enable push notifications, the user can easily accept or deny the authentication request.
Sample configuration
WAN interface is the interface connected to ISP. This example shows static mode. You can also use DHCP or PPPoE
mode. The SSL VPN connection is established over the WAN interface.
2. Configure internal interface and protected subnet, then connect port1 interface to internal network.
config system interface
edit "port1"
set vdom "root"
set ip 192.168.1.99 255.255.255.0
next
end
config firewall address
edit "192.168.1.0"
set subnet192.168.1.0 255.255.255.0
next
end
b. Every FortiGate has two free Mobile Tokens. You can download the free token.
execute fortitoken-mobile import 0000-0000-0000-0000-0000
10. Configure one SSL VPN firewall policy to allow remote user to access the internal network.
config firewall policy
edit 1
set name "sslvpn web mode access"
set srcintf "ssl.root"
set dstintf "port1"
set srcaddr "all"
set dstaddr "192.168.1.0"
set groups “sslvpngroup”
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
set nat enable
next
end
1. From a remote device, open a web browser and log into the SSL VPN web portal http://172.20.120.123:10443.
2. Log in using the sslvpnuser1 credentials.
The FortiGate pushes a login request notification through the FortiToken Mobile application.
3. Check your mobile device and select Approve.
When the authentication is approved, sslvpnuser1 is logged into the SSL VPN portal.
4. On the FortiGate, go to Monitor > SSL-VPN Monitor to confirm the user connection.
1. Go to VPN > Monitor > SSL-VPN Monitor to verify the user’s connection.
2. Go to Log & Report > Forward Traffic to view the details of the SSL VPN traffic.
This topic provides a sample configuration of SSL VPN that uses FortiAuthenticator as a RADIUS authentication server.
Sample configuration
2. Configure internal interface and protected subnet, then connect port1 interface to internal network.
config system interface
edit "port1"
set vdom "root"
set ip 192.168.1.99 255.255.255.0
next
end
config firewall address
edit "192.168.1.0"
set subnet192.168.1.0 255.255.255.0
next
end
6. Configure one SSL VPN firewall policy to allow remote user to access the internal network.
config firewall policy
edit 1
set name "sslvpn web mode access"
set srcintf "ssl.root"
set dstintf "port1"
set srcaddr "all"
set dstaddr "192.168.1.0"
set groups “sslvpngroup”
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
set nat enable
next
end
1. From a remote device, open a web browser and log into the SSL VPN web portal http://172.20.120.123:10443.
2. Log in using the sslvpnuser1 credentials.
3. On the FortiGate, go to Monitor > SSL-VPN Monitor to confirm the user connection.
1. Go to VPN > Monitor > SSL-VPN Monitor to verify the user’s connection.
2. Go to Log & Report > Forward Traffic to view the details of the SSL VPN traffic.
This topic provides a sample configuration of SSL VPN that uses FortiAuthenticator as a RADIUS authentication server
and FortiToken Mobile Push two-factor authentication. If you enable push notifications, the user can easily accept or
deny the authentication request.
Sample configuration
c. Enter the IP address of the FortiAuthenticator, and enter the Secret created above.
d. Click Test Connectivity to ensure you can connect to the RADIUS server.
e. Select Test User Credentials and enter the credentials for sslvpnuser1.
The FortiGate can now connect to the FortiAuthenticator as the RADIUS client.
f. Go to User & Device > User Groups and click Create New to map authenticated remote users to a user group
on the FortiGate.
g. For Name, use SSLVPNGroup.
h. In Remote Groups, click Add.
i. In the Remote Server dropdown list, select FAC-RADIUS.
j. Leave the Groups field blank.
3. Configure SSL VPN web portal.
a. Go to VPN > SSL-VPN Portals to edit the full-access portal.
This portal supports both web and tunnel mode.
b. Disable Enable Split Tunneling so that all SSL VPN traffic goes through the FortiGate.
4. Configure SSL VPN settings.
a. Go to VPN > SSL-VPN Settings.
b. Choose proper Listen on Interface, in this example, wan1.
c. Listen on Port 10443.
d. Set Server Certificate to the authentication certificate.
e. Under Authentication/Portal Mapping, set default Portal web-access for All Other Users/Groups.
f. Create new Authentication/Portal Mapping for group sslvpngroup mapping portal full-access.
5. Configure SSL VPN firewall policy.
a. Go to Policy & Objects > IPv4 Policy.
b. Fill in the firewall policy name. In this example: sslvpn certificate auth.
c. Incoming interface must be SSL-VPN tunnel interface(ssl.root).
d. Set the Source Address to all and Source User to sslvpngroup.
e. Set the Outgoing Interface to the local network interface so that the remote user can access the internal
network. In this example: port1.
f. Set Destination Address to the internal protected subnet 192.168.1.0.
g. Set schedule to always, service to ALL, and Action to Accept.
h. Enable NAT.
i. Configure any remaining firewall and security options as desired.
j. Click OK.
2. Configure internal interface and protected subnet, then connect port1 interface to internal network.
config system interface
edit "port1"
set vdom "root"
set ip 192.168.1.99 255.255.255.0
next
end
config firewall address
edit "192.168.1.0"
set subnet192.168.1.0 255.255.255.0
next
end
6. Configure one SSL VPN firewall policy to allow remote user to access the internal network.
config firewall policy
edit 1
set name "sslvpn web mode access"
1. From a remote device, open a web browser and log into the SSL VPN web portal http://172.20.120.123:10443.
2. Log in using the sslvpnuser1 credentials.
The FortiAuthenticator pushes a login request notification through the FortiToken Mobile application.
3. Check your mobile device and select Approve.
When the authentication is approved, sslvpnuser1 is logged into the SSL VPN portal.
4. On the FortiGate, go to Monitor > SSL-VPN Monitor to confirm the user connection.
1. Go to VPN > Monitor > SSL-VPN Monitor to verify the user’s connection.
2. Go to Log & Report > Forward Traffic to view the details of the SSL VPN traffic.
This topic provides a sample configuration of SSL VPN for users with passwords that expire after two days. Users are
warned after one day about the password expiring. The password policy can be applied to any local user password. The
password policy cannot be applied to a user group or a local remote user such as LDAP/RADIUS/TACACS+.
In FortiOS 6.2, users are warned after one day about the password expiring and have one day to renew it. When the
expiration time is reached, the user cannot renew the password and must contact the administrator for assistance.
In FortiOS 6.0/5.6, users are warned after one day about the password expiring and have to renew it. When the
expiration time is reached, the user can still renew the password.
Sample configuration
WAN interface is the interface connected to ISP. This example shows static mode. You can also use DHCP or PPPoE
mode. The SSL VPN connection is established over the WAN interface.
d. Click OK.
e. Go to Firewall & Objects > Address and create an address for internet subnet 192.168.1.0.
2. Configure user and user group.
a. Go to User & Device > User Definition to create a local user.
b. Enter the user's Email Address.
c. If you want, enable Two-factor Authentication,
d. Click Next and click Submit.
e. Go to User & Device > User Groups to create a user group and add that local user to it.
3. Configure and assign the password policy using the CLI.
a. Configure a password policy that includes an expiration date and warning time. The default start time for the
password is the time the user was created.
config user password-policy
edit "pwpolicy1"
set expire-days 2
set warn-days 1
next
end
2. Configure internal interface and protected subnet, then connect port1 interface to internal network.
config system interface
edit "port1"
set vdom "root"
set ip 192.168.1.99 255.255.255.0
next
end
config firewall address
edit "192.168.1.0"
set subnet192.168.1.0 255.255.255.0
next
end
next
end
7. Configure one SSL VPN firewall policy to allow remote user to access the internal network.
config firewall policy
edit 1
set name "sslvpn web mode access"
set srcintf "ssl.root"
set dstintf "port1"
set srcaddr "all"
set dstaddr "192.168.1.0"
set groups “sslvpngroup”
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
set nat enable
next
end
1. From a remote device, open a web browser and log into the SSL VPN web portal http://172.20.120.123:10443.
2. Log in using the sslvpnuser1 credentials.
When the warning time is reached , the user is prompted to enter a new password.
In FortiOS 6.2, when the expiration time is reached, the user cannot renew the password and must contact the
administrator.
In FortiOS 6.0/5.6, when the expiration time is reached, the user can still renew the password.
3. On the FortiGate, go to Monitor > SSL-VPN Monitor to confirm the user connection.
1. Go to VPN > Monitor > SSL-VPN Monitor to verify the user’s connection.
2. Go to Log & Report > Forward Traffic to view the details of the SSL VPN traffic.
1. Go to Log & Report > VPN Events to see the SSL VPN alert labeled ssl-login-fail.
2. Click Details to see the log details about the Reason sslvpn_login_password_expired.
This topic provides a sample configuration of SSL VPN for RADIUS users with Force Password Change on next logon.
In this example, the RADIUS server is a FortiAuthenticator. A user test1 is configured on FortiAuthenticator with Force
password change on next logon.
Sample configuration
WAN interface is the interface connected to ISP. This example shows static mode. You can also use DHCP or PPPoE
mode. The SSL VPN connection is established over the WAN interface.
2. Configure internal interface and protected subnet, then connect port1 interface to internal network.
config system interface
edit "port1"
set vdom "root"
set ip 192.168.1.99 255.255.255.0
next
end
config firewall address
edit "192.168.1.0"
set subnet192.168.1.0 255.255.255.0
next
end
7. Configure one SSL VPN firewall policy to allow remote user to access the internal network.
config firewall policy
edit 1
set name "sslvpn web mode access"
set srcintf "ssl.root"
set dstintf "port1"
set srcaddr "all"
set dstaddr "192.168.1.0"
set groups “fac-group”
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
set nat enable
next
end
2. Configure internal interface and protected subnet, then connect port1 interface to internal network.
config system interface
edit "port1"
set vdom "root"
set ip 192.168.1.99 255.255.255.0
next
end
config firewall address
edit "192.168.1.0"
set subnet192.168.1.0 255.255.255.0
next
end
7. Configure one SSL VPN firewall policy to allow remote user to access the internal network.
config firewall policy
edit 1
set name "sslvpn web mode access"
set srcintf "ssl.root"
set dstintf "port1"
set srcaddr "all"
set dstaddr "192.168.1.0"
set groups “sslvpngroup”
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
set nat enable
next
end
1. From a remote device, open a web browser and log into the SSL VPN web portal http://172.20.120.123:10443.
2. Log in using the test1 credentials.
Use a user which is configured on FortiAuthenticator with Force password change on next logon.
3. Click Login. You are prompted to enter a new password.
4. Go to VPN > Monitor > SSL-VPN Monitor to verify the user’s connection.
1. Go to VPN > Monitor > SSL-VPN Monitor to verify the user’s connection.
2. Go to Log & Report > VPN Events to view the details of the SSL VPN connection event log.
3. Go to Log & Report > Forward Traffic to view the details of the SSL VPN traffic.
This topic provides a sample configuration of SSL VPN for LDAP users with Force Password Change on next logon. In
this example, the LDAP server is a Windows 2012 AD server. A user ldu1 is configured on Windows 2012 AD server with
Force password change on next logon.
You must have generated and exported a CA certificate from the AD server and then have imported it as an external CA
certificate into the FortiGate.
Sample configuration
WAN interface is the interface connected to ISP. This example shows static mode. You can also use DHCP or PPPoE
mode. The SSL VPN connection is established over the WAN interface.
2. Configure internal interface and protected subnet, then connect port1 interface to internal network.
config system interface
edit "port1"
set vdom "root"
set ip 192.168.1.99 255.255.255.0
next
end
config firewall address
edit "192.168.1.0"
set subnet192.168.1.0 255.255.255.0
next
end
8. Configure one SSL VPN firewall policy to allow remote user to access the internal network.
config firewall policy
edit 1
set name "sslvpn web mode access"
set srcintf "ssl.root"
set dstintf "port1"
set srcaddr "all"
set dstaddr "192.168.1.0"
set groups “ldaps-group”
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "ALL"
set nat enable
next
end
1. From a remote device, open a web browser and log into the SSL VPN web portal http://172.20.120.123:10443.
2. Log in using the ldu1 credentials.
Use a user which is configured on FortiAuthenticator with Force password change on next logon.
3. Click Login. You are prompted to enter a new password.
4. Go to VPN > Monitor > SSL-VPN Monitor to verify the user’s connection.
1. Go to VPN > Monitor > SSL-VPN Monitor to verify the user’s connection.
2. Go to Log & Report > VPN Events to view the details of the SSL VPN connection event log.
3. Go to Log & Report > Forward Traffic to view the details of the SSL VPN traffic.
Diagnose commands
Use the following diagnose commands to identify SSL VPN issues. These commands enable debugging of SSL VPN
with a debug level of -1. The -1 debug level produces detailed results.
diagnose debug application sslvpn -1
diagnose debug enable
Use the following diagnose commands to identify remote user authentication issues.
diagnose debug application fnbamd -1
diagnose debug reset
Common issues
c. Check that you are using the correct port number in the URL. Ensure FortiGate is reachable from the
computer.
ping <FortiGate IP>
d. Check the browser has TLS 1.1, TLS 1.2, and TLS 1.3 enabled.
1. Check the Release Notes to ensure that the FortiClient version is compatible with your version of FortiOS.
2. FortiClient uses IE security setting, In IE Internet Option > Advanced > Security, check that Use TLS 1.1 and Use
TLS 1.2 are enabled.
3. Check that SSL VPN ip-pools has free IPs to sign out. The default ip-pools SSLVPN_TUNNEL_ADDR1 has 10 IP
addresses.
4. Export and check FortiClient debug logs.
a. Go to File > Settings.
b. In the Logging section, enable Export logs.
c. Set the Log Level to Debug and select Clear logs.
d. Try to connect to the VPN.
e. When you get a connection error, select Export logs.
1. A new SSL VPN driver was added to FortiClient 5.6.0 and later to resolve SSL VPN connection issues. If your
FortiOS version is compatible, upgrade to use one of these versions.
2. Latency or poor network connectivity can cause the default login timeout limit to be reached on the FortiGate. In
FortiOS 5.6.0 and later, use the following commands to allow a user to increase timers related to SSL VPN login.
config vpn ssl settings
set login-timeout 180 (default is 30)
set dtls-hello-timeout 60 (default is 10)
end
This might occur if there are multiple interfaces connected to the Internet, for example, SD-WAN. This can cause the
session to become “dirty”. To allow multiple interfaces to connect, use the following CLI commands.
If you are using a FortiOS 6.0.1 or later:
config system interface
edit <name>
set preserve-session-route enable
next
end
1. Go to VPN > SSL-VPN Portals and VPN > SSL-VPN Settings and ensure the same IP Pool is used in both
places.
Using the same IP Pool prevents conflicts. If there is a conflict, the portal settings are used.
Microsoft Azure
Oracle OCI
AliCloud
Private cloud
This guide shows how to configure Fabric connectors and resolve dynamic firewall addresses through the configured
Fabric connector in FortiOS.
FortiOS supports multiple Fabric connectors including public connectors (AWS, Azure, GCP, OCI, AliCloud) and private
connectors (Kubernetes, VMware ESXi, VMware NSX, OpenStack, Cisco ACI, Nuage). FortiOS also supports multiple
instances for each type of Fabric connector.
This guide uses an Azure Fabric connector as an example. The configuration procedure for all supported Fabric
connectors is the same. In the following topology, the FortiGate accesses the Azure public cloud through the Internet:
This process creates two Fabric connector firewall addresses to associate with the configured Fabric connectors.
1. Go to Policy & Objects > Addresses.
2. Click Create New > Address. Configure the first Fabric connector firewall address:
a. In the Name field, enter azure-address-1.
b. From the Type dropdown list, select Fabric Connector address.
c. From the SDN Connector dropdown list, select azure1.
d. For SDN address type, select Private.
e. From the Filter dropdown list, select the desired filter.
f. For Interface, select any.
g. Click OK.
3. Click Create New > Address. Configure the second Fabric connector firewall address:
a. In the Name field, enter azure-address-1.
b. From the Type dropdown list, select Fabric Connector address.
c. From the SDN Connector dropdown list, select azure2.
d. For SDN address type, select Private.
e. From the Filter dropdown list, select the desired filter.
f. For Interface, select any.
g. Click OK.
Run the show sdn connector status command. Both Fabric connectors should appear with a status of
connected.
Run the diagnose debug application azd -1 command. The output should look like the following:
Level2-downstream-D # diagnose debug application azd -1
...
azd sdn connector azure1 start updating IP addresses
azd checking firewall address object azure-address-1, vd 0
IP address change, new list:
10.18.0.4
...
To restart the Azure Fabric connector daemon, run the diagnose test application azd 99 command.
WiFi
FortiAP management
Based on the above topology, this example uses port16 as the interface used to manage connection to FortiAPs.
1. You must enable a DHCP server on port16:
a. In FortiOS, go to Network > Interfaces.
b. Double-click port16.
c. In the IP/Network Mask field, enter an IP address for port16.
d. Enable DHCP Server, keeping the default settings.
2. If desired, you can enable the VCI-match feature using the CLI. When VCI-match is enabled, only devices with a
VCI name that matches the preconfigured string can acquire an IP address from the DHCP server. To configure
VCI-match, run the following commands:
config system dhcp server
edit 1
set interface port16
set vci-match enable
set vci-string "FortiAP"
next
end
3. As it is a minimum management requirement that FortiAP establish a CAPWAP tunnel with the FortiGate, you
must enable CAPWAP access on port16 to allow it to manage FortiAPs:
a. Go to Network > Interfaces.
b. Double-click port16.
c. Under Administrative Access, select CAPWAP.
d. Click OK.
4. To create a new FortiAP entry automatically when a new FortiAP unit is discovered, run the following command. By
default, this option is enabled.
config system interface
edit port16
set allow-access capwap
set ap-discover enable|disable
next
end
5. To allow FortiGate to authorize a newly discovered FortiAP to be controlled by the FortiGate, run the following
command. By default, this option is disabled.
For a FortiGate acting as an AP controller (AC) to discover a FortiAP unit, the FortiAP must be able to reach the AC. A
FortiAP with the factory default configuration has various ways of acquiring an AC's IP address to reach it.
Auto The FortiAP attempts to be discovered in the below ways sequentially within an
endless loop.
DHCP The FortiAP acquires the IP address of an AC in DHCP option 138 (the factory
default) of a DHCP offer, which the FortiAP acquires its own IP address from.
DNS The FortiAP acquires the AC's IP address by resolving a preconfigured FQDN.
Enable the ap-discover setting on the AC for the interface designed to manage FortiAPs:
config system interface
edit "lan"
set ap-discover enable
next
end
The set ap-discover enable setting allows the AC to create an entry in the Managed FortiAPs table when it
receives the FortiAP's discovery request. The ap-discover setting is enabled by the factory default settings. When
the FAP entry is created automatically, it is marked as discovered status, and is pending for administrator's
authorization, unless the following setting is present.
config system interface
edit "lan"
set auto-auth-extension-device enable
next
end
The above set auto-auth-extension-device enable setting will allow AC authorize an new discovered FAP
automatically without administrator's manual authorization operation. The auto-auth-extension-device setting
is disabled by factory default.
Once the FAP discovery request is received by AC, an FAP entry will be added to Managed FAP table, and shown on
GUI > Managed FortiAP list page.
To authorize the specific AP, click to select the FAP entry, then click Authorize button on the top of the table or
Authorize entry in the pop-out menu.
Through GUI, authorization can also be done in FAP detail panel, under Action menu.
The authorization can also be done through CLI with follow commands.
To de-authorize a managed FAP, click to select the FAP entry, then click Deauthorize button on the top of the table or
Deauthorize entry in the pop-out menu.
Through GUI, de-authorization can also be done in FAP detail panel, under Action menu.
The de-authorization can also be done through CLI with follow commands.
config wireless-controller wtp
edit "FP423E3X16000320"
set admin discovered
next
end
Configuring the AC
These instructions assume that the MRAP is already being managed by the AC (see Configuring the FortiGate interface
to manage FortiAP units on page 698 and Discovering, authorizing, and deauthorizing FortiAP units on page 699).
1. Go to WiFi & Switch Controller > SSID and create a mesh SSID.
2. Go to WiFi & Switch Controller > Managed FortiAPs, edit the MRAP, and assign the mesh SSID to the MRAP,
and wait for a connection.
The MLAP can be configured to use the mesh link as its Main uplink or a Backup link for Ethernet connections.
Main uplink
When a mesh link is set as the main uplink of the MLAP, the Ethernet port on the MLAP can be set up as a bridge to the
mesh link. This allows downstream wired devices to use the mesh link to connect to the network.
To enable a mesh Ethernet bridge, select Ethernet Bridge in the FortiAP Connectivity section in the GUI, or use the
following console commands:
cfg -a MESH_ETH_BRIDGE=1
cfg -c
When a mesh link is set to be the backup link for an Ethernet connection, the mesh link will not be established unless
the Ethernet connection goes offline. When a mesh link is in this mode, the Ethernet port cannot be used as a bridge to
the mesh link.
SSID authentication
These instruction apply to FortiWiFi devices using internal WiFi radios and
FortiGate/FortiWiFi devices configured as WiFi Controllers that are managing FortiAP
devices, and have WiFi clients that are connected to WPA2-Enterprise SSID and
authenticated with local user groups.
On FortiOS, the built-in Fortinet_Wifi certificate is a publicly signed certificate that is only used in WPA2-Enterprise
SSIDs with local user-group authentication. The default WiFi certificate configuration is:
config system global
set wifi-ca-certificate "Fortinet_Wifi_CA"
set wifi-certificate "Fortinet_Wifi"
end
1. Get new certificate files, including a root CA certificate, a certificate signed by the CA, and the corresponding
private key file:
Purchase a publicly signed certificate from a commercial certificate service provider, or generate a self-signed
certificate.
2. Import the new certificate files into FortiOS:
a. On the FortiGate, go to System > Certificates.
If VDOMs are enable, got to Global > System > Certificates.
b. Click Import > CA Certificate.
c. Set the Type to File and upload the CA certificate file from the management computer.
d. Click OK.
The imported CA certificate is named CA_Cert_N, or G_CA_Cert_N when VDOMs are enabled, where N
starts from 1 and increments for each imported certificate, and G stands for global range.
e. Click Import > Local Certificate.
f. Set the Type to Certificate, upload the certificate file and key file, enter the password, and enter the certificate
name.
g. Click OK.
The imported certificates are listed on the Certificates page.
3. Change the WiFi certificate settings:
a. Go to System > Settings and scroll down to the WiFi Settings section.
b. In the WiFi certificate drop-down, select the imported local certificate.
d. Click Apply.
The following CLI command can also be used to change the WiFi certificate settings:
config system global
set wifi-ca-certificate <name of the imported CA certificate>
set wifi-certificate <name of the imported certificate signed
by the CA>
end
Notes
If necessary, the factory default certificates can also be used to replace the certificates:
config system global
set wifi-ca-certificate "Fortinet_CA"
set wifi-certificate "Fortinet_Factory"
end
As the factory default certificates are self-signed, WiFi clients will need to accept it at the
connection prompt, or import the Fortinet_CA certificate to validate it.
If the built-in Fortinet_Wifi certificate has expired and not been renewed or replaced, WiFi
clients can still connect to the WPA2-Enterprise SSID with local user-group authentication by
ignoring any prompted warning messages or bypassing Validate server certificate (or similar)
options.
The Fortinet_Wifi certificate can be updated automatically through the FortiGuard service
certificate bundle update.
The guide provides simple configuration instructions for developing WPA2-Personal SSID with FortiAP. The steps
include creating an SSID, selecting the SSID for the FortiAP, and creating a policy from the SSID to the Internet.
The following shows a simple network topology for this recipe:
c. From the Incoming Interface dropdown list, select the source interface, such as wifi-vap.
d. From the Outgoing Interface dropdown list, select the destination interface, such as wan1.
e. In the Source and Destination fields, select all. In the Service field, select ALL. If desired, you can configure
different values for these fields.
f. Click OK.
The guide provides simple configuration instructions for developing WPA2-Enterprise SSID with FortiAP. The steps
include creating an SSID, selecting the SSID for the FortiAP, and creating a policy from the SSID to the Internet.
The following shows a simple network topology for this recipe:
The guide provides simple configuration instructions for developing captive portal SSID with FortiAP. The steps include
creating an SSID, selecting the SSID for the FortiAP, and creating a policy from the SSID to the Internet.
The following shows a simple network topology for this recipe:
iii. Under WiFi Setting, ensure that the configured FortiAP profile is the desired profile, in this case
FAP320C-default. Click Edit entry.
iv. To broadcast the SSID from 2.4 G radio, scroll to Radio 1 > SSIDs. Select Manual, then click + to create
the Fortinet-PSK SSID.
v. To broadcast the SSID from 5 G radio, scroll to Radio 2 > SSIDs. Select Manual, then click + to create
the Fortinet-PSK SSID.
vi. Click OK.
b. Select the SSID by editing the FortiAP profile:
i. Go to WiFi & Switch Controller > FortiAP Profile. Select the FAP320C-default profile, then click Edit.
ii. To broadcast the SSID from 2.4 G radio, scroll to Radio 1 > SSIDs. Select Manual, then click + to create
the Fortinet-PSK SSID.
iii. To broadcast the SSID from 5 G radio, scroll to Radio 2 > SSIDs. Select Manual, then click + to create
the Fortinet-PSK SSID.
iv. Click OK.
5. Create the SSID-to-Internet firewall policy:
a. Go to Policy & Objects > IPv4 Policy, then click Create New.
b. Enter the desired policy name.
c. From the Incoming Interface dropdown list, select the source interface, such as wifi-vap.
d. From the Outgoing Interface dropdown list, select the destination interface, such as wan1.
e. In the Source and Destination fields, select all. In the Service field, select ALL. If desired, you can configure
different values for these fields.
f. Click OK.
To deploy captive portal SSID to FortiAP units using the FortiOS CLI:
edit "wifi-vap"
set ssid "Fortinet-Captive"
set security captive-portal
set portal-type auth+disclaimer
set selected-usergroups "group-local"
next
end
c. Create a captive portal SSID with portal type Disclaimer Only:
config wireless-controller vap
edit "wifi-vap"
set ssid "Fortinet-Captive"
set security captive-portal
set portal-type disclaimer
next
end
d. Create a captive portal SSID with portal type Email Collection:
config wireless-controller vap
edit "wifi-vap"
set ssid "Fortinet-Captive"
set security captive-portal
set portal-type email-collect
next
end
e. Configure an IP address and enable DHCP:
config system interface
edit "wifi-vap"
set ip 10.10.80.1 255.255.255.0
next
end
config system dhcp server
edit 1
set dns-service default
set default-gateway 10.10.80.1
set netmask 255.255.255.0
set interface "wifi-vap"
config ip-range
edit 1
set start-ip 10.10.80.2
set end-ip 10.10.80.254
next
end
set timezone-option default
next
end
4. Select the SSID on a managed FortiAP. The following configuration is based on a example using a managed
FortiAP-320C and a "FAP320C-default" profile that is applied to the FortiAP-320C:
config wireless-controller wtp
edit "FP320C3X14000640"
set admin enable
set wtp-profile "FAP320C-default"
next
end
config wireless-controller wtp-profile
edit "FAP320C-default"
config radio-1
set vap-all disable
This guide provides instructions on simple configuration for on SSID. Consider the following for this feature:
l The quarantine function only works with SSID tunnel mode.
l The quarantine function is independent of SSID security mode.
The following shows a simple network topology for this recipe:
1. In FortiOS, go to the policy applied to the SSID and enable All Sessions for Log Allowed Traffic.
2. Edit the SSID:
a. Go to WiFi & Switch Controller > SSID, and select the desired SSID.
b. Enable Device Detection.
c. Enable Quarantine Host.
d. Click OK.
This guide provides instructions on simple configuration for enabling MAC filter on SSID. Consider the following for this
feature:
l The MAC filter function is independent of the SSID security mode.
l To enable MAC filter on SSID, you must first configure the wireless controller address and wireless controller
address group. This is covered in the CLI instructions below.
The following shows a simple network topology for this recipe:
1. Create a wireless controller address with the same MAC address as the client and set the policy to deny. In this
example, the client's MAC address is b4:ae:2b:cb:d1:72:
config wireless-controller address
edit "client_1"
set mac b4:ae:2b:cb:d1:72
set policy deny
next
end
2. Create a wireless controller address group. Select the above address. Set the default policy to allow:
config wireless-controller addrgrp
edit mac_grp
set addresses "client_1"
set default-policy allow
next
end
3. On the virtual access point, select the created address group:
config wireless-controller vap
edit wifi-vap
set ssid "Fortinet-psk"
set security wpa2-only-personal
set passphrase fortinet
set address-group "mac_grp"
next
end
After this configuration, the client (MAC address b4:ae:2b:cb:d1:72) is denied from connecting to SSID Fortinet-
psk. Other clients, such as a client with MAC address e0:33:8e:e9:65:01, can connect.
1. Create a wireless controller address with the same MAC address as the client and set the policy to deny. In this
example, the client's MAC address is b4:ae:2b:cb:d1:72:
config wireless-controller address
edit "client_1"
set mac b4:ae:2b:cb:d1:72
set policy deny
next
end
2. Create a wireless controller address group. Select the above address. Set the default policy to deny:
config wireless-controller addrgrp
edit mac_grp
This feature is implemented on FortiOS 6.2.0 B0816 and FAP-S/W2 6.2.0 b0218. In October 2017, Mathy Vanhoef
published a document that exposed a flaw in WPA2 networks known as Key Reinstallation Attack (KRACK). To avoid the
attack, the Wi-Fi Alliance announced in January that WPA2 enhancements and a new WPA3 standard were coming in
2018.
Configuration
1. WPA3 OWE
a. WPA3 OWE only: only Client which support WPA3 can connect with this SSID.
config wireless-controller vap
edit "80e_owe"
set ssid "80e_owe"
set security owe
set pmf enable
set schedule "always"
next
end
b. WPA3 OWE TRANSITION: Client connected with normal OPEN or OWE depends on its capability. If client
can support WPA3, it will connect with owe standard. If client not support WPA3, it will connect with Open
SSID.
2. WPA3 SAE
a. WPA3 SAE: Client with WPA3 support can connect with the SSID.
config wireless-controller vap
edit "80e_sae"
set ssid "80e_sae"
set security wpa3-sae
set pmf enable
set schedule "always"
set sae-password 12345678
next
end
b. WPA3 SAE TRANSITION: There are two passwords in the SSID. Client will connect with WPA2 PSK if
passphrase is used. Client will connect with WPA3 SAE if sae-password is used.
config wireless-controller vap
edit "80e_sae-tr"
set ssid "80e_sae-transition"
set security wpa3-sae-transition
set pmf optional
set passphrase 11111111
set schedule "always"
set sae-password 22222222
next
end
3. WPA3 Enterprise: When select security as wpa3-enterprise, the auth type can choose either radius authentication
or local user authentication.
config wireless-controller vap
edit "80e_wpa3"
set ssid "80e_wpa3"
set security wpa3-enterprise
set pmf enable
set auth radius
set radius-server "wifi-radius"
set schedule "always"
next
edit "80e_wpa3_user"
set ssid "80e_wpa3_user"
set security wpa3-enterprise
set pmf enable
set auth usergroup
set usergroup "usergroup"
set schedule "always"
next
end
Statistics
The following shows a simple network topology when using FortiAPs with FortiGate:
To view connected WiFi clients on the FortiGate unit, go to Monitor > WiFi Client Monitor. The following columns
display:
Column Description
SSID SSID that the client connected to, such as the tunnel, bridge, or mesh.
FortiAP Serial number of the FortiAP unit that the client connected to.
Signal Strength/Noise Signal-to-noise ratio in decibels calculated from signal strength and noise level.
Association Time How long the client has been connected to this AP.
The following shows a simple network topology when using FortiAPs with FortiGate:
The Monitor > WiFi Health Monitor page displays the following charts:
l Active Clients: Currently active clients on each FortiAP
l AP Status: APs by status, sorted by those that have been up for over 24 hours, rebooted in the past 24 hours, and
down/missing
l Channel Utilization: Allow users to view 10-20 most and least utilized channels for each AP radio and a third
histogram view showing utilization counts
l Client Count: Shows client count over time. Can view for the past hour, day, or 30 days.
l Login Failures: Time, SSID, hostname, and username for failed login attempts. The widget also displays the AP
name and group of FortiAP units with failed login attempts.
l Top Wireless Interference: Separate widgets for 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz bands. This requires spectrum analysis to
be enabled on the radios.
WiFi maps
WiFi maps allow you to place FortiAP units on a map, such as an office floor plan. This allows you to know where the
FortiAPs are and get their operating statuses at a glance.
c. Drag and drop the candidate FortiAPs from the list to the map as desired.
d. Once all desired FortiAPs have been placed on the map, lock the map.
3. Hover the cursor over a FortiAP icon to view the operating data per FortiAP unit.
4. To configure AP settings, click the FortiAP icon for that unit.
5. You can show numerical operating data on the FortiAP icons such as the client count, channel, operating TX power,
and channel utilization using the options in the dropdown list above the map.
You can only upload the WiFi map image file using the FortiOS CLI.
config wireless-controller region
edit <MAP_NAME>
set grayscale enable|disable
set opacity 100 <0-100>
next
end
config wireless-controller wtp
edit <FAP_SN>
set region <MAP_NAME
set region-x "0.419911" <0-1>
set region-y "0.349466" <0-1>
next
end
The following shows a simple network topology when using FortiAP as part of the Security Fabric:
The Security Fabric > Settings page on the root FortiGate lists all FortiAP devices on the CSF root and leaf.
The Security Fabric > Physical Topology view on the root FortiGate shows the devices in the Security Fabric and the
devices they are connected to.
Wireless security
The guide provides simple configuration instructions for enabling ap-scan on FortiAP. The steps include creating a
WIDS profile and selecting the WIDS profile on the managed FortiAP.
1. Create a WIDS profile:
a. In FortiOS, go to WiFi & Switch Controller > WIDS Profiles. Click Create New.
b. Enable Enable Rogue AP Detection.
c. Complete the configuration, then click OK.
2. Select the WIDS profile for the managed FortiAP:
a. Go to WiFi & Switch Controller > FortiAP Profiles.
b. Select the FortiAP profile applied to the managed FortiAP, then click Edit.
c. Enable WIDS Profile. Select the profile created in step 1. Click OK.
1. Create a WIDS profile:
config wireless-controller wids-profile
edit "example-wids-profile"
set ap-scan enable
next
end
2. Select the WIDS profile for the managed FortiAP:
config wireless-controller wtp-profile
edit "example-FAP-profile"
config platform
set type <FAP-model-number>
end
set handoff-sta-thresh 55
set ap-country US
config radio-1
set band 802.11n
set wids-profile "example-wids-profile"
set vap-all disable
end
config radio-2
set band 802.11ac
set vap-all disable
end
next
end
The guide provides simple configuration instructions for suppressing rogue APs on FortiAP. The steps include creating a
WIDS profile and suppressing rogue APs.
1. Create a WIDS profile:
a. In FortiOS, go to WiFi & Switch Controller > WIDS Profiles. Click Create New.
b. For Sensor Mode, select Foreign and Home Channels.
c. Enable Enable Rogue AP Detection.
d. Complete the configuration, then click OK.
2. Select the WIDS profile for the managed FortiAP. The monitoring radio must be in Dedicated Monitor mode:
a. Go to WiFi & Switch Controller > FortiAP Profiles.
b. Select the FortiAP profile applied to the managed FortiAP, then click Edit.
c. Select Dedicated Monitor on Radio 1 or Radio 2.
d. Enable WIDS Profile. Select the profile created in step 1. Click OK.
3. Suppress FortiAP:
a. Go to Monitor > Rogue AP Monitor.
b. Right-click the desired SSID, then select Mark as Rogue.
c. Right-click the SSID again, then select Suppress AP.
1. Create a WIDS profile:
config wireless-controller wids-profile
edit "example-wids-profile"
set sensor-mode both
set ap-scan enable
next
end
2. Select the WIDS profile for the managed FortiAP:
config wireless-controller wtp-profile
edit "example-FAP-profile"
config platform
The guide provides simple configuration instructions for enabling a Wireless Intrusion Detection System (WIDS) profile
on FortiAP.
1. Create a WIDS profile:
a. In FortiOS, go to WiFi & Switch Controller > WIDS Profiles. Click Create New.
b. In the Name field, enter the desired name.
c. Under Intrusion Detection Settings, enable all intrusion types as desired.
d. Complete the configuration, then click OK.
2. Select the WIDS profile for the managed FortiAP:
a. Go to WiFi & Switch Controller > FortiAP Profiles.
b. Select the FortiAP profile applied to the managed FortiAP, then click Edit.
c. Enable WIDS Profile. Select the profile created in step 1. Click OK.
end
next
end
Other
This guide provides instructions for simple configuration of security profile groups for FortiAP, including creating security
profile groups and selecting profile groups for the SSID.
The following shows a simple network topology for this recipe. The primary and secondary FortiGates should reach the
FortiAP at the physical level:
1. On the primary FortiGate, run the diag wireless-controller wlac -c ha command. The output should
resemble the following:
WC fast failover info
cfg iter: 1 (age=17995, size=220729, fp=0x5477e28)
dhcpd_db iter: 123 (age=132, size=1163, fp=0x5435930)
dhcpd_ipmac iter: 123 (age=132, size=2860, fp=0x587d848)
mode: 1+1-ffo
pri: primary
key csum: 0x9c99
max: 10
wait: 10
peer cnt: 1
FWF60E4Q16027198: 10.43.1.62:5245 secondary UP (age=0)
2. On the secondary FortiGate, run the diag wireless-controller wlac -c ha command. The output
should resemble the following:
WC fast failover info
mode: 1+1-ffo
status: monitoring
pri: secondary
key csum: 0x9c99
max: 10
wait: 10
peer cnt: 1
NP6 offloading over CAPWAP traffic is supported by all the FortiGate high-level models and most middle-level models.
l check the system session, when dtls-policy=clear-text to verify npu info: flag=0x81/0x89, offload=8/8
FG1K2D3I16800192 (vdom1) # diag sys session list
rpdb_link_id = 00000000
dd_type=0 dd_mode=0
npu_state=0x000c00
npu info: flag=0x81/0x89, offload=8/8, ips_offload=0/0, epid=158
vlan=0x0000/0x0000
vlifid=216/158, vtag_in=0x0000/0x0000 in_npu=2/2, out_npu=2/2, f
total session 1
l check the system session, when dtls-policy=ipsec-vpn to verify npu info: flag=0x81/0x82, offload=8/8
FG1K2D3I16800192 (vdom1) # diag sys session list
The Switch Controller function, also known as FortiLink, is used to remotely manage FortiSwitch unit. In the most
common layer 2 scenario, the FortiGate that is acting as a switch controller is connected to distribution FortiSwitch
units. The distribution FortiSwitch units are in the top tier of stacks of FortiSwitch units and connected downwards with
Convergent or Access layer FortiSwitch units. To leverage CAPWAP and the Fortinet proprietary FortiLink protocol, data
and control planes are established between the FortiGate and FortiSwitch units.
FortiLink allows administrators to create and manage different VLANs, and apply the full-fledged security functions of
FortiOS to them, such as 802.1X authentication and firewall policies. Most of the security control capabilities on the
FortiGate are extended to the edge of the entire network, combining FortiGate, FortiSwitch, and FortiAP devices, and
providing secure, seamless, and unified access control to users.
The following recipes provide instructions on configuring a standalone FortiGate as a switch controller:
l Standalone FortiGate as switch controller
l Multiple FortiSwitches managed via hardware/software switch on page 738
l Multiple FortiSwitches in tiers via aggregate interface with redundant link enabled on page 742
l Multiple FortiSwitches in tiers via aggregate interface with MCLAG enabled only on distribution on page 746
In this example, one FortiSwitch is managed by a standalone FortiGate. The FortiGate uses an aggregate interface to
operate as a switch controller. This configuration might be used in branch office. It might also be used before increasing
the number of connected FortiSwitch units and evolving to a multi-tier structure.
Prerequisites:
If the FortiSwitch ports used for the FortiLink connection have auto-discovery-fortilink enabled, executing
authorization on FortiGate will trigger the transformation to FortiLink mode automatically.
config switch interface
edit "port1"
set auto-discovery-fortilink enable
……
next
end
Check the CLI output for Connection: Connected to show that FortiLink is up:
execute switch-controller get-conn-status FSWSerialNum
Troubleshooting
If an authorized FortiSwitch is always offline, go to the FortiGate CLI and use the command below to see all the
checkpoints. Inspect each checkpoint to find the cause of the problem.
execute switch-controller diagnose-connection S248EPTF18001384
Fortilink
Status ... SWITCH_AUTHORIZED_READY
Last keepalive ... 1 seconds ago
CAPWAP
Remote Address: 2.2.2.2
Status ... CONNECTED
Last keepalive ... 26 seconds ago
This example provides a recommended configuration of FortiLink where multiple FortiSwitches are managed by a
standalone FortiGate as switch controller via hardware or software switch interface; such as when you need multiple
distribution FortiSwitches but lack supporting aggregate on FortiGate.
Prerequisites:
If the FortiSwitch ports used for the FortiLink connection have auto-discovery-fortilink enabled, executing
authorization on FortiGate will trigger the transformation to FortiLink mode automatically.
config switch interface
edit "port1"
set auto-discovery-fortilink enable
……
next
end
Create hardware or software switch interface and designate it as FortiLink interface on the FortiGate:
Check the CLI output for Connection: Connected to show that FortiLink is up:
execute switch-controller get-conn-status FSWSerialNum
Troubleshooting
Fortinet recommends binding FortiLink on the hardware switch interface. Since the hardware switch interface can
leverage hardware chips to forward traffic, it does not consume CPU capacity, unlike a software switch.
If an authorized FortiSwitch is always offline, go to the FortiGate CLI and use the command below to see all the
checkpoints. Inspect each checkpoint to find the cause of the problem.
execute switch-controller diagnose-connection S248EPTF18001384
no data
ipv4 server(ntp2.fortiguard.com) 208.91.112.51 -- reachable(0xff) S:2 T:66 selected
server-version=4, stratum=2
reference time is dfe3aec5.744404e6 -- UTC Sat Jan 12 00:09:41 2019
clock offset is -0.320411 sec, root delay is 0.054535 sec
root dispersion is 0.533081 sec, peer dispersion is 11495 msec
Fortilink
Status ... SWITCH_AUTHORIZED_READY
Last keepalive ... 1 seconds ago
CAPWAP
Remote Address: 2.2.2.2
Status ... CONNECTED
Last keepalive ... 26 seconds ago
This example provides a recommended configuration of FortiLink where multi-tier FortiSwitches are managed by a
standalone FortiGate as switch controller via aggregate interface, where the FortiGate can provide redundant links to
multiple distribution FortiSwitches.
Prerequisites:
If the FortiSwitch ports used for the FortiLink connection have auto-discovery-fortilink enabled, executing
authorization on FortiGate will trigger the transformation to FortiLink mode automatically.
config switch interface
edit "port1"
set auto-discovery-fortilink enable
……
next
end
Check the CLI output for Connection: Connected to show that FortiLink is up:
execute switch-controller get-conn-status FSWSerialNum
Troubleshooting
If an authorized FortiSwitch is always offline, go to the FortiGate CLI and use the command below to see all the
checkpoints. Inspect each checkpoint to find the cause of the problem.
execute switch-controller diagnose-connection S248EPTF18001384
Fortilink
Status ... SWITCH_AUTHORIZED_READY
Last keepalive ... 1 seconds ago
CAPWAP
Remote Address: 2.2.2.2
Status ... CONNECTED
Last keepalive ... 26 seconds ago
Multiple FortiSwitches in tiers via aggregate interface with MCLAG enabled only
on distribution
This example provides a recommended configuration of FortiLink where multi-tier FortiSwitches are managed by a
standalone FortiGate as switch controller via aggregate interface, where the FortiGate can provide active-active links to
two distribution FortiSwitches connected to each other by MCLAG.
Prerequisites:
If the FortiSwitch ports used for the FortiLink connection have auto-discovery-fortilink enabled, executing
authorization on FortiGate will trigger the transformation to FortiLink mode automatically.
config switch interface
edit "port1"
set auto-discovery-fortilink enable
……
next
end
Check the CLI output for Connection: Connected to show that FortiLink is up:
execute switch-controller get-conn-status FSWSerialNum
Enable MCLAG on the ICL link between the distribution FortiSwitch devices:
When you enable mclag-icl, MCLAG on the FortiLink interface is enabled automatically and active-active backup
links between the distribution FortiSwitches are established.
Troubleshooting
If an authorized FortiSwitch is always offline, go to the FortiGate CLI and use the command below to see all the
checkpoints. Inspect each checkpoint to find the cause of the problem.
execute switch-controller diagnose-connection S248EPTF18001384
Fortilink
Status ... SWITCH_AUTHORIZED_READY
Last keepalive ... 1 seconds ago
CAPWAP
Remote Address: 2.2.2.2
Status ... CONNECTED
Last keepalive ... 26 seconds ago
The following recipes provide instructions on configuring a FortiGate HA in Active-Passive (A-P) mode as a switch
controller:
l Multiple FortiSwitches managed via hardware/software switch on page 750
l Multiple FortiSwitches in tiers via aggregate interface with redundant link enabled on page 754
l Multiple FortiSwitches in tiers via aggregate interface with MCLAG enabled only on distribution on page 759
This example provides a recommended configuration of FortiLink where multiple FortiSwitches are managed by an A-P
mode HA cluster of FortiGates as switch controller via hardware or software switch interface. An example of common
usage is when you need multiple distribution FortiSwitches but lack supporting aggregate on the FortiGate pairs.
Prerequisites:
If the FortiSwitch ports used for the FortiLink connection have auto-discovery-fortilink enabled, executing
authorization on FortiGate will trigger the transformation to FortiLink mode automatically.
config switch interface
edit "port1"
set auto-discovery-fortilink enable
……
next
end
Create hardware or software switch interface and designate it as FortiLink interface on the FortiGate:
Check the CLI output for Connection: Connected to show that FortiLink is up:
execute switch-controller get-conn-status FSWSerialNum
Troubleshooting
Fortinet recommends binding FortiLink on the hardware switch interface. Since the hardware switch interface can
leverage hardware chips to forward traffic, it does not consume CPU capacity, unlike a software switch.
If an authorized FortiSwitch is always offline, go to the FortiGate CLI and use the command below to see all the
checkpoints. Inspect each checkpoint to find the cause of the problem.
execute switch-controller diagnose-connection S248EPTF18001384
Fortilink
Status ... SWITCH_AUTHORIZED_READY
Last keepalive ... 1 seconds ago
CAPWAP
Remote Address: 2.2.2.2
Status ... CONNECTED
Last keepalive ... 26 seconds ago
HA sync fails
If HA sync fails, use the command below to diagnose and locate the cause.
# diagnose system ha checksum cluster
is_manage_master()=1, is_root_master()=1
debugzone
global: 2b e9 81 38 c2 9d 4f db b7 0e 1f 49 42 c6 1e fb
vdom5: 3d dc e7 70 69 22 c3 12 a7 ac 68 06 21 21 ef 8f
vdom3: 89 59 1f 45 7a 75 ae fc 71 bc 42 f4 5e c2 47 c8
vdom2: b2 a5 f3 e7 85 02 62 e5 2a 23 23 64 04 66 76 cc
vdom1: 1f b5 11 61 31 c4 0c 72 2e 97 8d d8 45 7e d6 0c
root: af a6 48 c5 c2 9a 8b 81 a5 53 fb 27 e9 ae 01 6a
all: 89 1f 63 77 48 8a 30 ee 57 06 ca eb 71 e6 8e ad
checksum
global: 2b e9 81 38 c2 9d 4f db b7 0e 1f 49 42 c6 1e fb
vdom5: 3d dc e7 70 69 22 c3 12 a7 ac 68 06 21 21 ef 8f
vdom3: 89 59 1f 45 7a 75 ae fc 71 bc 42 f4 5e c2 47 c8
vdom2: b2 a5 f3 e7 85 02 62 e5 2a 23 23 64 04 66 76 cc
vdom1: 1f b5 11 61 31 c4 0c 72 2e 97 8d d8 45 7e d6 0c
root: af a6 48 c5 c2 9a 8b 81 a5 53 fb 27 e9 ae 01 6a
all: 89 1f 63 77 48 8a 30 ee 57 06 ca eb 71 e6 8e ad
is_manage_master()=0, is_root_master()=0
debugzone
global: 2b e9 81 38 c2 9d 4f db b7 0e 1f 49 42 c6 1e fb
vdom5: 3d dc e7 70 69 22 c3 12 a7 ac 68 06 21 21 ef 8f
vdom3: 89 59 1f 45 7a 75 ae fc 71 bc 42 f4 5e c2 47 c8
vdom2: b2 a5 f3 e7 85 02 62 e5 2a 23 23 64 04 66 76 cc
vdom1: 1f b5 11 61 31 c4 0c 72 2e 97 8d d8 45 7e d6 0c
root: af a6 48 c5 c2 9a 8b 81 a5 53 fb 27 e9 ae 01 6a
all: 89 1f 63 77 48 8a 30 ee 57 06 ca eb 71 e6 8e ad
checksum
global: 2b e9 81 38 c2 9d 4f db b7 0e 1f 49 42 c6 1e fb
vdom5: 3d dc e7 70 69 22 c3 12 a7 ac 68 06 21 21 ef 8f
vdom3: 89 59 1f 45 7a 75 ae fc 71 bc 42 f4 5e c2 47 c8
vdom2: b2 a5 f3 e7 85 02 62 e5 2a 23 23 64 04 66 76 cc
vdom1: 1f b5 11 61 31 c4 0c 72 2e 97 8d d8 45 7e d6 0c
root: af a6 48 c5 c2 9a 8b 81 a5 53 fb 27 e9 ae 01 6a
all: 89 1f 63 77 48 8a 30 ee 57 06 ca eb 71 e6 8e ad
This example provides a recommended configuration of FortiLink where multi-tier FortiSwitches are managed by an A-P
mode HA cluster of FortiGates as switch controller via aggregate interface, where each FortiGate cluster member can
provide redundant links to multiple (>=2) distribution FortiSwitches.
Prerequisites:
If the FortiSwitch ports used for the FortiLink connection have auto-discovery-fortilink enabled, executing
authorization on FortiGate will trigger the transformation to FortiLink mode automatically.
config switch interface
edit "port1"
set auto-discovery-fortilink enable
……
next
end
Check the CLI output for Connection: Connected to show that FortiLink is up:
execute switch-controller get-conn-status FSWSerialNum
Troubleshooting
If an authorized FortiSwitch is always offline, go to the FortiGate CLI and use the command below to see all the
checkpoints. Inspect each checkpoint to find the cause of the problem.
execute switch-controller diagnose-connection S248EPTF18001384
Fortilink
Status ... SWITCH_AUTHORIZED_READY
Last keepalive ... 1 seconds ago
CAPWAP
Remote Address: 2.2.2.2
HA sync fails
If HA sync fails, use the command below to diagnose and locate the cause.
# diagnose system ha checksum cluster
is_manage_master()=1, is_root_master()=1
debugzone
global: 2b e9 81 38 c2 9d 4f db b7 0e 1f 49 42 c6 1e fb
vdom5: 3d dc e7 70 69 22 c3 12 a7 ac 68 06 21 21 ef 8f
vdom3: 89 59 1f 45 7a 75 ae fc 71 bc 42 f4 5e c2 47 c8
vdom2: b2 a5 f3 e7 85 02 62 e5 2a 23 23 64 04 66 76 cc
vdom1: 1f b5 11 61 31 c4 0c 72 2e 97 8d d8 45 7e d6 0c
root: af a6 48 c5 c2 9a 8b 81 a5 53 fb 27 e9 ae 01 6a
all: 89 1f 63 77 48 8a 30 ee 57 06 ca eb 71 e6 8e ad
checksum
global: 2b e9 81 38 c2 9d 4f db b7 0e 1f 49 42 c6 1e fb
vdom5: 3d dc e7 70 69 22 c3 12 a7 ac 68 06 21 21 ef 8f
vdom3: 89 59 1f 45 7a 75 ae fc 71 bc 42 f4 5e c2 47 c8
vdom2: b2 a5 f3 e7 85 02 62 e5 2a 23 23 64 04 66 76 cc
vdom1: 1f b5 11 61 31 c4 0c 72 2e 97 8d d8 45 7e d6 0c
root: af a6 48 c5 c2 9a 8b 81 a5 53 fb 27 e9 ae 01 6a
all: 89 1f 63 77 48 8a 30 ee 57 06 ca eb 71 e6 8e ad
is_manage_master()=0, is_root_master()=0
debugzone
global: 2b e9 81 38 c2 9d 4f db b7 0e 1f 49 42 c6 1e fb
vdom5: 3d dc e7 70 69 22 c3 12 a7 ac 68 06 21 21 ef 8f
vdom3: 89 59 1f 45 7a 75 ae fc 71 bc 42 f4 5e c2 47 c8
vdom2: b2 a5 f3 e7 85 02 62 e5 2a 23 23 64 04 66 76 cc
vdom1: 1f b5 11 61 31 c4 0c 72 2e 97 8d d8 45 7e d6 0c
root: af a6 48 c5 c2 9a 8b 81 a5 53 fb 27 e9 ae 01 6a
all: 89 1f 63 77 48 8a 30 ee 57 06 ca eb 71 e6 8e ad
checksum
global: 2b e9 81 38 c2 9d 4f db b7 0e 1f 49 42 c6 1e fb
vdom5: 3d dc e7 70 69 22 c3 12 a7 ac 68 06 21 21 ef 8f
vdom3: 89 59 1f 45 7a 75 ae fc 71 bc 42 f4 5e c2 47 c8
vdom2: b2 a5 f3 e7 85 02 62 e5 2a 23 23 64 04 66 76 cc
vdom1: 1f b5 11 61 31 c4 0c 72 2e 97 8d d8 45 7e d6 0c
root: af a6 48 c5 c2 9a 8b 81 a5 53 fb 27 e9 ae 01 6a
all: 89 1f 63 77 48 8a 30 ee 57 06 ca eb 71 e6 8e ad
Multiple FortiSwitches in tiers via aggregate interface with MCLAG enabled only
on distribution
This example provides a recommended configuration of FortiLink where multi-tier FortiSwitches are managed by an A-P
mode HA cluster of FortiGates as switch controller via aggregate interface, where FortiGates provide active-active links
to two distribution FortiSwitches connected to each other by MCLAG.
Prerequisites:
If the FortiSwitch ports used for the FortiLink connection have auto-discovery-fortilink enabled, executing
authorization on FortiGate will trigger the transformation to FortiLink mode automatically.
config switch interface
edit "port1"
set auto-discovery-fortilink enable
……
next
end
Check the CLI output for Connection: Connected to show that FortiLink is up:
execute switch-controller get-conn-status FSWSerialNum
Enable MCLAG on the ICL link between the distribution FortiSwitch devices:
When you enable mclag-icl, MCLAG on the FortiLink interface is enabled automatically and active-active backup
links between the distribution FortiSwitches are established.
Troubleshooting
If an authorized FortiSwitch is always offline, go to the FortiGate CLI and use the command below to see all the
checkpoints. Inspect each checkpoint to find the cause of the problem.
Fortilink
Status ... SWITCH_AUTHORIZED_READY
Last keepalive ... 1 seconds ago
CAPWAP
Remote Address: 2.2.2.2
Status ... CONNECTED
Last keepalive ... 26 seconds ago
HA sync fails
If HA sync fails, use the command below to diagnose and locate the cause.
is_manage_master()=1, is_root_master()=1
debugzone
global: 2b e9 81 38 c2 9d 4f db b7 0e 1f 49 42 c6 1e fb
vdom5: 3d dc e7 70 69 22 c3 12 a7 ac 68 06 21 21 ef 8f
vdom3: 89 59 1f 45 7a 75 ae fc 71 bc 42 f4 5e c2 47 c8
vdom2: b2 a5 f3 e7 85 02 62 e5 2a 23 23 64 04 66 76 cc
vdom1: 1f b5 11 61 31 c4 0c 72 2e 97 8d d8 45 7e d6 0c
root: af a6 48 c5 c2 9a 8b 81 a5 53 fb 27 e9 ae 01 6a
all: 89 1f 63 77 48 8a 30 ee 57 06 ca eb 71 e6 8e ad
checksum
global: 2b e9 81 38 c2 9d 4f db b7 0e 1f 49 42 c6 1e fb
vdom5: 3d dc e7 70 69 22 c3 12 a7 ac 68 06 21 21 ef 8f
vdom3: 89 59 1f 45 7a 75 ae fc 71 bc 42 f4 5e c2 47 c8
vdom2: b2 a5 f3 e7 85 02 62 e5 2a 23 23 64 04 66 76 cc
vdom1: 1f b5 11 61 31 c4 0c 72 2e 97 8d d8 45 7e d6 0c
root: af a6 48 c5 c2 9a 8b 81 a5 53 fb 27 e9 ae 01 6a
all: 89 1f 63 77 48 8a 30 ee 57 06 ca eb 71 e6 8e ad
is_manage_master()=0, is_root_master()=0
debugzone
global: 2b e9 81 38 c2 9d 4f db b7 0e 1f 49 42 c6 1e fb
vdom5: 3d dc e7 70 69 22 c3 12 a7 ac 68 06 21 21 ef 8f
vdom3: 89 59 1f 45 7a 75 ae fc 71 bc 42 f4 5e c2 47 c8
vdom2: b2 a5 f3 e7 85 02 62 e5 2a 23 23 64 04 66 76 cc
vdom1: 1f b5 11 61 31 c4 0c 72 2e 97 8d d8 45 7e d6 0c
root: af a6 48 c5 c2 9a 8b 81 a5 53 fb 27 e9 ae 01 6a
all: 89 1f 63 77 48 8a 30 ee 57 06 ca eb 71 e6 8e ad
checksum
global: 2b e9 81 38 c2 9d 4f db b7 0e 1f 49 42 c6 1e fb
vdom5: 3d dc e7 70 69 22 c3 12 a7 ac 68 06 21 21 ef 8f
vdom3: 89 59 1f 45 7a 75 ae fc 71 bc 42 f4 5e c2 47 c8
vdom2: b2 a5 f3 e7 85 02 62 e5 2a 23 23 64 04 66 76 cc
vdom1: 1f b5 11 61 31 c4 0c 72 2e 97 8d d8 45 7e d6 0c
root: af a6 48 c5 c2 9a 8b 81 a5 53 fb 27 e9 ae 01 6a
all: 89 1f 63 77 48 8a 30 ee 57 06 ca eb 71 e6 8e ad
Multiple FortiSwitches in tiers via aggregate interface with MCLAG enabled on all
tiers
This example provides a recommended configuration of FortiLink where multi-tier FortiSwitch devices are managed by
an A-P mode HA cluster of FortiGates acting as a switch controller via an aggregate interface. The FortiGates provide A-
A links to two distribution FortiSwitches that are connected to each other by MCLAG. All access FortiSwitch devices
have A-A links with two upper tier FortiSwitches, as long as the MCLAG-ICL has been enabled between the upper tiers.
Prerequisites:
If the FortiSwitch ports used for the FortiLink connection have auto-discovery-fortilink enabled, executing
authorization on FortiGate will trigger the transformation to FortiLink mode automatically.
config switch interface
edit "port1"
set auto-discovery-fortilink enable
……
next
end
Check the CLI output for Connection: Connected to show that FortiLink is up:
execute switch-controller get-conn-status FSWSerialNum
Enable MCLAG on the ICL link between the distribution FortiSwitch devices:
next
end
When you enable mclag-icl, MCLAG on the FortiLink interface is enabled automatically and active-active backup
links between the distribution FortiSwitches are established.
Troubleshooting
If an authorized FortiSwitch is always offline, go to the FortiGate CLI and use the command below to see all the
checkpoints. Inspect each checkpoint to find the cause of the problem.
execute switch-controller diagnose-connection S248EPTF18001384
Fortilink
Status ... SWITCH_AUTHORIZED_READY
Last keepalive ... 1 seconds ago
CAPWAP
Remote Address: 2.2.2.2
Status ... CONNECTED
Last keepalive ... 26 seconds ago
HA sync fails
If HA sync fails, use the command below to diagnose and locate the cause.
# diagnose sys ha checksum cluster
is_manage_master()=1, is_root_master()=1
debugzone
global: 2b e9 81 38 c2 9d 4f db b7 0e 1f 49 42 c6 1e fb
vdom5: 3d dc e7 70 69 22 c3 12 a7 ac 68 06 21 21 ef 8f
vdom3: 89 59 1f 45 7a 75 ae fc 71 bc 42 f4 5e c2 47 c8
vdom2: b2 a5 f3 e7 85 02 62 e5 2a 23 23 64 04 66 76 cc
vdom1: 1f b5 11 61 31 c4 0c 72 2e 97 8d d8 45 7e d6 0c
root: af a6 48 c5 c2 9a 8b 81 a5 53 fb 27 e9 ae 01 6a
all: 89 1f 63 77 48 8a 30 ee 57 06 ca eb 71 e6 8e ad
checksum
global: 2b e9 81 38 c2 9d 4f db b7 0e 1f 49 42 c6 1e fb
vdom5: 3d dc e7 70 69 22 c3 12 a7 ac 68 06 21 21 ef 8f
vdom3: 89 59 1f 45 7a 75 ae fc 71 bc 42 f4 5e c2 47 c8
vdom2: b2 a5 f3 e7 85 02 62 e5 2a 23 23 64 04 66 76 cc
vdom1: 1f b5 11 61 31 c4 0c 72 2e 97 8d d8 45 7e d6 0c
root: af a6 48 c5 c2 9a 8b 81 a5 53 fb 27 e9 ae 01 6a
all: 89 1f 63 77 48 8a 30 ee 57 06 ca eb 71 e6 8e ad
is_manage_master()=0, is_root_master()=0
debugzone
global: 2b e9 81 38 c2 9d 4f db b7 0e 1f 49 42 c6 1e fb
vdom5: 3d dc e7 70 69 22 c3 12 a7 ac 68 06 21 21 ef 8f
vdom3: 89 59 1f 45 7a 75 ae fc 71 bc 42 f4 5e c2 47 c8
vdom2: b2 a5 f3 e7 85 02 62 e5 2a 23 23 64 04 66 76 cc
vdom1: 1f b5 11 61 31 c4 0c 72 2e 97 8d d8 45 7e d6 0c
root: af a6 48 c5 c2 9a 8b 81 a5 53 fb 27 e9 ae 01 6a
all: 89 1f 63 77 48 8a 30 ee 57 06 ca eb 71 e6 8e ad
checksum
global: 2b e9 81 38 c2 9d 4f db b7 0e 1f 49 42 c6 1e fb
vdom5: 3d dc e7 70 69 22 c3 12 a7 ac 68 06 21 21 ef 8f
vdom3: 89 59 1f 45 7a 75 ae fc 71 bc 42 f4 5e c2 47 c8
vdom2: b2 a5 f3 e7 85 02 62 e5 2a 23 23 64 04 66 76 cc
vdom1: 1f b5 11 61 31 c4 0c 72 2e 97 8d d8 45 7e d6 0c
root: af a6 48 c5 c2 9a 8b 81 a5 53 fb 27 e9 ae 01 6a
all: 89 1f 63 77 48 8a 30 ee 57 06 ca eb 71 e6 8e ad
The following recipes provide instructions on configuring switch related authentication and security:
l MAC-based 802.1X authentication on page 768
l Port-based 802.1X authentication on page 772
l MAC layer control - Sticky MAC and MAC Learning-limit on page 775
l Quarantine on page 776
This example show how to configure MAC-based 802.1X authentication to managed FortiSwitch ports when using
FortiLink. Managed FortiSwitch devices will authenticate and record the MAC addresses of user devices. If there is a
hub after the FortiSwitch that connects multiple user devices, each device can access the network after passing
authentication.
Prerequisites:
l The certificates and authentication protocol supported by the supplicant software and RADIUS server are
compatible.
l The managed FortiSwitches using FortiLink act as authenticators.
Create a firewall policy to allow the RADIUS authentication related traffic from the Fortilink interface to the
outbound interface on the FortiGate:
8. Create a new group, and add the RADIUS server to the Remote Groups list.
9. Click OK.
Configure the guest VLAN, authentication fail VLAN, and other parameters as needed.
Using the GUI:
1. Go to WiFi & Switch Controller > FortiSwitch Security Policies
2. Use the default 802-1X-policy-default, or create a new security policy.
3. Use the RADIUS server group in the policy.
4. Set the Security mode to MAC-based.
5. Configure other fields as necessary.
6. Click OK.
end
next
end
Sessions info:
00:0c:29:d4:4f:3c Type=802.1x,MD5,state=AUTHENTICATED,etime=6,eap_cnt=3
params:reAuth=3600
This example show how to configure Port-based 802.1X authentication to managed FortiSwitch ports when using
FortiLink. Managed FortiSwitch devices will authenticate user devices per each FortiSwitch port. If there is a hub after
the FortiSwitch that connects multiple user devices to the same port, they can all access the network after
authentication, which is not recommended from a security perspective.
Prerequisites:
l The certificates and authentication protocol supported by the supplicant software and RADIUS server are
compatible.
l The managed FortiSwitches using FortiLink act as authenticators.
Create a firewall policy to allow the RADIUS authentication related traffic from the Fortilink interface to the
outbound interface on the FortiGate:
9. Click OK.
Configure the guest VLAN, authentication fail VLAN, and other parameters as needed.
Using the GUI:
Sessions info:
00:0c:29:d4:4f:3c Type=802.1x,MD5,state=AUTHENTICATED,etime=0,eap_cnt=6
params:reAuth=3600
Persistent MAC learning, or Sticky MAC, is a port security feature that lets an interface retain dynamically learned MAC
addresses when a switch is restarted, or an interface goes down and then is brought back online.
Enabling Sticky MAC along with MAC Learning-limit restricts the number of MAC addresses that are learned. This
prevents layer 2 Denial of Service (DoS) attacks, overflow attacks on the Ethernet switching table, and DHCP starvation
attacks by limiting the number of MAC addresses that are allowed while still allowing the interface to learn a specified
number of MAC addresses. The interface is secured because, after the specified limit has been reached, additional
devices cannot connect to the port. Interfaces can be allowed to learn the MAC address of trusted workstations and
servers from the time that the interfaces are connected to the network, until the MAC address limit is reached.
Prerequisites
l Sticky MAC save is hardware and CPU intensive if there are too many entries.
l Dual chip device models (X48 and XX48 FortiSwitch models) do not support MAC Learning-limit on VLANs, but still
support it on FortiSwitch ports.
Check the MAC-table on the FortiSwitch to see that the status of related MAC items on the Sticky MAC enabled
ports has changed from dynamic to static:
Before Sticky-MAC is enabled:
diagnose switch mac-address list
MAC: 08:5b:0e:06:6a:d4 VLAN: 1 Port: port1(port-id 1) Flags: 0x00030440 [ hit dynamic
src-hit native move ]
Saving Sticky-MAC items from the running memory into the database, and deleting unsaved items, will ensure that,
even after the FortiSwitch is rebooted, the trusted MAC addresses will be kept and will not need to be relearned.
execute switch-controller switch-action sticky-mac save all S248EPTF1800XXXX
S248EPTF1800XXXX: Save started...
Warning: Please wait save will take longer time upto 30 seconds...
Collecting config data....Done
Collecting hardware data....Done
Saving....Done
Sticky MAC entries saved = 1 ----------------> Number of saved Sticky MAC items is shown
Configure the MAC Learning-limit under the VLAN or managed FortiSwitch ports view:
VLAN view:
config system interface
edit vsw.aggr1
set switch-controller-learning-limit 10
next
end
Ports view:
config switch-controller managed-switch
edit S248EPTF1800XXXX
config ports
edit port6
set learning-limit 11
next
end
next
end
Quarantine
When the FortiGate detects devices that have lower trust scores, lack mandatory installed software, or are sending out
malicious traffic, an administrator can quarantine the device from the normal switch VLAN to the quarantine VLAN. This
can limit the device's access, or provide them specific information on the quarantine portal page.
Data statistic
This example shows a FortiLink scenario where the FortiGate acts as the switch controller that collects the data
statistics of managed FortiSwitch ports. This is counted by each FortiSwitch and concentrated in the controller.
Sample topology
......
......
This example shows one of the key components in the concept of Security Fabric: FortiSwitches in FortiLink. In the
FortiGate GUI, you can see the whole picture of the Security Fabric working for your network security.
Sample topology
Logging and reporting are useful components to help you understand what is happening on your network, and to inform
you about certain network activities, such as the detection of a virus, a visit to an invalid website, an intrusion, a failed
log in attempt, and myriad others.
Logging records the traffic that is passing through, starting from, or ending on the FortiGate device, and the actions that
the FortiGate device took during the traffic scanning process. After this information is recorded in a log message, it is
stored in a log file that is stored on a log device (a central storage location for log messages). FortiGate devices support
several different log devices, such as FortiAnalyzer, FortiGateCloud, and Syslog servers. A FortiGate's system memory
and local disk can also be configured to store logs, and is also considered a log device.
Reports are used to show recorded activity in a more readable format. A report gathers all the log information that it
needs, then presents it in a graphical format, with a customizable design and automatically generated charts showing
what is happening on the network. Reports can be generated on FortiGate devices with disk logging, and on
FortiAnalyzer devices.
A more comprehensive reporting and monitoring tool for the network is FortiView. It integrates real-time and historical
data into a single view on the FortiGate. For more information, see FortiView on page 130.
Sn list:
queue: qlen=0.
filter: severity=6, sz_exclude_list=0
voip dns ssh ssl
subcategory:
traffic: forward local multicast sniffer
anomaly: anomaly
queue: qlen=0.
filter: severity=6, sz_exclude_list=0
voip dns ssh ssl
subcategory:
traffic: forward local multicast sniffer
anomaly: anomaly
subcategory:
traffic: forward local multicast sniffer
anomaly: anomaly
This topic describes which log messages are supported by each logging destination.
CIFS No Yes No
This topic provides a sample raw log for each subtype and the configuration requirements.
Sample log
Sample log
Sample log
Sample log
Sample log
Sample log
Sample log
Sample log
Sample log
Sample log
Sample log
Sample log
Sample log
Sample log
Sample log
Sample log
Sample log
Sample log
Sample log
Sample log
next
end
Sample log
next
end
Sample log
For SSL-UTM-log
#EVENTTYPE="SSL-ANOMALIES"
For SSL-Traffic-log
For SSL-UTM-log
#EVENTTYPE="SSL-ANOMALIES"
end
end
next
end
Sample log
Troubleshooting
The following topics provide information about troubleshooting logging and reporting:
l Log-related diagnose commands on page 802
l Back up log files or dump log messages on page 808
l The following commands display different status/stats of miglogd at the proper level:
diagnose test application miglogd x
diagnose debug enable
To get the list of available levels, press Enter after diagnose test/debug application miglogd. The
following are some examples of commonly use levels.
If the debug log display does not return correct entries when log filter is set:
diagnose debug application miglogd 0x1000
For example, use the following command to display all login system event log:
exe log filter device disk
exe log filter category event
exe log filter field action login
Files to be searched:
file_no=65523, start line=0, end_line=237
file_no=65524, start line=0, end_line=429
file_no=65525, start line=0, end_line=411
file_no=65526, start line=0, end_line=381
file_no=65527, start line=0, end_line=395
file_no=65528, start line=0, end_line=458
file_no=65529, start line=0, end_line=604
file_no=65530, start line=0, end_line=389
file_no=65531, start line=0, end_line=384
session ID=1, total logs=3697
back ground search. process ID=26240, session_id=1
start line=1 view line=10
( action "login" )
ID=1, total=3697, checked=238, found=5
ID=1, total=3697, checked=668, found=13
ID=1, total=3697, checked=1080, found=23
ID=1, total=3697, checked=1462, found=23
ID=1, total=3697, checked=1858, found=23
ID=1, total=3697, checked=2317, found=54
ID=1, total=3697, checked=2922, found=106
ID=1, total=3697, checked=3312, found=111
ID=1, total=3697, checked=3697, found=114
......
<16208> _send_queue_item()-523: type=3, cat=1, logcount=1, len=301
......
To check real-time log statistics by log type since miglogd daemon start:
compressed=163038
dns: logs=4 len=1734, Sun=0 Mon=0 Tue=0 Wed=0 Thu=4 Fri=0 Sat=0 compressed=453
report
event: logs=1244 len=225453, Sun=246 Mon=247 Tue=197 Wed=0 Thu=61 Fri=246 Sat=247
faz
event: logs=6 len=1548, Sun=0 Mon=0 Tue=6 Wed=0 Thu=0 Fri=0 Sat=0 compressed=5446
disk
traffic: logs=462 len=389648, Sun=93 Mon=88 Tue=77 Wed=0 Thu=13 Fri=116 Sat=75 com-
pressed=134638
event: logs=2262 len=550957, Sun=382 Mon=412 Tue=307 Wed=0 Thu=306 Fri=459 Sat=396
compressed=244606
app-ctrl: logs=16 len=9613, Sun=3 Mon=3 Tue=3 Wed=0 Thu=0 Fri=5 Sat=2 compressed=3966
dns: logs=71 len=29833, Sun=0 Mon=0 Tue=0 Wed=0 Thu=71 Fri=0 Sat=0 compressed=1499
report
traffic: logs=462 len=375326, Sun=93 Mon=88 Tue=77 Wed=0 Thu=13 Fri=116 Sat=75
event: logs=3733 len=1057123, Sun=670 Mon=700 Tue=531 Wed=0 Thu=401 Fri=747 Sat=684
app-ctrl: logs=16 len=9117, Sun=3 Mon=3 Tue=3 Wed=0 Thu=0 Fri=5 Sat=2
faz
traffic: logs=462 len=411362, Sun=93 Mon=88 Tue=77 Wed=0 Thu=13 Fri=116 Sat=75 com-
pressed=307610
event: logs=3733 len=1348297, Sun=670 Mon=700 Tue=531 Wed=0 Thu=401 Fri=747 Sat=684
compressed=816636
app-ctrl: logs=16 len=10365, Sun=3 Mon=3 Tue=3 Wed=0 Thu=0 Fri=5 Sat=2 compressed=8193
dns: logs=71 len=33170, Sun=0 Mon=0 Tue=0 Wed=0 Thu=71 Fri=0 Sat=0 compressed=0
To check log statistics to local/remote log device since the miglogd daemon start:
When a log issue is caused by a particular log message, it is very help to get logs from that FortiGate. This topic
provides steps for using exe log backup or dump log messages to USB.
This command backs up all disk log files and is only available on FortiGates with SSD disk.
Before running exec log backup, we recommend temporarily stopping miglogd and reportd.
There are three scenarios in which the FortiOS SIP solution are usually deployed:
1. The SIP server is in a private network, protected from the internet by a FortiOS device.
2. The SIP clients are in a private network, protected from the internet by a FortiOS device.
3. The SIP server is in a private network, such as a corporation's internal network or an ISP’s network, protected from
the Internet by a FortiOS device. The SIP clients are in a remote private network, such as a SOHO network, and
behind a NAT device that is not aware of SIP applications.
The following VIP, NAT, and HNT examples show configurations for each of the three common scenarios.
VIP
A FortiGate with SIP Application Layer Gateway (ALG) or SIP Session Helper protects the SIP server from the internet,
while SIP phones from the internet need to register to the SIP server and establish calls through it.
A VIP needs to be configured for the SIP server, and the VIP must be applied in a firewall policy for the phones to send
REGISTER messages through the FortiGate from port1 to port2.
Only one firewall policy needs to be configured for all SIP phones on both the internet and private network to register to
the SIP server through Port1 and set up SIP calls.
Assuming either SIP ALG or SIP Session Helper is enabled, configure the FortiGate with the following CLI commands:
config firewall vip
edit "VIP_for_SIP_Server"
set extip 172.20.120.50
set extintf "port1"
set mappedip "10.11.101.50"
next
end
config firewall policy
edit 1
set srcintf "port1"
Setting service to SIP and not All in the firewall policy can improve protection by
restricting the data traffic passing through the FortiGate to the SIP call traffic only.
NAT
A FortiGate with SIP ALG or SIP Session Helper protects the SIP phones and the internal network from the internet,
while SIP phones in the internal network need to register to the SIP server installed on the internet and establish calls
through it.
One firewall policy needs to be configured with NAT enabled for SIP phones to send REGISTER messages through the
FortiGate from port2 to port1.
Assuming either SIP ALG or SIP Session Helper is enabled, configure the FortiGate with the following CLI commands:
config firewall policy
edit 1
set srcintf "port2"
set dstintf "port1"
set srcaddr "all"
set dstaddr "all"
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "SIP"
set nat enable
next
end
HNT
A FortiGate with SIP ALG or SIP Session Helper protects the SIP server from the internet, while SIP phones are in
remote private networks behind NAT devices that are not aware of the SIP application.
For example, the SIP server is located in an ISP's service cloud that is protected by the FortiGate SIP ALG, and the
SIP phones are installed in the home networks of the ISP's customers.
The SIP messages traversing the remote NAT devices might have their IP addresses translated by the NAT device at
the network layer, but untranslated at the SIP application layer because those NAT devices are not aware of the
SIP applications. This causes problems in a SIP session initiated process. Special configurations for the Hosted NAT
Traversal (HNT) are required to resolve this issue.
To configure the FortiGate with HNT support for SIP phones A and B to set up calls with each other:
next
end
4. Apply the VoIP profile and VIP in a firewall policy for phone A and B to register and set up SIP calls through the
FortiGate and SIP server:
config firewall policy
edit 1
set srcintf "port1"
set dstintf "port2"
set srcaddr "all"
set dstaddr "VIP_for_SIP_Server"
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "SIP"
set utm-status enable
set voip-profile “hnt”
set nat enable
next
end
SIP ALG provides users with security features to inspect and control SIP messages that are transported through FortiOS
devices, including:
l Verifying the SIP message syntax.
l Blocking particular types of SIP requests.
l Restricting the rate of particular SIP requests.
These features are configured in the VoIP profile:
The VoIP profile can then be applied to a firewall policy to process the SIP call traffic.
For syntax verification, the following attributes are available for configuration in the VoIP profile to determine what
action is taken when a specific syntax error or attack based on invalid syntax is detected. For example, the action can be
set to pass or discard it.
malformed-request-line
malformed-header-via
malformed-header-from
malformed-header-to
malformed-header-call-id
malformed-header-cseq
malformed-header-rack
malformed-header-rseq
malformed-header-contact
malformed-header-record-route
malformed-header-route
malformed-header-expires
malformed-header-content-type
malformed-header-content-length
malformed-header-max-forwards
malformed-header-allow
malformed-header-p-asserted-identity
malformed-header-sdp-v
malformed-header-sdp-o
malformed-header-sdp-s
malformed-header-sdp-i
malformed-header-sdp-c
malformed-header-sdp-b
malformed-header-sdp-z
malformed-header-sdp-k
malformed-header-sdp-a
malformed-header-sdp-t
malformed-header-sdp-r
malformed-header-sdp-m
The following options are available in the VoIP profile to block SIP messages:
block-long-lines
block-unknown
block-ack
block-bye
block-cancel
block-info
block-invite
block-message
block-notify
block-options
block-prack
block-publish
block-refer
block-register
block-subscribe
block-update
block-geo-red-options
The rate of certain types of SIP requests that are passing through the SIP ALG can be restricted :
register-rate
invite-rate
subscribe-rate
message-rate
notify-rate
refer-rate
update-rate
options-rate
ack-rate
prack-rate
info-rate
publish-rate
bye-rate
cancel-rate
SIP pinholes
When SIP ALG processes a SIP call, it usually opens pinholes for SIP signaling and RTP/RTCP packets. NAT usually
takes place during the process at both the network and SIP application layers. SIP ALG ensures that, with NAT
happening, corresponding SIP and RTP/RTCP pinholes are created during the process when it is necessary for call
sessions to be established through FortiOS devices.
By default, SIP ALG manages pinholes automatically, but some special configurations can be used to restrict the
pinholes if required.
By default, the strict-register attribute is enabled. When enabled, after a SIP endpoint registers to the SIP server
through a firewall policy on the FortiOS device, only the SIP messages sent from the same IP address as the SIP server
are allowed to pass through the SIP pinhole that is created in the FortiOS device to reach the SIP endpoints. If the
attribute is disabled, SIP messages from any IP addresses can pass through the pinhole created after the registration.
config voip profile
edit "voip-profile-name"
config sip
set strict-register [enable|disable]
...
end
next
end
In a SIP call through SIP ALG, the NATed RTP/RTCP port range is 5117 to 65533 by default. If required, the port range
can be restricted.
config voip profile
edit "voip-profile-name"
config sip
set nat-port-range <start_port_number>-<end_port_number>
...
end
next
end
In a SIP call session, the RTP port number is usually an even number and the RTCP port number is an odd number that
is one more than the RTP port number. It is best practice to configure start_port_number to an even number, and
end_port_number to an odd number, for example:
config voip profile
edit "voip-profile-name"
conf sip
set nat-port-range 30000-39999
end
next
end
Some SIP phones and servers can communicate using TLS to encrypt the SIP signaling traffic. To allow SIP over TLS
calls to pass through the FortiGate, the encrypted signaling traffic must be unencrypted and inspected. The FortiGate
SIP ALG intercepts, unencrypts , and inspects the SIP packets, which are then re-encrypted and forwarded to their
destination.
The SIP ALG only supports full mode TLS. This means that the SIP traffic between SIP phones and the FortiGate, and
between the FortiGate and the SIP server, is always encrypted. The highest TLS version supported by SIP ALG is TLS
1.2.
To enable SIP over TLS support, the SSL mode in the VoIP profile must be set to full. The SSL server and client
certificates can be provisioned so that the FortiGate can use them to establish connections to SIP phones and servers,
respectively.
The ssl_server_cert, ssl_client_cert, and key files can be generated using a certification tool, such as
OpenSLL, and imported to the local certificate store of the FortiGate from System > Certificates in the GUI.
Existing local certificates in the certificate store can also be used. As always for TLS connections, the certificates
used must be verified and trusted at the other end of the connection when required.
For example, the CA certificate of the SIP server's certificate should be imported to the FortiGate as an external CA
certification, such that the FortiGate can use it to verify the SIP server's certificate when setting up the TLS
connection. The CA certificate configured as the ssl_server_cert should be installed as the trusted certificate
on the SIP phones. The deployment of the certificates across the network depends on the SIP client and server
devices that are used in the system.
2. Apply the profile to the firewall policy:
config firewall policy
edit 1
set srcintf "port1"
set dstintf "port2"
set srcaddr "all"
set dstaddr "vip_sip_server"
set action accept
set schedule "always"
set service "SIP"
set utm-status enable
set voip-profile "tls"
next
end
This section contains instructions for configuring explicit and transparent proxies.
l Explicit web proxy on page 818
l Transparent proxy on page 821
l FTP proxy on page 824
l Proxy policy addresses on page 826
l Proxy policy security profiles on page 834
l Explicit proxy authentication on page 840
Explicit web proxy can be configured on FortiGate for proxying HTTP and HTTPS traffic.
To deploy explicit proxy, individual client browsers can be manually configured to send requests directly to the proxy, or
they can be configured to download proxy configuration instructions from a Proxy Auto-Configuration (PAC) file.
Once explicit proxy is configured on an interface, the interface IP address can be used by client browsers to forward
requests directly to the FortiGate. FortiGate also supports PAC file configuration
e. Click Apply.
2. Create an explicit web proxy policy:
a. Go to Policy & Objects > Proxy Policy.
b. Click Create New.
c. Set Proxy Type to Explicit Web and Outgoing Interface to port1.
d. Also set Source and Destination to all, Schedule to always, Service to webproxy, and Action to ACCEPT.
This example creates a basic policy. If required, security profiles can be enabled, and
deep SSL inspection can be selected to inspect HTTPS traffic.
edit "port2"
set vdom "vdom1"
set ip 10.1.100.1 255.255.255.0
set allowaccess ping https ssh snmp http telnet
set type physical
set explicit-web-proxy enable
set snmp-index 12
end
next
end
This example creates a basic policy. If required, security profiles can be enabled, and
deep SSL inspection can be selected to inspect HTTPS traffic.
Transparent proxy
In a transparent proxy deployment, the user's client software, such as a browser, is unaware that it is communicating
with a proxy.
Users request Internet content as usual, without any special client configuration, and the proxy serves their requests.
FortiGate also allows user to configure in transparent proxy mode.
HTTP redirect can only be configured in the CLI. To redirect HTTPS traffic, deep
inspection is required.
This example creates a basic policy. If required, security profiles can be enabled, and
deep SSL inspection can be selected to inspect HTTPS traffic.
3. No special configure is required on the client to use FortiGate transparent proxy. As the client is using the FortiGate
as its default gateway, requests will first hit the regular firewall policy, and then be redirected to the transparent
proxy policy.
This example creates a basic policy. If required, security profiles can be enabled, and
deep SSL inspection can be selected to inspect HTTPS traffic.
3. No special configure is required on the client to use FortiGate transparent proxy. As the client is using the FortiGate
as its default gateway, requests will first hit the regular firewall policy, and then be redirected to the transparent
proxy policy.
FTP proxy
FTP proxies can be configured on the FortiGate so that FTP traffic can be proxied. When the FortiGate is configured as
an FTP proxy, FTP client applications should be configured to send FTP requests to the FortiGate.
e. Click Apply.
2. Create an explicit FTP proxy policy:
a. Go to Policy & Objects > Proxy Policy.
b. Click Create New.
c. Set Proxy Type to FTP and Outgoing Interface to port1.
d. Also set Source and Destination to all, Schedule to always, and Action to ACCEPT.
This example creates a basic policy. If required, security profiles can be enabled.
This example creates a basic policy. If required, security profiles can be enabled.
Proxy addresses are designed to be used only by proxy policies. The following address types are available:
l Host regex match on page 827
l URL pattern on page 827
l URL category on page 828
l HTTP method on page 829
l HTTP header on page 830
l User agent on page 831
l Advanced (source) on page 832
l Advanced (destination) on page 833
The fast policy match function improves the performance of IPv4 explicit and transparent web proxies on FortiGate
devices.
When enabled, after the proxy policies are configured, the FortiGate builds a fast searching table based on the different
proxy policy matching criteria. When fast policy matching is disabled, web proxy traffic is compared to the policies one at
a time from the beginning of the policy list.
Fast policy matching is enabled by default, and can be configured with the following CLI command:
config web-proxy global
set fast-policy-match {enable | disable}
end
In this address type, a user can create a hostname as a regular expression. Once created, the hostname address can be
selected on the destination tab of an explicit proxy policy. This means that a policy will only allow or block requests that
match the regular expression.
This example creates a host regex match address with the pattern qa.[a-z]*.com.
4. Click OK.
URL pattern
In this address type, a user can create a URL path as a regular expression. Once created, the path address can be
selected in the destination tab of an explicit proxy policy. This means that a policy will only allow or block requests that
match the regular expression.
This example creates a URL pattern address with the pattern /filetypes/.
4. Click OK.
URL category
In this address type, a user can create a URL category based on a FortiGuard URL ID. Once created, the address can
be selected in the destination tab of an explicit proxy policy. This means that a policy will only allow or block requests
that match the URL category.
The example creates a URL category address for URLs in the Education category. For more information about
categories, see https://fortiguard.com/webfilter/categories .
4. Click OK.
To see a list of all the categories and their numbers, when editing the address, enter set category ?.
HTTP method
In this address type, a user can create an address based on the HTTP request methods that are used. Multiple method
options are supported, including: CONNECT, DELETE, GET, HEAD , OPTIONS, POST, PUT, and TRACE. Once
created, the address can be selected in the source tab of an explicit proxy policy. This means that a policy will only allow
or block requests that match the selected HTTP method.
The example creates a HTTP method address that uses the GET method.
4. Click OK.
HTTP header
In this address type, a user can create a HTTP header as a regular expression. Once created, the header address can
be selected in the source tab of an explicit proxy policy. This means that a policy will only allow or block requests where
the HTTP header matches the regular expression.
This example creates a HTTP header address with the pattern Q[A-B].
4. Click OK.
User agent
In this address type, a user can create an address based on the names of the browsers that are used as user agents.
Multiple browsers are supported, such as Chrome, Firefox, Internet Explorer, and others. Once created, the address can
be selected in the destination tab of an explicit proxy policy. This means that a policy will only allow or block requests
from the specified user agent.
This example creates a user agent address for Google Chrome.
4. Click OK.
Advanced (source)
In this address type, a user can create an address based on multiple parameters, including HTTP method, User Agent,
and HTTP header. Once created, the address can be selected in the source tab of an explicit proxy policy. This means
that a policy will only allow or block requests that match the selected address.
This example creates an address that uses the get method, a user agent for Google Chrome, and an HTTP header with
the pattern Q[A-B].
4. Click OK.
Advanced (destination)
In this address type, a user can create an address based on URL pattern and URL category parameters. Once created,
the address can be selected in the destination tab of an explicit proxy policy. This means that a policy will only allow or
block requests that match the selected address.
This example creates an address with the URL pattern /about that are in the Education category. For more information
about categories, see https://fortiguard.com/webfilter/categories .
4. Click OK.
Security profiles must be created before they can be used in a policy, see Security Profiles on
page 322 for information.
l AntiVirus,
l Web Filter,
l Application Control,
l IPS,
l DLP Sensor,
l ICAP,
l Web Application Firewall, and
l SSL Inspection.
Source all
Destination all
Schedule always
Service webproxy
Action ACCEPT
AntiVirus av
IPS Sensor-1
ICAP default
Transparent proxy
Source all
Destination all
Schedule always
Service webproxy
Action ACCEPT
AntiVirus av
IPS Sensor-1
ICAP default
next
end
FTP proxy
Source all
Destination all
Schedule always
Action ACCEPT
AntiVirus av
IPS Sensor-1
FortiGate supports multiple authentication methods. This topic explains using an external authentication server with
Kerberos as the primary and NTLM as the fallback.
Since we are using an external authentication server with Kerberos authentication as the primary and NTLM as the
fallback, Kerberos authentication is configured first and then FSSO NTLM authentication is configured.
For successful authorization, the FortiGate checks if user belongs to one of the groups that is permitted in the security
policy.
Name ldap-kerberos
Server IP 172.18.62.220
d. Click OK
2. Define Kerberos as an authentication service. This option is only available in the CLI.
3. Configure FSSO NTLM authentication:
FSSO NTLM authentication is supported in a Windows AD network. FSSO can also provide NTLM authentication
service to the FortiGate unit. When a user makes a request that requires authentication, the FortiGate initiates
NTLM negotiation with the client browser, but does not process the NTLM packets itself. Instead, it forwards all the
NTLM packets to the FSSO service for processing.
a. Go to Security Fabric > Fabric Connectors.
b. Click Create New and select Fortinet Single Sign-On Agent from the SSO/Identity category.
c. Set the Name to FSSO, Primary FSSO Agent to 172.16.200.220, and enter a password.
d. Click OK.
4. Create a user group for Kerberos authentication:
a. Go to User & Device > User Groups.
b. Click Create New.
c. Set the Name to Ldap-Group, and Type to Firewall.
d. In the Remote Groups table, click Add, and set the Remote Server to the previously created ldap-kerberos
server.
e. Click OK.
5. Create a user group for NTLM authentication:
a. Go to User & Device > User Groups.
b. Click Create New.
c. Set the Name to NTLM-FSSO-Group, Type to Fortinet Single Sign-On (FSSO), and add
FORTINETQA/FSSO as a member.
d. Click OK.
set dn "dc=fortinetqa,dc=local"
set type regular
set username "CN=root,CN=Users,DC=fortinetqa,DC=local"
set password ENC
6q9ZE0QNH4tp3mnL83IS/BlMob/M5jW3cAbgOqzTBsNTrGD5Adef8BZTquu46NNZ8KWoIoclAMlrGTR0z1IqT8n
7FIDV/nqWKdU0ehgwlqMvPmOW0+S2+kYMhbEj7ZgxiIRrculJIKoZ2gjqCorO3P0BkumbyIW1jAdPTOQb749n4O
cEwRYuZ2odHTwWE8NJ3ejGOg==
next
end
Explicit proxy authentication is managed by authentication schemes and rules. An authentication scheme must be
created first, and then the authentication rule.
Create an explicit proxy policy and assign a user group to the policy
To create an explicit proxy policy and assign a user group to it in the GUI:
5. Also set Destination to all, Schedule to always, Service to webproxy, and Action to ACCEPT.
6. Click OK.
To create an explicit proxy policy and assign a user group to it in the CLI:
Log in using a domain and system that would be authenticated using the Kerberos server, then enter the diagnose
wad user list CLI command to verify:
# diagnose wad user list
ID: 8, IP: 10.1.100.71, VDOM: vdom1
user name : [email protected]
duration : 389
auth_type : IP
auth_method : Negotiate
pol_id : 1
g_id : 1
user_based : 0
expire : no
LAN:
bytes_in=4862 bytes_out=11893
WAN:
bytes_in=7844 bytes_out=1023
Log in using a system that is not part of the domain. The NTLM fallback server should be used:
# diagnose wad user list
ID: 2, IP: 10.1.100.202, VDOM: vdom1
user name : TEST31@FORTINETQA
duration : 7
auth_type : IP
auth_method : NTLM
pol_id : 1
g_id : 5
user_based : 0
expire : no
LAN:
bytes_in=6156 bytes_out=16149
WAN:
bytes_in=7618 bytes_out=1917
Sandbox inspection is a network process that allows files to be sent to a separate device, such as FortiSandbox, to be
inspected without risking network security. This allows the detection of threats capable of bypassing other security
measures, including zero-day threats.
You can configure your FortiGate device to send suspicious files to FortiSandbox for inspection and analysis. The
FortiGate queries scan results and retrieves scan details. The FortiGate can also download malware packages as a
complementary AV signature database to block future intrusions by the same malware and download URL packages as
complementary web-filtering black lists.
The FortiSandbox uses virtual machines (VMs) running different operating systems to test a file and to determine if it is
malicious. If the file exhibits risky behavior, or is found to contain a virus, a new signature can be added to the
FortiGuard AntiVirus signature database.
When a FortiGate learns from FortiSandbox that an endpoint is infected, the administrator can quarantine the host, if it
is registered to a FortiClient.
FortiSandbox has a VM pool and processes multiple files simultaneously. The amount of time to process a file depends
on hardware and the number of sandbox VMs used to scan the file. For example, it can take 60 seconds to five minutes
to process a file. FortiSandbox has a robust prefiltering process that, if enabled, reduces the need to inspect every file
and reduces processing time. For more information on enabling prefiltering, refer to the FortiSandbox documentation.
The following are some frequently asked questions about using sandbox inspection with FortiSandbox and FortiGate.
Why is the FortiSandbox Cloud option not available when sandbox inspection is enabled?
This option is only available if you have created a FortiCloud account. For more information, see the FortiCloud
documentation.
Why don't results from FortiSandbox Cloud appear in the FortiGate GUI?
Go to Log & Report > Log Settings and make sure Send Logs to FortiCloud is enabled and GUI Preferences is
set to Display Logs from FortiCloud.
Make sure that port 3 on the FortiSandbox has an active Internet connection. This is required in order to activate the
FortiSandbox VMs.
Make sure an AntiVirus profile that sends files to FortiSandbox is enabled for all policies that require sandbox
inspection.
Yes, a FortiGate can be in either NAT or Transparent mode and support FortiSandbox.
Yes, multiple FortiGates can be supported in-line with FortiSandbox. Note that the FortiSandbox will see all FortiGates
only as one device so there is no way to differentiate reports.
If the FortiGate has a dynamic IP, will the FortiSandbox automatically update the FortiGate?
Yes. Dynamic IPs are supported and the FortiGate will not have to be reconfigured on the FortiSandbox each time.
FortiSandbox is available as a physical or virtual appliance (FortiSandbox Appliance), or as a cloud advanced threat
protection service integrated with FortiGate (FortiSandbox Cloud).
To select the settings for Sandbox Inspection, such as the FortiSandbox type, server, and notifier email, go to
Security Fabric > Settings.
The table below highlights the supported features of both types of FortiSandbox:
Sandbox inspection for FortiGate Yes (FortiOS 5.0.4+) Yes (FortiOS 5.2.3+)
Sandbox inspection for FortiMail Yes (FortiMail OS 5.1+) Yes (FortiMail OS 5.3+)
Sandbox inspection for FortiWeb Yes (FortiWeb OS 5.4+) Yes (FortiWeb OS 5.5.3+)
Dynamic Threat Database updates Yes (FortiOS 5.4+) Yes (FortiOS 5.4+)
for FortiGate
Dynamic Threat Database updates Yes (FortiClient 5.4 for Windows Yes (FortiClient 5.6+ for Windows
for FortiClient only) only)
Note that a separate Dynamic Threat Database is maintained for FortiMail. For more information, see the
FortiSandbox documentation.
Recipes about Sandbox inspection are organized into the following categories:
l AntiVirus on page 849
AntiVirus
The following recipes provide information about Sandbox inspection with AntiVirus:
l Use FortiSandbox Appliance with AntiVirus on page 849
l Use FortiSandbox Cloud with AntiVirus on page 861
Feature overview
AntiVirus can use FortiSandbox to supplement its detection capabilities. In real-world situations, networks are always
under the threat of zero-day attacks.
AntiVirus can submit potential zero-day viruses to FortiSandbox for inspection. Based on FortiSandbox's analysis, the
FortiGate can supplement its own antivirus database with FortiSandbox's database to detect files determined as
malicious/risky by FortiSandbox. This helps FortiGate's AntiVirus to detect zero-day virus and malware whose
signatures are not found in the FortiGate's antivirus Database.
l FortiSandbox can be used with AntiVirus in both proxy-based and flow-based inspection modes.
l With FortiSandbox enabled, Full Scan mode AntiVirus can do the following:
l Submit only suspicious files to FortiSandbox for inspection.
l Submit every file to FortiSandbox for inspection.
l Do not submit anything.
l Quick Scan mode AntiVirus cannot submit suspicious files to FortiSandbox. It can only do the following:
l Submit every file to FortiSandbox for inspection.
l Do not submit anything.
To configure AntiVirus to work with an external block list, the following steps are required:
1. Enable FortiSandbox on the FortiGate.
2. Authorize FortiGate on the FortiSandbox.
3. Enable FortiSandbox inspection.
4. Enable use of the FortiSandbox database.
2. Use the FortiGate serial number to quickly locate the desired FortiGate and select the link icon to authorize the
FortiGate.
4. The link icon changes from an open to closed link. This indicates that the FortiSandbox has authorized this
FortiGate.
6. Select Test connectivity. FortiGate is now authorized and the status now displays as Connected.
3. Files can be excluded from being sent to FortiSandbox based on their file types by choosing from a list of supported
file types.
4. Files can also be excluded from being sent to FortiSandbox by using wild card patterns.
5. Select Apply.
3. Select Apply.
l Update daemon:
FGT_PROXY (global) # diagnose debug application quarantined -1
FGT_PROXY (global) # diagnose debug enable
status=1, buflen=12
quar_remote_recv_send()-770: dev-fortisandbox-fsb3, oevent=4, nevent=1, xfer-status=1
quar_remote_recv_send()-731: dev=fortisandbox-fsb5 xfer-status=0
__quar_build_pkt()-408: build req(id=340, type=6) for vdom-vdom1, len=93, oftp_name=
__quar_send()-470: dev buffer -- pos=0, len=93
quar_remote_send()-520: req(id=340, type=6) read response, dev=fortisandbox-fsb5, xfer_
status=1, buflen=12
quar_remote_recv_send()-770: dev-fortisandbox-fsb5, oevent=4, nevent=1, xfer-status=1
quar_remote_recv_send()-731: dev=fortisandbox-fsb2 xfer-status=1
quar_remote_recv()-662: dev(fortisandbox-fsb2) received a packet: len=69, type=1
quar_remote_recv()-718: file-[337] is accepted by server(fortisandbox-fsb2).
quar_put_job_req()-332: Job 337 deleted
quar_remote_recv_send()-731: dev=fortisandbox-fsb4 xfer-status=0
__quar_build_pkt()-408: build req(id=339, type=6) for vdom-vdom1, len=93, oftp_name=
__quar_send()-470: dev buffer -- pos=0, len=93
quar_remote_send()-520: req(id=339, type=6) read response, dev=fortisandbox-fsb4, xfer_
status=1, buflen=12
quar_remote_recv_send()-770: dev-fortisandbox-fsb4, oevent=4, nevent=1, xfer-status=1
quar_remote_recv_send()-731: dev=fortisandbox-fsb1 xfer-status=0
__quar_build_pkt()-408: build req(id=336, type=4) for vdom-root, len=98, oftp_name=
__quar_send()-470: dev buffer -- pos=0, len=98
...
__get_analytics_stats()-19: Received an ANALYTICS_STATS request, vfid: 0
__quar_req_handler()-127: Request 0 was handled successfully
__get_analytics_stats()-19: Received an ANALYTICS_STATS request, vfid: 0
__quar_req_handler()-127: Request 0 was handled successfully
__get_analytics_stats()-19: Received an ANALYTICS_STATS request, vfid: 0
__quar_req_handler()-127: Request 0 was handled successfully
__get_analytics_stats()-19: Received an ANALYTICS_STATS request, vfid: 0
__quar_req_handler()-127: Request 0 was handled successfully
quar_fsb_handle_quar()-1439: added a req-6 to fortisandbox-fsb1, vfid=1, oftp-name=[].
__quar_start_connection()-908: start server fortisandbox-fsb1-172.18.52.154 in vdom-1
[103] __ssl_cert_ctx_load: Added cert /etc/cert/factory/root_Fortinet_Factory.cer, root ca
Fortinet_CA, idx 0 (default)
[551] ssl_ctx_create_new_ex: SSL CTX is created
[578] ssl_new: SSL object is created
upd_cfg_extract_av_db_version[378]-version=06002000AVDB00201-00066.01026-1901301530
upd_cfg_extract_ids_db_version[437]-version=06002000NIDS02403-00014.00537-1901300043
upd_cfg_extract_ids_db_version[437]-version=06002000APDB00103-00006.00741-1512010230
upd_cfg_extract_ids_db_version[437]-version=06002000ISDB00103-00014.00537-1901300043
upd_cfg_extract_ibdb_botnet_db_version[523]-version=06002000IBDB00101-00004.00401-
1901281000
quar_remote_recv_send()-731: dev=fortisandbox-fsb1 xfer-status=0
__quar_build_pkt()-408: build req(id=2, type=6) for vdom-vdom1, len=93, oftp_name=
__quar_send()-470: dev buffer -- pos=0, len=93
quar_remote_send()-520: req(id=2, type=6) read response, dev=fortisandbox-fsb1, xfer_
status=1, buflen=12
quar_remote_recv_send()-770: dev-fortisandbox-fsb1, oevent=4, nevent=1, xfer-status=1
quar_remote_recv_send()-731: dev=fortisandbox-fsb1 xfer-status=1
quar_remote_recv()-662: dev(fortisandbox-fsb1) received a packet: len=767, type=1
quar_store_analytics_report()-590: Analytics-report return
file=/tmp/fsb/83bb2d9928b03a68b123730399b6b9365b5cc9a5a77f8aa007a6f1a499a13b18.json.gz,
buf_sz=735
quar_store_analytics_report()-597: The request
'83bb2d9928b03a68b123730399b6b9365b5cc9a5a77f8aa007a6f1a499a13b18' score is 1
quar_remote_recv()-718: file-[2] is accepted by server(fortisandbox-fsb1).
global-fas is disabled.
forticloud-fsb is disabled.
fortisandbox-fsb1 is enabled: analytics, realtime=yes, taskfull=no
addr=172.18.52.154/514, source-ip=0.0.0.0, keep-alive=no.
ssl_opt=3, hmac_alg=0
fortisandbox-fsb2 is enabled: analytics, realtime=yes, taskfull=no
addr=172.18.52.154/514, source-ip=0.0.0.0, keep-alive=no.
ssl_opt=3, hmac_alg=0
fortisandbox-fsb3 is enabled: analytics, realtime=yes, taskfull=no
addr=172.18.52.154/514, source-ip=0.0.0.0, keep-alive=no.
ssl_opt=3, hmac_alg=0
fortisandbox-fsb4 is enabled: analytics, realtime=yes, taskfull=no
addr=172.18.52.154/514, source-ip=0.0.0.0, keep-alive=no.
ssl_opt=3, hmac_alg=0
fortisandbox-fsb5 is enabled: analytics, realtime=yes, taskfull=no
addr=172.18.52.154/514, source-ip=0.0.0.0, keep-alive=no.
ssl_opt=3, hmac_alg=0
fortisandbox-fsb6 is enabled: analytics, realtime=yes, taskfull=no
addr=172.18.52.154/514, source-ip=0.0.0.0, keep-alive=no.
ssl_opt=3, hmac_alg=0
global-faz is disabled.
global-faz2 is disabled.
global-faz3 is disabled.
Statistics:
vfid: 0, detected: 0, clean: 0, risk_low: 0, risk_med: 0, risk_high: 0, limit_
reached:0
FGT_PROXY (global) #
Feature overview
FortiCloud Sandbox allows users to take advantage of FortiSandbox features without having to purchase, operate, and
maintain a physical appliance.
FortiCloud Sandbox works the same way as the physical FortiSandbox appliance.
Starting from FortiOS 6.2, the FortiCloud Sandbox allows users to control the region where their traffic is sent to for
analysis. This allows users to meet their country's compliances regarding data's storage location.
l Starting from FortiOS 6.2, users no longer require a FortiCloud account to use FortiCloud Sandbox.
l Without a valid AVDB license, FortiGate devices are limited to 100 FortiCloud submissions per day.
l Unlimited FortiCloud submissions are allowed if the FortiGate has a valid AVDB license.
l There is a limit on how many submissions are sent per minute.
l Per minute submission rate is based on the FortiGate model.
l FortiSandbox can be used with AntiVirus in both proxy-based and flow-based policy inspection modes.
l With FortiSandbox enabled, Full Scan mode AntiVirus can do the following:
l Submit only suspicious files to FortiSandbox for inspection.
l Submit every file to FortiSandbox for inspection.
l Do not submit anything.
l Quick Scan mode AntiVirus cannot submit suspicious files to FortiSandbox. It can only do the following:
l Submit every file to FortiSandbox for inspection.
l Do not submit anything.
To configure AntiVirus to work with an external block list, the following steps are required:
1. Through FortiCare/FortinetOne, register the FortiGate device and purchase a FortiGuard AntiVirus license.
2. Enable FortiCloud Sandbox on the FortiGate.
3. Enable FortiSandbox inspection.
4. Enable the use of the FortiSandbox database.
1. Please see the video How to Purchase or Renew FortiGuard Services for FortiGuard AntiVirus license purchase
instructions.
2. Once a FortiGuard license has been purchased or activated, users will be provided with a paid FortiSandbox Cloud
license.
a. Go to Global > Main Dashboard to view the FortiSandbox Cloud license indicator.
1. Go to Global > Security Fabric > Settings and set the Sandbox Inspection toggle to the On position.
2. Select FortiSandbox Cloud and choose a region from the dropdown list.
4. When the FortiGate is connected to the FortiSandbox Cloud, FortiSandbox's current database version is displayed.
3. Files can be excluded from being sent to FortiSandbox based on their file types by choosing from a list of supported
file types.
4. Files can also be excluded from being sent to FortiSandbox by using wild card patterns.
5. Select Apply.
3. Select Apply.
global-fas is disabled.
forticloud-fsb is enabled: analytics, realtime=yes, taskfull=no
addr=172.16.102.51/514, source-ip=0.0.0.0, keep-alive=no.
ssl_opt=1, hmac_alg=0
fortisandbox-fsb1 is disabled.
fortisandbox-fsb2 is disabled.
fortisandbox-fsb3 is disabled.
fortisandbox-fsb4 is disabled.
fortisandbox-fsb5 is disabled.
fortisandbox-fsb6 is disabled.
global-faz is disabled.
global-faz2 is disabled.
global-faz3 is disabled.
Statistics:
vfid: 0, detected: 0, clean: 0, risk_low: 0, risk_med: 0, risk_high: 0, limit_
reached:0
vfid: 3, detected: 0, clean: 0, risk_low: 0, risk_med: 0, risk_high: 0, limit_
reached:0
vfid: 4, detected: 0, clean: 0, risk_low: 0, risk_med: 0, risk_high: 0, limit_
reached:0
FGT_FL_FULL (global) #
global-fas is disabled.
forticloud-fsb is disabled.
fortisandbox-fsb1 is enabled: analytics, realtime=yes, taskfull=no
addr=172.18.52.154/514, source-ip=0.0.0.0, keep-alive=no.
ssl_opt=3, hmac_alg=0
fortisandbox-fsb2 is enabled: analytics, realtime=yes, taskfull=no
addr=172.18.52.154/514, source-ip=0.0.0.0, keep-alive=no.
ssl_opt=3, hmac_alg=0
fortisandbox-fsb3 is enabled: analytics, realtime=yes, taskfull=no
addr=172.18.52.154/514, source-ip=0.0.0.0, keep-alive=no.
ssl_opt=3, hmac_alg=0
fortisandbox-fsb4 is enabled: analytics, realtime=yes, taskfull=no
addr=172.18.52.154/514, source-ip=0.0.0.0, keep-alive=no.
ssl_opt=3, hmac_alg=0
fortisandbox-fsb5 is enabled: analytics, realtime=yes, taskfull=no
addr=172.18.52.154/514, source-ip=0.0.0.0, keep-alive=no.
ssl_opt=3, hmac_alg=0
fortisandbox-fsb6 is enabled: analytics, realtime=yes, taskfull=no
addr=172.18.52.154/514, source-ip=0.0.0.0, keep-alive=no.
ssl_opt=3, hmac_alg=0
global-faz is disabled.
global-faz2 is disabled.
global-faz3 is disabled.
You can use this feature only when the FortiGate boots up from factory reset.
Topology
1. Add the FortiGate Cloud product key to the FortiGate Cloud portal so that the FortiGate serial number appears in
the portal.
2. Set up a configuration template with the basic configuration in the FortiGate Cloud portal.
3. Deploy the FortiGate to FortiGate Cloud with that template.
4. Ensure the FortiGate has an interface in default DHCP client mode and is connected to the ISP outlet.
5. Boot the FortiGate in factory reset. The FortiGate gets the DHCP lease so that it can access FortiGate Cloud in the
Internet and join FortiGate Cloud.
Initializing firewall...
System is starting...
The FortiGate Cloud server checks that the FortiGate key is valid and then deploys the FortiGate to FortiGate
Cloud.
To prevent spoofing, FortiGate Cloud invalidates that key after a successful join.
6. Complete zero touch provisioning by obtaining configuration from platform template in the Cloud.
0: set admintimeout 50
0: end
0: config system interface
0: edit "wan1"
0: set allowaccess ping ssh fgfm
0: next
0: edit "port1"
0: set allowaccess ping
0: set ip 1.1.1.1 255.255.255.0
0: next
0: edit "port2"
0: set allowaccess ping
0: set ip 2.2.2.2 255.255.255.0
0: next
0: end
7. The FortiGate Cloud admin can change the template for different configuration requirements and then deploy the
updated template to the FortiGate.
For example, you can add a secondary DNS to the template and deploy it to FortiGate.
You can use this feature only when the FortiGate boots up from factory reset. This feature for FortiGate devices that
cannot access the Internet.
A DHCP server includes option 240 and 241 which records FortiManager IP and domain name. FortiGate has an
interface with the default DHCP client mode that is connected to the DHCP server in the intranet.
The FortiManager admin can authorize the FortiGate the specific ADOMs and install specific configurations on the
FortiGate.
In the whole operation, you do not need to do any manual configuration on the FortiGate except connect to the DHCP
server. This is called zero touch deployment.
To prevent spoofing, if a different FortiManager IP comes from the DHCP server later, FortiGate does not change the
central management configuration.
end
set timezone-option default
config options
edit 1
set code 240
set type ip
set ip "172.18.60.115"
next
end
next
end
3. If FortiGate changes from factory reset, you can see it in central management in config-touched=1.
FG201E4Q17901047 # dia fdsm fmg-auto-discovery-status
dhcp: fmg-ip=172.18.60.115, fmg-domain-name='', config-touched=1(/bin/dhcpcd)
After FortiGate reboots and gets DHCP renew, central management will not use the fake FortiManager IP because
config-touched=1 shows that the FortiGate is not in factory reset.
FG201E4Q17901047 # dia fdsm fmg-auto-discovery-status
dhcp: fmg-ip=0.0.0.0, fmg-domain-name='', config-touched=1(/bin/dhcpcd)
Upcoming recipes
Category Recipe
Security Fabric
WiFi
SIP Debugging